You are on page 1of 344

For Riley and Laine

“We experience events and life from within complex physical bodies on a planet that
spins on a wobbling titled axis at a thousand miles per hour. We orbit around a four
and a half billion year old star that is one hundred and nine times larger than our
planet at sixty six thousand miles per hour in a spiralling growing galaxy of up to
three hundred million other stars. Our Galaxy expands and moves within a universe
of up to three hundred billion other galaxies..............and day to day, barely no one
asks why.”
Wayki Wayki
First Edition - July 2008

A look at our current place in humanity and to show that right now, especially
in the western world, we should really be stepping back and asking ‘why’
about a multitude of different things.

“Your beliefs today may not be the same as your beliefs in the future. The same as
your past beliefs are not those of today.”

Contents

INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................................1
THE MEDIA ...........................................................................................................................3
Why do people watch TV, or have the TV switched on when they have no specific programme they
wish to view?........................................................................................................................................ 3
Why do people love soap operas so much?.................................................................................................... 4
Why do many of us not know who controls the media?................................................................................... 6
Why is there so much crap on TV?.................................................................................................................. 6
Why do newsreaders on the national news keep their jobs for years? ............................................................ 8
Why does the media control the length of a topic, what the topic is and at times this seems very
strange? ............................................................................................................................................... 8
Why is so much news in media, all about the media? ................................................................................... 11
Why does the news often contain ‘reports’ that are really nothing more than clever government
propaganda broadcasts or corporate adverts?................................................................................... 11
Why do all channels sell us the same story and refuse to air certain documentaries and
freethinking?....................................................................................................................................... 12
Why does bad news in newspapers sell so well?.......................................................................................... 12
Why do so many people like Harry Potter due to the sheeple factor? ........................................................... 13
Why are there so many celebrity magazines?............................................................................................... 13
Why is children’s TV much faster and less educational than it was in the 1980’s?........................................ 15
Why is it not known that we do not have to pay our TV license anymore? .................................................... 16
Why is the media in many cases patronising us?.......................................................................................... 16
Why at so many public spaces are we now forced to watch the news and TV?............................................ 18
Why does the media help natives of a country target western visitors for theft and sexual
harassment? ...................................................................................................................................... 19
Why do American TV adverts make one so fearful?...................................................................................... 19
Why do we laugh at other people’s pain on programmes like ‘You’ve Been Framed?’ ................................. 20
Why are many of us not aware of subliminal advertising or embeds? ........................................................... 20
Why is our wonderful cuddly friend Disney, really not as cuddly as it first appears? ..................................... 23
MONEY................................................................................................................................28
Who really controls the money on this planet? .............................................................................................. 28
Why do many people not know (or care) that the history of large banking corporations is beset with
mass fraud and planned public upset?............................................................................................... 28
Why do people not know of the banks’ role in wars and politics?.................................................................. 30
Why are more and more people becoming aware of the Rothschilds and Rockefellers amongst the
other big financial dynasties? ............................................................................................................. 32
Why is taking out a loan feeding these dynasties? ........................................................................................ 36
Why do so many people not know certain things about tax in the US? ......................................................... 38
Why is there such a bad use of money like Trident, the military, super prisons, the Olympics and
sweet sixteen parties?........................................................................................................................ 38
TRANSPORT.......................................................................................................................41
Why do people stop at red temporary traffic lights when there are no other cars coming the other
way?................................................................................................................................................... 41
Why are there so many speed cameras? ...................................................................................................... 41
Why is it so bad to use your mobile phone whilst driving?............................................................................. 42
Why do people not communicate with each other on trains or buses?.......................................................... 43
Why do people have personalised number plates?....................................................................................... 43
Why are there so many signs and rules on roads in the UK?........................................................................ 44
WORKING ...........................................................................................................................46
Why do people glean more respect if they work really hard, even though the job maybe unethical
or is not what they enjoy doing?......................................................................................................... 46
Why is success often measured by what one’s job is?.................................................................................. 46
Why do many people live and work in fear of losing their job? ...................................................................... 48
Why are many offices just a little strange? .................................................................................................... 48
Why is it frowned up on in many jobs in the UK if you leave on time or have lunch away from your
desk?.................................................................................................................................................. 49
SOCIETY .............................................................................................................................50
Why do the following occur in the UK and hardly anywhere else on Earth?.................................................. 50
Why are people patriotic?.............................................................................................................................. 51
Why is the UK society more ‘Big Brother’ than anywhere else? .................................................................... 52
Why do so many teenagers all want to be famous celebrities? ..................................................................... 56
Why do so many people in the west live in the ego? ..................................................................................... 57
Why are so many people stressed? .............................................................................................................. 60
Why do so many people fill nearly all of their spare time with entertainment?............................................... 60
Why do some people queue up all night for the sales in retail outlets to consume?...................................... 61
Why did people think they were doing a good deed by taking part in the Live 8 concerts in 2007? .............. 62
Why do we celebrate Christmas? .................................................................................................................. 63
Why do people not know what Facebook is all about? .................................................................................. 64
Why do so many people long and dream of their ‘special day’ of marriage and spend so much time
and money preparing for it? ............................................................................................................... 65
Why do so many people blame their partner for problems in a relationship? ................................................ 67
EDUCATION........................................................................................................................69
Why are schools nearly all left-brain orientated and only a tiny percentage of the curriculum is
aimed at the right side of the brain? ................................................................................................... 69
Why do schools only teach mainstream religions and do not even go into new age, pagan or
modern scientific spirituality? ............................................................................................................. 71
Why do schools teach a really poor, un-whole, and in many cases, untrue curriculum? ............................... 72
Why do schools not teach much about the earth, lunar, solar and galactic cycles and other parts of
nature? ............................................................................................................................................... 72
Why do schools not teach about taxation, interest rates and loans?............................................................. 73
Why do teachers have no say in the curriculum and hardly get a chance to actually teach? ........................ 73
Why are many (though not all) exams not much more than a memory test of what has been fed to
us in our youth and intelligence is then based on the results of these memory tests? ....................... 73
Why do schools ask children from the age of thirteen what they are going to be in the workplace? ............. 74
Why is it children have to go to government approved schools or the children get taken away from
the parents or the parents get fined heavily? ..................................................................................... 74
Why do some really poor examples of human beings come from extremely expensive schools?................. 75
Why do so many of the youth today decide to go to university before even knowing what to study
and why are university degrees something society builds up so much? ............................................ 75
Why do young people get given homework?................................................................................................. 76
Why are many schools suffering from lack of teachers, lack of equipment, are falling apart and
have overcrowded classrooms?......................................................................................................... 76
Why do many parents let their offspring eat junk, watch crap on TV and rarely give them books to
read? .................................................................................................................................................. 77
FOOD & CHEMICALS .........................................................................................................79
Why are we fed so much crap in our supermarket food? .............................................................................. 79
Why is it that some people call natural food, healthy food?........................................................................... 79
Why do many of us not know of Codex Ailmentius?...................................................................................... 80
Why do poorer countries often eat a lot healthier than richer countries?....................................................... 81
Why are humans, by and large, the only animal on the planet that does not fast?........................................ 81
Why is Aspartame allowed to be within so many food and beverage products? ........................................... 82
Why in the many parts of the Western world is fluoride in the water? ........................................................... 85
Why is it that no national newspapers or local political parties replied to my enquiry about
chemtrails?......................................................................................................................................... 87
Why is it that mothers in the UK and US blindly let doctors inject their babies with vaccines without
one question about what is actually in these? .................................................................................... 90
Why is the UK government forcing people to use fluorescent energy save light bulbs?................................ 92
WESTERN MEDICINE AND NATURAL HEALING .............................................................94
Why do a small group of large companies control the whole profit making industry of
pharmaceuticals? ............................................................................................................................... 94
Why do people blindly accept what doctors think and say?........................................................................... 94
Why are natural and self-healing methods mocked and suppressed yet the rise of people into such
methods grows by the day? ............................................................................................................... 95
Why do so few people believe that illness and disease is a feedback mechanism of the body to tell
us what the real source of the problem is?......................................................................................... 97
Why do only a few people believe illness and healing is all in the mind of what you believe as your
reality?................................................................................................................................................ 98
SECURITY......................................................................................................................... 100
Why do many people not know what the fore-coming EU ID Card actually is or what it means? ................ 100
Why at airports do we receive clear bags in security and now amazingly in the departure lounge for
items purchased?............................................................................................................................. 101
Why is there a 100ml limit at security within airports? ................................................................................. 102
Why were there tanks at Heathrow?............................................................................................................ 102
Why are there so many CCTV units and cameras in the UK?..................................................................... 103
Why is complete invasion of privacy now being peddled as ‘security’? ....................................................... 104
Why is no one really secure in their own home anymore? .......................................................................... 104
GOVERNMENT ................................................................................................................. 106
Why did a trade agreement with Europe slowly turn into a European government without any public
discussion or voting?........................................................................................................................ 106
Why do many people not know of the Bilderberg Group? ........................................................................... 109
Why do so many people believe The War on Terror is real?....................................................................... 115
Why are our civil liberties being slowly taken away? ................................................................................... 121
Why is the C02 global warming message shoved down our necks with from all angles?............................ 123
Why are our organs now property of the state once our physical body dies, unless we opt out?................ 127
Why do more people vote for pop-idol contestants than candidates in a general election in the UK?......... 127
Why are there ‘painted on the ground’ outdoor smoking areas? ................................................................. 127
Why do people in the United Kingdom tolerate things from the powers that be that other countries
would strike or wreak havoc over? ................................................................................................... 128
ANCIENT HISTORY .......................................................................................................... 132
Why do people not believe that there is an elite group of interbreeding bloodlines that goes back
millennia? ......................................................................................................................................... 132
Why do we believe C. Columbus found America by stumbling upon it? ...................................................... 143
Why do so many ancient sites know and track the precession of the equinox, plus the solstices and
equinoxes?....................................................................................................................................... 144
Why is linked evidence pointing towards an advanced race that existed pre-10,500BC unknown by
the masses?..................................................................................................................................... 147
Why do people believe primitive man built the pyramids with ropes, pivots and pulleys? ........................... 149
Why do people believe the great pyramids where built to be tombs?.......................................................... 152
Why do Egyptologists believe the Sphinx is related to Khufu, and not built earlier?.................................... 156
Why are there links between the pyramids in Central America and those in Giza?..................................... 156
Why do we use the error riddled Gregorian calendar when the Mayan calendar is so much more
accurate and relates to many more natural cycles? ......................................................................... 158
Why do we have breaks in humanities ancient knowledge?........................................................................ 162
SCIENCE ........................................................................................................................... 164
Why do scientists claim that nearly all of DNA is junk DNA?....................................................................... 164
Why is Darwin’s theory of evolution starting to look incorrect as more and more evidence is going
against it?......................................................................................................................................... 168
Why do many not people know of Francis Crikk?........................................................................................ 173
Why is it that we think that what we actually see and perceive is all there is to see and perceive? ............ 174
Why does crystallized water change shape to something beautiful or ugly dependent on the energy
or intention sent to it? ....................................................................................................................... 177
Why is modern science starting to embrace the laws of attraction? ............................................................ 178
Why is contemporary science starting to embrace ‘sacred geometry?........................................................ 181
Why do some people still not believe in Auras even when its now possible to actually take a photo
of it? ................................................................................................................................................. 186
Why was nano technology all over the media for a month or so in the mid 1990’s and then
relatively disappear to this very day? ............................................................................................... 187
THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS..................................... 190
9/11 Was An Inside Job............................................................................................................................... 192
7/7 Was an Inside Job ................................................................................................................................. 202
Planned Assassinations .............................................................................................................................. 211
Freemasonry, Secret Societies and The Illuminati ...................................................................................... 215
Bohemian Grove.......................................................................................................................................... 227
Symbolism................................................................................................................................................... 229
MKUltra mind control and child abuse ......................................................................................................... 250
Super Technology ....................................................................................................................................... 255
Hybridisation, Genetic Intervention and the Reptilian Agenda..................................................................... 265
Niburu, Tiamat or Planet X .......................................................................................................................... 281
The Year 2012............................................................................................................................................. 284
DNA evolution and the theory of ascension................................................................................................. 291
Crop Circles and the Maya .......................................................................................................................... 294
Atlantis......................................................................................................................................................... 298
Leylines ....................................................................................................................................................... 302
The code breakers....................................................................................................................................... 305
Project Bluebeam ........................................................................................................................................ 312
ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY .......................................................................................... 315
Why are so many un-spiritual behaviours performed under the guise of religion? ...................................... 315
Why do many of us disregard energy fields such as the energy of the moon, chakras and
meridians?........................................................................................................................................ 321
Why do most people laugh when told about the influx of Indigo children? .................................................. 323
Why are alternative spiritual teachings growing in popularity? .................................................................... 325
Why do we rarely discuss or study what we actually are or work on ourselves through self-enquiry? ........ 328
FINAL WORD .................................................................................................................... 330
SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY............................................................................................ 335

“Curious people are the ones who expose.”


Wayki Wayki INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION
When we are children we ask ‘why’ most of the time, much to the annoyance
of our parents. We are always striving for answers to the trivial, the mundane,
the extraordinary, the world and life. We question authority and people’s
actions and behaviours every single day, and we follow our intuition and
feelings on nearly every single matter.

This decreases during schooling. This is certainly not because we have all
the answers, but maybe because our lives have been indoctrinated with
routines, rules and too much logical thinking. Rules are in parks, shops,
schools and at home. They are everywhere, and as we are then constantly
concentrating on staying within these rules, we forget to ask ‘why’ as much as
we once did. Granted, a fair share of these rules and routines are required,
but many of them kill off or our basic human instinct to ask ‘why.’

This is amplified further once we are seeking development at university or


within the workplace; our time is spent mainly focusing on one subject matter
or on the particular task at hand, and we don't have the time or a spare
thought for asking ‘why’ regarding things in society. We are often too tired at
the end of a day or surrounded by too much entertainment, text messaging
and the like, to step back and ask ‘why,’ we are mainly concerned with the
next two days of our lives and the people close to us.
It is easier for us to stay within the pack and go with the media and the life that
our society has paved for us than it is to become curious about what appears
to be the norm - it is comfortable.

I have always been inquisitive about authority and rules, and at times this has
caused me problems, though never has it once eradicated my desire to
question. I stopped working at a large corporate company at the age of thirty
two as a result of the soulnessness of it all. I wanted more from life. To sell
my soul to a company that worked with unethical clients, lied to them for
financial gain and had little humanity, just to give me a big house, a nice car
and a fat bank account was not for me. It was a kop-out from what is real. It
is a paradox really as society would say it was I that had kopped-out.

After two months away from working, away from the UK, away form all forms
of media and mainly just thinking, I looked back into the western world, mainly
that of the UK and realised quite simply that much of society was clearly
dysfunctional and something was not quite right. It started to look like the
world was not governed by facts or logic, but was governed by belief systems.
I started asking ‘why’ once again, and this led me onto a rich, humorous,
unbelievable and shocking trail of learning and an amazing discovery covering
three continents. This trail included a rich and alternative study of many
subjects plus a mountain of information flowing towards me from some
amazing sources. The unconventional experiences, the cultures and the
diversity I witnessed, covering multiple global locations, (along with some
quirky humour), all assisted massively in the formulation of this book.

Page 1
Wayki Wayki INTRODUCTION

Within this book many ‘whys' will be presented on many different subjects. I
am not asking you to agree with anything put forward, and you certainly won't
agree with all of this book anyway, and as a matter of fact I would be happy if
you just read the why statements alone, as this would be enough. Many
social norms are laughed at, and even attacked, but do not take this too
seriously as everyone has a right to live their life how they wish, it is in jest
and to help paint a bigger picture.

During some chapters your current belief system will hold firm, but I implore
you to research for yourself or at least think about some of the information put
forward that you might rule out when you experience a jerk of your knee. I
have already done the hard work for you by sifting through the swamps and
quagmires of disinformation and murky labyrinths myself.

Most books in this genre specialise and detail, though fantastically, on just
one or a few subjects. What this book aims to do is cover a whole host of
them. It is a brief tour around a large train station if you like, it quickly shows
many trains (issues, events, norms and theories), what they look like
(descriptions), and even takes a short ride on some of them (information). It
then allows the passenger (reader) to find out which trains he or she is tickled
by and then to go on a longer journey as the introductions have been made.

This book is aimed at anyone who has felt that in the past few years
something is not quite right in the Western World, but does not have the time,
or maybe the courage, to actually step back and think it through or look at
things a little differently. The goal of this book is to simply encourage you to
take a step back, well really to take more of a leap back, and ask ‘why’ more
often, as you once did.

When one gains insight into many of the ‘whys’ that need asking, then it can
really be wayki wayki time regarding certain truths and hidden agendas.

"The original root of the word information is the Latin word informare, which means to
fashion, shape, or create, to give form to. Information is an idea that has been given
a form, such as the spoken or written word. It is a means of representing an image
or thought so that it can be communicated from one mind to another. Rather than
worrying about all the information afloat in the world, we must ask ourselves what
matters to us, what do we want to know. It's having ideas and learning to deal with
issues that is important, not accumulating lots and lots of data."
Theordore Roszack

“Your decisions in life are only as good as your information.”


Jordan Maxwell

Page 2
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

THE MEDIA
We will ease into the book with a calm and extremely cynical look into the
media and we will ramp up as we progress. The media will be referred to in
latter chapters with more vigour and this chapter will make much more sense
later on. Every chapter is strategically placed and is a build up for information
that is to be shared later on, if that information were to be shared now, it
would not be able to grasped in its full splendour and would just be too much.
The rabbit hole goes deep, but we need to start at ground level.

An important ground rule is needed first before we start, a belief is something


you create with your own logic, irrespective of whether it is right or wrong, but
remember the first rule is not to believe anything you read or hear. The whole
idea of belief bears a residue of doubt. Knowing, on the other hand, leaves no
trace of scepticism. The act of knowing means total certainty; complete
conviction is needed in your gut, in your heart and in your soul. Keep these
words with you throughout this book.

Why do people watch TV, or have the TV switched on when they have no
specific programme they wish to view?

A large portion of the population turns the TV on as soon as they enter their
living room, this happens with no conscious thought and often the person in
question will keep the TV on whilst reading a magazine, using a laptop or
even venturing into another room. Do people find the TV comforting? Free
time seems to revolve around the TV for a staggering amount of people. This
is up to each individual but is it not a little too uniform for millions?

Often family or friends may visit and the host will have the TV on and all of the
people in the room (who may of not seen each other for many hours or even
days) become drawn to the TV. Often the TV is the focal point of the room,
this is accepted as the norm so much now that even in sofa adverts and TV
programmes the sofa and surrounding chairs are shown pointing straight
towards the TV.

To take this a necessary step further, some people will come in from work, eat
in front of the TV and spend the whole night flicking through programmes they
don't really like or get stimulated by. Comments such as, “There is nothing
on” are made, but rarely does the thought for doing something different occur.
The person flicking through channels will often pick the best of a bad bunch,
often a sensationalistic programme such as ‘Evil [fill in anything here] from
Hell’ as it makes their lives feel better than the lives portrayed in the
programme. At times, this takes place when a married couple have not seen
each other all day, and the only real chat is a passing shout about the bins,
school run or something else relatively trivial.

I once witnessed a married couple having a row which got steadily worse.
During this row the TV was loud and blaring out ‘in your face’ advertising in

Page 3
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

between negative programmes; surely the energy from this broadcast had a
part to play in making this row worse? Imagine if the TV had a calm sunset
with some classical music, would the row of been a little less harsh? My view
is yes.

If we step back and look at it literally, a human switches on an electrical box


which has people talking and communicating (scripted most of the time and
rarely from the heart), then the viewing human does something different and
leaves this box switched on. Is this not a little weird?

Is this all about fitting in with the herd and being comfortable? When people
do this, they know there are millions of other people doing the same actions at
the same time. I mean, if the person was juggling saucepans in the kitchen or
working out the geometry of the garden plants or threw away the TV whilst
Morris dancing, mainstream society would call it weird, definitely not within the
herd.

I had a discussion about this with a doctor of psychology once, she told me
this is for comfort and that I was a bit weird. I replied with the fact that people
found comfort before the TV was invented and that I had never seen anyone
in need of comfort running towards a TV set. Do children need a TV for
comfort? No, they need the people who love them to be close to them. The
argument that the TV provides comfort just does not add up.

It was only recently that television came to be, and there are thousands of
years of generations that lived without it. Ask yourself what did those billions
of people do without a TV?

Why do people love soap operas so much?

“No, I don't love them, I just want to watch something mindless to relax.” I am
sure you have all heard people say this. I am not knocking it, it's ok, I
understand it, but when you add it up a lot of people waste their lives watching
a small box with other people pretending to be other people. It's un-
stimulating and the human viewer is not benefiting or progressing in any way.

The soaps always show emotional trauma, arguing, affairs, break-ups and
loss. Is this on purpose so that the viewer feels, “My life is alright, it's no
where near as bad as Linda at number thirty four on Eastenders?”

It is a scientific fact that the sub-conscious mind cannot tell the key differences
visually from fiction and non-fiction and these soaps give people a sense of,
“This is the way our lives are and meant to be, this is the norm,” but I have yet
to see any soap that even begins to resemble real life. The trick is to notice
that there is advertising within most soaps. This tells us that the soap is
nothing more than a profit generating machine and will literally put anything in
its scripts for another million viewers.

Page 4
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

I returned to the UK after months of being away once, and was in a


supermarket. I saw a magazine about TV soaps (yes, a whole magazine
dedicated to soaps), with the front cover showing a soap’s fictional couple with
a slogan titled ‘Is This Real Love?’ Two women in their forties where
discussing this couple as though they were real, I could not believe it and
burst into fits of laughter. I then started planned my next trip out of the UK to
be amongst some real people as I was very scared and later that day I got
neck ache due to shaking my head so much.

I would not be so dumbfounded if the millions of people that watched these


soaps loved them or had a passion for them, “Hey, got to go, my favourite
programme is on, it is so good.” I never hear this, I usually just hear people
moaning about the people in the soap and people saying, “It’s alright, it’s
something to watch,” or, “There’s nothing else on,” and this goes for the ten to
twenty million people in the UK that watch these, and that is a staggering
amount of people doing something aimless.

Soap opera tales of family turmoil are mostly all based around a pub where
characters drink alcohol lunchtimes and evenings, it makes us believe that
alcohol is the ‘done thing.’ On many other TV and radio shows, one often
hears comments about getting drunk to celebrate something too or a smirking
comment about someone being ‘worse for wear.’ Why does the media keep
telling us alcohol is normal and accepted but if someone ingests some MDMA
(methylenedioxymethamphetamine, the controlled core chemical that can be
ingested alone or is the essence of what forms an ecstasy tablet) it is the
worst thing ever? Alcohol fuels much violence (football and domestic to name
two) and conflict, whereas MDMA pretty much on its own halted football
violence in the early 1990’s for many years. Both have many negative
connotations but the media paints a happy fun picture of alcohol which is just
not true. For the record, I am not condoning drugs in anyway, and that goes
for caffeine, alcohol, MDMA and all the others, it is just that we have certain
views and stigma towards different drugs forced upon us by the media and we
follow them blindly.

“I think it's interesting the two drugs that are legal, alcohol and cigarettes, two drugs
that do absolutely nothing for you at all, are legal, and the drugs that might open
your mind up to realise how you're being fucked every day of your life? Those drugs
are against the law. Coincidence? See, I'm glad mushrooms are against the law,
cos I took 'em one time, you know what happened to me? I laid in a field of green
grass for four hours, going, 'My god, I love everything.' Yeah, now if that isn't a
hazard to our countries...How are we gonna justify arms dealing if we know we're all
one?”
Bill Hicks

It just seems that a large portion of western civilization wants to do something


mindless a little too much, a whole wad of these people's lives is being wasted
by watching mindless TV soaps in a semi-hypnotic state with no rational
thought, curiosity, questioning or thought about life. Yes, I know, this is up to

Page 5
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

each person and if someone is happy it’s all ok and not for me to say, but a
world full of people not thinking or being inquisitive is not a good omen for the
future is it?

Why do many of us not know who controls the media?

This is not to say we cannot find out, but generally the population does not
know and more to the point, does not care. Well, I did a little finding out. The
media is owned by profit making corporations akin to a pyramid system; at the
top is a small group of corporations and people who have the whole media
world sewn up in their pockets.

Nearly all mainstream media related to newspapers, TV, movies, internet,


magazines and radio are owned by this extremely short list:

AOL / Time Warner


The Walt Disney Co.
Bertelsmann AG
Viacom
News Corporation (Rupert Murdoch)
Vivendi Universal.
General Electric
AT&T Corporation

Behind most of these you will find Rothschilds dynasty involvement (see the
next chapter for who and what the Rothschilds are).
If you can find any huge audience media that is not somehow related to the
above list, I would love to know about.

This points towards the fact that the media set-up allows a few people to
control millions of people and collect billions of pounds.
When most people watch the news they take it as red that as this is the official
version and there would be no untruths. But when you break it down, a
reporter standing outside Westminster only reports on what he gets told, so
does the reporter really know what’s going on or do reporters just talk about
what he or she is told by someone higher up the chain?

Why is there so much crap on TV?

Game shows, soaps, reality programmes, advertising, talent competitions and


celebrities fill most of what is viewable on television. Surely this is to dumb
people down? How do we grow from this as a civilisation? The TV as a
medium has so much potential, but it is full of crap, surely this is pre-
meditated? It surely cannot be so crap and mind numbing by chance? I
refuse to believe it.

I ask you to try this, read a non-fiction book on a subject you have interest and
passion about (if you have no interests you have a passion for then it may be

Page 6
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

good for you to do some deep enquiry into yourself and your life...but we will
come to that sort of stuff much later) instead of watching TV for one week then
ask yourself the following questions:

Did I grow as a person in the last week?


Have I gained knowledge to stimulate my life?
Do I feel empowered in any way?

At times it seems there is nowhere else to go for us, ‘X-Factor’ (one example)
is everywhere, it is very hard to escape the knowledge of it existing. This ‘in
your face watch this’ method is extremely aggressive and intrusive, and it is all
too easy for the masses to be coaxed into watching something due to the very
clever and aggressive marketing. The programmes with this sort of marketing
never offer much in the way of stimulation. Most of these programmes show
people devastated and crying at some time or other. The word ‘programme’
itself means ‘to encode an agenda’ or ‘cause to absorb or incorporate
automatic responses, attitudes, or the like’ and the word is a derivative from
the word ‘programming,’ which is effectively what is happening to the mind.

‘Big Brother’ is also rammed down our throats; I don’t even have to explain
what the programme is about because it is near impossible to escape. All
school kids watch it now and talk about it and idolise these insecure freaks
seeking fame. Is it a very clever ploy to get people growing up used to being
watched and surveyed by cameras? People even queue up in there tens of
thousands to appear on this show to ‘get famous.’ The term Big Brother
effectively means someone else watching over you, and this is going on at so
many levels in the society of today.

I watched a whole four minute break of adverts recently for the first time in a
long time, and in sequence these were about a luxury holiday, joining the
army, make-up, McDonalds and then an advert for a TV show later in the
week about ‘what makes women kill and get driven to murder.’ The people in
the room all watched as though this has been accepted in their living room as
the norm and nothing was wrong or out of place. I left the room to shake my
head.

I was thinking about what a sad reflection on society the adverts were
because each was fundamentally negative. The luxury holiday was an all
inclusive, basically in a cage where you learn nothing and put nothing into the
local community; the advert portrayed ‘lording it up like a pig in shit with
servants.’ Joining the army at present really means no more than taking part
in illegal wars and fighting for an agenda and not really for a country or a
palatable cause. The make up advert had the angle that one would look old
and ugly unless they bought their product. And it is proven it is better to eat
nothing or even just drink your own urine than to digest a McDonalds, and
then a programme that glamorised murderer. On top of this all, the adverts
were in the middle of a peak time gameshow where people lied to each other
to get money, and the best liar was the victor. All of these bring nothing and
add nothing to our society, but we are brainwashed into thinking that this is

Page 7
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

what we are and this is what the norm is. We are too ‘inside it’ to step back
and look at it objectively.

Another TV show of note was ‘The Royle Family,’ that was watched by
millions. Here was a show about people, sitting on a sofa, staring aimlessly at
a TV and having the odd highly unintelligent conversation. The family
consisted of a layabout and a fat slob (amongst others) and they all ate junk
food and chain-smoked.
If we step back and look at this one, millions of people are sitting on their
sofas watching a screen of other people sitting on a sofa watching a screen.
It is mass madness, but it was accepted as the norm and the family on the
show was also accepted as a normal family. It was very scary.

Another form of media peddling crap is on the main internet sites like MSN
and Yahoo. These sites peddle stories like ‘How to deal with debt,’ ‘Top 10
office gossip subjects,’ ‘How to get the girl you want,’ ‘This summer’s best
bikinis,’ and corporate advertising.

The media is a multi-billion dollar empire that answers to some higher powers
(as I will divulge later) and the words we see in the media these days like
‘idol,’ ‘icon’ and ‘star’ all come from ancient religious terms and the amount of
subliminal programming going on is astounding.

Why do newsreaders on the national news keep their jobs for years?

Most of our main peak time newsreaders keep their jobs for many years;
surely this is because we end up trusting these people more? It is like our
dad or our aunty and when we have this level of comfort by the routine of the
same person, we have less chance of believing they would tell us any
untruths. Newsreaders read from a screen and are placed there because
they look aesthetically trustworthy. Do we really think the newsreader would
refuse to read something he disagreed with when he has a big fat contract
and gets driven from his London penthouse? In my view you might as well
have a robot there, as there is no difference.

Why does the media control the length of a topic, what the topic is and
at times this seems very strange?

If someone wants people to believe that certain subjects are more important
than others there are techniques to do this. For instance, the longer a subject
is discussed, the more important it is considered to be by the subconscious
mind.

A few years ago the debate on fox hunting was top of the news for many
months, and ok, I agreed, fox hunting was an issue that needed to be
addressed. But to be top of the news for so long was just crazy. Was the
subject of whether a law to allow or deny the action of fox hunting really the
main issue of a country of over sixty million people? What was really scary

Page 8
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

was that hardly anyone thought this was strange, it was another case of go
with what you are being fed and not question anything.

Another example, and probably the best, of this, is that of Madeline McCann
and before you go for your pitch forks and come for me, hear me out first (I
have just gone to lock my doors just in case). First off, I feel lots of sympathy
for the girl and do not wish for anyone to lose a child under any
circumstances. Madeline is one girl of many that has gone missing. Also
daily there are young children living extremely harsh lives (child soldiers,
street kids, abuse, poverty and those blown up in the middle east by cluster
bombs) so why was Madeline on the front page of our news for so long? It
almost seemed that the media created a new snippet of news on this subject
just so her picture and her story could be thrown in our faces daily, it was very
strange. I was in Spain in a shopping area in the summer of 2007 and there
were posters of her up everywhere and people talking about it but not once
did anyone ask why this is such a big and drawn out story in the media. Was
this all because the parents are almost aristocracy? Nobody really mentioned
or condoned the fact that the parents went off drinking whilst leaving their
child alone. Did the parents hire the best public elations agency around?
This was a public relations machine the Beckhams would’ve been proud of
and there are also dedicated web sites to finding her too. Is the McCann story
a start in the ploy to get people to microchip their offspring? We will look at
the microchip agenda later on.

The media also cuts short some stories, which seems crazy. Subjects such as
David Kelly’s death, the 7/7 bombings, UK’s signing over to the EU and
billions being spent on new UK nuclear weapons (Trident) are all examples of
stories that entered the regimented media and disappeared far too quickly.
Who Ami Winehouse is having sex with and how much cocaine is hanging out
of her nose seems much more important to the media.....and much of the
public.

This drawing out/cutting short of a story can also be seen on a smaller scale
within a single bulletin. For instance, at the start of the news there may be a
three minute story about two UK soldiers having been killed in Iraq and then
later in the programme ten seconds may be given to the fact that forty Iraq
civilians where murdered in a market. We watch this and accept it as the
norm and we don’t even think to question this. Surely this is so we think more
of people from one bit of land than people from other pieces of land. To me a
soldier dying is not as bad as a civilian at a market dying, but this is not what
the media want you to think so they present it in another way. They use strap
lines like ‘our defensive forces,’ but since when is going into a country for oil
and bombing civilians defensive?

Another example is that when a ‘terror suspect’ is found and detained this is
all big news, but when they are released without charge (and over ninety
percent are) this is barely mentioned. The media wants to create a division
between the proud-to-be-British brigade and the Muslims. Unfortunately most
people get suckered in, and all it creates is more separation and division.

Page 9
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

I once spent a week of the Iraq war (well invasion might be a better word than
war) having the al-Jazeera web site read to me by an Iraqi friend who was
working for me. We had the BBC web site up too and there was a gaping
chasm between the stories, words used and pictures. Logic and intuition told
me the real story was somewhere in the middle (or more to the al-Jazeera
side as their propaganda machine is not as finely tuned), but if all you ever
viewed was the al-Jazeera or the BBC information your own interpretation and
perception of events would be different. This, in a nutshell, is the power of the
media and how it tells people what to think and believe.

The Media also never mentions many things that are going on. Do you ever
see any news of the Bilderberg Group meetings, HAARP (High-frequency
Active Auroral Research Program), chemtrails or nano-technology? As these
things are not in the media, people don’t believe they exist. The controlled
media also discredits people they do not want heard, two examples out of
hundreds are Ron Paul in the US and David Icke in the UK. Fox news and
CNN discredit Ron Paul and in Europe the media rarely talks of him, this man
has over thirty thousand volunteers backing his campaign to become US
president and many public donations. David Icke in the UK is discredited
whenever mentioned but sells tens of thousands of books worldwide and sells
out talks in minutes. This is not to say I agree with everything these two
people say or do, it is just an example. We are told who to follow and who to
ridicule. Let us note that in 1999, the US blew up a Syrian TV station and in
2002 they blew up the Kabul bureau of the al-Jazeera TV station, now why
would they do this?

At present the news is all about stabbings, the loss of personal data on CD’s
and rapists being freed from prison, is this all about the generation of fear?

“We tell the people what they need to know, not what they want to know.”
Frank Sesno, CNN News

Page 10
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

“Our job is to give people not what they want, but what we decide they ought to
have.”
Richard Salent, Former President, CBS News

Why is so much news in media, all about the media?

This is very humorous, the radio talks about television, the television talks
about magazines and magazines talk about TV and radio and so on. All these
mediums point you to one of the other mediums to keep you locked into this
media bubble. It is like I am a media pinball being pushed and pulled and
bounced around in this media circus.

Why does the news often contain ‘reports’ that are really nothing more
than clever government propaganda broadcasts or corporate adverts?

I watched the BBC main news in late 2007 and it had a five-minute ‘report’
showing dawn raids on gang houses in Manchester and London, no names
were given and it looked very textbook, almost like library or training footage.
The home secretary then spoke for a minute taking all the glory. Where did
the reporters come from for the dawn raids? Obviously they were told to be
there (if it really happened). This is all pre-meditated spin to make us feel that
the government is looking after us.

Many news items are also just planted stories and adverts for the government
linked corporate companies, PR firms and government departments. It is said
that as much as thirty percent of any news broadcast can contain these sorts
of government advertisements and among them are adverts for patented
medicine, health clinics, brand name products and many others. The thing is,
these tactics aren’t just limited to the corporate world. Many governments
(including the US and UK governments) use similar PR videos to attempt to
convey political messages to the public as we have already described, and it
is all wrapped up nice and neatly as a news item. TV newsrooms love these

Page 11
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

pre-packaged news items that are distributed across the networks as it saves
them time and money, but it is killing community news and genuine
investigative reporting. Real news items are being replaced by slick corporate
promotions and political messages and according to one Nielsen Media
Research Survey, about eighty percent of US news directors air these several
times a month.

This is known as Monkey Metaphysics, it is very simplistic and hides in full


view, fully aware that most people won’t realise it’s simple slyness.

Why do all channels sell us the same story and refuse to air certain
documentaries and freethinking?

If you watch the BBC, ITV and SKY news in the UK all within the space of
three hours you will see the same stories, what is strange is the same angle
and same spin is put upon the different channels reports. There is hardly
anywhere to go except for your own mind to create an observer’s view of
events, and again, the question ‘why’ must be raised here. For example,
hours after 9/11 every single media station, be it radio or TV, blamed Bin
Laden for the atrocities but to this very date there is no compelling evidence
linking Bin Laden at all and the FBI state they have no firm evidence linking
him.

It is obvious that if something is repeated to us often enough we believe it,


alternately if something is hardly conveyed to us, then we rarely know of it and
will have more difficulty believing it. Many of our belief systems are made and
moulded by the media.

Another point of note is, when you text into SKY news or air your views on the
Times Online ‘have your say’ feature, all of the publics comments are vetted,
so when viewing what you think is public opinion, you are really viewing the
medias stand point in many cases. Imagine a live open microphone
programme about issues and politics where each person received five
minutes and there was a text vote at the end, this would never be allowed as
free thinking is very suppressed by today's society. There are also many
documentaries out there that the mainstream media would never ever go
near, why not? The TV as a medium has been corrupted.

Why does bad news in newspapers sell so well?

The daily newspapers will print what sells and will mirror the public’s desires.
Unfortunately, most of the public want bad news in the papers (whether they
consciously know it or not) so this is what they get. This goes back to the
soap opera theory of observing lives of people that are worse off and in turn
making the readers feel better about their lives.

Page 12
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

“To read a newspaper is to refrain from reading something worth while. The first
discipline of education must therefore be to refuse resolutely to feed the mind with
canned chatter.”
Aliestair Crowley

Why do so many people like Harry Potter due to the sheeple factor?

To explain, ‘sheeple’ is a term for people that seem most similar in nature to a
sheep but on first appearance can be misjudged as being a person.

I do not dislike Harry Potter, I believe it is a good fun thing and people glean
enjoyment from the books and that is also a good thing, there are just some
things I do not quite get.

Do millions of people really have a massive interest in fictional child wizards at


a wizard school, really? Do these people fill out on various forms that they
have interest in these things, or do they just read ‘what everyone else is
reading?’ If a book (e.g. Harry Potter) is advertised on the underground, on
bus stops, in newspapers and magazines people seem to blindly follow,
similar to the hundredth-monkey phenomenon. For those that don’t know the
hundredth monkey phenomenon is an experiment that points towards there
being a collective consciousness. Between 1952 and 1958 a group of 100
th
monkeys learned to wash potatoes on a Japanese Island and when the 100
monkey learned this too, all of a sudden all of the monkeys on the island
suddenly just knew, and then monkeys on other islands and on the mainland
also just suddenly knew how to wash potatoes.

Did any of these millions of Harry Potter readers grow up loving child wizards?
Did they find out about these books and then jump for joy? I think not. It is an
example of the power of an aggressive advertising push and an example of
fitting in with the herd and doing what others do (as sheep do). Yes, this
example is a bit extreme and the books are actually ok (not for me though), I
am just presenting a point.

In the past, people would read for half an hour and then spent hours and
hours thinking about it. Nowadays, we spent hours and hours reading
garbage and not even minutes contemplating it.

Why are there so many celebrity magazines?

There are so many now it is hard for people to escape these magazines. The
only messages I can glean from these publications is the following:
• If you are single your life is shit.
• You need to be this weight or your life is shit.
• This celebrity looked shit so your life is good.
• This person is having a relationship with him so her life is shit.
• This person is having a relationship with him so her life is great.
• This person has lots of money so her life is great.

Page 13
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

• Buy these clothes and look like this or your life is shit.
• This person is cool, successful and does lots of cocaine and her life
often changes from great to shit to great.
• This woman had some relationships with well known men so read her
interview and try and be like her or your life is shit.

I actually would not entertain the thought of a serious relationship with a girl
solely on the basis that she regularly read celebrity magazines with a passion,
but due to many other words from me in this book I don't think a queue will be
forming outside my door anyway.

These publications steer people to live in the world of striving to look a certain
way, live a certain way and think certain things about the opposite sex. There
is nothing fundamentally human or pure within any of these publications.
I see shelves and shelves full of this crap. Again I keep hearing the retort of,
“Well its nice to relax and just read something light and mindless,” which I am
starting to hear just a little to often these days for my liking. If you want to do
something mindless all of your spare time, then are you not just an ‘organic
robot’?

Have a look at the front cover of the magazine below; is there anything that
can help the reader evolve in any way?

If I kissed this girl I would be afraid of getting half a pound of oily slime on my
face from her make up and she looks to me like the spoilt type (I don’t like to
be judgemental, especially from just looks but this girl is selling what she looks
like for a magazine that gives nothing positive to anyone so I will allow myself
in this one instance). Most of these publications just make many people feel
lack.

Page 14
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

Why is children’s TV much faster and less educational than it was in the
1980’s?

I watched some UK children's TV recently, and I was slightly shocked. The


programmes delivered very little in the way of education or information and
each scene was so busy and hectic I nearly got a migraine. Each scene
lasted only five or so seconds and then it was on to another busy hectic scene
with many shows containing aggression and division too. This is not like it
was in the 1980's where much more of children’s television was slower,
warmer and more educational. Programmes for children such as Bratz and
Rugrats do nothing more than teach children how to answer back, be sly, bully
and want material objects, the parents not only let their children watch these,
they go out and buy them the merchandise, it is lunacy.

American wrestling is aimed at children aged nine and upwards, this is


monstrous. It shows and peddles evil style characters on steroids, being
aggressive, violent and full of hatred. The music is dark heavy rock and there
was even a wrestling music track about having ‘no chance in hell’ to name
one of many. There is also a tag team called the ‘legion of doom’ and fights
called ‘Monday night war.’ So, nowadays violent drug users portrayed as
Satanic (the word probably comes from Set-hen, Seth, the Egyptian deity for
darkness and night) portal jumping wrestlers, amongst other crazy storylines
they concoct, is accepted as entertainment and fun for your child? Please, it
is all very wrong is it not?

Ted Turner and Vince McMahon are heavily involved with ‘media propaganda
and entertainment’ in the US. Vince owns the WWF and the WWE and Teddy
boy owns WCW Nitro, CNN and TNT and is a real power house within the
media in the US. When you watch CNN you can see how all of the headlines
are given in a wrestling ‘in your face’ style too. These two men are involved
not only at the very top of media, but are involved with other powerful and
influential people within politics.

Again and again we can find that the people who create much of the negative
garbage entertainment are also involved with powerful people from news and
politics, and this is just one example of many.

Page 15
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

Why is it not known that we do not have to pay our TV license anymore?

The BBC is funded by Europe and therefore is no longer a public service, if it


is no longer a public service then one does not have to pay, simple.

A recent news article stated the following:


“Deputy Assistant police Commissioner John Yates, Director of
Intelligence at Scotland Yard has been asked to investigate the BBC’s
sources and applications of money, excluding the Licence Fee, and
evidence linking the BBC to the EU dictators has been provided in
support of the allegation that the BBC has ‘sold-out’ to shady
politicians. Thus far, the investigation into the financial and political mischief
that is clearly affecting the independence of the BBC has been
conducted by Mr Ashley Mote, MEP, who is independent of all political
parties and a keen supporter of British Independence from Europe. It
is the records of Mr Mote that have now been delivered to Scotland Yard
for Urgent Police Action at Senior Levels.
The BBC is regulated by a Royal Charter which specifically requires the
BBC to keep clear of all political bias of any kind, and the records of
Mr Mote show that the BBC has received vast sums of money from agencies
of the EU in return for BBC support of this Union: This
contract of evil is contrary to both the spirit and the letter of the BBC
charter, which has the force of law.”

This all goes against the provisions of the Treason Act, 1351 with the further
provisions of the Treason and Felony Act, 1848.

So, if the BBC is now a propaganda tool for Europe then it will feed us news
and lies to get us to believe what Europe wants us to believe, clever, the
problem is for them a few people found out and are spreading this information.

Write to the BBC telling them because of this information you will not be
paying the licence fee anymore, I know many who have done this and have
never had to pay the fee since, but I also know many whom due to fear
carried on paying.

Why is the media in many cases patronising us?

The most popular radio show in the UK at the time of writing this ‘why’
statement was the Chris Moyles show on Radio1 gaining millions of listeners
daily. This guy plays a thick, brash, larger than life, in-your-face character,
though I am not sure whether he actually has to play this character. His talk is
of nothing other than celebrities, who he knows, what was on television, ego,
computer games, dissent of others and manufactured pop music. His
vocabulary is restricted to about two hundred words and his show appears
loose and ‘his.’ By this I mean that he is late for the news, adlibs as though
there is no script and comes in late at times. Well, I used to know someone
that scripted his show, all of the adlibs, being late for cues was all a part of the

Page 16
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

script. There is nothing to get from this show but pure, mindless crap. This
guy was on a massive contract and this was all funded from the licence payer
(and the EU).

There is a morning local radio show in Sussex presented by a man and a


woman. The format is that they talk about the school run, getting ready for
work, the office, how good Friday is and they also have quizzes like celebrity
voice clips. They make out the only normal way to live is in a nine-to-five job,
with two kids, watching TV and if lucky, a nice package holiday to the sun.
Cute. Only when I started travelling around the UK did I find out that every
other city had the same local radio station with exactly the same format. It
was uncanny; I thought how could this be? I found out that Capitol Radio
owned most of these subsidiaries and that this is not people making a radio
station for the people, it is people making money from adverts which are on
every few minutes (which costs a small fortune on local radio) using a copy
and paste format. It is brainwashing and patronising.

Some topical debate shows on Talksport are about the only radio shows in the
UK with any intelligence, but they seems to make people feel powerless about
the state of the UK and encourage people to get angry. This solves nothing.
These Talksport shows also believe that the government is incompetent,
when really there is an elite group behind the government and all is going
pretty much to plan, but we will come to that sort of stuff much later on.
Talksport has its heart in the right place but comes from the wrong angle,
getting angry and moaning about issues does nothing, being angry and
moaning are both negative and do more to feed negative issues.

The Sun newspaper is another example of being patronising. The people who
work for The Sun are articulate and some move jobs from broadsheets papers
and are told to dumb down their writing style. Along with other crap tabloids
they usually have celebrity news taking centre stage, and are constantly
dumbing us down and telling us what to think politically.
Whoever The Sun backs in an election always wins too. This is because the
powers behind The Sun know who the Bilderberg Group (we will look into
them later on) has chosen to be the next prime minister, therefore It then gets
the millions of daily readers to warm to the incoming prime minister by backing
him or her and painting him or her in a good light.

Page 17
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

Why at so many public spaces are we now forced to watch the news and
TV?

At nearly all US airports and now in the UK too, one is forced to watch or
listen to the news on CNN or the BBC. At Heathrow most of the gates now
force you to listen to the BBC. They think it is a treat for you but is it not just
the powers that be feeding you as much ‘official line’ as possible before you
leave the country? Even some city centres in the UK now have large TV
screens outdoors, along with NHS clinics and banks, is this again a treat or to
keep everyone perpetually bombarded with the official line? Ask yourself this,
why do all radio stations have the news headlines multiple times during rush
hour (radio one on the BBC has an actual feature length rush hour news
programme called newsbeat) and why in London and other cities are there
free newspapers given out such as ‘Metro?’ It is all programming, they want
you to hear it, or see it, just any way to get the official line into your head.

On many buses worldwide, you are forced to listen to and watch Hollywood
movies (though you can close your eyes) and you have no choice, this again
is deemed a treat. Once I was on an extremely dangerous bus in central India
and was forced to watch two Bollywood movies, on this journey I was almost
praying for a crash to help me escape the childish nonsense that was being
thrown at me. Is it just me, or is every Bollywood movie aimed at people with
the intelligence of a twelve year old with each film about a good guy, a bad
guy, a love element and scantily clad dancing school girls? I would not mind
so much if it were a representation of India but the Indian culture is the polar
opposite. It is all very odd and does not help towards the massive rape
statistics in India.

Page 18
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

Why does the media help natives of a country target western visitors for
theft and sexual harassment?

Go and stand in a town centre in Africa, Thailand, Central America or South


America wearing nice clothes, a big bag, a camera, an mp3 player plus a
wallet in your back pocket and see how long you last. Not long, why is this?
If in the UK I saw a man with a Porsche and obvious money I would not dream
of stealing from him but a good few million or so inhabitants of this earth are
prepared to do this. We are supposed to be intelligent humans and what
makes them do this, do they feel good after this?

If the world was not so divided by countries and labels; “Gringos, Europeans,
Blacks, Americans, Asians, Westerners, Muslims” it would be a little different,
is this not all driven by the media? The media in the way of films, sit-coms
and adverts paint a picture that in western society everyone has the perfect
life with lots of money. The adverts for iPods and fast cars never have a
Mexican or Peruvian man, it is always an American or white European. So
maybe the poorer people in some of the poorer countries who have had it
hard get jealous of this ‘non existent perfect western world’ delivered by the
media and steal. Western women are portrayed in the western media as
sassy and promiscuous too. This does not help single women travellers too as
they are seen as being sassy and promiscuous by the natives.

Why do American TV adverts make one so fearful?

I was in America once and was unfortunate enough to be locked in a hotel


room with food poisoning. I turned the TV on and was bombarded with
horrendous in your face fear. This came from adverts about my teeth, the
possibility of getting cancer, my insufficient savings for the future, my parents
when old not going to a decent home and even me being shit at golf. It was
not just the messages themselves, it was the way that they where delivered;
all was very harsh and in your face, and very fast. Every single one wanted
my money via the generation of fear.

I turned the TV off and was trying to get my head around how people watch
this on a daily basis and what it could actually do to a society.

I met a Mexican at a bus station in Tulum once who after a year of planning,
took his wife and his child across the border illegally to ‘the land of freedom
and opportunity.’ They spent three weeks in America and escaped back
across the border to Mexico. When I asked him why he came back he simply
told me with shocked and fearful eyes, “That country is one scary fucked up
crazy ass shit.”

Page 19
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

Why do we laugh at other people’s pain on programmes like ‘You’ve


Been Framed?’

‘You’ve Been Framed’ is at times mildly funny (when once every four years
they actually show some new footage). What is disturbing is some of the
scenes show horrific pain with canned laughter, and I have seen viewers
laugh along, is this really funny?

For example, one scene was a car careering off a racetrack to enter into three
mid-air spins into a crowd. There was laughter placed upon the footage which
allowed and promoted the viewer to laugh. If this was shown on the local
news with a grave voiceover, I guarantee the viewer would not find this
humorous.

Children watch this too and the message is often that it is good and funny
when someone hurts himself or herself. I find it all very odd.

It is another example of the power of how TV can force emotions upon people.
Films do this via the soundtrack. Films do not need soundtracks, but all films
have them to set your vibration via harmonics, setting your mood and
emotions. Does this not prove how popular music can do the same? I do not
want my vibration, emotions and feelings played around with unless I want
them to be, a nice film here and there is ok, but for those who spend all their
spare time in the entertainment world, this is what is happening to you. It is
not the worst thing in the world, and its up to each individual.

Why are many of us not aware of subliminal advertising or embeds?

It is scientifically proven that when we watch certain TV programmes or


adverts we can go into a mild form of hypnosis and that much advertising
contains subliminal messages that only our sub conscious mind can read.
Our sub conscious mind works in 360-degrees and many symbols and shapes
are upside down or rotated so our conscious mind cannot see them, and most
of these are related to sex. Marketing at a high level uses the best NLP
(Neuro-Linguistic Programming) and hypnosis techniques to sell their items
and this comes through the TV.

N. F. Dixon has made over five hundred studies on this topic and concluded in
his book that subliminal perceptions exist beyond any reasonable doubt. The
American Wilson Key has also written many publications on this subject. He
was concerned that you cannot pick up a newspaper, magazine, pamphlet,
listen to the radio, or view the TV without being assaulted subliminally by
embeds. Key saw a subliminal plot of major proportions at work. He said that
subliminal stimuli have been regularly used in the North American media for
over twenty-five years without anyone getting wise to what was going on. He
commented on the twenty billion dollars spent annually on advertising,
claiming that, “An enormous proportion of the expenditure today is devoted to
the research, development, and application of subliminal stimuli with strong
sales or manipulative potentialities."

Page 20
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

Most subliminal messages are based on our primal instincts; thirst, hunger
and sex, and Key stated there are six general subliminal strategies: figure-
ground reversals, embedding, double entendre, low-intensity light and low-
volume sound, tachistoscopic displays, lighting and background sound. If you
know how powerful Photoshop and similar software are nowadays, you can
grasp how easy it is to add these subtle subliminal messages through
imagery. Alcohol adverts often put skulls and screaming faces in their adverts
subliminally, they often do this within the pictures of a bottle, ice cubes or
condensation drops oozing down the sides of glasses. They do this as it is
akin to the dreams alcoholics have.

Scientifically tested visual displays, Muzak tapes, and even mind altering
scents combine to maximize impulse spending. Specially designed music
loops can keep shoppers in the supermarket for 18% longer. One study into
use of airborne aromas, pumped into a Canadian mall, resulted in an increase
of over $50 per customer that week. In supermarkets, scientifically generated
Planograms create the ideal shelf arrangement for certain products, skewing
the shopper's eyes towards high value items.

Corporations are going to enormous lengths to probe the minds of consumers


by literally tapping into their brains. The Brighthouse Institute for Thought
Sciences, in Atlanta, is one lab that is scanning people's brains with MRI’s
(Magnetic Resonance Imaging), in an effort to decode and record our
subconscious thoughts and devise more seductive advertising. The process
is being called neuromarketing. They are hoping to determine specific
biological triggers that can be used by language engineers to stimulate
purchases. This is the hi-tech fulfilment of pioneer psychologists Freud and
Jung who established the connection between language and behaviour.

There are also double meanings used in many slogans which can be taken in
a sexual context, and advertisers often use lemon and oranges to portray
fertility and women, and use ties because they are a phallic symbol. Many
deodorant adverts aimed at young men and women make people think they
will be sexually attractive to the opposite sex. But if we step back, deodorants
spray chemicals onto two important lymph nodes and many believe this has a
link to breast cancer, it is only countries with high levels of deodorant use that
have large breast cancer figures. Adverts use sex so often and sometimes it
is just too much, for example, is the advert below really advertising or just
blatant porn (or have I just got a dirty mind)?

Page 21
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

My favourite advert seen in the UK recently was this one.

A famous case using the tachistoscopic display technique is that of the last
Bush election campaign where for a split second the word ‘RATS’ appeared
within a political broadcast at a second where they wanted the viewer to think
negatively towards the slogan. This could not be seen by the conscious mind
in real time but the sub conscious could pick this up. The Bush regime
involved in this campaign claimed this was an accident, end of story.

The show ‘The Iron Chef’ in the US was accused of this as well. This series
promotes creative cooking and gourmet cuisine, and is strangely sponsored
by McDonalds. One person found out when he slowed the footage down from
one of the shows that a frame was showing the McDonald's logo with the
words, ‘I'm lovin' it.’ At real time the naked eye and conscious mind could only
see a quick red flash if at all, “It was a technical error on our part and not a
subliminal message as suggested by a website,” said Food Network
spokesman Mark O'Connor, "it has been corrected for all future airings."
Believe what you will, but let us remember McDonalds use a smiley clown to
entice children when all they are really doing is damaging them.

Page 22
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

Also many franchises of banks and fast food establishments now include a
steeple or even house themselves in old churches. This subconsciously tells
us these are good things.

In all adverts our mind relates balloons to semen, a women’s midriff to the
womb and fertility, and sassy looking women to sex. Adverts are made
feminine for men and masculine for women nearly every time.

Are you happy that your subconscious mind is bombarded with information
you are not consciously aware of? I know of someone who is a master at
Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP), he has held talks to the marketing
industry in exchange for over $300 per hour. Marketing uses the latest
knowledge on how to get into your subconscious mind and forces emotions
upon you. Is this not an intrusive breach of privacy and a form of hypnosis?
The next time you look at an advert in the street, a soft drink bottle or a TV
advert imagine it (or even turn it) upside down or sideways, what symbolism
do you see? Whatever you do see, be it feminine curves which is the most
common, this goes into your subconscious. We will look into symbolism in
more depth and how it is used in the western world much later.

Why is our wonderful cuddly friend Disney, really not as cuddly as it first
appears?

Sorry to burst anyone’s bubble here, but that said, at this early stage of the
book, not many buy into this information anyway. Here goes....

The little mermaid has on the cover a male erect member (I am happy with
that description after much deliberation) within the castle.

In Aladdin, though it is said fast, it clearly says, “Good teenagers take off your
clothes.” In one part of the Lion King the word SEX appears in the stars, you
may need to tilt your head a little.

Page 23
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

Also in another Disney cartoon film there is a small woman in the background
window clearly having bobbing up and down with her breasts out for all to see
(she looks like she is having fun, but it’s not too good for your four year old
daughter is it).

Pastor Josue Yrion uncovered more truths in these movies, if you wish to
research further. First you will call this nonsense as I did, then maybe come
to the conclusion that this is just the artist having a little laugh, I thought this
until I came across the following symbolism.

Let us digress wildly; Thoth was an ancient Egyptian god that was often
depicted as an Ibis or Baboon, the baboon is an animal sacred to Thoth.
Thoth is believed by some to be a messenger from Atlantis and has the
emerald tablets associated to him. Thoth is known to the ancient Greeks as
Hermes Trismegisyus and has always been called ‘The Great Great,’ ‘The
Master of Masters’ and ‘The Messenger of the Gods. In the book by John
Anthony West, ‘Serpent in the Sky’ it states, “Thoth is the neter of writing, of
language, of knowledge, of magic; Thoth gives man access to the mysteries
of the manifested world.” The book ‘The Kybalion’ states, “And yet, the
Hermetic Philosophy is the only Master Key which will open all the doors of
the Occult Teachings.” Hermetic philosophy is highly entwined with Kabbalah
too and we should note here that though many regard Kabbalah as evil it is

Page 24
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

really just an ancient science and wisdom and can and has been used for light
or dark means. Manly P. Hall states in his encyclopaedia that covers esoteric
teachings of all ages that without the key which the Kabbalah supplies, the
spiritual mysteries of both the Old and the New Testament remain unsolved.

Now, as we are digressing wildly, it would be a good time to explain that


occult just means ‘hidden’ and is often mistaken for the word cult, which
means a group of people that are fanatical about something. Cult comes from
the Latin word ‘cultus,’ which means care and adoration.

The Hermetic / Thoth doctrines have been passed down through the centuries
secretly from master to student through secret societies and only recently is it
where one can one get hold of what is commonly known as Hermetic
philosophy.

Horus was another ancient Egyptian sun god, he once had a fight with
another god, Set, to avenge his father Osiris. Horus lost an eye in this fight
and has always been depicted as an eye or the ‘Eye of Horus.’ One eye
symbolism is also linked to secret societies and we will look into that later.
So, the great Baboon (Thoth) and the one eye (Horus) is symbolised in the
Disney film Monsters Inc, unless this is a ‘monstrous inc’lusion (excuse the
pun) of coincidence.

Looks like our cuddly friends have just come across the link too by the look on
their faces and they can’t believe it either.

There is nothing sinister in Hermetic philosophy, I have read some of it myself


and found it very profound, but like all symbolism, symbols means nothing on
their own, it is all about who is using the symbolism and for what means and
with what intentions.

There are also Thoth Duck and Nazi Duck episodes of our friend Donald,
these are just another two examples of many more.

Page 25
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

At this stage of the book I expect no one to believe this link yet so let us go
back to how Disney is not so cuddly. Naomi Klein, in her book, ‘No logo’
stated that Michael Eisner paid a hundred million dollars in a severance
package to Michael Ovitz who lasted only fourteen scandalous months at
Disney as second in command, whilst Eisner paid the average Haitan worker
twenty eight cents an hour. Walt Disney was a 33rd degree Freemason, and
in the Freemasonic Temple in Boston there is a large picture of Walt Disney
with the twelve main characters in a circle around him on the wall, at the top of
the picture on the wall (not shown below) is the DeMolay crest. The DeMolay
family where grand masters of the Knights Templar secret society in the
1300’s and we will get into that later.

The significance of the number twelve in a circle will be explained later (think
zodiac for now) along with Disney’s link to the much de-classified and free to
read MKUltra mind control project, and yes, I am being completely serious!

“The individual is handicapped by coming face to face with a conspiracy so


monstrous he cannot believe it exists.”
J. Edgar Hoover, First Director of the FBI and 33rd Degree Freemason

“You don't understand…It's not about money...It's about power and influence.”
Michael Ovitz (Interview with Mike Rosenfield)

“The man who does not know what it means to be under psychic hypnosis, is
probably already under it.”
Vernon Howard

***

It sounds crazy but there really is occult symbolism and subliminal messages
sent to us via the television by large corporations and other powers that be.
Much of the information in many of the chapters that follow you will not receive
from the mainstream media but does this automatically mean it is not the
truth? Are some people’s views on what is going on the world, how to live
their lives and how to think, all come from the TV?

Page 26
Wayki Wayki THE MEDIA

There is actually some good stuff on TV from time to time in the way of
humour, some documentaries and some drama, but what I am doing is
painting a picture of the media in general and showing how the TV can be
used to manipulate people. The problem is that the people in control of the
media think we are stupid, and unfortunately, generally speaking, they are
pretty much right.

“But we are all different, you cannot have a go at people who watch TV all the
time,” is a comment I keep hearing, the answer to this is in the comment itself.
Yes, we are all different but millions of us sit indoors with our doors and
windows locked, not knowing our neighbours, sitting in front of the same
programs and being fed the same messages, where is the ‘difference’ in this?

“Children’s television and MTV, in fact, are the easiest places to launch
counterculture missiles. The more harmless or inane the forum, the more
unsuspecting the audience.”
Douglas Rushkoff, Media Virus

“The only truth you know is what you get out of this tube, right now there is a whole,
an entire generation that didn’t ever know anything that didn’t come out of this tube.
This tube is the gospel, the ultimate revelation, this tube can make or break
presidents, popes, prime ministers, this tube is the most awesome god dam force in
the godless world, and where does that leave us if it gets into the hands of the
wrong people. And when the largest companies in the world control the most
awesome propaganda force in the whole godless world, who knows what shit will be
peddled for truth on this network. So, you listen to me, listen to me, television is not
the truth, television is a god damn amusement park, television is a circus, a carnival,
a travelling troop of acrobats, storytellers, dancers, singers, jugglers, side show
freaks, lion tamers and football players. We are in the boredom killing business, but
you people sit there day after day, night after night, all ages, colours, creeds, we are
all you know, your starting to believe the illusions we are spinning here, your
beginning to think that the tube is reality and that your own lives are unreal. You do
whatever the tube tells you, you dress like a tube, you eat like a tube, you raise your
children like a tube, you even think like a tube, this is mass madness you maniacs,
in gods name, you people are the real thing, we are the illusion.”
Howard Beale, Network, 1970’s

Page 27
Wayki Wayki MONEY

MONEY
We can all pretty much agree we are not too fond of banks, this chapter will
more than likely raise those feelings a notch or two.

Who really controls the money on this planet?

The international banking cartels and the associated dynasties, and they have
a desire for one thing, control. Sounds a little extreme doesn’t it? How can
this be proved? Read on.

"The bankers own the earth. Take it away from them, but leave them the power to
create money, and with a flick of the pen they will create enough money to buy it
back again. However, take away from them the power to create money, and all the
great fortunes like mine will disappear and they ought to disappear, for a better
world to live in. But, if you wish to remain the slaves of bankers and pay the cost for
your own slavery, let them continue to create money."
Sir Jostah Stamp, Former Director of the Bank of England

It may look like we have a free market and a private economy but it's just
appearance, it is not as it seems.

In reality less than three hundred people own more eighty percent of all the
financial wealth on this planet. We are talking about people that are so rich
and powerful that they don't want other people to know how much they really
own. They stay in the shadows and influence from behind the scenes. All
these people you believe to be rich and powerful are just minions (Bill Gates,
governments etc.) and mere servants for the truly powerful. Politicians
nowadays are nothing more than mere actors for they don't decide anything
on their own any longer without the nod from their money masters. This
sounds very far out at present but once we have covered more ground the
picture will become much clearer.

Let us quickly get rid if a common misconception. The governments do not


print or create money, the Bank of England and The Federal Reserve (in the
US) does, and these two lend money to the governments.....at interest.

Why do many people not know (or care) that the history of large banking
corporations is beset with mass fraud and planned public upset?

This is because it is not publicised, and because of the general apathetic view
of “yeah, I know banks are crooks, sigh, but what can I do?”
Let us have a little look at a few key events in banking history.

Page 28
Wayki Wayki MONEY

• Many ancient civilisations like that of Egypt and The Roman Empire all
used an interest based money lending system.
• In the 1770’s it was stated by many, including Benjamin Franklin
(Freemasonic founding father of the US) that the American fight for
independence started when King George III of England (England ruled
America at the time) outlawed local money and introduced an interest
based loaning scheme from England. We should realise here that less
than ten percent of the people took part in this revolution, where was
everyone else? Turning a blind eye, as seems to be human nature.

“There is something behind the throne greater than the king himself.”
Sir William Pit, House of Lords 1770

• In 1791 a bill was passed in the US, the first bank of the US was
allowed to control big money interests but after twenty years this was
scraped, due to public fear of such a large institution. Congress
refused the renewal of this.
• In the early 20th century the big financial guns were the Rothschilds,
the Rockefellers, JP Morgan and the Warburgs, they all wanted a
central bank but knew they needed an incident to sway public opinion.
JP Morgan told the public that a bank in New York was going bankrupt
and this created panic and mass withdrawals, in turn meaning that
banks had to call in loans, and therefore, people lost property.
Senator Nelson Aldrich, who later married into the Rockefeller dynasty,
investigated this, and it was concluded that a central bank was needed
to stop this from happening again.
• A central bank controls interest rates and the money supply. When in
control of the money supply one can increase and decrease the value
of money and also control inflation.
• In 1910 a secret meeting at Jekyll Island was held and only bankers
were present (under false names). The Federal Reserve Act was
written and signed and then they used their political puppet, Senator
Nelson Aldrich to push it through congress. Woodrow Wilson agreed to
sign it in 1913 in return for campaign support and it was ratified just
before Christmas with only a few congressmen present.
• The Federal Reserve created panic in 1920 and also the great
depression in 1929 by increasing and decreasing the money supply
and calling in debts and margin loans. They bought out other banks
and corporations very cheaply and forced other potentially competitive
banks to collapse.
• In 1933 to ‘help’ the great depression, The Federal Reserve asked for
all gold to be handed in under the threat of ten years in jail and after
1933 all dollar bills had the ‘redeemable in gold’ stamp removed and
paper notes just became ‘tender,’ backed by nothing. This allowed the
complete value of money to be down to one thing, how much is in
circulation.

Page 29
Wayki Wayki MONEY

“[Talking about the great depression] It was a careful contrived occurrence.


International bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair, so that they
might emerge the rulers of us all.”
Congressman Louis McFadden, whom when looking for impeachment proceedings
was murdered from poisoning at a banquet

“Our Great Industrial Nation is controlled by its system of credit. Our system of
credit is privately concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our
activities are in the hands of a few men....who necessarily, by very reason of their
own limitations, chill and check and destroy genuine economic freedom. We have
come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely dominated
governments in the civilized world – no government by free opinion, no longer a
government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the
opinion and the duress of small groups of dominant men.”
Woodrow Wilson post his Presidential term

“Give me control of a nations money and I care not who makes its laws.”
Mayer Amschel Rothschild, founder of the Rothschild banking dynasty

President Andrew Jackson, the only US president whose administration totally


abolished the national debt, condemned the international bankers as a
‘den of vipers’ which he was determined to root out of the fabric of
American life. Jackson claimed that if the American people understood how
these vipers operated on the American scene, "There would be a revolution
before morning.”

“The real truth of the matter is that a financial element in the large centres has
owned the government since the days of Andrew Jackson.”
Franklin D Roosevelt, US President 1933

Why do people not know of the banks’ role in wars and politics?

The International banking cartels love war because they lend large amounts of
money to governments at interest and invest cleverly into ‘winning’ nations.
Their power and influence has enabled them to guide politics down a direction
of their choosing, especially just after a war when people are looking for
people to ‘do something.’ Some key events from hundreds are below:

• The Rothschilds financed both sides in most of the Napoleonic wars


and in June 1815 agents were used by the private money houses to
get an edge over the governments they were slowly starting to control.
British agents from an English pincer of the Rothschild dynasty were
sent to Waterloo where Wellington and Napoleon were having a large
and extremely important battle. Nathan Rothschild’s agent returned to
England a day before the news of Wellington’s victory reached England
and the Rothschilds told the London stock exchange Napoleon had
won the war creating plummeting stocks in London, which in turn,

Page 30
Wayki Wayki MONEY

Rothschild bought. When the real news came of the Wellingtons


victory, stocks soured and the Rothschilds had control of Europe
financially. This has not changed to this very day!
• In June 1914 the Austrian heir to the throne of the Hungarian and
Austrian Empire, Arch Duke Frans Ferdinand, was assassinated by
secret intelligence and this was the only tangible catalyst for World War
One. The Rothschilds’ dynasty, amongst the other big guns, backed all
factions in the war and also lent governments money. The planned
Lusitania sinking was used as the catalyst for America’s entry into the
war and JD Rockefeller made two hundred million dollars (that’s about
two trillion dollars by today’s money).
• In 1919 out of the First World War came the League of Nations, this
was one of the first vehicles used in heading towards a One World
Government and was backed by Woodrow Wilson.

“The large banking interests were deeply interested in the world war because of the
wide opportunities for large profits.”
US Secretary of State William Jennings

• In 1921 the Council on Foreign Relations was created.


• In 1930 two interconnecting factions were the socialists in London and
the fascists (by force) in Germany. Edward Eighth was forced to leave
the thrown as he publicly supported Hitler.
• In 1934 Major General Smedley Darlington Butler exposed a fascist
plot to overthrow America; he stated the following on television, “I
appear before the congressional committee, the highest representation
of the American people to tell what I knew of activities which I believe
led to an attempt to be used to set up a fascist dictatorship. I was
supposed to lead an organization of half a million men which would be
able to take over the functions of government.”
• Between 1939 and 1945 the banking cartels financed both sides of the
Second World War and Pearl Harbour was ‘allowed’ happen to enable
American entry. During the Second World War many American
companies helped the Nazis.
o IBM supplied the operational systems for concentration camps.
o IG Farben supplied the Nazis with over eighty percent of their
explosives and used Zyclon B used to kill millions. One of the
partners of this company was JD Rockefeller’s US Standard Oil,
whom helped supply the Nazis with twenty million dollars worth
of fuel so their planes could bomb London. Let us note here that
William S Farish (who’s grandson is the Bushes ambassador to
Britain and friend of the Queen) was president of US Standard
Oil at the time.
o The Union Banking Corp from New York was used as a Nazi
laundering bank. They where seized for trading with the enemy
Prescott Bush was the Director and Vice President of the Bank
and is our friend Georgy boy’s Grandad.

Page 31
Wayki Wayki MONEY

o Coca Cola invented Fanta Orange for Nazi Germany as their


‘Coca Cola’ and other drinks where banned.

• In 1945 at the end of the war with Europe in tatters, the elite claimed
only a global government could stop this happening again and along
came the UN in April 1945. The UN building in New York was on land
donated by JD Rockefeller.
• In 1949 the council of Europe was created under the guise of trade and
the plan for the EU was in full flow, we will look at the EU in its own
right later.
• In 1954 the first Bilderberg meeting happened in Holland, we have a
whole section on the Bilderbergers (the attendees) and their meetings
later on.

"We shall have world government whether you like it or not, by conquest or consent."
James Paul Warburg (son of Paul Moritz Warburg, a prominent banker), before the
Senate of the Foreign Relations Committee in 1950

Why are more and more people becoming aware of the Rothschilds and
Rockefellers amongst the other big financial dynasties?

Because most truths come out in the end and too many people now know
these are super powerful influential dynasties within the financial and political
arenas. Many people have divulged information about these two power
houses for decades but 9/11, Diana and other truths are only starting to be
shared recently (there are sections on 9/11 and Diana in further chapters).
Lies and scams of this magnitude always take time to come out.

The Rothschilds claim that they are Jewish in many cases, when in fact they
are Khazars. They are from a country called Khazaria, which occupied the
land locked between the Black Sea and the Caspian Sea which is now
predominantly occupied by Georgia. The reason the Rothschilds claim to be
Jewish is that the Khazars, under the instruction of the King, converted to the
Jewish faith in 740AD, but of course that did not include converting their
Asiatic Mongolian genes to the genes of the Jewish people.

They are the wealthiest bloodline in the world bar none and the Rothschilds
have obtained this position through lies, manipulation and murder. Their
bloodline also extends into the Royal Families of Europe, and the following
family names: Astor, Bundy, Collins, DuPont, Freeman, Kennedy, Morgan,
Oppenheimer, Rockefeller, Sassoon, Schift, Taft, and Van Duyn but we will
cover bloodlines in more detail later on.

The House of Rothschild comes from the descendants of Mayer Amschel


Rothschild (1743-1812) who was born and lived in Frankfurt. His father
Moses Amschel Bauer placed a red sign above the entrance door to his
counting house; this sign is a red hexagram which under Rothschild
instruction ended up on the Israeli flag and ambulances some two centuries

Page 32
Wayki Wayki MONEY

later. Following his father's death, Bauer recognised the significance of the
red hexagram and changed his name from Bauer to Rothschild, after the red
hexagram sign hanging over the entrance door (‘Rot,’ is German for, ‘Red,’
‘Schild,’ is German for, ‘Sign’). Below are images of the hexagram, the shield
and the Rothschilds’ family coat of arms.

The shield has links to Freemasonry and the two-headed eagle was once the
emblem of the Byzantine Empire (Roman Empire). The Rothschilds have
massive links to the creation and growth of the Illuminati, but we will delve into
this subject matter much later on, as ground needs to be covered first.

The male descendants of this family (for at least two generations) generally
married first cousins or even nieces. It did not take long for them to establish
banking institutions in Vienna, London, Naples and Paris as well as Frankfurt.

The Rothschilds created astronomically large sums of money, power and


allies primarily from a mixture of involvement with the following:

• Bolshevik revolution
• Napoleonic wars
• Wellington's peninsula campaign
• Offering the hire of Hessian soldiers
• Loaning money
• Controlling, helping and befriending monarchs
• Selling rare coins and trinkets to royalty
• Removing power from the churches
• Setting up a twenty year charter central bank in the USA called the
First Bank of the United States in the late 1700’s
• Secret societies
• American revolution
• American civil war
• The slave trade

In September 1812, it is claimed that Meyer Amschel Rothschild set out the
following rules for all of his descendants:

Page 33
Wayki Wayki MONEY

• All important posts were to be held only by family members, and only
male members were to be involved in the business side. The oldest
son was to be the head of the family, unless otherwise agreed upon by
the rest of the family, as was the case in 1812, when Nathan was
appointed the patriarch.
• The family was to inter-marry (we will look into bloodlines later) with
their own first and second cousins so their fortune could be kept in the
family and to maintain the appearance of a united financial empire. For
example, his son James (Jacob) Mayer married the daughter of
another son, Salomon Mayer. This rule became less strict in later
generations as they refocused family goals and married into other
fortunes.
• Rothschild ordered that there was never to be "any public inventory
made by the courts, or otherwise, of my estate...also I forbid any legal
action and any publication of the value of the inheritance."

The Rothschilds’ dynasty is based in the City of London; many banks have
their main offices here, along with branch offices for nearly four hundred
foreign banks including seventy from the United States. It is here that you can
find the Bank of England, the Stock Exchange, Lloyds of London, the Baltic
Exchange (shipping contracts), Fleet Street (home of publishing and
newspaper interests), the London Commodity Exchange (to trade coffee,
rubber, sugar and wool) and the London Metal Exchange. It is pretty much
the financial hub of the world.

The City of London is its own state and has fallen under special laws since
1191 and since 1215 the City has appointed its own Lord Mayor.

If the Queen wishes to conduct business within the City she is met by the Lord
Mayor at Temple Bar (from the Knights Templar who we will see more of later
on), where she requests permission to enter the private sovereign state. She
then proceeds into the City, walking several paces behind the Mayor and
under him is a committee of men known as 'The Crown.’ Her entourage may
not be clothed in anything other than service uniforms and this privately
owned corporation is not subject to the Queen or the Parliament and the City
‘Crown’ controls much of parliament to this day as it always has done. E.C
Knuth explains much more of this in his book ‘Empire of the City.’

Mark Owen is a researcher of the history and laws of Temple in London and
the following is from one of his articles.

“In the nineteenth century, ninety percent of the world's trade was carried by
British ships controlled by the Crown. The other ten percent of ships had to
pay commissions to the Crown simply for the privilege of using the world's
oceans. The Crown reaped billions in profits while operating under the
protection of the British armed forces.

This was not British commerce or British wealth, but the Crown's commerce
and the Crown's wealth. As of 1850, author Frederick Morton estimated the

Page 34
Wayki Wayki MONEY

Rothschild fortune to be in excess of ten billion pounds and today the Crown
holds the bonded indebtedness of much the world.

The aforementioned Temple Bar is the juristic arm of the Crown and holds an
exclusive monopoly on global legal fraud through their Bar Association
franchises. The Temple Bar is comprised of four Inns of Court. These are
called the Middle Temple, Inner Temple, Lincolns Inn and Grays Inn. The
entry point to these closed secret societies is only to be found when one is
called to their Bar.

Another method used to hoodwink natural persons is enfranchisement. Those


cards in your wallet bearing your name spelled in all capital letters means that
you have been enfranchised and have the status of a corporation. A 'juristic
personality' has been created, and you have entered into multi-variant
agreements that place you in an equity relationship with the Crown. These
invisible contracts include: birth certificates, citizenship records, employment
agreements, driver's licenses and bank accounts. What we view as
citizenship, the Crown views as a juristic enrichment instrumentality. It also
should be borne in mind that even cursory circulation or commercial use of
Federal Reserve Notes effects an attachment of liability for the payment of the
Crown's debt to the Federal Reserve. This is measured by your taxable
income. And to facilitate future asset stripping, the end of the fourteenth
amendment includes a state of debt hypothecation of the United States,
wherein all enfranchised persons (that's you) can be held personally liable for
the Crown's debt.

The Crown views our participation in these contracts of commercial equity as


being voluntary and that any gain accrued is taxable, as the gain wouldn't
have been possible were it not for the Crown. They view the system of
interstate banks as their own property. Any profit or gain experienced by
anyone with a bank account (or loan, mortgage or credit card) carries with it,
as an operation of law, the identical same full force and effect as if the Crown
had created the gain.”

"I care not what puppet is placed upon the throne of England to rule the Empire on
which the sun never sets. The man who controls Britain's money supply controls the
British Empire, and I control the British money supply."
Nathan Mayer Rothschild, in 1815, once he had established a firm grip on the Bank
of England

"Rothschild is the lord and mastery of money markets of the world, and of course
virtually lord and master of everything else."
Benjamin D’Israeli, 19th Century English Prime Minister

The Rockefellers (much more USA based than our friends the Rothschilds)
made their fortune out of oil in Ohio and Pennsylvania and from US railroads.
The Rockefellers have donated to, or have a large say, or completely control
each of the following bodies, amongst others:

Page 35
Wayki Wayki MONEY

• The Bilderberg Group.


• The Trilateral Commission.
• The Council on Foreign Relations.
• The Population Council.
• The Group of Thirty.
• The World Economic Forum.
• The United Nations.
• Chase Manhattan Bank.
• Exxon (the worlds largest company).
• The League of Nations.
• Multiple National Catholic and Protestant Associations and Churches.

"I have two great enemies, the Southern Army in front of me, and the financial
institutions in the rear. Of the two, the one in my rear is my greatest foe."
President Abraham Lincoln, in a statement to Congress in 1865, shortly before he
was assassinated

The Rothschilds and Rockefellers will continually pop up during the course of
this book as they are, and have been, involved in some horrendous and
shocking actions and events. The mainstream media does not talk of these
powerhouses.

Why is taking out a loan feeding these dynasties?

The banks lend money that does not exist at interest. When someone takes
out a mortgage of one hundred thousand pounds, someone types into a
computer that amount (that does not actually exist anywhere) and one has to
pay back near three hundred and fifty thousand pounds, so the bank can then
lend the three hundred and fifty thousand pounds to the government as it is
backed by your (their) house........at interest.

The banks lend ten pounds for every one pound deposited so if everyone
withdrew all of their money tomorrow, all of the banks would be bankrupt as
they don’t actually have the cash.

Only two presidents tried to create a new government currency in the US, A.
Lincoln and JFK, now what do they both have in common? Both murdered.

Third world debt has killed many of our fellow humans, it is debt on money
that does not, will not and will never exist. Hundreds of thousands of children
in Brazil die from hunger every year yet this is the second biggest exporter of
food in the world, the money from this export also goes towards paying off
interest on money that never existed, it never left a computer in London or
New York.

Page 36
Wayki Wayki MONEY

Why do many people not know of derivatives?

Simply because inner finance is a pretty boring subject and people usually
only care for their own money and getting more.

So what are derivatives? Derivatives are where finance is moved around in


trillions of dollars and this method is growing year on year. They are financial
instruments for trading, and their value changes in response to the changes in
underlying variables. The main types of derivatives are futures, forwards,
options, and swaps but I do not want to bore anyone with the nuts and bolts.

Derivatives have been around for a while. They first evolved as a way for
farmers and merchants to manage the risk of crop prices moving against
them; a farmer who wanted to be certain what price he would get for his grain
at harvest could use forwards or futures contracts to lock in a price in
advance. In time, speculators became a main part of derivatives markets,
they had no interest in hedging their own exposure, but instead used
derivatives (a poker chip if you like) to bet on the prices of agricultural
commodities.

There are derivatives that allow people to bet on and hedge against
movements in debt, currencies, interest rates, shares, property and more
besides.

Debt (known to banks as credit) derivatives are when a bank collects together
a bunch of debt instruments and parcels them together into a freestanding
financial instrument. These debt instruments can be corporate bonds,
mortgages, corporate loans, loans and pretty much any kind of debt.
The banks benefit by shifting the risk of the debt to investors.

Data came out from the Bank for International Settlements stating the global
market for derivatives soared to a record three hundred and seventy trillion
dollars in the first half of 2006. It was the highest ever and the bubble is
bigger than any one can imagine.

Page 37
Wayki Wayki MONEY

Money is creating a false concept of money, and that in turn is creating ever-
larger conceptual money and legendary investor, Warren Buffett once referred
to derivatives as “financial weapons of mass destruction,” and also said that
derivatives could turn into a “mega catastrophe.”

George Green is a former powerful investment banker who was invited into
the power elite, faced with a moral and ethical dilemma, he turned his back on
it and started to expose what is going on and he supplies some amazing
information on this hidden nightmare.

Why do so many people not know certain things about tax in the US?

A few years after American independence, America was in debt to the English
bankers. The American government made everyone apply for citizenship to
enable the taxation system so that the government could pay back the debt.

Currently the Federal Income Tax is a tax that is unconstitutional and The
Federal Reserve is actually a private corporation and legally cannot make any
legislations. There is no current law in the US whatsoever stating the people
have to file a tax return; it was never ratified by the quantity of states required
for ratification. It is a rule made up by the banking mafia and as they have
access to bank accounts and can create problems for people the masses toe
the line.

People in the US work about three months of their working year to pay income
tax and much of this tax goes to pay off the interest on the currency being
produced, in other words into the pockets of the International Bankers.

Why is there such a bad use of money like Trident, the military, super
prisons, the Olympics and sweet sixteen parties?

The UK government quietly announced that they would be spending over


twenty billion pounds on a new nuclear missile programme called Trident (not
including yearly running costs of one billion pounds a year for the next twenty
five odd years). How is it that the UK has crumbling schools, closing hospitals
and most people are struggling, yet this is justified? Also, if any other country
participates in any buying or testing of nuclear missiles they are deemed
dangerous, but it is ok for the UK or US? Even Nigel Morris, Home Affairs
Correspondent for the Independent was asking whether Trident is a sensible
way to spend twenty billion pounds.

For the cost of Trident, the government could put an extra thousand pounds
into every classroom in the UK and into the pocket of every nurse in the UK
every year for the next twenty six years but due to media black-out on this no
one seems to care or know. Four billion pounds is also about to be spent on
two aircraft carriers at Portsmouth and also over a hundred of the sixty million
pound Eurofighters have recently been ordered by the military.

Page 38
Wayki Wayki MONEY

Costa Rica has no military at all and how many wars do they participate in?
None. The Israel government forces every single citizen, boy and girl to do
three years in the army, how many skirmishes and battles does Israel take
part in? Lots. Do the maths, think about it.
According to Woodward and Bernstein’s book, ‘The Final Days,’ Henry
Kissinger once said that military men where “dumb, stupid animals to be used
as pawns for foreign policy,” and this is one of the guys sending the soldiers to
wars.

“The pioneers of a warless world are the youth who refuse military service.”
Albert Einstein

In 2007 over one billion pounds was dedicated for brand new Titan prisons
that will increase the capacity in the UK and Wales increase to nearly one
hundred thousand by 2014. Surely spending this amount of money at looking
at social reasons for crime would be better? Throwing money at the symptom
and not the cause is something the western world does all the time. It is a fact
that many people come out of prison addicted to heroin, how is that
rehabilitation?

Barcelona and Athens are just two examples where a city has had massive
Olympic stadiums built, and guess what? They are hardly ever used and the
UK is currently spending over nine billion pounds on the Olympics and I know
what will happen; Britain will win one silver medal in shooting and two bronze
medals in rowing and yachting and then have massive empty stadiums. Who
is paying for the Olympics? The taxpayer.

MTV has a programme called Sweet Sixteen. Based in LA it films rich girls’
sixteenth birthday parties and how much is spent on them. The parties have
divas, DJs, flash cars and anything else the girls want. Fifteen and sixteen
year old girls compete, gloat and cry about whose party is the best, expensive
dresses and brand new BMW’s are given as gifts from the father and in some
cases the girls cry when they do not like the colour. Is this really the society
we live in? Why does the TV company show this in a good ‘this is
entertainment’ light too?

***

There is a massive amount of evidence out there about the history of banking
cartels, none of which you will get from the mainstream media.

I know someone who works for a UK high street bank and understands the
banks role in history but she said to me, “I receive good training, good
prospects, the people are nice and what can I do anyway?” Is supporting
something you know to be wrong a waste of your short life? Do these people
not think of their offspring? Where are the ethics in the western world? Down
the back of the sofa? Under the mattress? What is going on? It is as though

Page 39
Wayki Wayki MONEY

most of us are happy to sell our soul as long as we personally gain and are
personally secure.

On another occasion I was rafting down the rapids of the Ganga river (against
my better judgement) with an Indian who had just finished a six year MBA in
business management and was very excited about his upcoming job with
Barclays Bank. Now surely, as he was a bright guy and spent six years
studying the field, he should have studied who owns Barclays and what their
investments and their ethics are?

Even much of insurance is corrupt too, in America people pay health


insurance and when you get old, the premium goes up and thousands of
peoples life savings are spent on this insurance. The continually peddled fear
makes people bow down to it, along with the fact that it can cost two thousand
dollars for just an x-ray and cast on a sprain if you have no health insurance.
This is a scam of mass magnitude and we must ask ourselves why
supermarkets, Virgin and every other Tom, Dick and Harry has now jumped
on the insurance bandwagon? Is it because in many cases it is pretty much
easy free money?

“Anyone seeking to prove the existence of conspiracies in America needs look


no further than the origin of our present central bank. Here is a well documented
conspiracy involving the very names tied to modern secret societies.”
Jim Marrs, 'Rule by Secrecy'

“If you make of yourselves sheep, the wolves will eat you.”
Benjamin Franklin, Freemason and founding father of the US

Page 40
Wayki Wayki TRANSPORT

TRANSPORT
We now have a concrete foundation for later on, so let us digress for a few
chapters and look at some norms and behaviours in the society we live in
today. Much of this, again, will make more sense later on.

Why do people stop at red temporary traffic lights when there are no
other cars coming the other way?

I was on a clear road in the early hours in Surrey one night and could see for
about half a mile up the road when the temporary lights had tripped out and
were stuck on red. The one car in front of me had stopped and would not
budge, I went around him and as I saw his face he looked at me as though I
had just murdered someone. I looked in my mirror and ten seconds later he
slowly did the same as I had done but looking very uneasy. I have had this
happen a few times in similar circumstances, it is very funny. Imagine this
happening in Italy, Manila or Delhi? It is a fun example to shows that fear,
conformity and following rules is big stuff in the UK.

Why are there so many speed cameras?

Simply to make money, many of these cameras are placed where one is
driving at 40mph or 60mph and then has to brake hard to 30mph, and this is
dangerous in itself. How come there is a 30mph hour limit near a school at
3am and the same limit at 9am? The police make fortune from this and know
it, therefore I am all for the people who destroy these cameras. I have twice
used loopholes in the law to not pay speeding fines, one of which was for
going three miles an hour over the limit, that penalty flew right in the bin out of
principle, that is called ‘the throw the penalty in the bin loophole’ and worked
very well. Going fast is not the main killer, it is unsafe driving around towns
that kills, and to be blatantly realistic, wherever there are cars in the world,
there are road deaths, this is a fact of having large pieces of metal on wheels
moving around pretty quickly. There is a camera in Brighton that is hidden
behind a tree and there are many more examples of this and if nobody paid
their speeding fines then the camera system would collapse but generated
fear from the bold capital letters on the penalty letter usually wins the day.

In the last decade over eight hundred million pounds has been paid in fines as
a result of speed cameras, however a report made by independent
researchers for the Highways Agency showed that speed cameras make “no
significant difference” to road safety. A review of six thousand speed cameras
in England and Wales showed that over seven hundred speed cameras had
created an increase in accidents. In Hertfordshire, Motorcycle News showed
that the use of speed cameras had increased by twenty four percent and the
number of road deaths also went up thirty four percent. These truths are
suppressed like so many other things.

Page 41
Wayki Wayki TRANSPORT

Why is it so bad to use your mobile phone whilst driving?

Yes, it is not the most clever thing to do I admit, but is it so different to talking
to a passenger, smoking or eating a sandwich? In Spain, many bus drivers
use their mobiles and smoke whilst driving people around a city but they are
very good drivers and no one feels unsafe. The Daily Mail claimed in
November 2007 that over one million pounds a month in fines is received for
using mobile phones in cars. Many people tow the official line far too much
though. I saw a message on an online forum titled, “I saw someone driving
and using their phone, should I have called the police?” This person actually
went on to say how guilty he felt for not phoning the police and treated it as a
major crime.

If you really believe the government do this as they care for our welfare and
do not do this for the money, further chapters may change your mind. For now
realise that the government blocks any real analysis or publicity into the
dangers of mobile phones due to the massive tax income it creates, and
allows mobile phones to be continually marketed for children as young as
twelve, caring for welfare is really not on the agenda. I will have you know
that if you put a piece of un-popped popcorn next to four mobile phones that
ring at the same time the corn gets cooked and pops!

The Daily Mail in December 2007 did an article on the new super cameras
coming into play soon. The article, in true sensationalistic Daily Mail style was
titled ‘New super-cameras mean no hiding for drivers who smoke, eat or use a
phone.’ It stated that, “As well as being fined sixty pounds and given three
points on their licences, motorists now face two years in jail if their actions are
considered to have been a factor in dangerous driving.”

BBC Radio Two had a show in late 2007 and were talking about smoking at
the wheel and eating at the wheel (not at the same time before you funny
people try and get witty). A member of the public (cough) phoned up the
show and was totally appalled and asked all listeners to phone the police if
they ever saw anyone smoking, eating or using a mobile on the wheel. All
callers were from the same viewpoint and all spoke with authority as though
from a script. This programme was presented in the format of a public debate
but in fact was very clever in actually being a message from the government
generating more control, but hey, that is the BBC for those that don’t know.

What is going on, you cannot even eat or smoke in your own car or a camera
will send you points or a fine? Soon, will we be allowed to change gear or
pick our noses? I have a word of advice for all of you motorists in the UK, do
not register your car and every now and then, when you have a sleepless
night, go out and put a super firecracker in your nearest super camera, it will
empower you, do it with a smile, even wake your wife up and ask her to come
to and keep look out. Come to think about it, there are no police about
anyway so you probably don’t need a look out but make it a weekly party, feel
good about it. So, one buys a twenty thousand pound car and one cannot
even eat a Tesco Express sandwich full of crap and fat whilst driving?

Page 42
Wayki Wayki TRANSPORT

Is it not all about control and to get us used to the fact we are or could be
being watched at any time? It’s just not normal.

Why do people not communicate with each other on trains or buses?

This is very much an English thing, especially in the South East and
something I find it very amusing and play with. To be fair, pensioners
converse quite a bit but that’s about it. I nearly always talk to strangers on
public transport in England as I love the look you get, it is usually one of “who
are you, do I know you, how can you see me?” But once this barrier is broken
down most people actually seem pleased and happy to have a chat, its all
quite natural really don’t you think?

Once I arrived at Gatwick and got on an overpriced train southbound, I got on


a carriage full of unhappy looking businessmen returning from Victoria in
London to the south coast. I must have stood out, I smelt pretty bad from a
long flight, had strange Guatemalan clothes on and lots of bags. The
businessmen continued looking at their documents or their newspapers and
occasionally quickly glanced at me inquisitively, then looked away. I thought,
if you have a question, smile and ask it, but no, they all acted as though they
were each the only person on the train and you could hear a pin drop. It is all
very sad and very odd, why commute for thirty odd hours a week to work in
the rat race in London to be so miserable and mute?

I know not all people are like this but I just wish to show a few examples you
can no doubt relate to.

The sleeper trains in India are a polar opposite, all people sitting together
become friends, people talk to you non-stop whether you want them to or not,
people share food and its all fun, well maybe not all fun but you get the point.
People even jump on and off the train whilst it is moving and you can open the
door whilst at full speed and feel the wind in your hair, this is all pretty human
really but in the UK there are punishments of imprisonment for this sort of
thing, it’s just all over the top and if you have never left England this all feels
normal as you have nothing to compare it to.

Why do people have personalised number plates?

What is this all about? I need someone to sit me down and explain this one to
me. Ok, so people buy a group of letters and numbers that look more like a
name or a word than their standard number plate does? Ok, I get that bit, but
why? Why not buy a sticker that says, ‘This is Jacks Car’ and stick it on the
car? Surely people do this as it makes them look flash and important? Would
people do this if they lived in the middle of nowhere? These people actually
look through a brochure of personalised number plates and choose one they
like, its very funny.

Page 43
Wayki Wayki TRANSPORT

This is a great example of living in the ego and seeking external objects and
external observers to attempt to inflate their importance and status.

Why are there so many signs and rules on roads in the UK?

I was in Italy once and saw a crash on the road. Everyone used their common
sense on what to do and how to drive around it and let others through. A few
weeks later I witnessed a very similar event in the UK (here we go again), and
no one knew what to do until the police arrived with all their signs and signals.
This showed that all these signs dumb us down into a “help, we need to be
shown what to do” mentality. The next time you drive through, or into, a UK
town, take a mental note of all the signs you see. It is ugly for one thing, and if
you seriously did look at them all you would probably crash anyway. There is
a town in Germany called Bohmte and they scrapped all traffic lights, dividing
kerbs and signs from the town as an experiment named ‘share space.’ This
was a major success and there have been no accidents to date!

One of my favourite signs is the one at petrol stations in the UK that states no
mobile phones are to be used as there is a one in a trillion chance it could
spark and ignite the petrol and blow everyone up. I don’t abide by this one out
of principal and on one occasion this was happening I heard this super loud
“YOU, WITH THE PHONE, YES YOU, PUMP NUMBER 5, TURN OFF YOUR
PHONE RIGHT NOW” from the loudspeakers built into the actual pump!
Everyone looked at me as though I was a murderer, this unfortunately
commenced mass sniggering from myself for the next few minutes. In Italy
you get your car filled up with petrol by people actually smoking!

Many roundabouts now have traffic lights installed on them, yep, those people
in the UK cannot be trusted with the give way to the right rule, it is not enough,
can’t be trusted with that one, more rules are needed, it is just crazy and it is
very suffocating.

Page 44
Wayki Wayki

Some other stupid rules and signs related to UK roads and cars:

• MOT required every year.


• Expensive road tax plus the world’s highest tax on petrol. Far too
much paint and signals on the roads.
• Bicycle lanes everywhere that are hardly ever used. I like the ones at
traffic lights that have a large bicycle painted, and when a bicycle
actually does come, it just goes up onto the pavement and around the
junction.
• The thousands of calm T-junctions turned into chaos by the mini
roundabout that everyone just drives over.
• The need to renew your licence (to make money) and to update your
address (to make money) or pay large fines. Since when does where I
live have anything to do with whether I passed my driving test? The
car is linked to my address via the registration (if I was silly enough to
do so) so why the license too?
• The traffic calming schemes where a nice big road is made very narrow
at one point for the reason of safety, is this not dangerous? Surely the
wider the road the more distance between cars, and the car and the
pavement, therefore more safety?

***

There is a constant bombardment of rules and don’t signs in what is known as


the nanny state (the UK), we will all end up like a sheep who don’t not want to
step out of the herd as the sheep dog might bite us.
Tomorrow, try something, disobey all signs you see for a day (well maybe not
all of the road signs), it will empower you, no one will jump out and get you,
there are no police about anyway and it is just a sign; paint and metal.

“The willingness to break rules now and again is what distinguishes free men from
robots.”
Len Deighton, London Match

Page 45
Wayki Wayki WORKING

WORKING

Why do people glean more respect if they work really hard, even though
the job maybe unethical or is not what they enjoy doing?

Many men in the north of England and in Wales worked down coal mines for
endless hours and worked really hard, these people got oodles of respect for
their hard work ethics, but was what they did really so good? They ruined
their health, rarely saw daylight or loved ones and did a job they obviously did
not love unless mining coal was a childhood dream for them, which I do doubt.

I worked in a salaried job for many years and when I stopped working for an
actual company I lost lots of respect from many people, “Oh, you’re not
working” with a funny look was the order of the day. Even though in a year of
not working I learned so many things I always wished to learn this did not
seem to count in the respect arena. Working on one’s self counted for nothing
it seemed, not that I cared what people thought, it was just interesting.

I know someone who worked very hard in a job for long hours, for average
money (relatively) and did not have to use his brain too often. He asked,
“When are you back to work?” I answered, “Whenever,” as I did not want to
get into a conversation about the fact I was working, but on myself. He looked
at me as though I was a useless, bone idol waste of space and he was the
one who gleaned respect as he worked so hard. If you look at schools and
education (which we will later in more depth) we will see that they do little
more than prepare us to be workers.

Respect in the UK in many cases seems to boil down to how hard you are
working. It is really a little strange.

Why is success often measured by what one’s job is?

Some people measure their complete self worth by their status, respect and
ranking in the work place.

When some people speak of ‘success,' they generally mean a position of


importance in the world's eyes, or a job that yields lots of money and all the
material pleasures and comforts that implies. But success, in terms of the
deeper issue of vocation, is a highly individual thing that means different
things to different people.

In the UK within the first five minutes of meeting someone, you are asked ask
what you do for income. This is pretty much the same all over the planet but
in the UK especially, your answer is gauged and used to judge, label and
pigeon hole you, more so than in other countries.
People look at their success by how far up in their office job they have gone
and how much their salary is. A person who is high up at work with a fat
salary, who is unhappy and stressed is deemed in western society to be more

Page 46
Wayki Wayki WORKING

successful than someone who struggles at interviews, has an average job but
is constantly happy, makes others smile all the time and is generally great to
be around.

Many measure success by how much freedom they have, success means
different things to different people, but in the western world, especially the UK
and the US, it is mostly measured by what your job is, your standing in your
job, your salary and your material objects. Is this not a little silly?

I have had friends where we never even asked each other what we did for
income; there is something pure about this. In this context it is all about who
you really are, and what you are as a person and how you act from moment to
moment. Many people define what they actually are by their job, is this not a
kind of mask to hide behind in many instances?

Are people who, in their spare time and social groupings, constantly talk of
work sometimes unhappy or have a blockage about something deep down?

I used to know a woman who was extremely high up in an organization of


thousands of people, and was, as we have talked about, ‘western society
successful.’ She earned well over one hundred thousand pounds a year, had
a massive house in Surrey and had many people ‘beneath’ her. She lived for
work and worked long hours plus took business calls in the evenings and
weekends, but hey, she worked hard and got the things she wanted so I am
not knocking that.

What I found out through a friend was that this person was in a loveless
marriage, her house, though worth near a million pounds, it was cold and stale
and was not a ‘home’ even though it had expensive gardeners and cleaners.
What I realised was that this person was terrified of changing her life so put all
of her energy into work where she was seen as ‘successful’ and was
‘respected’ for working so hard. She got tougher at work, and got more power
and this made her feel better, she would give people from another country
working visas to work for her and in return they would be her friend and
babysitter and make her feel good. She would use people and throw people
away and get more and more power in the workplace because her personal
life was so awful. She would arrange pointless talks in front of hundreds of
employees to show her standing, and again, to build herself up. This is all a
very sad story and one that is so common throughout the western world,
especially in the UK and the US.

Surely nothing external can make you feel good in the long term, surely this
has to come from within?

"The way of cowardice is to immerse ourselves in a cocoon in which we perpetuate


our habitual patterns. When we are constantly recreating our basic patterns of
behaviour and thought, we never have to leap into fresh air or onto fresh ground."
Chogyam Trungpa, Shambala: Sacred Path of the Warrior

Page 47
Wayki Wayki WORKING

Why do many people live and work in fear of losing their job?

Two words: debt and change. Many people are a slave to debt and most
people do not deal with change and upheaval too well. I remember a guy I
worked with, he took out a massive mortgage, and I mean massive in
comparison to his salary, he overcooked it and made sure everyone knew the
size and area of his new house. As soon as he did this he began to really tow
the line at work, his usual comments of truth and things that were wrong in the
workplace stopped. Was this due to the fear of not being able to pay the huge
debt he had just created for himself?

I found myself with some saved cash and no ties or debt, and it showed, I was
bouncing around at work, saying what I thought as I felt free. I was not living
in fear; this shows that when you are in fear of losing your job it changes your
actions. I also remember one time a company I was working for announced
that people were to be made redundant in the next few weeks, but they did
not know whom. For the next few weeks people dressed smarter, were
robotic in nature, flippant comments were put on hold and everyone worked a
bit harder and for a bit longer. Everyone looked scared and that in itself was
scary, fear was in control and this can be shown in many other ways, as we
will see as we progress through the book.

Why are many offices just a little strange?

Is it not a little scary how so many offices are so similar?


Every office has a certain feeling near the photocopier, that feeling of standing
there in the queue or waiting for your copies, I can’t put my finger on it, you
have to experience it to know it. It is very strange and cannot be repeated
anywhere else in life.

Offices all have nicknames, the usual gags, the cool gang, the Friday feeling
and everything else but it all does nothing to remove the often staleness.
Why work in a job you are constantly looking forward to not doing? E.g. “I
can’t wait till Friday.”
To liven things up one boring office day I slid down a snowy hill nearby on a
tea tray to make someone laugh, I cut myself up and ripped my trousers but it
was fun and different, this was frowned upon by many which made my inner
laugh even louder. Another time I was with good friends a few counties away
from the office having a bit of a spontaneous adventure shall we say and I
phoned up and said, “I am not coming in today,” simple. I got major naughty
boy treatment from my superiors for this but I told them that if I were in the
same situation again I would do the same again, my superior was speechless,
but what could he say to that? You could not fire someone without three
warnings, more senior involvement and a mountain of paperwork anyway. I
told him my human principles and that he could not change them by trying to
inflict fear upon me, he was very confused, it was very funny and empowering.
In the months leading up to my decision to leave office life, I witnessed the
strangest things, and these all go on within many large corporations:

Page 48
Wayki Wayki WORKING

• Health and Safety meeting about how to be nice to a new employee if


he/she (I’m confused) has had a sex change.
• Health and Safety meeting that lasted 4 hours on how to drive to work,
even though I had been doing this for over 13 years.
• Health and Safety ruling meaning the cleaners could not take cups to
the kitchen as they needed both hands for the banister.
• No Christmas decorations because if someone stood on a chair they
may fall off and die.
• Meetings about meetings.
• Paperwork about paperwork.
• Meetings about paperwork.
• Paperwork about meetings.
• A Christmas party where being drunk was punished but free alcohol
was provided. Now that is seriously weird.

I had to get out of there; it was all getting very odd.

Why is it frowned up on in many jobs in the UK if you leave on time or


have lunch away from your desk?

If you are or have been an office worker, how many times have you had lunch
at your desk or in a meeting? Many. Also if you are in a meeting, standing up
and stating one is off for lunch really doesn’t go down to well.
There is a crazy statistic about the amount of UK workers who eat at their
desk whilst surfing the net or working, it is very sad and some Spanish and
Italian friends of mine were truly shocked to the core about this. This was a
sacrilegious action to them and they felt very sorry for the UK office workers
who had to eat lunch whilst working due to senior pressure. If one has too
much to do then it is poor management, it is as simple as that, it is not your
problem, it is a management problem.

***

If one works in a job they do not love for a company with poor ethics, makes
them money, buys more stuff to constantly improve the car and home, breeds
and gets ones offspring to do the same, what good does this actually do to the
current state of the planet? Is this why we are here? Is this our purpose
here?

Page 49
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

SOCIETY
We have actually covered some subjects regarding UK society in previous
chapters, but this chapter will look at more of the general irregularities within
society in the UK. There are so many things engrained into society
nowadays that we never step back and look at them objectively because they
are seen as the norm, but when we look at certain conventions they can
appear a little odd.

Why do the following occur in the UK and hardly anywhere else on


Earth?

• It is cool to have an ASBO (Anti Social Behaviour Order) or be a ‘chav’


in many areas (for those not of UK origin please look up ‘chav’ as it
would fill too much space to explain, apologies).
• So many teenage girls on nights out dressed like tarts.
• Mass moaning and apathy about injustices with nothing ever done.
• Vandalism, stabbings, violence and swearing by the youth.
• Mothers not letting fathers see their children after a break up.
• The elderly being ripped off and mugged.
• The general lack of respect for other people.
• Young girls getting deliberately pregnant to get a free flat or benefits.
• More drug taking and drinking than the rest of Europe combined.
• The family unit having less importance relative to the rest of Europe.
• High levels of depression and stress.
• Many people never speaking to their neighbours.

I am sure many of you could add another ten to the list.

The feelings of stress, having no time, and helplessness attach themselves to


much of the above short list. Teenagers probably feel aggrieved about the
society they are brought up in and rebel, its not as if they have much to do is
it? Going to the cinema is expensive and most films are crap anyway.
The society in the UK is on a downward spiral and it is often a topic of
conversation among many.

Even the UK culture at present is taken abroad, some of these characteristics


are:

• No respect for locals or desire to learn the native language or even a


few phrases.
• Football hooliganism.
• Excessively drinking.
• Wearing England tops, or some garment with a St. George’s cross on
it, “look where I’m from.”
• Loud, disrespectful behaviour.

Page 50
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

• Buying up whole little estates in the Costa Del Sol and not wanting to fit
in with the Spanish culture or people in any way.
• Watching Eastenders and Only Fools and Horses whilst drinking.
• The sex, booze and fighting culture England has taken to Greek and
Spanish islands amongst other areas of Europe.
• The stag party culture taken to Amsterdam and other beautiful
European cities.

Much of the above list could be related to some Americans behaviour in


Cancun too.

Why are people patriotic?

Patriotism is a form of nationalism in many cases. Nationalism is a parasite


that does nothing but create more division in the world and put people into
boxes and caves. Being overly proud to be where you come from is akin to
saying where one comes from is better than other places, and that can be
construed as “my race is better than another race.” Patriotism allows
governments to have certain foreign policies and then many people will back
them as it is ‘their country’ performing the action.

Many people have pre-determined views on a person solely due to the nation
he was born in. This is sad and very easy to do but each person should be
judged on what he or she is like as a person and nothing else, especially not
on what the government of his birth nation does. As an Englishman (eek,
conventional label) I can go to one country and be loved for being English and
go to another country and be disliked for being English and in these cases I
needn’t even say a word. What is that all about? I had to be born on land
somewhere or I would have drowned, but the location of this birth follows me
around where ever I go.

I agree we should celebrate, be proud and nurture different cultures and


traditions, but to make up imaginary lines and call them countries is a little
silly, is it not? It is an agreed convention that has gone a little crazy.

A French-Canadian once said to me, “You English all want to be like


America,” I replied “You cannot say things like’ all you English, and if England
is like America it is because of the government and the media,” he retorted
“no, it is all you English people that want to be like that.” I gave up on him at
that point.

A great example of essesive patriotism can be found in Italy, most in Italy


thinks their food is the best, and damn, it is pretty damn good, but they do not
have any other food in Italy, there are hardly any other restaurants as the
mentality is, “Ours is the best, we do not need any other.” There are so many
people who feel their country is the best and this is like going to school as a
four year old and saying my dad is the best, it is pathetic, childish and divisive.

Page 51
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

Have you ever been to Portsmouth in the UK? Nearly everyone there wears a
garment with a St. Georges cross on it, this is a city very proud to be English,
but why? I don’t know. OK, celebrate your own culture and traditions with
vigour but to think your race is better than any other is just nonsense as does
nothing positive. In England, during a world cup or major tournament, the
night England gets knocked out (on penalties); foreigners are beaten up solely
for being foreign and not English.

In the US, the national flag is everywhere, and in many schools children
pledge allegiance to the flag, another way to indoctrinate nationalism into
people is to get to them while they are young, the media helps this by forcing
words like ‘patriotism’ down our throats but it is really the same meaning as
nationalism in many cases and just creates more division. If you live in a
global mindset without thinking about borders or division, a lot of things once
closed to you open up.

An hour after writing this very ‘why’ statement I met a Chinese and Tibetan
couple in Nepal and spent the evening with them. Now if either of them were
nationalistic or patriotic they would not be together, this shows the division
and unnecessary boundaries patriotism can create (if the China/Tibetan
history is not know to you then this paragraph will be lost on you). People are
people and we all live on Earth, it is as simple as that.

“When in group narcissism, the object is not the individual but the group to which he
belongs....The assertion that ‘my country’ (or nation, or religion) is the most
wonderful, the most cultural, the most powerful, the most peace loving, etc. does not
sound crazy at all’ on the contrary, it sound like an expression of patriotism, faith
and loyalty.”
Enrich Fromm, Anatomy of Human Destructiveness

Why is the UK society more ‘Big Brother’ than anywhere else?

This is getting out of control and most people hate it. There is more about
CCTV’s in the security chapter but what I want to do here is show ways to
thwart the Big Brother state. Big brother also includes tracking your
movements and building up an electronic profile of you based on transactions
and other technical time-stamps.

Some of the following measures look extremely paranoid to me, but with the
way things are going, in a few years time we may wish we incorporated a few
of these. Let us note here that local Councils and the DVLA (Driver and
Vehicle Licensing Association), amongst others, sell personal information on
to other companies and agencies.

Nick Rosen, editor of the Off-Grid website listed these ways to thwart Big
Brother:

1. Buy an untraceable mobile phone

Page 52
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

Travel to a town you have never visited before, to an area with no CCTV
cameras and ask a homeless person to buy a pay-as-you-go mobile phone for
you. That way no shop will have your image on its CCTV. You will also have
an anonymous mobile. In order to keep your anonymity, top it up in a shop
with no CCTV outside. Or dispense with the phone altogether and return to
the humble payphone, now the preserve of tourists and the super-poor.

Even if you stick to your traceable phone, leave it switched off whenever
possible to avoid having your movements tracked. Many phones are still
traceable, so you need to take the battery out to be certain. If you have a
Bluetooth phone, keep the service switched off because this is now being
tested for advertising and other marketing activities.

2. Safeguard your email

If you use one of the free, web-based services like Gmail, your
communications are being stored to build up a picture of your interests.
Instead, you can use a service called Hushmail to send encrypted emails. Or
work out a private code with friends you want to communicate with.

You do not need an email address of your own. One hacker I spoke to sends
emails from cybercafes via The Observer website, using the service which
allows anyone to send any article to a friend. He embeds his message into
the covering note which goes with the article.

Others with their own computer use the free XeroBank browser (in preference
to Explorer or Firefox), which includes several privacy-enhancing add-ons and
sends all data through a network 'cloud' which hides most of the data you
normally give away as you use a computer, but at the cost of reduced speed

3. Safeguard your computer and your files.

There is sophisticated software that deletes all traces of your activities from
your computer. Assuming you don't have access to this, it is still worth
remembering the data about you contained inside each file. Many digital
photos, for example, contain within them the serial number of the camera that
took them. Word documents contain the name of the author as well as traces
of previous drafts.

4. Be invisible to CCTV cameras.

Steve is a middle-aged IT consultant who lives in a bungalow on a smart


private estate in south west London. He has never committed a criminal act.
When he goes to business meetings, he wears a suit and tie, but when he
walks around his local high street, he dons a hoodie. He does it on principle.

'I don't disapprove of the technology in its rightful place,' Steve told me, 'but
we have an unregulated mess. It hasn't reduced crime in any real sense - it's
displaced it in some cases.' Media reports always say there are four million

Page 53
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

CCTV cameras in the UK, but they have been using that figure for the past
two years. So it's a safe bet we have at least six million by now, and there is
no central register. You can use the Data Protection Act to request a copy of
your own image from any particular camera, but that is simply a way of
harassing CCTV owners, not safeguarding your identity.

5. Stay off spam mailing lists.

Each time you submit your email address to register for a new website, create
a special address, either on a free webmail service or on your own email
server so you have control over it. Then, if the company later sells your email
address or loses it through poor security, you will know exactly who to blame.
And you will be able to close the account or block all email to that particular
address. Again, Hushmail is useful for this. You can set it up to create these
aliases for you.

6. Prevent supermarkets knowing your shopping habits.

Swap your supermarket loyalty card with a friend or acquaintance every few
months, after having cashed in any points you have accumulated (treat Oyster
and other local transport cards the same way). You lose no benefits and it
prevents tracking of specific purchasing patterns (or journeys) tied to your
name and address. Use cash more often - save your credit card for
emergencies.

7. Avoid utility companies' marketing departments.

Live off-grid, unplugged from the system with solar panels and rainwater
harvesting. There are tens of thousands of people living without mains power,
water or sewerage, in isolated cottages, behind hedgerows in caravans or in
groups of yurts in country fields. And this is not just a movement for tree
huggers and climate campers. Many live on boats in towns and cities, and if
you live in a flat or house, you can still unplug.

8. Keep your car off the automatic number recognition system.

The simplest way is to leave the car at home and use a bicycle. But if you
must drive, don't go into a congestion zone at any time. There are other legal
ways to hide your registration number from the cameras - swap the light
above the rear number plate for an infrared bulb and that will flood the video
camera that operates at near infrared frequency.

9. Safeguard your NHS data.

If you are born in the UK, then your NHS records are inescapable. But you
can choose to store them with your GP to keep them off the central computer,
and this should reduce the chances of the medical records being sold (legally)
to drugs companies or (illegally) to private detectives or being snooped on by
the 300,000 'authorised users' of the system, without affecting medical care.

Page 54
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

There is no need to worry about, for example, records of your blood group not
being available to medical staff after an accident - doctors no longer rely on
paper or computer records. The ambulance crew on the way to hospital does
the automated diagnostic blood group tests. You can get a form letter to send
to the NHS from nhsconfidentiality.org.

10. Shop outside the system.

The website Freecycle (freecycle.org) could provide many of your needs. It


consists of hundreds of short announcements from people trying to give away
stuff they no longer need: beds, TVs, bookcases, the whole of human life is
there in return for the cost of picking it up from the donor. There are local
Freecycle groups all over the country (and the world), each with their own
local web address. Some people make a decent living gathering things from
Freecycle and selling them at car boot sales.

There are full-time scavengers living off food retrieved from supermarket bins,
because vast amounts of produce are simply thrown away on the eve of their
sell-by date.

Another way to avoid buying food is to barter for it. The car park of the pub in
the centre of Longframlington village in Northumberland has been a barter
centre for decades. On any Friday night between April and October, locals
arrive and flip down the backs of their 4x4’s laden with the week's produce,
whether it’s chanterelles, venison, pheasant, line-caught salmon or the latest
crop of beetroots and lettuces.

Technically, this innocent activity is tax evasion. 'It's all very rustic and
encourages a paper-free environment, but this can underpin what can only
amount to potential income tax, corporation tax or VAT non-disclosure, or
even fraud,' said accountant Julie Butler. But does Alistair Darling really want
to take another bash at the delicate fabric of the countryside?

It may seem almost comical to go to these lengths, but the ways companies
and the public sector can misuse data isn't a joke. We cannot trust them to
safeguard our data or use it ethically, so we must provide our own safeguards.

Big brother has recently been in the news with David Davies, a politician, now
making a ‘highly publicised stand against it. Now surely either he volunteered
or was ordered to stand by the elite in this by-election? The reason for this
that the elite are aware that it is beginning to dawn on the masses that they
are living in a Big Brother state, therefore someone of prominence is needed
to ‘fight’ this threat. From now on, whenever Big Brother items are on a news
program, he will be on the program ‘opposing’ the Big Brother state, in turn,
keeping most of the masses happy. The elite have resorted once again to
using the “mollify the masses by appearing to oppose the dastardly agenda,
while actually in substance nothing changes" trick. It’s really clever and I
applaud its intelligence very much, it fools 99.9% of the people, and did me for
many years.

Page 55
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

Why do so many teenagers all want to be famous celebrities?

As a race are we not better than this, selling a false dream to kids all around
the world. The media bombards teenagers with the being famous dream, why
is this? Teenagers are indoctrinated to want big flash cars, look a certain way
and to be looked up to by strangers. It is not the teenager's fault as the media
is impossible to escape from (well, nearly). People in Big Brother are put on a
pedestal and celebrities are made into icons we should all aspire to be like.
Nowadays, many famous people are gangsters with whores and strippers that
rap about getting rich by hustling or are cocaine-abusing sex-crazed
alcoholics. I see youngsters in Hertfordshire walking around dressed and
talking like they are in downtown LA. I would love to put one of these
teenagers in downtown LA on their own and then see how hard and tough
they were then. What is being famous anyway? It is just being seen a lot by
others and having lots of money. It is mostly fictitious it is certainly all about
ego.

This is what they do: throw a fictitious life of a made-up character into the
public, show that the person is famous and rich and then the idolisers all
appear. They want people idolising characters who offer and give nothing, for
example, what has Posh Spice ever done or said that has benefited another
member of the public’s life? But this woman fills airtime on TV and radio and
fills a mountain of magazines and paper columns every week. People do not
get it, they are being dumbed down.

Let’s look at Jordan, all these girls in the UK worship her and read her books.
She is laughing at you, she is not Jordan, Jordan is a character that does not
exist. It is a business franchise. But all young girls look up to her. And to be
honest, she is none too clever and is not really too aware of what is going on
in the world. For me, a girl who has had sex publicly with so many people and
is insecure enough to constantly change the way she looks with surgery is
really no one to look up to in any shape or form. I have never heard her say
anything stimulating or mildly intelligent. The media are clever, they want us
bogged down in this celebrity bubble because it stops us from asking serious
questions or getting curious about things.

I was at Heathrow airport in 2006 and sat there eating my five pound baguette
(that scraped the top of my mouth to bits, and when ordered I got a look of
disdain instead of a smile) and I just observed people. What I saw was
around half the people trying to look like a celebrity. Young girls of seventeen
waltzing around with big glasses and a cold look as if they are Madonna flying
out on a private jet, “No love” I thought, “You are off to Corfu to get courted by
a lager-drinking dude from Macclesfield with a criminal record and dodgy gold
jewellery.”

I see this copying of celebrities everywhere, just walking down the high streets
of the UK there are Kate Mossites, Sienna Millerites, Poshites and Jordanites
everywhere. If you actually break it down many of these people are just so
receptive to the media that they will follow blindly and strive to be good at it.

Page 56
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

A celebrity is usually someone who has and keeps a focused point of energy
(our attention) all for the wrong materialistic reasons. No one is more or less
special than anyone else and three simple words some up most celebrities;
greed, ignorance and ego. We are forced to idolise these creatures too, and
many of these don’t even say much either.

Many female celebrities are used to sell cosmetics. If the United Nation’s
estimation that forty billion dollars is spent a year on cosmetics is true, this
cash could give everyone on the planet clean water, sanitation, health care,
nutrition and education. So the next time you flick through your ‘OK’
magazine have a little think about what you are actually adding to the world.
From what I have seen, many celebrities are the most insecure superficial
people that exist; this is something I certainly do not aspire to be.

“Oh, this book talks rubbish and needs to lighten up, I can’t wait until I get
Hello magazine and see Kerry McFadden’s new house, new boyfriend, how
the ten different fathers see her kids and how she is overcoming her cocaine
and sex addiction.”

I rest my point.

Many people also do not know that Justin Timberlake and Britney Spears
were on TV at a very young age and were involved with Disney throughout
their youth, they are famous celebrity ‘characters’ that have been groomed to
be so, a bit like the way the characters of the spice girls were designed. Just
and Spears are just two examples and Disney links to MKUltra mind control
projects.

Why do so many people in the west live in the ego?

Ego is Latin for I, as in ‘I am the body’ and most people in the western world
look at their lives as a quest to make as much money as possible and then
show that they have done so by purchasing large houses, cars and other
material stuff. Is this because most people live locked in the ego? Someone
living in the ego is constantly concentrating on the will to receive and this is
usually the receiving of items, power, adoration, control, sex or a fancy meal.
When one concentrates on the will to service others the ego starts to die.

Other examples of the ego have even been seen on Facebook (which we
have a section on soon), where I have seen peoples status change to ‘I now
own two houses,’ or ‘I have a big business deal tomorrow.’

“Let us try and get as many sense pleasures as possible before we die and
decay to dust” is the view of many, it is selfish and the media backs this view
up to the hilt from almost every angle. These people live with no long-term
vision so plunder the planet for their own means endlessly trying to improve
their own conditions. Even with world issues being the way they are, many of
us selfishly hide and build nests, “I am secure, and I have the TV to escape,”
but surely everyone has a responsibility to help the world.

Page 57
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

If you are still not sure what the ego actually is then do some people watching
down Fifth Avenue in New York and watch people self grasping, self
cherishing, and desiring and needing external things.

With this entire quest for material objects is it not wise to step back and ask,
“What do I actually need?” We only really need some food, some shelter and
some internal balance do we not?

Western society pushes us to live in the ego, and when I was earning
relatively good money in UK terms I was constantly bombarded with the
following questions “when are you going to buy a house?” and “why don’t you
buy a better car, you can afford it?” My money was always spent on time with
friends, travel and excessive partying to escape from all this madness.

The author and mystic Stuart Wilde talks much of killing the ego and when he
was younger he walked out of his Chelsea penthouse apartment and put the
keys down the drain never to return. Stuart talks of people building up an
Ivory Tower (ego) full of houses, material objects and power. When people
have a big fat tall Ivory Tower they need to give it constant attention;
observers, time and cash. People then tend to sit at the top of it and look
down and internally feel insecure, lonely and lacking. This forces these
people to purchase something else to make them feel better and to keep the
Tower high. It is a vicious circle.

Is not living in the ego equivalent to constant lack? I knew someone once
who earned good money but was low on fulfilling friends. Every week he
would be seen with new clothes or a new watch and everyone would have to
know about it. Then in any week he would scour the internet looking for this
weeks purchase,’ if he did not know what to purchase this week he would
become a little stressed and his main focus and attention would be on finding
the subject area of where his next purchase was.

This person was respected for this behaviour and looked upon as successful
but I felt this was very odd and often sat there wondering if this is what
success is all about?

I prefer measure success by how much freedom I have and how often I laugh,
and I yearn to collect experiences and knowledge instead of objects. I always
wanted this in my heart but to get from working in an office to fully living this
way took courage, determination and ridicule. If one feels they have enough,
then they are automatically wealthy. It is simple.

What is actually yours anyway apart from your body, your thoughts and your
feelings? Nothing, and all that probably means anything at the end of your life
is what you did for humanity and what you thought about humanity, not what
you collected.

A good friend of mine once said, “None of us actually own anything, we are
just pushing stuff around,” and once he lost a special, family-connected,

Page 58
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

expensive ring he wore and I told him that I hoped he would find it soon, he
smiled and replied, “If I am meant to find it I will, if I’m not, I won’t.”

Arab families are terrible for living in the ego; “look at the sixty million pound
building I have had built, top that.” Then a year later another Arab family will
build a more exotic building on a better stretch of the Dubai coastline. Many
Arabs plot up in Marbella in millions of dollars worth of boat and just sit there
with a ‘look at me’ posture for a week. It’s really very stupid. Try two things,
one is to give something away in the next few days, something like a designer
piece of clothing, and two, do something for someone you love where there is
no chance they can find out you did it. See how you feel afterwards. When
you start to kill the ego, you feel freer but how you live your life is completely
up to you, these are just some thoughts.

Buddhist Dharma speaks of the desire for material things and uses some
great philosophy regarding this subject. Desire for things is like drinking salty
water when thirsty, it only makes us thirstier. Desire for something has three
sufferings; the work to get it, then protecting it and then losing it. The
suffering tree is described as having an ignorance trunk that comes from
thinking ‘I’ (the ego) is separate, from the ignorance trunk the branches of
desire, hate, jealousy and ill-will grow and then bear the fruits of suffering.

Buddhists also look at stopping the three groups (Klesha) within dependant
origination, these are ignorance, craving and clinging and then they believe
the cycle of suffering ceases.

For the record, I am not a Buddhist but I like to pluck at things I like from many
different ancient texts and philosophies.

Are you a slave to the ego? Ask yourself the following, do I live my life in a
‘how can life sustain me mode’ or in a ‘what can I do for humanity mode.’

I understand everyone is different but I find the percentage of people in


western society living in the ego (the ‘what can I receive’ mentality)
astoundingly high and the percentage of celebrities (that we are conditioned to
idolise) living in the ego is a top full wack one hundred percent. Maybe you
want to live in the ego and spend you life collecting as much money and
objects as possible, who am I to tell you any different? But surely happiness
and fulfilment are inside us and are not external?

A friend of mine once said to me, “Greatness is measured by gifts not by


possessions.”

“Ego is the absence of true knowledge of who we really are, it is doomed clutching
on at all costs to a cobbled together and makeshift image of ourselves, an inevitable
chameleon charlatan self that keeps changing and has to, to keep alive the fiction of
its existence.”
Sogyal Rinpoche, The Tibetan book of Living and Dying

Page 59
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

Why are so many people stressed?

In the UK you can see it on many peoples faces, no time, too much to do and
everyone rushing around bumping into one another. Road rage is rifer in the
UK than anywhere on earth and now there is even queue rage. The last time
I was in the UK I even witnessed a fight at the rubbish tip about who was first
in line. How rubbish is that (sorry).

Stress comes from:


• Having no time and too much to do
• Feeling helpless about being unable change certain situations
• Relationship problems
• Being unhappy with work
• Worrying about things one cannot change
• Poor circumstance thrust upon oneself
• Struggling to make ends meet with constant increasing bills and
outgoings

All these things go on in other countries but in the UK, relatively, people are
more stressed. Does stress actually exist though? Can anyone see it? Does
one not create it themselves by choosing to be stressed? The only person in
control of your life and its destiny is ...you guessed it, drumroll....you.

A problem easy to solve is not worth worrying about, a problem that is hard to
solve is not worth worrying about and is it not true that in life we actually learn
the most from what we look back on as upheaval and problems?

It’s impossible to feel good and be thinking bad thoughts and vice versa so
often making a conscious decision to think good thoughts can go a long way.

Many people have jobs that they hate, and then end up hating their lives.
They believe they need to work their ass off to become ‘successful’ and
‘respected,’ this is one of the main causes of stress. Stress goes hand in
hand with anger, but anger is a secondary emotion usually stemming from
fear. When one is angry one should ask oneself, “What am I afraid of?”

Life can be looked at easily, everything we do is really about ‘accepting or


rejecting,’ this pretty much makes up most of our life whether we are in a shop
buying fruit or choosing a life changing location.

Why do so many people fill nearly all of their spare time with
entertainment?

It is everywhere, and don’t get me wrong, to chill out and watch or listen to
some entertainment is fun and relaxing. What I am questioning is how we are
so saturated and bombarded with entertainment, and much of it, mindless.

Page 60
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

TV, films, sport, drink and drugs, games and pop music are all bombarded at
us from every angle.

Football is now overkill as it is on nearly every day and has lost a lot of
pedigree. I think they even have three games on in a row some days.

It is all a bit much, and many people spend all of their spare time in an
entertainment bubble and are distracted from thinking or becoming curious
about things, is this deliberate? It sounds crazy to say so but further in this
book this may make more sense.

Also, why do so many adults use the Internet for crap like joke clips on You-
Tube? Imagine two hundred years ago every house having nearly every
written book in the world ever in their basement or a few pop-up books about
people falling over and being silly in the kitchen draw, what do you think that
civilisation would opt for? With the Internet at our fingertips we have the
world’s biggest library and information tool ever in our homes, what an
opportunity for knowledge, but no, it is mainly used for sex and silly stuff. I
just don’t get it. Look at what the most searched for items of the week are via
yahoo, Google or MSN and it is all celebrities and entertainment, it is quite
shocking.

You even get golf people and football people, these are games for
entertainment but people dedicate their whole lives to games. People even
dress like a golfer for an example, it is like there is a uniform for certain
hobbies and past times, It just seems a little strange when you look at it
objectively.

Entertainment itself is not the problem, it is the thought it brings us lasting


happiness. To me, entertainment is shoved in our faces so much that at times
it must be questioned as to whether it is a diversion tactic, but this train of
thought will make more sense later on.

Why do some people queue up all night for the sales in retail outlets to
consume?

I have absolutely not got the foggiest faintest idea. I have not got a clue. I sat
here for a day staring at this ‘why’ statement and nope, nothing, not a dickey
bird, diddly squat, blank. I would love someone to sit me down and slowly
explain this one to me.
I understand if a group in a militant part of Africa were waiting for a shipment
of food and water, “Let’s get their early,” I can understand that, but to do this
outside a Next store? I am actually scared of some of the behaviour that goes
on in our society.

To digress a little, consuming to making ones house nice and more


comfortable is a good thing, but there are people that spend fortunes on their
dining rooms, bathrooms and kitchens and then spend most of their time

Page 61
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

staring at the TV in the lounge. Why not invest the money into more or better
televisions instead?

I remember living somewhere and I had been away a few weeks, upon my
return my friend (and landlady) grabbed me and took me upstairs to the
bathroom, “You have to look at this” she said (this sounds quite riveting I
thought), there it was, a new bathroom (damn), my excitement nearly sent me
to sleep there and then. She went on for ten minutes excitedly about how it
should of been ten thousand pounds but was only five thousand pounds and
that the tiles where (I cannot remember) Persian GT Turbo Marble 4.1’s.
What is this all about? Five thousand pounds on a room where you shit and
wash, is this for real? There was nothing wrong with it in the first place and
going potty over pieces of material that are solely there to run dirty water
down the drain is hardly exciting.

One month later her excitement about the bathroom had gone and she
needed other things to feed that incessant craving ‘for new things.’

I just don’t get it and I would like someone to sit me down as slowly explain
the psyche behind this.

Why did people think they were doing a good deed by taking part in the
Live 8 concerts in 2007?

Lots of people went to listen to music, get drunk, take drugs, eat burgers,
leave a big mess and felt that they have done their bit for world poverty and
the environment?

Some facts about the live 8 concert:

• The governments only let this go ahead when Rothschilds’ money


stepped in.
• This was to launch the Bilderbergers (we will explain who and what
they are later) message of the global taxation system in the guise of
‘saving the earth is a new principal for humanity.’
• Many of the sites were ancient sites with significant occult meaning.
• It detracted many would-be protestors from going to Gleneagles.
Mathew Dalooze writes a short book called ‘you say’ about this very
concert and presents much of the symbolism that was used. Mathew’s
angle is extremely compelling, especially when we know Live 8 started
the week that contained the London bombings.

The funny thing is that a selection of the people with dreadlocks, getting high
and drunk within the festival scene think they are anti-elite and non-
conformists when the reality is that this selection are exactly where the elite
want them to be; out of the way, out of their minds, out of action and out of
thoughts.

Page 62
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

Why do we celebrate Christmas?

Some facts about Christmas:

Christmas as a festival comes from pagan festivals.

The winter solstice was an important factor in ancient culture, particularly that
in the cold, northern latitudes. The winter solstice celebration that developed
throughout much of the inhabited world has been handed down as
"Christmas," the birthday of the sun of God. "Christmas" is thus an extremely
ancient celebration, predating the Christian era by many millennia.

The story about the son being born on the 25th December most probably
comes from the following:
The sun dies on the 21st of December due to being at its lowest point in the
sky (the winter solstice), then on the 25th the sun moves one degree upward,
hence, the son/sun is born and is resurrected; gods ‘sun’ is born. It is simply
a pagan sun festival.

Romans celebrated the first Christmas festival on 25th December in the 4th
Century at Basilica St. Anastasia. "The church was built to Christianise these
pagan places of worship,” Andrea Carandini, a professor of archaeology at
Rome's La Sapienza University stated. The Council of Nicaea presided over
by Constantine in 325AD decided on Christmas as one of the festivals to be
homogenised. This festival was originally a Roman festival celebrating a sun
god. An anonymous Master of Arts of Balliol College, Oxford, in his scholarly
treatise, ‘Mankind Their Origin and Destiny,’ stated, "The Romans also had
their solar festival, and their games of the circus in honour of the birth of the
god of day. It took place the eighth day before the ‘kalends’ of January, that is,
on December 25.”

Other deities who where born from a virgin on the 25th December and where
resurrected after death pre Christ are Horus, Attis, Dionysus, Osiris and
Mithra plus many other pre-Christian deities have similar attributes to Jesus
such as having twelve disciples, virgin births and resurrection stories.
Bethlehem in Hebrew translates to ‘house of bread.’ The constellation Virgo
(which means virgin in Latin) is referred to as the house of bread and Virgo is
shown as a virgin holding a sheath of wheat. Bethlehem probably refers to
the stars and not a place on earth.

If you really believed Christmas has always been a Christian festival


celebrating the birth of Jesus, then please get your head out of the sand.

Unbelievably those at about-jesus.org try valiantly to claim “Christianity was


not influenced by Paganism,” and if you are after some humour I do suggest
you take a click or two over there, as they battle hard to claim Christianity is
unique and the word of god. If you study enough history, mythology and
theology it is obvious to see that each religion is based upon the doctrines of
its predecessor. Before Jesus, around fifteen other deities were linked to a
crucifixion, now surely this tells us the crucifixion is an allegory and not to be

Page 63
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

taken as fact and that many of these deities are metaphoric. It is symbolic yet
hundreds of millions do not study history and when pledging your life to an ‘off
the shelf’ faith surely a little research is required?
Hypatia, who was a central figure in the Alexandrian school of Neo-Platonism
is said to of “proved conclusively” the pagan roots of Christianity, Cyril
(renowned as the founder of the doctrine for the Christian trinity) had a large
part in her demise and in the end she was clubbed to death in a Church in
415AD. How very spiritual, but hey, god works in mysterious ways....sigh.

We celebrate Christmas in the west because we are told to by all the high
street shops and TV, but it is fun for kids and can be very romantic if in the
right place....with the right person, but we won’t go into my personal accounts
thank you very much. In recent years, I just see kids wanting and craving
things, they just want lots of presents and at times do not even spend much
time saying thank you very well, many do not even remember which present
came from whom.

So, we all spend lots of money, we lie to our kids about a fictitious man who
comes down the chimney and our kids learn about wanting and craving
things. Nice.

Christmas is a wonderful example of how people go with the flow, conform


and do not ask questions, it is quite funny when you look at it objectively.
I went into a large Tesco store in the UK near Christmas in 2007 (I do try not
to go to Tesco for many reasons, and to think aggressive Zionism would not
be too far wrong). I saw miserable workers in Santa hats and people buying
more crap than usual, everything was more expensive than normal too all
because it was Christmas including the nearby petrol which always goes up in
price in the UK near Christmas. Very clever and so very festive.

Come the 26th of December, Christmas disappears completely from the


media and then it is all about the sales, just like a click of the finger. How
cynical can one get? I thought I did the being cynical thing around here.

We could go into Easter but if I simply state this is a pagan equinox festival I
think you would get the picture.

Why do people not know what Facebook is all about?

Because it is fun, and no one really cares. But there are some severe issues
about the privacy of this application, and nobody reads the lengthy boring
terms and conditions of this (pretty clever) multi billion dollar harmless-looking
machine.

Let us look at some facts about Facebook:

• Everything you put on Facebook becomes their property, and they can
build a profile of you that can be sold to any agency they wish.

Page 64
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

• There are sixty million active users and two billion photos, including
seven million users in the UK which is the third biggest customer after
the US and Canada.
• Two million new users join each week.
• This is a social experiment run by some high level neo-cons, some of
which are involved in data mining companies.
• The privacy (or Big Brother) statement basically states the CIA can use
any of the information they wish to and that Facebook can collect other
information about you from blogs, friends photos and any thing else
that goes through the Facebook platform.
• Thiel, Zuckerberg and Breyer are the three board members and Thiel is
an author of a right wing journal in Stanford and invests heavily into the
world leading companies that are linked to life immortality and artificial
Intelligence.
• Facebook sells your information to advertisers and in 2007 twelve
global brands climbed on board; Coca Cola, Sony and Blockbuster
where among them.

It is really nothing more than a surveillance tool that is conducting a social


experiment and it is getting all our information from us willingly. A Facebook
account is a way of helping capitalism and the powers that be. For example,
a query can be run such as ‘’how many men aged nineteen to twenty-five are
single, in California, are republicans and like rock music?’ Or, ‘what
percentage of lesbian girls in England are pro-Europe or are not, or are
impartial?’ Can you begin to see how valuable this data can be to the people
in control? They can begin to see what tickles or ruffles the feathers of certain
social groupings.

Facebook is currently estimated to be worth around fifteen billion dollars,


Microsoft and In-Q-Tel (the venture-capital wing of the CIA) both have a stake
in Facebook and a bid from yahoo was recently rejected. For the record,
Myspace was bought out my Rupert Murdoch’s News Corporation in 2005 for
five hundred and eighty million dollars.

Why do so many people long and dream of their ‘special day’ of


marriage and spend so much time and money preparing for it?

Nothing feels as good as falling in love. So naturally we associate our


girlfriend or boyfriend with those happy feelings and assume that person is the
source of them. But it doesn't work that way. No other person can guarantee
us the good feelings of love we are after. It's the way we act in relation to
other people that brings the goodness to us.

It is a wonderful thing though, probably one of the best days of our lives;
celebrating love in front of friends and family and making a commitment. The
problem that needs addressing is when some girls seem to want the day itself
more than anything else. Is this not a little odd? Many people spend between
ten and thirty thousand pounds on this single day and surely this is extremely

Page 65
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

wasteful and frivolous by any standard? How can one justify spending that
much money on a single day? But many girls love it and spend time looking
around many different churches even though they have no interest in or
knowledge of Christianity.

Many couples even have the tenacity to ask people to come with gifts and in
many cases nowadays, just cash! So, one can afford to spend tens of
thousands of pounds on a single day but want fifty or so people to each buy
them a present from a list? Tradition or no tradition, making a list so that
people buy you items from it, is not far different to a six year old writing a
Christmas list to Santa Claus. If someone offers a present then no problem,
but to ask for gifts just can’t be right.

Why not make a wedding special or individual in some way instead of taking
the off the shelf wedding society tells us to do, your relationship is individual to
everyone else’s so why not celebrate it in an individual way?

Many people look for the ‘man of their dreams’ to be a source of happiness,
but I hate to say it but this person does not exist, no single person can give
you ‘all’ you need for ‘all’ of your life. For someone to need someone else to
complete them, they must be incomplete, but no one came to this planet
incomplete. It is society making sure we are looking externally for happiness,
“I need this, I need that, I am not complete,” it is the source of many issues
and problems. Inner balance, and some food is all one really ‘needs.’

"Only when we are so at peace being with our self that we do not desire a
relationship with another, are we truly ready to enter the experience of intimacy."
Sri Barbie Bungo

I bet many of you have had an experience where you have fallen in love, only
for a few months later to think “I need to get shot of this person.” Thirty years
or more is a long time, and people, plus what you want from life, change. It is
amazing when I see couples that are happy after so many years, it is really
special and I am in awe and feel so happy for them.
Becoming the right person, not finding the right person is the real key to loving
relationships is it not?
If we look at many marriages, often they seem to be about possession and
control and this is sad and it is no wonder the divorce rates in the UK and the
US are so high.

This may all look cynical, it is not meant to, I believe in love very much, and
love to fall in love, but I just think many views on relationships and marriage in
society are force fed and not quite right. A loving relationship could be seen
as a ball of energy that sits between two people, you both add to it, take from
it and play with it, and it has many beautiful colours, amazing shapes, stories,
emotions and feelings. But when one of the two people stops adding
positively to the ball of energy or adds negativity, the relationship starts to
suffer.

Page 66
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

“Underlying all of the lessons that we have to learn about love is the basic
concept that all things are one.”
The Memory Complex RA, The RA Material

"Intimacy is only about giving and, it is not about 'giving someone a book' or 'an
opinion' so they see things our way; it is about giving someone our unconditional
attention. We may benefit greatly by contemplating the meaning of the word
'unconditional.’ Until we are unconditional with our self, how can we be this way with
another?"

Why do so many people blame their partner for problems in a


relationship?

We have all blamed our partner for problems and troubles in relationships, but
to constantly do this is a road to destruction. Relationships are a mirror or
yourself, you attract in the people into your life that represent your thoughts,
feelings and emotions at any given time and you draw certain people into your
life to teach you things you need to learn and once you look at everyone in
your life as a learning gift, then it is pretty hard to get down about much.

It’s pretty simple, if your partner cheats on you, you can do two things, sort
him or her out or leave him or her, probably you drove the other person to do
it by being a pain or the other person is just an arsehole. Simple.

Many people constantly have hang ups about their partner and focus on
these, but if you focus on what is good about your partner and help bring out
your partners qualities all becomes good again very quickly. When we shift
perspective away from ‘winning’ when in conflict and toward helping those we
love, especially when we’re anger, anger immediately dissipates. This is not a
miracle; it’s simply the way things work at the level of positive and negative
energies. If you keep experiencing the same relationship problems over and
over again, it’s because you haven’t realized where the real problem lies.
You’re still waiting for others to change without really correcting the aspects of
yourself that you need to transform.
Society does not usually like it when you split up with someone. Friends and
family rally round but it is natural really, people come and go, all is
impermanent and you learn and move on. It is progress is it not? If you are
with the same person from the age of say twenty to forty, this either means

Page 67
Wayki Wayki SOCIETY

you have not changed much as a person or you are both extremely supportive
of the other person’s wants, needs and changes and are extremely adaptable.

Many people close up within or after troubled relationships but its good to be
open, vulnerable and innocent even though we may get hurt, but so what?
Smile and move on. Most adults in the west spend most of their lives doing
things to stop themselves being open. Surely the willingness to get hurt is
equal to the willingness to allow love?

I think the comment below is a little too strong, but it is worth the read anyway.

“To be hurt by an encounter with another is evidence we entered this encounter


needing and wanting something. Entering an encounter with another in this manner
is not intimacy, or even the foundation for intimacy; it is surely a disguised attempt to
find another parent.”

***

A report by economics reporter Steve Schifferes in 2008 stated that


after 30 years of unprecedented economic growth, the British are richer,
healthier but are no happier than in 1973. In 1973, over eighty six percent of
people said they were satisfied with their standard of living, while in 2006
eighty five percent were satisfied.

The figures follow trends from around the world that show that happiness and
satisfaction do not correlate with a countries average income. In the same
survey one in six UK adults reported that they suffered from a variety of
mental health problems, of which the largest category was ‘mild anxiety and
depression.’ The amount of goods purchased by UK households has risen by
two and half times since 1973, is this due to the fore-mentioned mental
problems and people seeking to fulfil there lives with material items?

“There was a sense of disappointment as we left the mall, all the young people
looked the same, wearing their masks of cool and indifference, commerce dressed
up as rebellion.”
“Drink tea to forget your blues and the weekend, think about more things to buy, the
TV taught me how to sulk and have nothing, and how to grow my hair wild.”
“So why do you go picking fights that you’ll lose, when you have entertainment,
when you have things to pass the time, so why do you go thinking thoughts that are
above you, you can be happy just play dumb, you can be happy just play dumb.”
“We tell ourselves we’re different, I’ve gotten so good at lying to myself.”
Bloc Party, extracted lyrics from ‘Uniform’

“Our society is run by insane people for insane objectives. I think we're being run by
maniacs for maniacal ends and I think I'm liable to be put away as insane for
expressing that. That's what's insane about it.”
John Lennon

Page 68
Wayki Wayki EDUCATION

EDUCATION
The west has a solid educational system with many schools and most children
are lucky enough to receive schooling with many teachers whom really want
to teach. This all looks really good at face value but there are details within
this system in the west that need addressing; mainly the top down rules for,
the forced curriculum onto, and the measuring of, teachers.

Why are schools nearly all left-brain orientated and only a tiny
percentage of the curriculum is aimed at the right side of the brain?

First off, let’s explain a little about our brains. It is split into two halves and
they are joined by the corpus callosum. Western medicine has severed this
cortex for attempted treatments of epilepsy or unbearable pain by cutting off
the neural pathways. This operation seems to have no side effects at first and
the two self-sufficient parts of the brain appear tickety-boo and get on with
their jobs quite independently. A problem then arises because the body is
cross wired, (the left side of the body is cross wired to the right brain and vice
versa), the patient cannot name something he is holding in his left hand if he
is blindfolded and he cannot find the word for the object he is feeling and
touching, but can use the object without trouble. If this is procedure is
reversed, the patient can name the object but cannot use it.

Considering we have two halves to the brain, I would like to stick my neck out
and claim that both are needed equally. Here is what is associated with each:

Left Right

Logic Shape recognition


Language, grammar and syntax All-in perception
Spatial awareness
Verbal Hemisphere
Reading Music
Writing Smell
Calculating Pattern
Counting
All inclusive view of the world
Digital thinking Analogical thinking
Linear thought Symbolism
Time dependence Timelessness
Logical concepts
Intelligence Intuition

Yang Yin
Masculine Feminine
Conscious Subconscious

Activity Passivity
Acid Alkaline

Page 69
Wayki Wayki EDUCATION

I’d just to explain ‘timelessness,’ as that one may seem a little strange. This is
when for instance you have a one hour dream that seems to last a week, or in
certain aspects of meditation where time ceases to exits or in cases where
one’s life flashed before them or even where you meet someone after many
years and old memories come back to you in an instant as if they recently
happened.

Due to the all-in perception, humans act much more calmly and competently
in dangerous situations using the right side of the brain and in many cases the
brain automatically switches over. It is not difficult to see how incomplete a
person would become if their two halves of their brain were out of balance,
e.g. one being used or trained too much.

So why are children all taught to use the left side of the brain in the national
curriculum? Hardly any teaching is aimed at the right side of the brain and I
would say the equilibrium in the curriculum is around eighty percent for the left
side of the brain and only twenty percent for the right and that is being
generous.

Is this a ploy to develop children into workers and human doings? Surely not,
I would never entertain such slander, we have a free curriculum that teachers
all have a say in.....err, wrong, think again.

So what could be taught to children to help develop the right side of the brain?

• How to use and develop ones intuition


• The laws of attraction
• Cause and effect
• How to be present in the now
• Mathematics relating to nature
• The Science of Nikola Tesla
• Working on and improving oneself
• Dealing with emotions
• The power of thought and how it creates
• Symbolism within shapes
• Tapping into ones sub conscious and how it can be fed with and
without out the conscious mind knowing
• NLP
• Compassion, empathy and helping others
• Questioning things objectively
• More art, music, expression, individuality and creativity.

Why are we not taught how to make conscious changes to ourselves, how to
let go of the past and how to transform ourselves? Why are we not taught
how to change negative thought patterns or to find personal mental and
emotional strength (the nature of real balance), but are taught about physical
strength?

Page 70
Wayki Wayki EDUCATION

In China this type of left brain schooling is monstrous, pupils have to sit a
certain way and no free thinking or debate is allowed. There is hardly any
study of music, art or creativity at all and pupils who do not study through
break time are frowned upon. They are creating millions or robots in China
with mass indoctrination, it is shocking. Some pupils even go to school at
6am and finish at 5pm only then to study all evening, everyone is measured
and scored, including teachers against teachers and at some schools your
fees are reduced if your child does well and conforms. There is even a certain
way to move your arm if you wish to ask a question.

"I don't want a nation of thinkers, I want a nation of workers."


JD Rockefeller

Why do schools only teach mainstream religions and do not even go


into new age, pagan or modern scientific spirituality?

Religious education at schools is a great example of indoctrination. It mainly


teaches our youth about Christianity, Catholicism, Islam, Hinduism, Judaism
and Sikhism. It makes young children believe these are the only things out
there, it teaches about the rules of these religions and nothing about any
genuine spiritual essence.

Religious Education within schools does not teach much about:

• Sun gods and there relevance through the centuries.


• Different form of Buddhism and Tantra.
• Meditation techniques.
• Dead sea scrolls.
• Egyptian and Tibetan books of the dead.
• The Knights Templar, Freemasons and other secret societies.
• Mormonism and Scientology and their dangers.
• Kabbalah and Hermetic philosophy.
• Paganism.
• New Age beliefs.
• Individual Sacredness.
• Law of One and other ancient religions.

All of these exist so why not teach them? Easy, because the religious
curriculum, like other curriculum’s is decided by a tiny group of people at the
very top and the teachers are usually young fresh out of teacher training
college (often, the how to do and say what your told by the people above you
college) and do not want to rock any boats as wish for a long healthy career.

Page 71
Wayki Wayki EDUCATION

Why do schools teach a really poor, un-whole, and in many cases,


untrue curriculum?

Possibly, to produce dumbed down ready-for-work humans?

At school I took two years of GCSE History, I will learn about the world I
thought, wrong. I spent one whole year learning about the suffragettes and
the Russian revolution, a whole year! Both are good subjects in their own
right, but on the leader board of relative importance they fall way down and
each could be wrapped up in five to ten hours easily. Is there something more
sinister to this than meets the eye?

I was also taught that people built the great pyramid by pulling twenty ton
blocks of stone up a ramp with rope, but I will cut that to shreds in the History
chapter. School also drills into us that we live in a free democracy, this we will
cut to shreds too as we go on.

I was also taught about how good Britain was in its colonisation of many
countries, it was all a, “We helped so many nations” story, what a load of
rubbish and also when taught about the World Wars, we where taught nothing
bad about what Britain did or the involvement of the bankers, that was well off
the curriculum as one can imagine.

Most of the stuff I learned at school was useless except parts of English,
Maths and Physics, the rest was a waste of time, and I learned so much more
once I left school by reading and educating myself. School never taught me
my legal rights or psychology, not one second on either. I pretty much
stopped going at the age of fifteen as it was nonsense and doing very little for
me but one of the best things I did learn at school was to question authority
and not to take information as the truth once it is fed to you. This did not go
down too well as you can imagine, time on the naughty step was required but
every second was worth it. I did learn some about characteristic and
compassion from some teachers and I really feel for many teachers who have
their hands tied when it comes to teaching.

It was only recently when a group of school kids went and sat a 1950’s exam
for a TV show and they all failed miserably, but at present nearly all kids get A
results in GCSE and in A Levels very easily, is this so they and their parents
feel the system is very good? If everyone is getting A’s how does one
distinguish between school leavers? One can’t, but from my experiences, all
successful job interviewees are selected on intuition and gut feeling (right side
of the brain) within the first minute of an interview anyway.

Why do schools not teach much about the earth, lunar, solar and
galactic cycles and other parts of nature?

Many school leavers do not know much about the solar, earth or other natural
cycles, many have no idea what a solstice or equinox or precession of the
equinox is, these where very important to many intelligent civilisations of this

Page 72
Wayki Wayki EDUCATION

earth throughout history, but is something that is not even mentioned within
schooling. Not even a mention of the moon and what that does to the earth is
mentioned, this is odd considering one spends so many years at school. The
Tibetan, Chinese and Mayan calendars among many others all link to the
moon cycles but in western society we seem to be diverted away from nature
as much as possible. People who have a love of nature generally tend to
have more of a love of all life, why are we shepherded away from nature from
such a young age?

Why do schools not teach about taxation, interest rates and loans?

Because they do not want you to start asking questions. If at the age of
fifteen we were taught that taking out a large mortgage meant we would have
to pay back about three times as much, then many people would not do it.
Also if we learnt about forms of tax like income, inheritance and fuel, again,
we would start asking questions.

Why do teachers have no say in the curriculum and hardly get a chance
to actually teach?

Teachers have little time to actually ‘teach’ they are pulled along at rapid
speed by the need to feed a curriculum to their class. They are measured on
where they are in dishing out the curriculum and nothing else, if a teacher falls
behind then he or she is measured as being a poor teacher. So when a
teacher has some slower pupils who wish some topics to be explained more
slowly or in some different ways, the teacher rarely can because the
curriculum deadlines pull the teacher and the class along.

We often put teachers on a pedal stool when really, what most of them teach
is what they have been told to teach.

I was in Guatemala once on an eight hour bus journey and spent this time
talking to two teachers from England. They were travelling because they were
thinking about leaving teaching for the above reasons. They did not agree
with much of the poor curriculum and their views fell on deaf ears within the
education system.

Why are many (though not all) exams not much more than a memory
test of what has been fed to us in our youth and intelligence is then
based on the results of these memory tests?

Many pupils get stressed about exams, some even commit suicide and if
results are bad some parents feel their child has let them down and family
problems can ensue.

Page 73
Wayki Wayki EDUCATION

But what actually is an exam? Surely it is nothing more than a memory test to
see how much of the information fed into one can be repeated? “Recite what
you have been told or you are a loser” is what is being said in some cases.
Why is intelligence always linked to academia? Take in left-brain information,
retain it, then recite it, and this is how society measures you and you progress
this way. This is why so many artists are confused in this world, they live in
the right brain whereas 99% of people live in the left brain due to conditioning.
We all know people that have degrees but little social skills, common sense,
or knowledge about the world, but society deems them intelligent because
they have a piece of paper that says so. It is all very strange.

Why do schools ask children from the age of thirteen what they are
going to be in the workplace?

School from the age of thirteen starts to drum into us, “What are you going to
be?” “Well I am going to just be and who the hell are you?” I used to think, but
they would put you in a small room alone with a careers officer and he would
give you a list of things you could ‘be,’ a doctor, an engineer, a postman etc.
At this young age making people direct their lives into becoming a worker is all
very wrong. I remember one chap at school who thought this was plain silly
too and answered in front of another hundred or so pupils in a very serious
careers assembly that he aimed to be a wizard, it was very funny but the
career officer was none too pleased. I won’t forget the tears of laughter.
It was constantly drummed into us though, “You had better start thinking about
what you want to do as a job and what you are going to be.” But usually when
you leave school opportunities present themselves naturally, doors close and
open for oneself and what you said to the careers office at the age of thirteen
was all a waste of time anyway. If someone enjoys something and focuses on
that, sooner or later income and opportunities will come from it.

School makes us believe that life is all about working, and the sole reason for
being on this planet is to ‘get a good job.’ It’s bullshit and limiting and near
exactly the same all across the UK.

Why is it children have to go to government approved schools or the


children get taken away from the parents or the parents get fined
heavily?

If schools are not a form of indoctrination then why is the government so


aggressive in making kids attend? Parents get fined or go to jail in some
cases when a child does not attend. I knew someone who used to take her
children off to other countries and would teach them herself and very well too,
the school would phone her up and ask where the children were and she
would reply that they were her kids and it was none of their business and as
the parent she knew what was right for them. This is courage and something
that deems maximum respect in my book.

Page 74
Wayki Wayki EDUCATION

Millions of children in one curriculum churns out the same type of people. The
powers know this and that is why punishments are created so this nice little
pen is protected with a fear element.

Why do some really poor examples of human beings come from


extremely expensive schools?

I am talking about the schools costing over twenty thousand pounds or more a
year. Many of these pupils have jobs in politics, banking and the like waiting
for them and many have parents with links to the elite bloodlines (explained
later).

I met a man from one of these establishments, he had a place in the


Sandhurst military battery waiting for him and his father and family friends
were all high up in the military. Though extremely intelligent (questionable)
and bright, he had the following comments to make:

• “The Iraq and Afghanistan wars are great, especially if we secure the
oil.”
• “I want to make lots of money and look after number one.”
• “Why should I care if people I don’t know die.”
• “State schools are full of the rough people.”
• “My dad has a job waiting for me and as he paid for my schooling I
have an obligation to him to do what he wants me to do.”
• “We are a different breed, we have the power so fuck everyone else.”

Now this is obviously not the general case (I certainly hope anyway), but to
spend so much money to create a person like this is extremely scary, and
these are the people walking into the places of power. Maybe if the parents
still have the receipt they can get their money back?

Why do so many of the youth today decide to go to university before


even knowing what to study and why are university degrees something
society builds up so much?

Many teenagers are forced to go to university due to the fear of many jobs not
entertaining an interviewee without a degree. Now don’t get me wrong, most
university courses are very good, and the teachers and professors are most
knowledgeable but there are some details we need to address.
All the information students learn regarding the subject is decided by
someone else, and usually a pupil has only one or two different teachers, the
student cannot run off at tangents and learn a branch off subject, or learn from
another author, because the curriculum will drag him or her along.

There are degrees in almost anything now, and some of the subjects are just
silly. How many people actually end up doing what they studied in University
anyway? Fifty percent? Less? Often, and I have heard many stories of this,

Page 75
Wayki Wayki EDUCATION

the marks given in ones degree have been linked to the health of the markers
relationship with the student.

Many of our youth state they are going to university but do not even know
what subjects to take, it is almost as though the subject of choice is a
sideshow and irrelevant. Many just want to be living with others of the same
age, getting drunk and making new friends. The powers that be are super
happy with universities because everyone is in one place learning what they
are fed from a small group of curriculum creators and on top of this some
money that does not exist is being loaned out at interest, lovely.

In relation to a few of the courses currently being held within universities:

“The real meaning of Graduation .....Gradual Indoctrination.”


Jordan Maxwell, Secret Societies and Toxic Religion

Why do young people get given homework?

Surely the youth are at school long enough and that is where and when they
are supposedly learning. The youth should be expressing themselves not
doing more work after six or so hours of that already in a day; they should be
using their imagination and developing themselves naturally as well as
academically.

Why are many schools suffering from lack of teachers, lack of


equipment, are falling apart and have overcrowded classrooms?

The system gets what it pays for. The education system is under-funded in
the UK, as are the hospitals so they each experience lack of funding. The
government has a spare twenty billion pounds or so for Trident and thirty
million pounds to give to the Northern Rock bank at the drop of the hat, so
maybe the powers that be do not want the following problems fixed:

• Poor discipline in schools


• Lack of decent teachers
• Crumbling buildings
• Terrible curriculum.
• Poor exam system where most students achieve ‘A’ results
• Lack of equipment

OK, so there is a problem with Northern Rock, fix it with money, there is a
problem with current aging nuclear missiles, fix it with money, there is a
problem with people being uneducated in poor schools, nope we will do
nothing. Surely this must raise a few eyebrows but it doesn’t, more eyebrows
are raised about a surprising vote on Pop-Idol.

Page 76
Wayki Wayki EDUCATION

The US, the richest country in the world, would not currently have a decline in
education and in pupils results would it?

• In a 2003 physics rank, the US came very low against many other
countries, even less than relatively poor countries like Latvia and
Slovenia.
• In 2005 Elaine Wu reported that UNICEF’s 2003 study of international
education rankings showed the US to be placed eighteenth out of
twenty four countries. These were the results of five different studies.
• In 2005, Lois Romano wrote in the Washington post “Literacy experts
and educators say they are stunned by the results of a recent adult
literacy assessment, which shows that the reading efficiency of college
graduates has dropped in the past decade, with no obvious
explanation.”
Michael Gorman, president of the American Library Association, in the
same article stated, “Only thirty one percent of college graduates can
read a complex book and extrapolate from it.”

The system gets what it orders, the government do not want people educated
and people who think too much, the youth are also targeted to be locked into
entertainment bubbles with iPods, texting, chat rooms, consumerism, drugs
and drink coming a them from all angles.

Why do many parents let their offspring eat junk, watch crap on TV and
rarely give them books to read?

Education really starts at home. I know of some parents who feed their kids
junk or let them eat junk, “Well he does not like fruit so I cannot force him” is
something I have heard often in the UK. Well why not educate him? Many
parents at the end of the day are happy for the kids to be in their rooms
playing violent computer games and the percentage of parents that care about
their child’s education is low. This is because many of the parents are
uneducated about many things themselves.

Home education should surely include things like:

• Nutrition
• Reading books
• Ethics and morals
• Debates and discussions
• The limiting elements of entertainment
• Policing of the internet and what is watched on television
• Encouraging creativity and imagination

Many parents spend more time shopping than with their kids, and I don’t think
we should be counting shopping with the kids as time well spent.

Page 77
Wayki Wayki EDUCATION

If you do not want to educate your kids and want them out of the way in their
room, why have them in the first place?

***

Young people need educating that’s for sure, all need to read and write,
express themselves, understand maths and science to a decent level and
know about the world historically and currently, but not with the lies and
disinformation that the current curriculum delivers. Young people also need to
know about inner strength, creativity, thought power and freedom.
The education system in some cases is there to indoctrinate, and turn
different people into similar people ready for working. It shapes people and
moulds them to become conformists and to follow the official line.
I would teach my children at home from the age of twelve and would hope to
find some other parents with the same ethos so we could amalgamate our
own curriculum. Schools download a lot of things off the net, and I am pretty
sure I know how to do that and with better material too. A young person fresh
from teacher training college with a poor curriculum handed to her from some
powers that be won’t do much good for my children in my opinion, If someone
is bright and educated, then opportunities open up, regardless of having
exams or not.

I met a girl in Central America with the same views (and many others share
these views), she had her six year old daughter with her and was a traveller.
Her six year old was learning so much and was coming face to face with so
many rich, diverse interesting people and cultures and the child was put into a
Mayan school for a week, this child could not understand the language but
could play and meet others and observe and digest. The mother would also
teach her reading and writing and the thought of sending her child to a school
in her native America filled her with dread. This six year old had never been
in a state school from her birth nation and was very advanced and intelligent
for her age.

Are some of the reasons for the educational decline and drop in literacy in the
UK and US also due to contaminated food and chemicals? There are
chapters on each coming up.

We pay 'tuition' to get into 'univers'-ity, where we then receive a 'ma-stars'


'degree,' it all sounds a little Masonic to me, Masonic links are backed by
Jordan Maxwell too, where he states that the square motarboards are used by
Freemasons for their plaster and it all has to do with the control of education
in this country. We will look more into the Freemasons as we continue.

“No one is more cut off from true education than a student in an American
University.”
Eustace Mullins

Page 78
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

FOOD & CHEMICALS

Why are we fed so much crap in our supermarket food?

When most of us go to the supermarket in the UK or the US we think that as


the food is on the shelves it is therefore food and good for us, but in many
cases it would be healthier to eat nothing than the crap our food contains.
Packages state ‘less fat,’ but contain colourings and preservative, or state ‘no
added colours or preservatives,’ but contain sweeteners, it is a joke. What do
the regulators do? Accept bungs to take their wives to Paris for the weekend?
I would never suggest such slander.

Much of the food that is on the shelves in supermarket contains:

• Genetically modifying chemicals


• Additives
• Parts of animals
• Preservatives
• Colourings
• E numbers
• Gluten
• Added sugar
• Added salt
• Aspartame
• Water to add weight

And if one tries to avoid this, then one has to buy organic food at an inflated
price, so people want to eat natural food do they? Well we had better price
them out of that thought.

Some parents buy their kids squash as it has a picture of an orange on the
front stating it has a fruity taste, fantastic, but in reality your child is better off
not drinking anything instead of these squashes. It is about as fruity as a
salted haddock. In parts of the Northern England many households daily use
a deep fat fryer for the whole family too. Nice.

Why is it that some people call natural food, healthy food?

“Are you one of these organic eaters?” “You eat far too healthy,” and, “Are you
eating that healthy stuff again?” are all comments that are rife in the UK, it is
all very sad and always comes from people uneducated about food and
nutrition. Comedian Lee Evans once said in a stand up show, “So now we
have the healthy section in supermarkets, so what is everything else, the
heart attack section?” It was very funny but also rang true.

Once I was eating some super foods in the shape of a natural granola and
fruit bar, and an English friend started laughing at me, “Super foods haha,

Page 79
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

what the fuck is this?" As though I was eating something inedible, I was very
confused. Many people have the opinion of, “Well, if I did everything healthy
and did not eat all the stuff I was told not too eat then I wouldn’t be able to eat
anything.” This is true to a certain extent, there is no need to be too strict
about what you eat and a treat here and there is fine, but when you find out
what some of these chemicals are and what they do it might change your
mind.

Why do many of us not know of Codex Ailmentius?

Codex Alimentarius simply means food code, but it is currently a movement


sailing upon the 'Operation Cure-All' vehicle.

Europe has already signed an agreement pledging ‘total harmonization.’


Confused? Let me explain. It is a set of regulations that aim to outlaw any
health information in connection with vitamins and limit free access to natural
therapies on a worldwide scale.

Sound crazy? I agree, but that’s because it is.

The UN, the World Health Organisation (cough), the multinational


pharmaceutical cartels and the international bankers are all behind it. It
began simply when the UN, along with world health bodies, just wanted to
develop a universal food code. They just wanted to 'harmonize' regulations
for dietary supplements worldwide and create international standards for the
purposes of increased trade.

Then the big pharmaceutical big guns came in and changed the angle from
food safety to promote worldwide restrictions on vitamins and food
supplements, severely limiting their availability and dosages.
Their goal is to outlaw vitamins that are not in their direct control.

I could rant on about how this all became possible, but just think corruption.

Codex Alimentarius is now enforceable through the World Trade Organization


(WTO) and if a country disagrees with it, then sanctions can be used.

The following could happen:

• Only vitamins allowed with a prescription


• Garlic and peppermint could become classed as drugs and be
controlled
• Genetically modified food could be sold without labelling

John Hammell, a legislative advocate and the founder of International


Advocates for Health Freedom stated:
"If Codex Alimentarius has its way, then herbs, vitamins, minerals,
homeopathic remedies, amino acids and other natural remedies you have
taken for granted most of your life will be gone. The name of the game for

Page 80
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

Codex Alimentarius is to shift all remedies into the prescription category so


exclusively the medical monopoly and its bosses, the major pharmaceutical
firms can control them. Predictably, both the Canadian Health Food
Association and the Health Protection Branch of Canada have denied this
scenario

What is happening already:

• Norway and Germany are already feeling much of this where Vitamin C
and E in average doses is illegal. Gingko, Echinacea and other herbs
are sold as drugs at inflated prices.
• It is now a criminal offence in parts of Europe to sell herbs as foods.
An agreement called EEC6565 equates selling herbs as foods to
selling other illegal drugs. Action is being taken to accelerate other
European countries into 'harmonization' as well. Oh I will have a gram
of cocaine and two vitamin C tablets please Mr Dealer, what is going
on?

Why do you not know about this? Simply because people in high places do
not want you to know, Just like many other things. The codex standard also
means lots of food is thrown in the bin before it hits the shelves and this is not
reported, but what is reported is that there is a food shortage coming soon, it
is all back to front.

Why do poorer countries often eat a lot healthier than richer countries?

In Indonesia, Tibet and scores of other countries men all have a six pack and
the women are all in good shape. This is not because they work out, it is just
because they look how humans should do naturally, this is because they eat
natural food, therefore look natural. Simple. Many people around the world
when told of what the supermarkets sell in the UK and the US are shocked
and stunned.

But if one grows up in the UK or US and knows no different, then there is no


comparable and this is the way one lives and eats.

Now where do most of the overweight people live? The UK and the US,
surely there is a clue to this puzzle in that fact.

Why are humans, by and large, the only animal on the planet that does
not fast?

All animals fast from time to time, just to clear out the system or to cure an
illness. This is done by freeing up energy that is usually used on digesting, for
repairing. Up to thirty percent of the body’s energy is being used on digesting
at any given time.

Page 81
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

Many humans do fast, the three day juice, master cleanse or liver flush are all
becoming very popular. I know of cases where a forty day water fast has
cured early traces of cancer (but a forty day water fast needs supervision).
Many diseases and illnesses starts in the colon and to never clear this out in a
lifetime is asking for trouble in my book, but, again, each to their own.

Mainstream doctors do not advise fasting so that pretty much makes up the
mind of most of people in the UK. I know of a yogi in India who is seventy-five
years old and is fitter and stronger than I will ever be. He only eats a spoonful
of rice and a small bowl of vegetables a day, this man is not wasting away nor
is he hungry (an illusion or sensation he said). I spent some time with him
and learned so much. During three or five day fasts hunger disappears after a
day or so and then you have more energy than if you were eating, really! But
do the powers that be want us to stop filling our faces with the shit they put on
the shelves? Of course not. From a mental clarity point of view, one’s mind is
much more clear when not bogged down with the thoughts of, “What and
when shall I eat” too.

There are also very rare cases of people in India who never eat and get their
energy from ancient art called sun gazing. If you do not believe me check it
out for yourself. There is the story of Therese Neumann who did not eat for
thirty-five years and was healthy and of a good weight.

"To be yourself in a world that is constantly trying to make you something else is the
greatest accomplishment."

Why is Aspartame allowed to be within so many food and beverage


products?

Some of the people I have tried to talk to about aspartame would not listen
and continue to feed aspartame to young children every day. I don’t mind if
you continue to induce aspartame within your children as long as you know
the facts. Whole books are written on aspartame so I will try to keep it brief.

What is Aspartame?

It is a once listed by the Pentagon, biochemical war agent that can create side
effects like headaches, memory loss, mood swings, seizures, multiple
sclerosis and Parkinson’s-like symptoms, tumours and even death. It changes
brain chemistry and is addictive. How many toddlers do you know that do not
like drinking water and scream for juice that contains aspartame? No-one
dislikes drinking water, they just crave the aspartame.

Aspartame is made up of three chemicals and once heated these can break
down into other toxins, namely formaldehyde, formic acid, methanol and
aspartylphenylalanine diketopiperazine (DKP). Formaldehyde by the way is
what is used to solidify your dead frog in Biology and we won’t even go into
methanol.

Page 82
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

John W. Olney, MD of the Washington University Medical School in St Louis,


believes there may be a link between aspartame and brain tumors. In an
article published in the Journal of Neuropathology and Experimental
Neurology, he states that animal studies reveal high levels of brain tumors in
aspartame-fed rats. Dr Olney adds that aspartame has mutagenic (cancer-
causing) potential according to studies.

Even the US Navy and Air Force published articles in Navy Physiology
and Flying Safety’:
"Several researchers have found aspartame can increase the frequency of
seizures, or lower the stimulation necessary to induce them. This means a
pilot who drinks diet sodas is more susceptible to flicker vertigo, or to flicker-
induced epileptic activity. It also means that all pilots are potential victims of
sudden memory loss, dizziness during instrument flight, and gradual loss of
vision."

How come it’s allowed to be used then? What is the history?

In a word, corruption. Let us look into some of the history in some extracts
from an article by Pat Thomas, this information is backed up and any I could
have used one of many sources.
“Concerns over aspartame's toxicity meant that for eight years, the US FDA
(Food and Drug Administration) denied its approval, effectively keeping it off
the world market. This caution was based on compelling evidence, brought to
light by numerous eminent scientists, litigators and consumer groups, that
aspartame contributed to serious central nervous system damage and had
been shown to cause cancer in animals. Eventually, however, political
muscle, won out over scientific rigour, and aspartame was approved for use in
1981.

The FDA's about-turn opened the floodgates for aspartame's swift approval by
more than seventy regulatory authorities around the world. But, as the
remarkable history of the sweetener shows, the clean bill of health given to it
by government regulators, whose raison d'être should be to protect the public
from harm is simply not worth the paper it is printed on.

• 1967 – GD Searle (founder being a Gideon Daniel Searle) does tests


with aspartame on primates, of seven monkeys fed aspartame mixed
with milk, one dies and five others have grand mal epileptic seizures.
• 1973 – GD Searle applies for FDA approval and submits over 100
studies it claims support aspartame's safety. Neither the dead
monkeys nor the mice with holes in their brains are included in the
submission.
• 1975 – GD Searle agrees to an inquiry into aspartame safety concerns.
GD Searle withdraws aspartame from the market pending its results.
The sweetener remains off the market for nearly ten years while
investigations into its safety and into GD Searle's alleged fraudulent
testing procedures are ongoing. However, the inquiry board does not
convene for another four years.

Page 83
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

• 1980 – The FDA's PBOI (Public Board of Enqiuiry) votes unanimously


against aspartame's approval, pending further investigations of brain
tumours in animals. The board says it 'has not been presented with
proof of reasonable certainty that aspartame is safe for use as a food
additive.’ Canderel containing aspartame is marketed later in the same
year in much of Europe as a low calorie sweetener. 1981 – Rumsfeld
states in a GD Searle sales meeting that he is going to make a big
push to get aspartame approved within the year. For those that don’t
know, Rumsfeld is currently the defence secretary for the US and has
in the past been the owner of GD Searle, also GD Searle has been in
controversy before for paying doctors cash to promote their pain killer,
Celebrex.
Rumsfeld vows to 'call in his markers' and use political rather than
scientific means to get the FDA on side.
Ronald Reagan is sworn in as president of the US and Reagan's
transition team which includes Rumsfeld, nominates Dr Arthur Hull
Hayes Jr to be the new FDA commissioner. One day after Reagan's
inauguration, GD Searle re-applies to the FDA for approval to use
aspartame as a food sweetener.
Arthur Hull Hayes Jr, appoints a five-person commission to review the
PBOI's decision. Three of the five FDA scientists on it advise against
approval of aspartame, stating on the record that GD Searle's tests are
unreliable and not adequate to determine the safety of aspartame.
Hayes installs a sixth member on the commission, and the vote
becomes deadlocked.
Hayes ignores the recommendations of his own internal FDA team,
overrules the PBOI findings and gives initial approval for aspartame to
be used in dry products on the basis that it has been shown to be safe
for its proposed uses.
The FDA approves aspartame as a tabletop sweetener and for use in
tablets, breakfast cereals, chewing gum, dry bases for beverages,
instant coffee and tea, gelatines, puddings, fillings, dairy-product
toppings and as a flavour enhancer for chewing gum.”

From 1981 on, the floodgates opened, and even though many complaints
about aspartame ensued, more and more food and drinks started to contain it.

Monsanto, the producer of recombinant bovine growth hormone, genetically


engineered Soya beans, the pesticide Roundup and many other industrial and
agricultural chemicals, purchased GD Searle in 1985 for over two and a half
billion just to show you the levels of money involved.

There is still a massive fight on, US consumer group the National Justice
League filed a three hundred and fifty million dollar class action lawsuit
against the NutraSweet Corporation (the current owner of many aspartame
products), in the lawsuit Rumsfeld is mentioned throughout.

What is it used in today?

Page 84
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

Thousands of fizzy drinks, chewing gums, table-top sweeteners, diet and


diabetic foods, breakfast cereals, jams, sweets, vitamins, prescription and
over-the-counter drugs.

Oh and by the way, Diet Coke actually makes people fatter as aspartame
increases the craving for carbohydrates by slowing down the production of
seratonin.

The new Coke Zero is really just Diet Coke with more aspartame added.

Tate & Lyle and all the other companies that distribute and sell these evil
sweeteners have very good lawyers, it was only recently where the much
visited health website mercola.com that had been criticising these chemicals,
changed its site to state, “Attorneys acting on behalf of the manufacturers of
Sucralose, Tate & Lyle Plc, based in London, England, have requested that
the information contained on this page not be made available to Internet users
in England.”

Carry on drinking Aspartame, it is up to you, but be aware of the facts first and
think about your child who would currently not understand the facts. You are
making an adult choice for them, they would probably say ‘no thank you’ if
they knew. It is not as if you would give you child a cigarette is it? There
really is not much difference; both are poisons.

“Ignorance is not knowing the truth, stupidity is having the truth and doing nothing
with it.”

Why in the many parts of the Western world is fluoride in the water?

Millions of people have no idea as to the truth about fluoride and fluoridation
of our water. Some toothpastes even state in tiny writing, "Contact a poison
control centre immediately if you swallow your toothpaste,” and there are now
even fluoride tablets for children.

Fluoride is a toxic poison even worse than lead, and this is backed by up tests
and research. If you went to a local river and tipped a pint of fluoride into it

Page 85
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

you would be arrested (but there’s not too many police around these days so
probably not) for toxic pollution.

Fluoride is linked to child learning problems, rashes, headaches and organ


damage and some of the results from the tests on rats and mice are
astonishing (not that I condone this).

Then how did this all come about, how is this allowed?
In the 1950’s it was said that fluoride was a dental miracle and adding it to tap
water would be a great gift. There is also speculation towards fraudulent
science, we may never know the actual truth and during my research I found it
a bit of a minefield but what we can do is look at it now.

To my way of thinking, if fluoride were good for your teeth, wouldn't brushing
your teeth with fluoride be enough? You wouldn't need it in your water
because you brush your teeth with fluoride toothpaste?
How does having fluoride in your blood stream benefit your teeth anyhow?
Does fluoride benefit you because it's in your blood or because when you
drink it, it grazes your teeth for a half a second? Again, if it's good for you to
brush your teeth with fluoride, that would be enough right? Green tea is good
for your teeth and healthy with anti-oxidants, why don't we put that in the
water?

With the USA being top of the league of mandatory fluoride drinkers, many
European countries still refuse.

France
"Fluoride chemicals are not included in the list [of 'chemicals for drinking water
treatment']. This is due to ethical as well as medical considerations." (Louis
Sanchez, Directeur de la Protection de l'Environment, August 25, 2000).

Luxembourg
"Fluoride has never been added to the public water supplies in Luxembourg.
In our views, the drinking water isn't the suitable way for medicinal treatment
and that people needing an addition of fluoride can decide by there own to
use the most appropriate way, like the intake of fluoride tablets, to cover their
diary needs." (Jean-Marie RIES, Head, Water Department, Administration De
L'Environment, May 3, 2000).

Denmark
"We are pleased to inform you that according to the Danish Ministry of
Environment and Energy, toxic fluorides have never been added to the public
water supplies." (Klaus Werner, Royal Danish Embassy, Washington DC,
December 22, 1999).

Norway
"In Norway we had a rather intense discussion on this subject some 20 years
ago, and the conclusion was that drinking water should not be fluoridated."
(Truls Krogh & Toril Hofshagen, Folkehelsa Statens institutt for folkeheise
(National Institute of Public Health) Oslo, Norway, March 1, 2000).

Page 86
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

Sweden
"Drinking water fluoridation is not allowed in Sweden...New scientific
documentation or changes in dental health situation that could alter the
conclusions of the Commission have not been shown." (Gunnar Guzikowski,
Chief government Inspector, Livsmedels Verket, National Food Administration
Drinking Water Division, Sweden, February 28, 2000).

Germany
"In the former Democratic Republic of Germany (DDR) in several districts the
drinking water was fluoridated but after the unification of both German states
in 1990 fluoridation was stopped. In the Federal Republic of Germany there
was in about 1952 a drinking water fluoridation experiment. But it was
stopped after one or two years." (Dr. K. Ewing ), Bonn, Germany, February
11, 2000).

Finland
"We do not favor or recommend fluoridation of drinking water. There are
better ways of providing the fluoride our teeth need." (Paavo Poteri, Acting
Managing Director, Helsinki Water, Finland, February 7, 2000).

Austria:
"Toxic fluorides have never been added to the public water supplies in
Austria." (M. Eisenhut, Head of Water Department, Osterreichische
Yereinigung fur das Gas-und Wasserfach Schubertring 14, A-1015 Wien,
Austria, February 17, 2000).

Belgium:
"This water treatment has never been of use in Belgium and will never be (we
hope so) into the future." (Chr. Legros, Directeur, Belgaqua, Brussels,
Belgium, February 28, 2000).

There is a great book called ‘The Fluoride Deception,’ this is based on ten
years research from an ex-BBC reporter. Surely this man knows something
after ten years research? Also worth noting is that In 1954, Charles Perkins
wrote an article to the Lee Foundation for Nutritional Research in Milwaukee,
he stated that in the 1930’s the Nazi’s planned to control and reduce
population in areas by medicating drinking water by inducing sterility in
women amongst other things, in this scheme sodium fluoride was involved.

Why is it that no national newspapers or local political parties replied to


my enquiry about chemtrails?

I spent eight months in Spain once and upon the day of my return to the UK I
noticed something very strange and abnormal. It was a clear blue sky and I
looked up and saw up to eight jets zigzagging the sky all in the space of an
hour with extremely long jet trails in a grid pattern. These jet trails stayed in
the air for over an hour and then spread out into a white haze that stayed for
another two hours. This was strange as in Spain for the prior eight months

Page 87
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

the jet trails all petered out after a minute or so. I thought back to my
childhood too and never remembered seeing such long or thick jet trails as I
was seeing at this moment. For me, chemtrails are the unexplained trail that
expands into a white haze and lingers for up to three hours, and this is not to
be confused with a normal jet or con trail where water droplets are turned to
ice.

I stayed in the garden watching, and over the course of the next hour these jet
trails expanded slowly until the whole sky was a white haze. I could not
believe what I was seeing and quickly spoke to some people nearby. They
looked at me though I was crazy and sloped away from such a crazy fool as
myself (this made me laugh). It was as if they could not see them, I was a
little frightened at this point but then started laughing at the whole incident.

What was this in the sky? I had never seen this before so I went online and
found some information and pictures from other concerned citizens. I saw
similar to what I had seen being reported by thousands in North America and
all over the UK, “Are you reading rubbish on the internet again” I just
overheard one of you say (I have good ears you know), well my reply is, “Are
you watching those lies from your television again?” Touché.

Below are the two photos I took, each within an hour of each other.

Below is a photo of a normal contrail from a passenger jet just a few miles
away from the above photos:

Can you see the difference? I certainly can, and am bemused as to why
hardly anyone else can see this. Please someone say they can see the
difference, please or I will think I am going a bit crackers. Pretty please as
I am starting to buy into the quantum physics theory of people not seeing what
their mind does not believe.

Page 88
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

I attached my photos of the ‘grid pattern to hazy’ chemtrails and a brief


summary of what I saw and emailed this to national and regional newspapers,
there is a story worth investigating here I thought. Do you know how many
replies I received? None. Nope, this is all normal and I am crackers.
Unperturbed, I emailed all the local MP’s, they would be interested I thought, I
got one reply and that was from the Green Party stating they are fighting to
get this issue more attention.

Since this event in the summer of 2007 in Sussex, I have kept my eyes open
and have seen chemtrails on many occasions, at east once a week if in the
UK and friends from Canada and the US have seen these too. My research
has taught me this has been going on since 1997 and many people believe
chemicals are only being sprayed mainly over populous areas.

If this is just jet exhaust then why is this different in Spain, Asia and Central
America? Why during my childhood did I never see anything like this and why
did the media and politicians not reply to my enquiries?

For your information, there are many reports of people cloud bursting these
hazy skies with intention and consciousness and there are also theories of

Page 89
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

weather manipulation, DNA manipulation, mass inoculation and population


reduction through sterility chemicals. All of these theories are easy to reject
as they are too far away from our current belief systems. It is nice and safe to
disregard things as being crazy, we are then with the majority and do not have
to worry about anything. Perfect.

A man in Arcansaw in America took some samples of some matter found on


the floor after he witnessed many chemtrails and took the samples to be
tested. The poison Barium was found, though there is no substantial proof
this sample was linked to the chemtrails he saw. But why would Barium be
found on the streets anyway?

Have a look into the skies and try and spot these and do some of your own
research, make your own mind up.

For me, something is not right about this, and even more wrong is the fact
many people are more concerned with who is going to be knocked out of a TV
cooking competition hosted Gordon Ramsay who swears throughout each
show and insults people.

Why is it that mothers in the UK and US blindly let doctors inject their
babies with vaccines without one question about what is actually in
these?

Newly born humans in the UK today require up to twenty vaccines, I have


heard mothers say with pride, “I have done all of my vaccines,” but there is no
thought for what is in these and what they do (due to very little mainstream
media coverage). This is not the mothers fault, this information is suppressed
and most people completely trust the system because they are so inside it.

The first issue that comes to my mind is what is actually in these vaccines?
Mercury is the main culprit along with others. Many vaccines contain
Thimerosal, and of this, over forty percent is mercury.

Did you know:

• Mercury is a known toxic substance that is harmful to


humans, especially pregnant women, infants and children.
• A growing number of experts including physicians, dentists and
scientists believe there is no safe amount of mercury for the human
body.
• The government continues to downplay the risks of mercury in
vaccines, prescription drugs, over-the-counter preparations and dental
amalgams despite the growing body of scientific evidence confirming
its harm.
• If a doctor dropped a vaccination syringe on the floor it would be
classed as toxic waste.

Page 90
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

• In December 2004, the Institute of NeuroToxicology and Neurological


Disorders stated, “Childhood disabilities from chemical exposure during
development are often not treatable and therefore must be prevented.”

Mercury poisoning has been linked to cardiovascular disease, autism,


seizures, mental retardation, hyperactivity, dyslexia and many other nervous
system conditions
If you have mercury removed from your teeth watch the way the extracting
people treat the mercury, it is as though it is anthrax.

In an issue of the Journal of American Physicians and Surgeons, the data


shows that since mercury was removed from childhood vaccines, the increase
in reported rates of autism and other neurological disorders in children not
only stopped, but actually dropped sharply, by as much as thirty five percent.

There are also true stories of vaccinations accidentally going into the nervous
system and causing seizures, convulsions, partial paralysis and blindness.

Dr. Viera Scheibner (a PhD researcher) and her peers disclose in the
documentary ‘The Hidden Truth’ many of the dangers and real life horror
stories associated with the vaccination programme. They show many of the
reductions in mumps, whooping cough and other illnesses came about before
the vaccination programmes. It must be noted here that many believe that the
UN’s mass vaccination programmes involve sterility chemicals too.

Dr David Ayoub has a fantastic two hour accessible lecture, which outlines the
link between mercury and autism as well its connections to ‘National Security
Study Memorandum 2000; for population control,’ showing its shocking
connections to today’s GAVI Alliance (a global immunisation body). Are
powerful forces really trying to help the poverty and disease stricken or could
it be for another agenda; sterilization of the poor? This lecture I found
upsetting and this man has done years of research.

In Princes George County in America over fifteen hundred children and their
parents where ordered to appear in a circuit where health workers forced
them to receive required shots. Parents who didn’t bring their children to the
court for the shots were sent to jail. "We can do this the easy way or we can
do this the hard way, but it's going to have to get done,” said State Attorney
Glenn Ivey. This again, is deception as there is no law stating it is mandatory.
Two Canadian friends of mine told me it is the same in Canada, it is
mandatory or you go to court and possibly jail. There is also a new bill in New
York that will make all vaccines mandatory for infants and toddlers, with
parents needing to show proof via certificates. Madness.

I know stories of children who have had no vaccines whatsoever and are very
healthy. Does the human being come to this planet in a bad state and in need
of lots of medical help? No, of course not. Doctors mainly do what they are
told from books and during their training, very few question what they learn
and are told to do, as they are excited that they are on the path to becoming a
‘Doctor.’

Page 91
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

From my knowledge and experience of healing, if you are healthy in your


emotions and body you will not get ill. Optimum health creates a strong
natural immune system and health does not come from a syringe or a
chemical. We will look into medicine and healing in the next chapter.

F. William Engdahl is the author of ‘Seeds of Destruction, the Hidden Agenda


of Genetic Manipulation,’ he wrote an article in 2008 which said "In the 1990’s
the UN’s WHO (World Health Organization) launched a campaign to vaccinate
millions of women in Nicaragua, Mexico and the Philippines between the ages
of fifteen and forty five, allegedly against Tetanus, a sickness arising from
such things as stepping on a rusty nail. The vaccine was not given to men or
boys, despite the fact they are presumably equally liable to step on rusty nails
as women and because of that curious anomaly, ‘Comite Pro Vida de Mexico,’
a Roman Catholic lay organization became suspicious and had vaccine
samples tested. The tests revealed that the Tetanus vaccine being spread by
the WHO only to women of child-bearing age contained hCG (human
Chorionic Gonadotrophin) or a natural hormone which when combined with a
tetanus toxoid carrier stimulated antibodies rendering a woman incapable of
maintaining a pregnancy. None of the women vaccinated were told."

A whole book could written about this one subject, but step back and ask why
are our children given rather forcibly so many vaccines and why do some of
these contain toxic substances?

Why is the UK government forcing people to use fluorescent energy


save light bulbs?

This is getting silly now, really. At present in the UK, the government is
forcing everyone to use compact fluorescent light bulbs (CFLs), how very kind
of them as these do reduce the energy bill a little. But these contain a

Page 92
Wayki Wayki FOOD & CHEMICALS

massive amount of mercury in them and if one pops on you please be ready
for a lifelong scar. There are stories of these bulbs creating epileptic fits,
migraines and issues with wireless internet, radios and TV remote controls.
Many people find the actual light that these produce most disturbing, and I
agree, it is harsh and it seems to create a bad unnatural energy. Some
fluorescent lighting also requires careful monitoring and regular replacement,
since some types of tubes emit low levels of x-ray radiation after a period of
use at the end points of the tube where the inner coating first begins to wear
thin.

CFLs also contain an electronic ballast, this generates electro-magnetic


radiation and If the unit isn’t shielded very well, then it can broadcast across
the frequencies that your electronic equipment uses. If a twenty Watt
discharge bulb is messing with your equipment, imagine what the thousand
Watt ones on the high street must be emitting. Think about it, if the
government really wanted to save energy, they would go after the big
companies and the military, what is going on here? I suggest using LED
bulbs, candles and even camping lanterns or even a bicycle peddled dynamo
instead of these or stock up on the old bulbs. When something is forced upon
you from the government, immediately ring an alarm bell and ask why.

***

There are many other chemical issues such as Prozac and Ritalin, but there
are whole books written about each and I just wished to make an introduction
into some of these.

We are being dumbed down from a multitude of angles, no more so than via
the chemicals in our food, the vaccines and who knows what is being sprayed
into the skies.

Do your own research and make up your own mind up....or go and watch
Coronation Street, make a pot of tea or do some sudoku, its up to you.

“Facts do not cease to exist just because they are ignored.”


Aldous Huxley

“The best thing you can do for your fellow, next to rousing his conscience, is not to
give him things to think about, but to wake things up that are in him...to make him
think things for himself.”
George MacDonald

Page 93
Wayki Wayki WESTERN MEDICINE AND NATURAL HEALING

WESTERN MEDICINE AND NATURAL HEALING


Before we enter this chapter we need to all agree that doctors and nurses do
a fantastic job and we are lucky to have many hospitals in the west. What
does need a little look at is some of the details within this conventional system
and how we are kept from having an open mind, or even our own views or
choices, on treatments. Western medicine has its place and is a real
blessing, but the greed and behaviour of the large pharmaceutical companies.
plus the ridiculing of natural ancient healing techniques is really not right.

Why do a small group of large companies control the whole profit


making industry of pharmaceuticals?

Simply, they like to make lots of money. How much is the cold and flu
medicine business worth in the UK alone? Three hundred million pounds a
year? It cannot be far off. Adverts are in our faces of what to buy when we
get a cold but a good ginger tea and some fruit does more good than any of
the nonsense peddled by these big companies. Also, if they actually knew the
cure for the cold do you think they would tell us? I don’t.

We need to take a step back and think about what we are forced to do when
we are ill, the convention is to go to the doctor, receive a prescription, then
pay for the medicine. But if we look at this convention another way it looks
like this; a large billion dollar corporate giant has told the industry that if
anyone has certain ailments then to prescribe them their product, a product
that is all chemicals and will aim to suppress the illness by working on the
symptoms and not the cause. The doctor does not actually heal in many
cases, he prescribes, and in many cases, what he is told to.

These companies care for one thing, money. I once went to a pharmaceutical
factory where millions of pills were made every week; the company was willing
to spend one million pounds on some software to make their factory one
percent more efficient.

These companies spend millions on packaging and adverts instead of


distribution to the needy and much of these pills are very expensive.
Think about it, in the US, where most of these large big companies are
located, there is permitted TV advertising of drugs which are available only
through your doctor. The insidious message is simple; if your doctor is not
offering you this drug, maybe you should be asking for it.

Why do people blindly accept what doctors think and say?

Simply, because many people think, “they are the doctors and they know.”
But let’s step back here, many doctors know what they have been trained to
know in many cases, it is said that doctors only receive three hours of training
on nutrition and preventative medicine in the four to six years of training.

Page 94
Wayki Wayki WESTERN MEDICINE AND NATURAL HEALING

Many people accept everything a doctor says without ever once questioning it
or asking why. It is like they are super human gods.

Doctors often look in their reference books and then dish out the medicine that
is linked to the symptoms, then it’s, “Next patient please.” Wow, what healing
powers this person has and many old people get given pills that do little but
sedate them, on top of this, the advice to go home and take pain-killers is
dished out by the minute across the western world.

I know someone who had severe tummy troubles, she was given ten multi
coloured pills and took them for five days and then after the five days the
troubles came back, much of western medicine does nothing more than
suppress.

There are posters in doctor waiting rooms about the vaccines and jabs one
needs, it is all very aggressive and all delivered in a, ‘this is the only way’
manner.

I have travelled much of the world and never taken malaria tablets and went to
India with no vaccines because I do not believe in any of it, it is not a part of
my reality and I have been fine. How did the millions of humans in the
generations before western medicine cope? Naturally.

If you have ever been to Spain or Italy for a while, you would have seen that
the love of the doctor is quite something in those countries, chemists are
everywhere and open twenty four hours a day and are constantly full of
people. These places are full of hypochondriacs. It is madness is it not?
I know of an Italian family that bombards themselves daily with pills and even
take anti-biotics regularly for minor ailments, these are not prescribed, these
are just bought over the counter. “Oops I have a blocked nose, time for a
three day course of anti-biotics,” it is crazy.

Remember this, the success of healthcare in the west is measured not by the
amount of healthy people but by the amount of diseased people that are
treated, this can’t be right can it?

Why are natural and self-healing methods mocked and suppressed yet
the rise of people into such methods grows by the day?

Many of the practices listed below are used throughout the world for healing
and have been for many centuries.

• Acupuncture
• Accupressure
• Homeopathy
• Cranial therapy
• Kinesiology
• Tai Chi and Yoga

Page 95
Wayki Wayki WESTERN MEDICINE AND NATURAL HEALING

• Herbal therapies
• Meridian Tapping
• Chinese medicine
• Qigong
• Reiki
• Reflexology
• Colour therapy
• Chakra work
• Crystal healing
• Various Energy work
• And many more

Pretty much all of the above work with the bodies energy field and some of
these are over four thousand years old and still going strong, but if you speak
to your doctor about any of these they usually look a little sceptical, shrug their
shoulders, raise an eyebrow and say, “Well, you can try it if you really want
to.” I just do not understand how these type of doctors disregard these
techniques so easily, it stops people having options and alternatives.

I have had some of the above treatments and all have been good for me. I
once spent a few hundred pounds on osteopath bills for a bad back (from
office work) and then had a thirty minute acupuncture session and the
problem was solved. I also know of an amazing Reiki practitioner who has
seriously turned people’s whole lives around......from a distance!

I lived in a small pyramid up a volcano for a while (as you do) and we had a
medicinal plant garden, we were taught (and it is fairly common knowledge)
that each person on the planet is one of three herb types, and once you knew
your type by answering a few simple questions you could pretty much heal
yourself by using certain herbs. This small community was cut off from main
civilisation by way of a one-hour boat ride and I saw the medicinal plant
garden heal many ailments in the small community.

The fact is that many western drugs are synthetic chemical reproductions sold
by the large pharmaceutical companies for profit and herbs have been around
since year dot, they grow naturally and they have been used for healing for
centuries. I also think the media bombards us with adverts for western
medicine and rarely talks of other healing methods other than going to the
doctor. For many, no other option is even known.

Gregg Bradon in one of his lectures talks of the medicine-less hospitals in


China speaks of a middle aged women who was diagnosed in the west as
having inoperable bowel cancer. She was awake and participated in a
process where three practitioners performed a specific form of qigong. An
ultrasound monitor was also present and froze the image of the tumour on the
left hand side of the screen and the right hand side was continuing in real
time. The three practitioners then began to feel a feeling in their bodies as
though she was already healed, they did not judge the cancer but used their
feelings and used a mantra (that had no magic associated) just to help focus.

Page 96
Wayki Wayki WESTERN MEDICINE AND NATURAL HEALING

In less than three minutes the tumour shrunk and disappeared. After this
treatment, the patient needed to use new breathing techniques and use self-
affirming healing for the next few years but she was cured.

Greg talks of a quantum physics theory where the blueprint for every
possibility already exists, so as the blueprint for the healed bladder existed
and the practitioners felt the feeling of it, that awakened that blueprint.

Now whether this happened or not is something we could debate until the
cows come home, but it’s something I wanted to share, we must note that
these were experienced qigong practitioners.

Why do so few people believe that illness and disease is a feedback


mechanism of the body to tell us what the real source of the problem is?

OK, this may be a bridge too far for many but many people buy into these
ancient and metaphysical theories, including many Reiki practitioners.

Is not illness something that is needed? In our world of polarity is it not the
required polar opposite to health? Does illness not teach us what we need to
do to make us whole?

In the book ‘Krankheit als Krise und Chance,’ Edgar Heim states, “In the
course of a fifty year lifespan the average adult will suffer one case of life
threatening illness, twenty serious illness and around two hundred and fifty
fairly serious illnesses.”

The feedback theory states that because the average human is conflict
ridden, the average human is ill. We have to look at our physical symptoms
and see what our illness has to tell us in order to become whole.
Many toxins build up from stress and emotional problems and these can
cause illness in places that are linked to certain characteristics.

This theory relates and loosely links the following:

• Headaches to worry, thinking too much, pig headedness and running


one’s head into a brick wall.
• Skin problems to delimiting oneself, norms and intimacy and contact
issues.
• Heart issues to the ability to love and express emotions.
• Cancer to bitterness and misunderstood love. Is it not strange how the
heart is the only organ cancer cannot attack?
• Neck and throat to fear and anxiety.
• Blood to life force and vitality.
• Lungs to communication, contact and freedom.

These are a few examples and are loose; the theory gives guidelines and
pushes oneself to do some self enquiry to find out what is wrong with oneself.

Page 97
Wayki Wayki WESTERN MEDICINE AND NATURAL HEALING

This is a train of thought your local doctor will probably laugh at because it
was not in his books at ‘doctor training college.’

“Great significance underlies every illness large or small, because your body is a
biofeedback system for your attitudes. Managing energy involves managing your
relationship with your emotional self. Examining your emotions is the bottom line for
understanding the purpose of a particular health-related situation. Poor health does
not just land in your lap. You are ultimately responsible for setting the stage of your
body's inner terrain based on the choices you make, and you actually restrict your
body's natural healing processes when you readily accept only conventional
medical labels and categories for your condition. You deny the purpose and power
of your body's intelligence when you believe that you just caught something out of
the blue, rather than realizing and accepting that your body is merely responding to
your inner feelings.
Barbara Marciniak, Paths of Empowerment

Why do only a few people believe illness and healing is all in the mind of
what you believe as your reality?

If the last ‘why’ statement was a bridge too far then please just skip this one
and move on to the next chapter as this is not for you.

Maybe health is down to what one actually believes and what is in our reality?
Many smokers in the Mediterranean live until extremely old ages, is this due
to they believe the natural foods and sunlight in their lives make them
healthy?

The placebo effect has many examples, in the 1950’s trials involving people
with ‘angina pectoris’ showed that people who where just opened and sewn
up had the same relief as this that had the full operation. A famous placebo
story is one that is told by psychologist, Bruno Klopfer. A man named Wright
was suffering from lymphatic cancer and was going to die, he asked his doctor
for a new drug still being tested called Krebiozen. Two days later Wright was
walking around and in ten days he was diagnosed as being free from cancer.
Two months later articles appeared stating Krebiozen was not successful in
treating cancer, and guess what? Wrights cancer returned, seeing the pattern
here his doctor told him it was a faulty batch and that he had the good stuff,
but this time the doctor just injected him with water, again Wright’s cancer
disappeared because he believed he was being cured. Two months later the
American Medical Association stated Krebiozen had no effect on cancer at all
and never will, Wright died two days later.

***

One cannot patent a natural plant, is this not the reason for why we are
bombarded with toxic chemicals as medicine?

Page 98
Wayki Wayki WESTERN MEDICINE AND NATURAL HEALING

I am not attacking western medicine par-see, many lives have been saved
and much that goes on in hospitals and technically within western medicine is
groundbreaking, positive and a massive benefit to us all. What I am attacking
is the narrow view of western medicine, its large profit seeking companies,
and it’s constant rubbishing of natural remedies that in some cases are
thousands of years old. The ancient Chinese, Tibetan, Egyptian and
American Indians all used herbs for healing for thousands of years but now
we seem to think putting chemicals inside us to solely treat the symptom is the
best way, or we don’t think and just do what we are fed. It is not right.

Each to their own and what ever works for you is fine by me, but I have not
been to a western doctor for years and would not even know who or in what
UK town or city my doctor is, I believe I can heal myself in many cases and
look at ailments as a physical feedback mechanism for what I am not facing or
dealing with at any given time. I also believe to a certain extent that what is in
ones reality has an effect regarding illness.

*****

After reading the past few chapters is it any wonder why so many of our
children have tantrums, attention disorders and behaviour issues?
I once worked with some orphans in Asia for a few weeks and they had no
violent computer games, TV, modified foods, chemicals and not once did I see
any tantrums or aggression even though they had a tough life with no parents,
were lucky for a blanket and three meals in a day. They ate pure natural food
grown nearby and did children’s yoga every morning for an hour and were
always calm and happy.

"Whatever course you decide upon, there is always someone to tell you that you are
wrong. There are always difficulties arising which tempt you to believe that your
critics are right. To map out a course of action and follow it to an end requires
courage."
Ralph Waldo Emerson

“What I realised was that they don’t want the people to be awake. The elite ruling
class wants us asleep so we’ll remain a docile, apathetic herd of passive consumers
and non-participants."
Bill Hicks

Page 99
Wayki Wayki SECURITY

SECURITY

Why do many people not know what the fore-coming EU ID Card actually
is or what it means?

The answer to this is because we are not told. It is highly likely that the EUID
Card will reach the UK before mid 2009, “This will prevent terror” the media
will peddle and all of the media will attack those apposing the ID Card as
anarchists. Many people in the UK currently talk of it being a police state, the
ones that don’t are usually the ones wrapped up in getting rich, watching TV
on an expensive sofa and not caring or knowing much about the world around
them, this is fine as everyone can choose how to live their lives but the big
loser in time will be humanity itself.

What’s the big deal you might think, maybe it is no different to a driving
licence? Well lets have a brief look into what an ID card actually is in a quick
question and answer session.

Question: What is wrong with a National ID Card?


Answer: Nothing, as long as you don't mind being a slave for the rest of your
life.
Question: How does a National ID Card make me a slave? You really are
something, I have had it with this book, its nuts.
Answer: The Card 'identifies' you as the property of the government and why
are you still reading then?
Question: What is the definition of Identify and/or Identity?
Answer: The definition of Identify and/or Identity means 'the same as.’
Question: How can a National ID Card make me the property of the
government?
Answer: The ID Card is only for legal entities, and therefore the Card
'identifies' you to be 'the same as' the legal entity (artificial person) which
exists on the Card.
Question: Who has legal title to the ID Card?
Answer: The government has legal title to the ID Card (they created it), and
therefore has legal title to the legal entity (artificial person) created thereon.
The holder of the ID Card may have equitable title (to use) the Card.
Question: What happens when I agree to have a National ID Card?
Answer: By agreeing to be identified by the Card, you have just agreed (by
contract) to be 'the same as' the legal entity which was created by the
government. In other words, you have agreed, by contract, to be owned by
the government (because they own the entity and now you have agreed to be
the same as the entity, so they own you).
Question: Can I terminate the contract if I already have a National ID Card?
Answer: No. According to contract law, unless written otherwise into the
contract, the contract will only be terminated when both parties to the contract
agree to termination. Although you may wish to terminate the contract, the
government will never agree to do so. You are their slave for life, and your
property (children, estate, etc.) becomes their property in perpetuity (forever).
Question: Who can identify me?

Page 100
Wayki Wayki SECURITY

Answer: You, your god (if he shows up), and possibly your parents (provided
babies were not swapped). Practically speaking, only YOU can identify you
for sure, nobody else.
Question: How can a government tell me who I am?
Answer: The government cannot tell you who you are, but if you agree to be
the same as their entity, now they can tell you who you are and make you
their slave.

A slave once said, "Oh master, please tell me who I am."

I am pretty sure we may be forced to have an EU ID Card in order to obtain a


passport to leave the country, we should learn, and quote, from the following
article twelve of the ‘International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights,’
which states:

• Everyone lawfully within the territory of a State shall, within that


territory, have the right to liberty of movement and freedom to choose
his residence.
• Everyone shall be free to leave any country, including his own.
• The above-mentioned rights shall not be subject to any restrictions
except those which are provided by law, are necessary to protect
national security, public order, public health or morals or the rights and
freedoms of others, and are consistent with the other rights recognized
in the present Covenant.
• No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of the right to enter his own country.

The answer to the ID Card is to know who you are and don't let anybody else
tell you who you are. Do not agree to have a National ID Card if you wish to
remain free. If you get scared when you think of non-conforming and obtain
an ID card because everyone else does, don’t come crying to me in the future.
It’s all completely up to you.

We could take this line of thought a step further and question the use of birth
certificates, these are really stock certificates, representing the preferred stock
of the corporation, and against which you are the surety; it is a document
establishing the existence of a straw man, a distinct artificial person with a
fictitious name; it is a warehouse receipt for your body; a delivery receipt; you
are owned as a corporate entity.

Why at airports do we receive clear bags in security and now amazingly


in the departure lounge for items purchased?

I am not sure if this is at all airports but in mid 2007 this was the case at
Gatwick. It was so silly, first off surely this is an invasion of privacy, I saw
people walking around a departure lounge with transparent bags containing
tampons, piles cream, condoms, magazines and other personal items on
show for all to see. There is no reason for this at all but to drum into us that
we have no privacy. Maybe the official line is something silly like, “So every

Page 101
Wayki Wayki SECURITY

one can see if you have a bomb in one of your bags,” it’s crazy, and when I
questioned it I was simply told it is was the new rules.

Why is there a 100ml limit at security within airports?

The fictional shoe bomber was the catalyst for all of this nonsense, let us note
that scientists state that liquid bombs take twenty four hours to make so
therefore could not be made on a plane. Also if one is in the toilet for over
eight or so minutes on a plane the stewardesses come along and ask what is
going on. I don’t think he was sitting there in his actual ticketed seat putting a
plastic and liquid bomb together, do you?
“Sir, could you please put your tray up and refrain from making any bombs as
we are heading into some turbulence?”

I once had an end of project social dinner in central London with some top
people from BAA. Drinks where flowing and tongues where loosened (loose
lips sink ships), a BAA manager told me it is all a scam to make people spend
more money once they get through security. “If tens of thousands of people
per day all have to buy more water, food and cosmetics it is good for their
business.”

With all the various hand baggage restrictions, life might appear confusing but
as far as shopping is concerned you can 'fly with everything you buy,’ in other
words, if you purchase any items after security control, you can take them with
you on the aircraft. This is all under the flag and logo of ‘world offers,’ well
some offer that is, confiscating items off me for no reason and then making
me buy the same items again, I feel extremely lucky and privileged to be a
part of your amazing offers, thank you and can you send me emails of any
new superb offers you come up with. I think my intelligence is being abused.

I also used to work with people who made and developed the X-ray machines,
the machines do not care if items are in a separate bag or not, nor do they
care if your laptop is in a bag or not. It is all a big fat lie and is all there to
make you believe in the 9/11 and Muslim terrorism fairy tale (which we will
dissect with much glee later).

Why were there tanks at Heathrow?

After 9/11 the UK was put on red alert, tanks where placed at Heathrow to
inject fear into people and to make people feel that their government was
protecting them, nothing more. The whole red alert colour code of terror
threat was all a load of nonsense too; “Our intelligence sources tell us that a
threat is real and an attack could happen any time now,” this message was
just to prepare us for the London bombings and to allow new control
legislations to be passed. What could a tank do anyway if someone hijacked
a jet? No ones hijacks a jet until it has fully taken off anyway as it is surely it
is easier to hijack a plane when it is level and not at forty-five degrees? If a
hijacker wanted to fly a plane into a UK building surely fighter jets would be

Page 102
Wayki Wayki SECURITY

better defence? What would the tank do anyway? Fire at the jet as it was
flying into Terminal Three at 500mph? What good would that do? Or were
we expecting a group of Islamic extremists with machine guns chanting and
dancing up the Bath road near Terminal One to miraculously appear? Don’t
laugh, its not funny, its fucking madness and the nation bought it.

This was for two things, pictures of tanks at Heathrow on the evening news is
symbolic; it generates fear and ensures people believe a terror threat is real.

From this moment I began to realise how many people in the UK are very
stupid, I began to think very differently, tanks at Heathrow, please, some
people actually decided this over some mineral water and I bet they where
laughing their socks off. At the time, when I mentioned my views on the tanks
people looked at me as though I was insane and ‘unpatriotic.’

Why are there so many CCTV units and cameras in the UK?

Why do we need over four million CCTV cameras? This constitutes over
fourteen percent of the cameras in the entire world and the average person in
the UK is on fourteen different CCTV units in a single day.

If they are there for preventative crime, most people wear hoodies now so
can’t be detected anyway.
I was in a petrol station in 2006 in the UK and I saw a sign that said, ‘You are
now being watched by a car registration CCTV and computer, if asked to stay
with your vehicle, comply, or be subject to arrest,’ what was this all about I
thought, the book 1984 sprang to mind.

I find it all extremely intrusive, are they are there simply to make us know and
get used to the fact we are being watched? Using internet style technology to
link up every CCTV to one clustered database is really not that hard to do and
when they are actually really needed, they rarely seem to work or help much
anyway. But when they do help, we really get to know about it, ‘With help
from the CCTV footage’ slogan is thrown at us again and again.
I was in (yet another) petrol station in 2007 and whilst in the queue I could see
myself on a TV that was hanging in front of the queue, when at the front I
asked the attendant (or public advisor executive) why this was here and he
shrugged his shoulders and gave me a funny look.

There are even cameras now at the rubbish tips, none more so than in the
south east of England, these are in the bins and watch what you throw away
and it is even coming to pass that the Police will soon be wearing CCTV units
within their helmets soon, just what is the world coming to?

Did you also know that if you walked around Westminster filming then it would
not take long before the Police came up to you and asked you to stop, how
come this is this so? They are filming you at the same time anyway via CCTV
but you cannot film anything? This is peddled as a free democratic society
too. Even if you photograph Nelsons column you will be stopped in the name

Page 103
Wayki Wayki SECURITY

of terror but you can then go and buy a hundred postcards of Nelsons column
up the road so it defeats the point, it is all about control, fear and the terror
story.

Why is complete invasion of privacy now being peddled as ‘security’?

I was on the beach in Spain listening to a very funny Stuart Wilde lecture from
Copenhagen after chatting to a Romanian lad who told me his brother worked
in London....as a robber, when my phone rang, “Hello is this Mr Night?,” “Err,
it might be, who wants to know?,” “We need to ask you some security
questions first, is this your phone number and are you Mr Night?,” “Look, you
phoned me and you are asking me security questions?,” “Yes, can you please
confirm some details for security?,” “Look, I will show you some of my own
security” and hung up. This sort of thing is rife in the UK, it is just so invasive,
I don’t even know these people are and they come into my life treating me like
a barcode and know lots about me.
Many people do not see a problem with this, and feel it is all a nice protection
blanket from terror, these are the people that will be willing to be microchipped
in the coming years and will give willingly to the European DNA database and
feel they are being vigilant. Sigh.

In 2007 the Guardian reported that Britain's twelve year old DNA database is
the largest of any country in the world, growing by over thirty thousand
samples a month. According to the Home Office website, over five percent of
the UK population is on the database, compared with just half a percent in the
US. Shami Chakrabarti, the director of the human rights organisation Liberty
said, "The DNA debate reveals just how casual some people have become
about the value of personal privacy."

Soon Google Street View will allow anyone in the world to type in a UK
address or postcode and instantly see a 360-degree picture of the street.
It will include close-ups of buildings, cars and people. Critics say the site is a
'burglar's charter' that makes it easy for criminals to check out potential
victims.

The strapline being thrust upon people again and again is, “If you have
nothing to hide, what is the problem.” Please do not fall for this.

Why is no one really secure in their own home anymore?

If one finds an intruder in ones home and pelts him one with a lump of wood
or metal then one gets arrested for assault. So what is one supposed to do,
stay in bed and pretend you are asleep until the intruder has taken your
possessions away?
The UK government plan a good look around each of our homes soon to see
if they can raise our council tax bands, for instance, if they see a greenhouse
or shed or extension then wallop, more tax will be required. This has cost the

Page 104
Wayki Wayki SECURITY

tax payer over half a million pounds on digital cameras for the tax inspectors
from the Valuation Office Agency.
If out of principal you do not pay for one of your over estimated fuel bills or a
speeding fine from going 3mph over a limit, then bailiffs can come in your
house too, here is some advice; do not answer the door or answer or say you
are a friend looking after the house.

***

We have slowly turned into a police state, our freedoms have been taken
away in the name of security from terror and millions buy into it. This is a
strategy thought out around a table by extremely intelligent people and
painstakingly planned. One cannot even protest anymore, the ‘George Bush
Not Welcome Here’ demonstration in June 2008 was the first time a peaceful
demonstration was denied the right to march peacefully up Whitehall and past
Downing Street. At the time, George Bush was having dinner with Gordon
Brown and, wait for it, Rupert Murdoch. Enforcing this ban on the march, the
unprovoked police attacked protestors with metal batons creating head
wounds. This is all very reminiscent of George Orwell’s 1984 novel, but at
present nobody seems to mind and “politics is boring, but did you see what
happened on Big Brother last night?” Is the main thought construct apparent
on this island of madness.

“If you think of yourselves as helpless and ineffectual, it is certain that you will create
a despotic government to be your master. The wise despot.....maintains among his
subjects a popular sense that they are helpless and ineffectual.”
Frank Herbert

Page 105
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

GOVERNMENT
The funny thing is, in this chapter about governments I won’t even mention
labour and conservative or republican and democratic differences as they are
all part of a movie played to us by the media. The UK is already part of the
European un-elected government and there is no going back now.

Why did a trade agreement with Europe slowly turn into a European
government without any public discussion or voting?

Well I was not asked once, where you? Still, in the UK many people think this
is a good thing and embrace it. If you are educated in this matter you will
know this is all about central control and goes back to Hitler. It was planned
to happen via stealth and from our joining in 1972 the public was made to
believe it was solely for a trade agreement and for our benefit.

Want to read some facts about Europe you won’t get from politicians or the
media? Thought so, here goes and bear in mind I have only picked out a few,
there are many more.

• Hardly any citizens in any of the twenty seven nations in the EU has
ever been asked if they wanted to join the EU, the ones from Ireland,
France and Holland that were asked all said no and were ignored.
• The EU was conceived in the 22nd June 1940 speech on forming the
EEC by Herman Goering.
• Valéry Marie René Giscard d'Estaing, a Bilderberger and member of
the secret society, the Knights of Malta, was the main architect of the
EU constitution (re-named to ‘treaty’ to stop dissent).
• The EU spends millions of pounds a year telling UK university students
the value of the UK being part of the EU.
• The new Regional Assemblies will mean the end of the UK.
• Labour promised a pubic referendum in the UK as part of their 2005
election manifesto, this never happened.
• The EU keeps files on people who might one day be suspected of
doing something contrary to EU law. The EU keeps at least fifty
different types of information about each suspect (including racial
origins, religion and political affiliations).
• The European Court of Justice now has the authority to overturn laws
made by the UK parliament and verdicts delivered by UK courts.
European courts and laws now take precedence over UK courts and
laws.
• The new EU army of 60,000 soldiers will soon replace the UK army.
The UK army will disappear or swear an oath to the EU.
• Every new EU law, directive and regulation must be translated into
each of 21 official EU languages. The EU has to have thousands of
skilled and honest interpreters able to translate Estonian into Polish,
Czech into Maltese, Dutch into Hungarian etc. There are 420 possible
interpreting combinations.

Page 106
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

• The EU has the constitution of a dictatorship.


• The EU has the laws of a police state which will be enforced after the
sixth treaty is ratified.
• The 111,000 regulations will make us all subject to continual arrest
under the SOCPA (Serious Organised Crime and Police Act) 2005 act.
• There are now over 3000 ‘Crimes against the EU state’ on the British
statute book (hopefully this book may make that one more).
• We will be stopped on the street for continual checks on our EU ID
cards from 2009.
• The EU Constitution will replace the British Constitution (currently
planned for May 2009).
• The EU’s road pricing and ID chips will keep the state informed of our
exact position.
• Huge taxes and fines by the EU's road pricing, congestion charging
and global warming policies will be introduced.
• The EU regionalisation plan will abolish 48 counties in favour of 9 EU
regions.
• The 9 EU regions will report direct to Brussels, not to Westminster,
which will be defunct.
• The EU regionalisation plan will abolish the UK’s 20,000 councillors.
• British common law was mainly replaced by EU corpus Juris by
1992.
• The EU's main subversive organisation in Britain, Common Purpose, is
run from the ODPM (Office of the Deputy Prime Minister).
• The EU's Common Purpose has trained over 20,000 local leaders for
‘the post democratic era.’
• Common Purpose has been inside the NHS for twenty years, it controls
it and has wrecked it.
• Common Purpose has four hundred staff inside the BBC censoring
anti-EU news and current affairs.
• Common Purpose has staff in hundreds of local newspapers censoring
anti-EU news.
• Common Purpose is transferring power from councillors to the un-
elected council executives.
• Common Purpose has built the EU gravy trains inside local and
national government.
• Fraud costs the EU over £4bn pounds a year.
• The EU has thousands of offshore bank accounts from which it pays
bribes.
• EU Constitution is similar to the Soviet one and EU Commissioners are
similar to Soviet Politburo members.
• The EU parliament is a sham with no power just like the old Soviet
parliament.
• The leadership of the Conservative Party has been controlled by the
EU since the 1960's.
• The Labour and Liberal Democrat leaderships have been controlled by
the EU since the 1980’s.

Page 107
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

• The Amsterdam Treaty 1997 gave the EU control of UK immigration,


now running at over a million a year.

That all makes a nice little read does it not? If this is the first time you have
read any of this do you feel a bit like you have been kept in the dark? Check it
out for yourself as I am not asking one person to believe anything in the book.

One point of note within this list are the facts related to ‘Common Purpose,’
this is a stealth parasite that is getting into everything at a local level, I cannot
implore you enough to research more about this issue yourself, for this book,
we need to move on though as much more needs to be covered but note that
Common Purpose is full of lower level Freemasons as is the current police
force in the UK and many people (like Joe Stirling, veteran victim of
Freemasonry) believe common purpose is Freemasonry just going under a
different guise.

In late 2007 there was a national new story in the UK about Gordon Brown
being late for a signing of another EU treaty in Lisbon, the news reports were
all about the unknown stand-in labour MP who was sent for the signing
ceremony, and why Gordon was late for the meeting. We should remember
here that just like way the words ‘poll tax’ were changed to ‘council tax,’ the
EU ‘constitution’ was changed to ‘treaty,’ both instances were successful in
reducing pubic disdain.
Not one news agency on any channel touched upon what the signing actually
was, and it was obvious that the story of Gordon being late was a
smokescreen. Surely it did not matter if the cheeky girls signed the treaty, as
the who signed it was not the point, it was the fact that it was signed at all and
this should of been the news item.
Neil O'Brien, from the ‘I Want a Referendum’ campaign, said, "This is a
ludicrous attempt to avoid being seen signing up to the treaty. The idea that
this is just an accidental diary clash is just not credible.”

Under the new treaty signed in Lisbon, fifty-five national vetoes, allowing
Britain and any member state to block EU measures that are against their
national interests are scrapped outright. Even after Ireland saying ‘No’ in
June 2008, the House of Lords in the UK cleared the way for a ratification of
the treaty when it rejected a Conservative bid to force a referendum (that was
promised to the people). Does anyone listen to the people anymore? The
strange thing was that the news was all about how the treaty can stay on track
and be saved and how Ireland can stay within the treaty, surely the news
should of been about people not wanting something and dictators pushing
ahead with it. The UK reiterated that they would ratify this treaty with no
referendum and when I looked about no ones seemed to care, everyone was
more interested in the new big brother TV series and what they were going to
do at the weekend. It is all very scary. Apathy, apathy, apathy.

To me, the whole Ireland ‘no vote’ was planned to get the Europe agenda
back into the public domain, it was only just over a fifty three percent no vote
and will be overturned with some fine tuning of the treaty. This is how the elite
work and for weeks after the Ireland vote the European treaty was in the news

Page 108
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

every day and back in the public arena with the angle of the news all about
how to get the treaty back on track.
I was going to predict here that Mr Blair was going to become the first prime
minister of the EU but this has already come to pass with the announcement
of his campaign, as you read this he may already be in (this statement is
being written in June 2008).
Some quotes Blair made during his Paris speech to two thousand supporters
of Nicolas Sarkozy, the French PM, are below, these where reported by Alex
Duval Smith in The Observer in January 2008;

“Europe is not a question of left or right, but a question of the future or the
past, of strength or weakness, it's about today versus yesterday. Less about
politics and more about a state of mind; open as opposed to closed.”

“Terrorism, security, immigration, organised crime, energy, the environment,


science, biotechnology and higher education. In all these areas, and others,
we are much stronger and able to deliver what our citizens expect from us as
individual nations if we are part of a strong and united Europe.”

Terrorism, security, immigration, organised crime, energy, the environment,


science, biotechnology, higher education and lets add in food shortages are
all parts of the lies and secret agenda under the elites control.

We need to note that Mr Blair in January 2008 became a ‘part-time advisor’ to


the banking giant JP Morgan Chase, he is fully in with the international
bankers, just as he as always been.

Why do many people not know of the Bilderberg Group?

What is the Bilderberg group?

Around a one hundred and twenty member list (the invitational list can change
each year) of the Worlds elite from the US, Western Europe and primarily
NATO countries. Their goal is a One World government / NWO (New World
Order) run by hand picked puppets, the end goal is to:

• Consolidate everything.
• Commercialise everything.
• Classify everything.
• Claim everything.
• Control everything and everyone.

There is a near media blackout about the Bilderberg Group by the controlled
media. The heads of the media are Bilderbergers themselves!

They have been hosting secret meetings yearly since 1954 at secret
locations. The first location was at the Hotel de Bilderberg in Oosterbeek,
Holland (hence the name) and since then at various locations all around the

Page 109
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

world. They link to the Trilateral Commission (Europe, Africa and Asia), the
Council on Foreign Relations (CFR and US based), the think tank the Club of
Rome and other think tanks like the Royal Institute of International Affairs.
Together with the Bilderberg Group, this is all meshed together and known to
many as ‘The Round Table.’

Many members have positions on more than one of these groups and the
political parties we see on the TV fall way down the pyramid when it comes to
decisions and power. In a nutshell, this elite grouping runs the main world
political bodies (including the EU, the US, the UN, NATO, NAFTA and APEC)
and controls the mainstream media with all the main media moguls being
members.

The Trilateral Commission, officially founded in June 1973 by David


Rockefeller and Zbigniew Brzezinski was created because the already
established organizations, like the UN, were too slow in establishing a World
government. This commission consists of the industrial and commercial
giants of the ‘trilateral nations;’ USA, Japan and Western Europe. The
members all are of the Elite, coming from different branches of Freemasonry
world-wide to give the Bilderbergers a broader political basis. The two
hundred members are permanent and in this case this is different from the
Bilderbergers, who are invited (except for the permanent Steering
Committee).

The Trilateral Commission controls through the CFR members the whole U.S.
economy, politics, military, oil, energy and media lobbies. The members are
chairmen of different companies, bankers, real estate agents, economists,
scientists, lawyers, publishers, politicians, union leaders, presidents of
foundations and media men.

"The Trilateral Commission is intended to be the vehicle for multinational


consolidation of the commercial and banking interests by seizing control of the
political government of the United States. The Trilateral Commission represents a
skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centres of power
political, monetary, intellectual and ecclesiastical. What the Trilateral Commission
intends is to create a worldwide economic power superior to the political
governments of the nationstates involved. As managers and creators of the system,
they will rule the future."
US Senator Barry Goldwater, With No Apologies

"The Council on Foreign Relations is "the establishment." Not only does it have
influence and power in key decision-making positions at the highest levels of
government to apply pressure from above, but it also announces and uses
individuals and groups to bring pressure from below, to justify the high level
decisions for converting the US. from a sovereign Constitutional Republic into a
servile member state of a one-world dictatorship."
Former Congressman John Rarick, 1971

Page 110
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

Who goes to Bilderberg meetings and what is on their agenda?

The attendees are a global mix of royalty, finance leaders, ministers,


corporate chiefs, media chiefs, senators and members of ‘The Round Table.’
The Bilderberg Group is led by the founding Rockefellers and Rothschilds.

The agenda includes progress towards the One World government, Global
Politics, War, Banking, Oil Prices, Media, Taxes, Environment, Education,
selecting what people will go into what jobs of extreme power and Corporate
shakes and moves.

The extremely compelling documentary Endgame by Alex Jones (never to be


seen on TV that’s for sure) follows the Bilderbergers to the 2006 meeting in
Ottawa, as he is well known as a ‘truther’ in the US he was detained at the
airport in Ottawa for hours on his way there. Jones and other reporters where
not allowed onto the Hotel campus where the Bilderberg meeting was held
due to the security. The meetings usually have a ring of private black suit
security, then police, then different secret services representing their nations
delegation (CIA, MI5, Mossad etc) and this one was no different.
During the filming, Jones went into the city centre and tried to tell the public
that the worlds elite were holding a secret meeting in their city, they all look at
him as though he was crazy, and walk away putting their iPod earphones
back in.
At the meeting, as bullet proof cars with tinted windows arrived, many
attendees went straight to an underground car park as not to be seen.

Some facts about some of the Bilderberg meetings:

• Edward Heath, Howard Wilson and Dennis Healy where all


Bilderbergers.
• In the 1970’s unknowns Thatcher and Reagan where invited to
Bilderberg meetings and soon both came into power, for many years to
follow, both sides of the Atlantic had united policies, especially
economically. It is worth noting that when Reagan was in ‘power’ one
of his special advisors to the NATO security council was David
Rockefeller.
• In 1991, unknown Arkansaw politician, Bill Clinton was invited to the
Bilderberg meeting in Germany.
• Rupert Murdoch and Conrad Black (Conrad’s Hollinger Group at one
stage owned over 400 newspapers in the UK, US and Isreal) are both
Bilderbergers.
• Ian Duncan Smith was rubbished in the media was ousted from power
in the UK as he was championing a referendum in the UK over Europe.
Definitely not a Bilderberger.
• In 1993 a young Tony Blair was invited to the Bilderberg meeting in
Greece with Kenneth Clarke. Soon after he was head of the Labour
party. When he was head of Labour, Rupert Murdoch (BIlderberger)
moved all of his newspapers from backing Conservative to backing
Labour to tell many of the organic receptive robots of the UK what to

Page 111
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

do. The people in ‘The Round Table’ are smart, they have the power
and control to cover all angles.
• In 1999, Steven Spielberg, Pope John Paul II, Ted Turner, Boris
Yeltsin, Bill Clinton and House Speaker Dennis Hastert all went to the
Bilderberg meeting in Portugal.
• In 2006 Hilary Clinton and Obama attended the Bilderberg meeting in
Ottawa, and Paul Joseph Watson reported in June 2008 that Clinton
and Obama had held a Secret Bilderberg Rendezvous in Northern
Virginia. What was the only political ‘event’ taking place in Northern
Virginia at that time? The Bilderberg Group meeting of course. Rather
than taking the easier option of meeting at Clinton's Washington
mansion, Obama and Hillary went out of their way to grace the
Bilderberg elitists with their presence. We should note here that
Obama is a distant cousin of George Bush and they are linked by
Samuel Hinkley of Cape Cod, who died in 1662. Obama is also a
distant cousin of the actor Brad Pitt while Hilary Clinton is related to Mr
Pitt's girlfriend, Angelina Jolie. Whilst we are on the subject of Hilary,
let us look at some inverted pentagrams (look at the stars on the flag)
at one of her speeches, we will look into the relevance of this later on,
this is surely an innocent mistake we say.......at the moment.

• Bilderderberg has been trying since 1992 to ‘establish a UN tax’ which


would be used to finance their globalist-oriented programs. Of course,
the brunt of this tax would fall on American workers, and it appears this
is being spearheaded by Barack Obama. In February 2008, an
Obama-sponsored bill called the ‘Global Poverty Act’ was referred to
the Senate Foreign Relations Committee after passing the House.
What this bill would do, in effect, is levy a global tax on the United
States where an additional seven tenths of one percent of the gross
national product would be earmarked to foreign aid. Assisting Obama
in his endeavours are two longtime CFR members Sen. Richard Lugar,
who has been called Obama’s mentor, and Sen. Joseph Biden. Both
have attended secret Bilderberg meetings and have been influential in
trying to ratify the UN’s Law of the Sea Treaty (LOST). One political

Page 112
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

commentator has stated that this bill “would effectively turn control of
seven-tenths of the Earth’s surface over to the UN.”

The difference between Obama and Clinton or Brown and Cameron are akin
to the differences between Dixons and Curries, the Happy Eater and Little
Chef or Fairy and Persil.
There is none.
It is all a front.
And millions get suckered in due to the controlled media repeating a story. It is
clever, smart, and premeditated, and in your face repetition is the key.

You spend years of building up a belief system you are comfortable with and
when something comes along that wants to smash a belief system to shreds,
your belief system stands strong and does not want to budge, it says, “Oy
you, I have been here for ages, this is my spot and I’m not going anywhere.”
I understand it and it’s like a tug of war battle, but the truth is the truth and the
facts are facts. The only analogy I can give is when one is told a relative is
deceased or maybe if you are told someone has cheated on you. Your mind
does not want to believe it, it is the same wiring in your brain being tugged at.
Some advice if you are having this tug of war currently is that you just need to
feel information out, how does certain information feel to you? Does it feel
right? Does it resonate true with you? Try not to use mainstream News
stories when ‘feeling’ this out.

So, how do a few hundred people run the whole political and financial world?
Easy, put the people at the top of different important groups and nations and
make sure they are all good at lying. Talking of lying, lets expose another one
of Blairs Bilderberg lies, bit of an easy target I know because he lies so often
(whenever he opens his mouth), but still fun to do none the less.

In 2006 Liberal Democrat MP, Norman Baker asked Blair to provide a full
answer to a previous 12th October question about Bilderberg and whether
Blair had had any involvement in Bilderberg Conferences since he had
become Prime Minister in 1997.

The entry in the House of Commons is as follows:

Prime Minister
Bilderberg Group
Norman Baker: To ask the Prime Minister pursuant to the answer of 12
October 2006, Official Report, column 862W, on the Bilderberg Group, if he
will provide the information requested in respect of himself since 1997.
[95308]
The Prime Minister: I have not attended any such meetings.”

Is Blair telling the truth? Certainly he has lied about previous attendances to
Bilderberg meetings, most notably the 1993 conference which he attended
before he'd even become leader of his own party. One year after his
attendance Blair became leader of the Labour party and a rapid rise to power,

Page 113
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

culminating in his election as Prime Minister in 1997 that baffled many political
analysts.
In 1998 an MP asked Blair the same question to which he gave the same
answer; that he had never attended a Bilderberg meeting. However, the
evidence clearly shows he was there. A number of media reports, plus the
official Bilderberg attendee list confirm that Blair attended the Bilderberg
meeting in Athens in 1993, and furthermore, Parliamentary records prove he
was there with long term member, and supposed opposition party stalwart
Ken Clarke.

Bilderberg has a proven history of acting in a kingmaker capacity, yet they are
un-elected and unaccountable to anyone. Their directives are driven towards
undermining national sovereignty and establishing a world order that benefits
their elite interests. Both Bill Clinton and Tony Blair were ‘groomed’ by
Bilderberg before becoming President and Prime Minister and even a part of
the mainstream media once reported that Bilderberg selected John Edwards
as John Kerry's running mate in 2004.

Further Parliamentary records indicate that the shadow Chancellor of the


Exchequer attended the Bilderberg conference in the year 2006. This is
interesting given that Gordon Brown, a man that was on the verge of
becoming the next Prime Minister attended the Bilderberg Conference when
he was shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer in 1991.
A House of Lords minute entry from 11th October 2006 also indicates that an
answer is required on whether any ministers attended the Bilderberg
Conference in 2006:

“The Lord Stoddart of Swindon, To ask Her Majesty's government whether


any Ministers attended the Bilderberg Conference in Ottawa between 8th and
11th June; if so, whether they attended in a Ministerial or private capacity;
whether they made contributions to debates; and, if so, on which subjects.
[CO] (HL7569)”

Page 114
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

There are even higher forces working with and behind ‘The Round Table’ and
we will come to that in due course. The rabbit hole goes very deep and you
have to decide if you want to take the red pill or the blue pill?

"You take the blue pill and the story ends. You wake in your bed and you believe
whatever you want to believe, you take the red pill
and you stay in Wonderland and I show you how deep
the rabbit-hole goes."
The Film ‘The Matrix’

“The real menace of our republic is this invisible government which like a giant
octopus sprawls its slimy length over city, state and nation......at the head of this
octopus is the Rockefeller Standard Oil interests and a small group of powerful
banking houses generally referred to as International bankers. The little coterie of
powerful international bankers virtually run the US government for their own selfish
purpose. They practically control both political parties.”
New York City Mayor John F. Hylan in 1922

“The Interests behind the Bush Administration, such as the Council on Foreign
Relations and the Trilateral commission, founded by Brzezinski for David Rockefeller
and the Bilderberg Group have prepared for and are now moving to implement
open world dictatorship within the next few years.”
Dr Johannes Koeppl, former German Defense Ministry Official and advisor to NATO

"Mr. President, a careful examination of what is happening behind the scenes


reveals that all of these interests are working in concert with the masters of the
Kremlin in order to create what some refer to as a New World Order. Private
organizations such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of
International Affairs, the Trilateral Commission, the Dartmouth Conference, the
Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies, the Atlantic Institute, and the Bilderberger
Group serve to disseminate and to coordinate the plans for this so-called New World
Order in powerful business, financial, academic, and official circles."
Senator Jesse Helm, before Senate in1987

Why do so many people believe The War on Terror is real?

The media repeats it to us daily and drums into us ‘The War on Terror,’ I quite
like a quote from the Borat movie where Borat said to American in Alabama ‘I
support your war of terror,’ very funny.
If you try and move out of this box you are deemed as being unpatriotic or
even a terrorist yourself, that’s a nice little defence mechanism the elite put in
place.
It is a big fat lie to keep people in fear, enable money generating illegal wars,
allow more control legislations over the people and create more division
between the west and Muslims. This will be proven as we progress in the
book but just for now think about how Hitler did the same with the Reichstag
and called that terrorism.

Page 115
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

More like Target: The off button on the remote and go and find ways of
thinking for yourself.

Rupert Murdoch (media mogul) predicted oil would be cheaper after the war
and this was his reason backing the Iraq invasion. Before the war it was
twenty dollars a barrel and now it is around one hundred dollars. Have people
really forgotten the lies about weapons of mass destruction too and the story
about David Kelly who was found dead in the woods?

Post 9/11 enough money has been spent on the phoney war on terror to feed,
sanitise, water and educate every child on the planet.
In Iraq there are many reports of US and UK agents helping both sides of the
sectarian feuds, none more famous than the story about SAS men 2005 in
Basra dressed as Arabs shooting Iraqi policemen. These where caught and
detained in Basra only for the British army to bust them out of prison with
tanks. The news in the UK reported the tank bust and rescue as heroic and
was glorified, but it was never mentioned what they were imprisoned for.

Destabilisation of Iraq is what is actually wanted, the country can then be


divided up and controlled and used as military bases against Iran. The people

Page 116
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

of Iraq are getting manipulated into destroy each other by division and agents
feeding both sides. Think this is first time this had happened? Think about
the Israeli and Palestine assassinations throughout the 1980’s, it is well
documented that agents fed both sides here too.

In 2003, Amnesty International's 2003 annual report stated: "The war on


terror, far from making the world a safer place, has made it more dangerous
by curtailing human rights, undermining the rule of international law and
shielding governments from scrutiny. Governments have spent billions to
strengthen national security and the war on terror, yet for millions of people,
the real sources of insecurity are corruption, repression, discrimination,
extreme poverty and preventable diseases.“

Some facts about the war on terror and the invasion of Iraq, all in the name of
freedom:
• 500,000 children in Iraq died as a result of economic sanctions
imposed leading up to the second Iraq war, this was stated by the UN
in 1995. Madeleine Albright, secretary of state said on the 60 minutes
TV programme in the US, “I think this is a very hard choice, but the
price, we think the price is worth it.”
• The Associated Press in April 2008 stated Some three hundred
thousand U.S. troops are suffering from major depression or post-
traumatic stress from serving in the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.
• Michael Meacher, an ex-Labour front bencher stated that Washington’s
war on terrorism was being “used largely as bogus cover for achieving
wider US strategic geopolitical objectives.” He was removed from
politics on the quiet.
• Sir Richard Dearlove, ex-head of MI6 was instrumental in helping take
the UK into the illegal war with Iraq and was quoted as saying the facts
were being fixed around the policy of regime change in Iraq.
• In 1993 Rumsfeld went to Iraq to sell chemical weapon that they could
use against Iran, then a few years later they needed to remove
Saddam as he had Weapons of Mass Destruction.
• Cluster bombs are used in Iraq along with uranium pollution but hey,
celebrity Linsey Lohan is in rehab as she has been drinking too much
and this is deemed much more horrific?
• The Carlyle Group has strong links to the Bushes and are involved with
weapons sales and government contracts. One major client was the
Bin Laden family.
• Bin Laden had help from the CIA for training troops against the Soviets
in the 1990’s and this was been backed up by Michael Springman, a
US consulate, and Robin Cook, the Labour MP in the UK. Robin went
on to say that Al-Qaida just related to the name of the database of the
troops the CIA trained. Robin Cook died in strange circumstances in
2005.
• Blackwater is the private security and American government's
mercenary group that was found guilty of humanitarian crimes of
unarmed Iraqi civilians. They had been kicked out of Iraq but what's
not being told is that they been sent back to patrol the streets of Iraq.

Page 117
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

• Journalist Greg Palast reported that the Bush administration told US


intelligence agents to ‘back off’ Bin Laden.
• There is a de-classified document named ‘Project for the new American
Century’ written in 2000 and all the neo-cons are behind this document.
Some quotes from this document are:
o “The US has for decades sought to play a more permanent role
in Gulf regional security. While the unresolved conflict with Iraq
provides the immediate justification, the need for a substantial
US force presence in the Gulf transcends the issue of Saddam
Hussein.”
o “Fight and decisively win multiple, simultaneous major theatre
wars.”
o “Process of transformation is likely to be a long one, absent
some catastrophic and catalyzing event like a new pearl harbor.”

Let us not forget the illegal war in Afghanistan that is based around a new oil
pipeline and has a killed near a quarter of the population. This is genocide but
in UK it is main news when one soldier gets killed and the nation is
brainwashed to morn. We must remember that Afghanistan gave the US over
seventy thousand dollars in aid after hurricane Katrina. On a news item on
Radio1 in June 2008 a British Army Major in Afghanistan said that he wanted
to leave the country better governed, what, like the UK? Don’t make me laugh
and who is this major to decide how a country is governed, why is he not in
Zimbabwe then? Few world bodies care much for Zimbabwe because there is
nothing to gain there.

The ‘Project for the new American Century’ is a document that really must be
looked at if any of you think this chapter is written by a conspiracy nut, get all
of the information and then feel it out. To have your views implanted on you
from the mainstream media alone is dangerous and you need to put your
head outside the box because all is not as it seems.

Since the Second World War the US has bombed over one hundred countries
and since the UN creation there has been more wars since recorded history
began.

Even TV shows like ‘24’ and computer games for children such as ‘Call of
Duty 3’ have ‘evil Muslim terrorists’ and are all a part of the official line of
indoctrinating the masses.

I have one example of media lies in this arena I wish to share; when the
statue of Saddam was toppled we were shown thousands of locals
celebrating, but the famous over-used picture shown below has been proved
to have ‘copy and pasted’ people within it, akin to ‘Where’s Wally.’

Page 118
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

But the actual plaza was near empty, circled by three tanks, enclosed by
marines, and full of press (who were housed in the opposite Palestinian
Hotel). Notice the military vehicle with a chain pulling down the statue, this
was a media staged event to make us believe it was a mass uprising. Turn off
your TV, please.

Page 119
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

“Oil is too important to be left to the Arabs.”


Henry Kissinger

Here is the name Henry Kissinger once more, he keeps popping up, what is
his story? Kissinger is a high level Bilderberger and has worked for various
US Presidents as National Security Advisor, Secretary of State and has
always had dominant roles within US Foreign Policy. We could write a whole
book on his war crimes, but let us just note for now he was instrumental in the
deaths of millions within Vietnam, East Timor, Southern and Central America
and the chaos in Cambodia. This man is one of the worst war criminals alive
and has links to the murder and kidnapping project Operation Condor. Other
quotes from this man are:

“Power is the ultimate aphrodisiac.”

“The illegal we do immediately. The unconstitutional takes a little longer.”

“It [The New World Order] cannot happen without U.S. participation, as we are the
most significant single component. Yes, there will be a New World Order, and it will
force the United States to change its perceptions.”

“Control oil and you control nations; control food and you control the people; control
money and you control the world.”

“America doesn't have friends, America only has interests.”

Page 120
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

Why are our civil liberties being slowly taken away?

To keep people under control.


Recent laws and acts passed since 9/11 have impeached freedoms in the US
and UK, all under the name of terror. A small sample of these are:

• Taking photographs of landmarks can now be classified as 'terrorist


reconnaissance.'
• People can now be held without charge for 42 days in the UK with no
charge. This is not a free country, this is dictatorship.
• Being caught in possession of a map has been prosecuted as 'having
information likely to be useful to a terrorist.'
• Protesting outside the people's Parliament is now a crime unless the
state has first granted permission.
• You can now be arrested for wearing a t-shirt a policeman doesn't like.
• Your DNA and fingerprints can be taken and stored indefinitely, even if
you haven't committed a crime.
• Everyone from young children to old age pensioners are actively being
targeted under anti-terrorist legislation and this legislation is being used
to suppress dissent and opposition to the government, its policies and
the way it enforces them.

Currently the average citizens freedom is less than it has ever been and few
people mind due to the belief that it is for our protection against ‘terror.’
Once you have read the 9/11 and 7/7 sections of this book, it will all make
much more sense.

Why does hardly anyone in the US, Canada or Mexico (or anywhere)
know of the already planned North American Union?

The North American Union aims to link up Canada, America and Mexico in
exactly the same way as what is going on Europe. They will use the new
currency ‘the Amero’ and this union will be linked in economic policy to the

Page 121
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

EU. The US constitution will cease to exist, not that there is much left of it
now anyway.

NAFTA and APEC are being used as vehicles on the road to the North
American Union. In March 2005 in Mexico all three governments made the
official agreement, and in September 2006 it was leaked after a meeting in
Canada and Chris Cobb reported it in ‘The Ottawa Citizen.’ The judicial watch
asked for the agenda from the meetings and the federal agencies refused, but
after pressure they released many of the documents revealing more of the
shadow government.

This has all bypassed congress, and Robert Pastor is one of the main men
involved in the North American Union.

There is a near media blackout on this at present except for brave CNN
commentator, Lou Dobbs, who continually brings this subject to

In April 2007 Bush and EU leaders met up at the white house, Bush said, “I
would like to thank the Chancellor (of the EU, Angela Merkel) very much for
the trans-Atlantic economic integration plan.”
The Chancellor said “this is indeed a very important agreement, an agreement
that also brings with it a trans-Atlantic economic council to be a permanent
body with senior people on both sides of the Atlantic.”
Carbon tax was also peddled once again at this meeting.

It is worth noting here that there is an African union controlled by the elite and
that APEC and ASEAN (also controlled) have announced the plan for the
Asian union.

The world will be divided into three big chunks, the EU and the North
American Union as one, then the African Union and the Asian Union. The one
world government will sit above this and control it all very easily. We are not
far away from this.

Still do not believe me? Let us look into some research and quotes from Hal
Turner from the Denver Mint web site.

Turner stated, “I was sent professional images of actual Amero coins by


someone in the US Treasury! The person included a note saying they like my
radio show and are frightened by what's been going on in secret within our
government.” Then he researched more into the story by getting in touch with
his US Treasury source, “I reached out to the person in the Treasury who first
alerted me to the coins. That person told me, "The shit hit the fan around
here when your story ran." The person went on to say, "They told everyone in
all the Mints that anyone revealing information about the Amero would be fired
and perhaps even criminally prosecuted for endangering national security."

Turner also claims he now has some actual coins and that North Carolina has
become the first US state to place the logo of the yet-to-be-formed North
American Union on its official state identification. North Carolina has also

Page 122
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

issued a Driver License bearing the logo of the North American Union
according to Turner.

I know some smart American people who know this is coming and they know
the American economy is being sailed down the river by the banking
dynasties to further their agenda. What these people have done is buy gold,
and not just a deed to gold, they have the real stuff hidden in their properties.
You may call this paranoid but these people are highly intelligent and
understand the money system and who controls it in the US more than I ever
will.

“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time magazine and
other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected
their promises of discretion for almost 40 years.”
David Rockefeller

“There will be in the next generation or so a pharmacological method of making


people love their servitude and producing dictatorships without tears, so to speak.
Producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies so that people
will in fact have their liberties taken away from them but will rather enjoy it, because
they will be distracted from any desire to rebel – by propaganda, brainwashing, or
brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods; and this seems to be the
final revolution.”
Aldus Huxley The Final Revolution speech 1959, California Medical University

Why is the C02 global warming message shoved down our necks with
from all angles?

Global warming, or climate change or whatever buzzword being used this


week is one of the vehicles (along with terror, food and the economy) being
used so that the public will accept the one world government. Sound crazy?
Read on.
In a leaked report titled ‘The First Global Revolution’ (1991) published by The
Club of Rome (the globalist think tank linked to the Bilderberg group) there is
the following statement, "In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came
up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages,
famine and the like would fit the bill.... All these dangers are caused by human
intervention... The real enemy, then, is humanity itself."
Lets look at some facts about global warming:

• The elite claim CO2 is killing the earth so tax was increased on petrol,
natural gas and electricity.
• The sun is becoming hotter and has been increasing for one hundred
years.
• The solar system is heating up.
o The polar caps on Mars are melting and receding at several
miles a year (National Geographic News state this among many
other sources).

Page 123
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

o The ice moons of Jupiter and Saturn have melted and are now
seas.
• Dr. Mike Lockwood, has discovered that in the last century, the overall
strength of the Sun’s magnetic field has more than doubled, becoming
230% stronger than it was in 1901.
• Via schools, kids are taught the official line on global warming.

When truther Alex Jones phoned David Rothschild to talk about global
warming in 2007, Alex told him about the ice melting on Mars and on the
moons of Jupiter and Saturn; he said “how are SUV’s (Sport Utility Vehicle,
4x4 to those in the UK) causing that David Rothschild?” Rothschild replied,
“That is because those planets are closer to the sun my friend,” “No that’s not
correct” replied Alex, “This is my final point, to get at your taxation theory, it is
not taxation” Rothschild concluded. This interview was not mentioned in any
mainstream media.

So the gas guzzling 4x4 in Hertfordshire one drives the kids to school in
before going to get ones nails done causes Jupiter’s Ice moons to melt?
Please, it is just not funny anymore.
Al Gore headed up a film about global warming called ’An Inconvenient Truth,’
it made out humans where all to blame for global warming and was shown on
all airlines and was advertised very well. Al Gore is a puppet of the elite and
the alternative documentary ‘The Great Global Warming Swindle’ supports the
theory that the sun is the main catalyst for global warming. Many top
scientists back this documentary instead too. Watch both and see what you
feel......or make out you don’t have time and go and watch ‘holidays from hell’
instead.
Here is a picture showing the size of the earth next to the sun, now if the sun
heats up a few degrees or is in a solar flares or sun spot season will this do
nothing to the earth? Nope, it’s all to do with carbon we are told, and even
worse, our youth at schools and universities are indoctrinated with the same
message.

Page 124
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

Al Gore and Hilary had the following conversation in front of a large


committee:
Gore: “Put a price on the carbon and tax is the best way, cap and trade can
also do it”
Clinton: “If there were a carbon based tax, would there be a need for an
economy wide cap and trade system?”
Gore: “They are not either or, we can do both, I am in favour of both”

And by the way Al Gore is a descendant of Edward I and cousin of President


Nixon, he is also a direct descendant from Charlemagne and therefore related
to G.W Bush, we will look at bloodlines soon.

Yes, the human pollution does not help the earth with pollution, but large
manufacturers and corporations do more damage than the average person by
far. If the elite really cared for the environment surely they would:

• Help and educate India in lowering its unrivalled pollution (any of you
been to Delhi?)
• Explain what is going on with HAARP technology in Alaska.
• Make all cars electric in the next few years by simply forcing the rich
manufacturers to change their engines.
• Get all non conforming countries to sign the Kyoto agreement
• Stop cutting down the Amazon rain forest (often deemed earth lungs)
with the knowledge that 30% has been cut down in the last 50 years.
• Stop the amount of paper being thrust through millions of letterboxes
by way of junk mail and endless advertising supplements.
• Instead of spending money on putting cameras at the tip to see what
we are buying, spend the money on more recycling collection and
refuse sites.
• Stop the US military dumping nerve gas into the Atlantic.
• Stop playing with the genetic code of many animals and plants.
• Stop dumping Depleted Uranium into the air (and yes, I am being
serious).
• Go after the large corporations who abuse the environment.

Let us look at some recent solar system changes that we are not told about:

• A 410% increase in the overall number of natural catastrophes on


Earth between 1963 and 1993 (Dmitriev 1997).
• A 400% increase in the number of quakes on Earth (over 2.5 on the
Richter scale) since 1973 (Mandeville 1998).
• A 500% increase in Earth’s volcanic activity between 1875 and 1993
(Mandeville 2000).
• 9 out of the 21 most severe earthquakes from 856-1999 AD occurred in
the 20th century (Russian National Earthquake Information Center,
1999).
• A 230% increase in the strength of the Sun’s magnetic field since 1901
(Lockwood, 1998).

Page 125
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

• A 300% increase in the amount of ‘severe’ solar activity than what was
formally predicted for the year 1997 alone (NASA 1998).
• 400% or higher increases in the speed that solar particle emissions are
capable of travelling through the energy of interplanetary space (NASA
1997-2001).
• Recent magnetic pole shifts of Uranus and Neptune, as Voyager 2
observed their magnetic axes being significantly offset from their
rotational axes (Dmitriev 1997).
• Visible brightness increases now being detected on Saturn (Dmitriev
1997).
• 200% increase in the intensity of Jupiter’s magnetic field from 1992-97
(Dmitriev 1997).
• 200% increase in the known density of Mars’ atmosphere encountered
by the Mars Surveyor satellite in 1997 (NASA 1997).
• Significant melting of Martian polar icecaps in just one year, clearly
seen in satellite photography (NASA 2001).
• Significant physical, chemical and optical changes on Venus, including
a sharp decrease in sulfur-containing gases in its atmosphere and
increasing brightness (Dmitriev 1997).

Dr. Dmitriev also shows that tornados are massively on the increase, with only
less than five thousand in the 1950’s with a large steady incline to over ten
thousand in the 1990’s. He states that the energetic changes in our Solar
System account for the changes to our ionosphere and magnetic field,
therefore creating climate change.

Everyone should step back and ask why’ when fed solutions to climate
change and think about what forces are behind them and to whose and what
benefit. Most people think they are doing earthly good following most of the
new ‘green laws’ but in reality, in some cases these people are just doing
what they are told by the elite that have their own agenda. I know many
people who study the environment at Universities and they have been so
indoctrinated with the official line that they will not even look at this information
with an open mind. Scary, but I have to applaud the curriculum makers, they
did what they intended in the Environment arena very well.

"It would seem that men and women need a common motivation, namely a common
adversary, to organize and act together in the vacuum such as motivation seemed
to have ceased to exist or have yet to be found. The need for enemies seems to be
a common historical factor…
Bring the divided nation together to face an outside enemy, either a real one or else
one INVENTED for the purpose…
Democracy will be made to seem responsible for the lagging economy, the scarcity
and uncertainties. The very concept of democracy could then be brought into
question and allow for the seizure of power.
In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution,
the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill.
The real enemy [of the elites and their minions] then is humanity itself."
’The First Global Revolution’ (1991), Leaked document, created by The Club of
Rome

Page 126
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

Why are our organs now property of the state once our physical body
dies, unless we opt out?

How is one supposed to find out about this? They are about to bring this law
into fruition and hey presto, the elite own your organs. How does one opt out?
I don’t know. This is extremely extreme, there are some positives to this I
must agree, but it is really another invasion on our personal humanity.

Why do more people vote for pop-idol contestants than candidates in a


general election in the UK?

This used to bother me, but once I found out that there is no difference
between Labour and Conservative and that it’s all a sham, I really don’t care.
Saying that, I know of some families where half of the family members text in
and vote for one contestant, and the other half of the family text in voting for
the other, a word of mathematical advice to you, you really should not of
bothered, save your sixty pence.

Why are there ‘painted on the ground’ outdoor smoking areas?

I arrived at Gatwick in 2007 after being away for a while and knew not of the
smoking ban, I came across the following:

I immediately started laughing, I could not believe what I was seeing, then
some people walked like robots into the square. I thought, “What’s going on
here” and as I continued watching they then lit cigarettes and in true English
fashion they ignored each other as though no one else was in the square. I
thought about getting on the next plane as far away as possible but this was

Page 127
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

actually quite entertaining. There was about a million litres of fuel being
burned every few minutes a few hundred yards away, but a cigarette....oh no,
not outside, get in the pretend pen please.

A few months later (and a few attempts of giving up the filthy habit later) I was
at London Victoria train station at 6.00am, I walked outside near the
underground entrance and lit up. A security guy within five seconds came up
to me and asked me to put it out, I told him he did not own the fresh air and
unfortunately I would not put it out. He then pointed up to an outside roof of
sorts, fifty foot up and stated that it made the area legally inside and that I
would be arrested if I did not extinguish my cigarette. I walked three steps so
that I was not under the canopy and he had no reply to my question of “have
you ever heard of the Nazis?” I would have completely understood and been
apologetic if I was in the station and my smoke could have got to anyone else,
but outside in fresh air, surely this is a joke. For the record I have currently
escaped smoking again as my excuse of, “Smoking grounds me” started to
wear thin and was continually mocked.

Why do people in the United Kingdom tolerate things from the powers
that be that other countries would strike or wreak havoc over?

Let’s list a few of these:

• The closure of post offices, hospitals and schools.


• It is near impossible to find an NHS dentist or an out of hours doctor.
• Increasing fuel bills even when many of the companies make hundreds
of millions of pounds profit a year. What do the regulators actually do?
Take their wives to Venice for the weekend on bungs? There is
another 40% increase planned for late 2008.
• Bin collection rules where one can be fined if the lid is not closed or if
the bin is not near enough to the kerb. The collection is every two
weeks but it is illegal to have a garden bonfire.
• Amount of red tape for small businesses.
• Council tax bills not actually going to your local council.

My father had his street sign stolen by youths and when he phoned the
council he was thrown around many departments until he actually got to the
‘signs department,’ and then to the ‘street signs department.’ They told him
they could not replace the sign until twenty had been stolen as they buy them
in batches of twenty and currently only sixteen had been stolen. My father
told them he was going to go out and steal the other four which they talked
him out of.....just.

Whenever local councils are involved crazy things like the above always seem
to occur.

Also In the last couple of years in the UK, laws have been brought in that now
make it illegal to make a homophobic, sexist or racist joke in public, which can

Page 128
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

now result with arrest and charges brought against you. This is the thin end of
the wedge and soon you will not be able to say anything even slightly
controversial in public without getting arrested. There is an example of this
where someone went to court in 2007 for calling someone a ‘pikey’ and there
is a council that wishes to change the word brainstorm into thought-storm as
not to offend epileptics. It is madness.

There is a certain type of apathy in the UK, it is almost as though everyone


likes to moan about things without ever doing anything therefore the screw
keeps getting tightened. But with millions reading The Sun, watching soaps
and inducing dumbing down chemicals via food I am not surprised.

Why were Bush and Kerry part of the same secret society within Yale
(both have admitted this publicly)?

Skull and Bones is a secret society within Yale University in the US. It was
founded in 1832 by Gen. William Huntington Russell and Alfonso Taft (the
grandfather of William Howard Taft, a former President of the U.S) and is
known as ‘The Brotherhood of Death’ or ‘Lodge 322.’ Nice.
It has a temple known as ‘The Tomb’ and each year fifteen or so elite
bloodline students are initiated and pledge allegiance to the society for the
whole of their lives. All usually end up in positions of power in business,
politics, military, media, banking or the intelligence services.

Ron Rosenbaum from the New York Observer recorded a Skull and Bones
ceremony. This included robes, sexual insults, the acting out of a throat
cutting murder with a knife, lying in a coffin and chanting mantas like “The
Hangman equals death! The Devil equals death! Death
equals death!" Now to me, this ritualism is all very similar to the fourth day
(chapter) of the ‘Chemical Marriage,’ a book written by Johann Andrea in the
16th century that presents symbolism about alchemy, Lucifera and the
Rosicrucian Order secret society.

Now surely if someone ran for president and was part of this society, surely
this would rule them out? Wrong.
It just so happened miraculously that two members of Skull and Bones where
pitted against each other recently; Bush and Kerry.

Page 129
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

There are separate TV interviews with each where both of them admitted to
being a part of this secret society and Georgy boy even stated, “It’s too secret
to talk about.”

The election was fixed too as we know. The democratic land of the free?
Well, it’s repeated enough so millions sitting at the TV in a semi-hypnotic state
start to believe it.

“The skull and crossbones seems to have been used as an emblem first and
foremost by esoteric and heretical groups as a symbol of rebirth. It later became
the battle flag of the Knights Templar (and a nasty rumour about the Templars
claimed they chose it because of a horrific necromantic ritual) and, in the 17th
century, the ‘Jolly Roger’ flag of British and French pirates.”
Steven Mizrach, researcher into the Prieure du Sion mystery

“If the Skull and Bones is not itself the Illuminati then it is as close as you can get.”
Dr James W Wardner

***

The elite dish out a, “Give us your obedience and we will take care of
everything” message. The lies and scale of their atrocities are unparalleled in
known history, they are the terrorists. The leaders relationship with the people
is the opposite of what it should be, it should be public servants serving the
people not the people serving a shadow elite dictatorship.

Surely the best way to live and govern is at a very local level with people
collaborating between communities with Interest free money or just trading
with local food, skills and amenities. It is very simple is it not?
It is obvious to say that we have been engineered into a culture that values
competitive consumption and consumers instead of community cooperation.

Globalisation is a parasite on humanity and solely a vehicle for controlling,


moneymaking, greedy and power hungry people.
As we will see as we go on, many of the globalists and members of ‘The
Round Table’ are mere lieutenants for the real hands of power, and it gets

Page 130
Wayki Wayki GOVERNMENT

very sinister and we will take it nice and slow. For now though, go and ask
one hundred voters what a difference to their lives a labour or conservative
government will make, it makes good entertainment. Most people are with
one or the other because their ‘town’ or ‘family’ is and always has been, and
cannot actually tell you any tangible difference.

“Fear and terror are illusions for controlling humanity.”

“How fortunate for governments that the people they administer don't think.”
Adolf Hitler

“Now we can see a new world coming into view, a world in which there is a very real
prospect of a new world order.”
G.Bush Senior 1990

"In the next century, nations as we know it will be obsolete; all states will
recognize a single, global authority. National sovereignty wasn't such a great
idea after all."
Strobe Talbot

“The world is run by very different personages from what is imagined by those who
are not behind the scenes.”
Benjamin D’Israeli, 19th Century English Prime Minister

“The worst prison is the prison where you can’t see the bars.”
David Icke

Page 131
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

ANCIENT HISTORY
Was history boring at school for you? Has historical information since school
sent you to sleep? Well you might just find this chapter fun then, we need a
fun chapter too after just dealing with the pathetic behaviour of the One World
Government greedy children. They do not like to share things very much do
they? I bet they where all terrible at sharing toys and sweets when they
where younger, poor parenting I say, what must their mothers think? Very
controlling too, I bet their girlfriends have a torrid time. The hardness of their
hearts, their cynicism and contempt for the rest of the world, and the sterility of
their lives leaves them empty, isolated, and bored. Power comes first, and the
long walk toward the goal takes its toll, requires its own sacrifices, and leaves
one more alone than before. The satisfaction of counting one's pile of money
is hollow, indeed, and the simplest child who is free to play in a natural way is
richer by far. Anyway, history, ok, sorry, here we go.

Why do people not believe that there is an elite group of interbreeding


bloodlines that goes back millennia?

This information is relatively unknown and many people just disregard it as


being nonsense because it has not been on the TV. We have actually
brushed upon bloodlines a few times so far but now we will go even further
back in time and pick up the trail, we will also include any points of interest
such as deities and events of interest as we go along. There are whole books
on these elite bloodlines and this section is aimed to be a skim of the surface
at rapid speed. For a detailed study of the bloodlines, look no further than
works by Gary Boys Roberts and Georges, Comte De Morant.
There are also authors and information that state these bloodlines started off
in Atlantis but as Atlantis is shrouded in myth, we will look into Atlantis in its
own right later, and start our little historical journey in Babylon.
.

Babylon

Page 132
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Babylon is also known as Sumer or Mesopotamia, for this book we will mainly
refer to it as Babylon as from my research Babylon was a city in Sumer, and
Sumer branched out into Mesopotamia but that is arguable.
Babylon was in where Iraq is now (intriguing) and is to most, the first traceable
large highly developed civilisation. In 1851 explorer Sir Austen Henry Layard
found some of the earliest writings from man on earth in the shape of 22,000
stone tablets dating back over 6000 years and dating Babylon back even
further. It was probably the first post flood major developed civilisation and
the tablets speak of a great flood, a tower (possibly the Tower of Babel) being
built and the creation of the spoken word.

There is much evidence of mystery schools, priests, astronomy, sacrifice,


alchemy (alchemy is about changing the energy to change manifestation of
the mass) and occult knowledge all occurring in Babylon and some say that
the Aryans inhabited Babylon and were a white race with blue eyes.
This is also where we find the first recorded set of beliefs and deities:

Nimrod, who reined Babylon with his wife Queen Semiramis (or Ihstar) was
depicted as a fish god (Dagon) and many Arabs believe he built the ancient
site at Baalbek which has three large eight hundred ton stones. Nimrod was
also Eannus, the god with two faces, who was later known to the Romans as
Janus. When Nimrod died he was then worshipped as the sun god Baal.

Queen Semiramis (or Ishtar) gave a virgin birth to a son Tammuz (or Ninus),
and was known as the virgin mother of the gods and was often depicted as a
fish or a dove and was often seen with an owl. Nimrod was symbolised as
the ‘eternal flame’ after death.

Page 133
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

The bloodline moved onto Egypt amongst other places, the seafarers became
known as the Phoenicians and there is evidence to suggest that sites like
Stonehenge and Avebury where built by advanced Phoenicians. In L. A.
Waddells book, ‘The Phoenician Origin Of Britons, Scots and Anglo-Saxons’ it
also suggests the large white horses on the English countryside are
Phoenician symbols of the sun.

Before we leave Babylon it is worth noting the swastika made its first
appearance here and this is where the mythical biblical Tower of Babel is said
to of once stood (Alexander the Great wrote about seeing this Tower).

Page 134
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Egypt

First off many Egyptologists are not open to listening to new theories, we will
show this in further sections and we do not need to repeat at this stage of the
book that there are people that do not want us to know certain things.

The Egyptians were an extremely civilised and advanced race and there is
also evidence of mystery schools, priests, astronomy, sacrifice, alchemy and
occult knowledge. The Egyptian race is said by some to have originally been
white with blue eyes.

The god hierarchy prior to the dynasties is as follows:

For this book, all we are interested in is Ra, Thoth (both already mentioned in
previous chapters) Osiris, Isis and Horus. Osiris, Isis and Horus are another
holy trinity with a familiar story to the one in Babylon.

Page 135
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

The myth states Osiris was dismembered by enemy Set, and virgin mother
Isis gave birth to Horus from Osiris’ phallus. Horus was to avenge his father
and have many battles with Set, Set would gouge out Horus’s eye and Thoth
would put the bits back together. Horus would eventually be triumphant and
forever live in the eye of Ra. Osiris’s member was symbolised in Egypt as a
obelisk, and there are twenty of these in the world, thirteen are in Rome and
five in Egypt.

Some commonly shared themes from the myth of Horus:

• He had twelve disciples.


• He had a virgin mother.
• Was born in the place of bread.
• His birth was marked by a star.
• Died and was resurrected.

Osiris, Isis and Horus are shown together amongst symbols of Horus:

Page 136
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Michael Tsarion stated in an interview about his new two volume fourteen
hundred page book, ‘The Irish Origins of Civilisation’ that ‘the twelve tribes of
Zion / Israel’ were a white bloodline going back to the eighteenth dynasty of
Egypt. Tsarion also explains that the Aswan Dam was purposely flooded to
hide the megalith burial sites. Other work from Michael Tsarion along with
Gerald O’ Farrel’s book, ‘The Tutankhamun Deception’ states that the
archaeologists Howard Carter and Lord Carnavan plundered the
Tutankhamen (18th Dynasty) tomb working as Rothschild agents 8 years
before the tomb was officially opened. Is this true? Did they plunder
everything because the elite do not want us to know any of this ancient and
sacred information?

To add some credibility to Tsarion, his books once used, go for some hefty
prices and are difficult to get a hold of.

John Anthony West in ‘Serpent in the Sky, the High Wisdom of Ancient Egypt’
states many quotes we should note, “Beyond a certain level, in every one of
the arts and sciences of Egypt, knowledge was secret. The rules, axioms,
theorems, and formulae where never made public.”

“They arrive at mastery only through intense discipline, innate sensitivity and a
long period of trial and error. There is little they can pass on to pupils or
disciples. Only technique can be passed on, never ‘genius.’ But in ancient
civilisations, a class of initiates had precise knowledge of harmonic laws. They
knew how to manipulate them to create the precise effect they wanted.
And they wrote this knowledge into the architecture, art, music, painting,
rituals and incenses. All the marvels of Egypt and many other sacred works
that even today, in ruins, produce a powerful effect upon us. This effect is
produced because these men knew exactly what they where doing and why
they where doing it; it was done entirely through a complex sensory
manipulation.”

“Egypt waned and ultimately fell through the widespread misuse of magic,
which is ultimately the manipulation of harmonic phenomena.”

“It is clear that all of this knowledge, technical and theoretical, was secret and
sacred, and that these secrets were kept.”

In the introduction section to the Kybalion, a book about Hermetic / Thoth


philosophy, it states “In Egypt dwelt the great (occult) adepts and masters”
and “In Egypt was located the great lodge of lodges of the mystics” and “All
students of the occult recognize the debt that they owe to these venerable
masters of that ancient land.”

In Egypt there is amazing astronomy but little texts, amazing architecture but
no texts, amazing knowledge of anatomy but no texts of medicine or healing.

Page 137
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

It is agreed among many scholars that these bloodlines at the top passed
secret information and knowledge on by way of initiates. This has continued
through all the Egyptian dynasties and as we will soon see, to this very day.

The bloodlines can be traced from Cleopatra to Rome, Troy, Greece and to
Philip of Macedonia (382-336BC) who was father of Alexander the Great
(356-323BC) and these are the points where we even more Genealogists
come one board and follow the trail.
The bloodline also went to the Indus Valley where the Aryans went to around
1800BC and this is where the Hindu religion was born (Krishna was also was
born of a virgin). The Aryans destroyed much of the Indus Valley civilisation
that contained many Buddhist, meditation and yoga roots and It is said the
Aryan invasion of the Indus valley also brought with it the caste system, which
is still in effect today in India.

Lets go to Rome where the bloodlines mainly ended up after Egypt’s demise,
and I also think the coffee is better there than that in Macedonia.

Rome

The Roman Empire was an extremely civilised advanced race, it had an


advanced administrative operation, priests, an interest based money system,
tax, rituals, alchemy, paganism and scholars.

Rome had emperors from 27BC with Augustus to a different Augustus in


476AD and was a major power very keen on taking control of Europe and
other lands by force. This bloodline was at the very top throughout, including
that of ‘Herod the Great.’

We need to ask here why was the Vatican aligned to old megalithic sites in
Tara and New Grange in Ireland, plus to others in Scotland and also to the
pyramids? What did they know?

Page 138
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

In 120-125AD Simon Magus, Menander, Valentinus, and others developed


the Gnostic religious doctrines of esoteric knowledge, and in 200AD the first
book of Kabbalah (also esoteric), the Sefer Yetzirah was compiled.

Many of the Romans worshipped the sun god Mithra (which has roots in
Persia near Babylon). Not much was written about Mithraism as it was an
initiatory 'mystery religion' only for men and passed from initiate to initiate.
At the top level it was a men-only cult with seven ranks, and had rituals (with
Egyptian symbolism) and chants with the highest grade being a Pater (father)
under the planet Saturn. Strangely enough many Romans celebrated a sun
festival called Saturnalia in December.

Much symbolism of Mithra is the killing of a sacred bull, is this representative


of the age of Taurus coming to an end (around 50-150 AD) and the age of
Pisces coming to pass?

Mithra as a deity was related to the following:

• Had twelve disciples.


• Had a virgin mother.
• Died and was resurrected.
I
The bloodlines carried on through the Roman Empire, including Constantine
the Great who founded the belief on what we now know as Christianity.

Constantine ended the frequent waves of anti-Christian persecutions in the


Roman Empire by making Christianity a lawful religion, he played a key role in
unifying the beliefs and practices of the early followers of Jesus.
By the year 325AD Constantine convened the Council of Nicaea, here the
Christian doctrines (the Nicene Creed) came to be, and these doctrines stole
much from Egyptian and Gnostic beliefs and for the next sixteen hundred
years the Vatican ruled Europe. They went to many places around the globe,
including South and Central America to burn ancient knowledge (including
that of the Maya) and people.....for guess what? For being pagan sun
worshippers!

Christianity and Catholicism is based on the holy trinity of Joseph, Mary and
Jesus, and with a little copy and paste, just like the Romans did, I can do the
following regarding Tammuz, sorry Horus, sorry Mithra, oops, no, Jesus:

Page 139
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

• Had twelve disciples.


• Had a virgin mother.
• Was born in the place of bread.
• His birth was marked by a star.
• Died and was resurrected.

I do not want to go on about how the story of Jesus has been stolen, if you
seriously did not know this then I really wonder where you have been and
what you have been doing. Do we not need to see objectively what the bible
is really about and not what Zionist stooges tell us it is about?

“There is no doubt that much of the material in the first five books of the Old
Testament is derived from the initiatory rituals of Egypt.”
Manly P. Hall, The Secret Teachings of All Ages

Can you see how powerful it is if a cult cross breeding elite locks tens of
millions of people into a made up religion with rules and feelings of
powerlessness due to thinking “god is separate and plans everything,” and on
top of this having all the ancient and sacred knowledge all for themselves?

With the demise of the Roman Empire (but not the Vatican where some of the
cross breeding bloodlines stayed), many entered Europe via Monarchy, let’s
go to Europe.

Europe

The Royal dynasties and aristocratic bloodlines still exist today and during the
middle ages had a stranglehold on Europe. Key points of note are:
• By the 6th century the Merivignian bloodline dynasty had rule over
present day France and Germany and had strong links to the Vatican.

Page 140
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

• In the 8th century Charlemagne headed up the Carolingian dynasty


which also had strong ties to The Vatican. They had a stranglehold on
a great portion of Europe. Charlemagne allegedly established the Holy
Secret Tribunal which became the Holy Vehm.
• In the 9th Century after the fall of the Carolingian dynasty, King Alfred
the Great created a governing system.
• In the 11th Century William the Conqueror was sent by the Vatican to
take over England, all citizens had to conform to a policing system of all
property with the creation of the doomsday book. French vocabulary
was meshed into what was the then English, and also the Feudal
system came along which after two centuries, evolved into a national
monarchy. William was also linked to the St Clair family bloodline
which was prominent in the founding of the Knights Templar.
• In the early 12th century it is worth noting here that the Knights
Templar where formed.
• The bloodlines where also passed through the Hadsburgs, the de
Medici family, the House of Lorraine and the French royal dynasties
such as the Roberts, Philips and Louis.’
• The bloodlines where also bred through England through Monarchs
such as the Henrys,’ Stuarts, Georges, Tudors and the Edwards all the
way to this present day.
• In the 15th century European colonialism was well under way.
• In the 17th century William III (from the Dutch Empire) took the throne
in England and signed the charter that created the Bank of England.
• Nearly all European Aristocratic families can be traced to Charlemagne
and the Merovingians.

During much of the above time span, secret societies where formed,
disbanded and merged and they passed hidden knowledge through the
aforementioned bloodlines and other powerful people. We have a section on
th
secret societies later on, but for now just know that it was the 12 century that
we start to pick up their trail. For now we will follow many of the bloodlines
that went over to America via the Freemasonry vehicle

The US

Page 141
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

After Columbus ‘stumbled upon’ America on a shipping trip (we will look into
that more deeply soon), it did not take long before America was under rule
from the Monarchs in England.

After the ‘revolution’ by the Americans, the foundations for the United States,
its government and some of its main cities (including Washington) where all
put in place between 1784-1794 and nearly all of the great revolutionary
names and American forefathers where Freemasons. None more famous
than Benjamin Franklin.

The people of America thought they had won a revolution and that they were
now heading towards a new great country when in reality they where still
under the control of the same bloodlines. The English monarchy actually
signed the treaty post the ‘revolution.’ This is the same story for much of the
other British colonies too. Is this where control by the hidden hand and
covert control first started?

Fifty six people signed the declaration of independence in the US and eight of
these where definite Freemasons, including Benjamin Franklin and George
Washington, another thirteen where probable Freemasons or had affiliations.

In 1789 George Washington, also part of the major aristocratic bloodline


became the first President of the US.

Out of all the American presidents since George Washington in 1789, thirty
four out of forty three have all been related to Charlemagne (Leader of the
Franks 742-814) and nineteen of them can be traced to Edward III.
It is also worth noting as well that our buddy George W Bush is the 13th
cousin of the current British Queen and is a direct descendant from Henry III
and Henry VIII’s sister Mary Tudor.
.
George H W Bush (senior) has a bloodline that directly goes back to King
Edward I ‘Longshanks’ 1239-1307, this man murdered many and was named
‘The Hammer of Scotland.’

The Burke’s Peerage and The New England Historical Genealogical Society
all help to back this information up.

Out of over two hundred and fifty odd million people in the US, how come it is
one bloodline that is nearly always in the hot seat? Bit of a coincidence that
one don’t you think?

These facts are often concealed because the Royal elites have children born
and raised in unofficial families. It is said in many circles that many members
of the Royal elite also have whole families that the public do not know about
and that some of marriages are just a front. One genealogist backing this up
is Gary Boyd Roberts in his book “Ancestors of American Presidents.”

Page 142
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

“Not only where many of the founders of the US Masons, but they received aid from
a secret and august body existing in Europe, which helped them to establish the US
for a peculiar and particular purpose known only to the initiated few.”
Peter Tompkins quoting MP Hall, ‘secrets of the great pyramid’

***

Why are these bloodline families so hell bent on keeping these bloodlines
pure by interbreeding? Why are they seemingly involved in secret ancient
occult knowledge? They seem to want to keep their genetic code pure and
undiluted, why? We will pick up on some theories on this later on and try and
remember the pictures you have seen in Babylon and Egypt for later on.

An article in March 2008 from the BBC displayed research published in the
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. Using DNA fingerprinting
on five colonies of leaf-cutting ants, it found Male ants were passing on their
genes selectively and that there was a ‘Royal Elite.’ Dr Bill Hughes of Leeds
University said “The rarity of the royal lines is actually an evolutionary strategy
by the cheats, to escape suppression by the altruistic masses that they
exploit.” Maybe this is all just the way it is supposed to be?

We must also be aware that much of the aristocracy in England still interbreed
and their exceptional students at Eton, Oxford and Cambridge are tested,
groomed and plucked out by the elite and pushed into roles where they are
required. The elite breed master strategists for roles already created and if
they drop out of the system or refuse, they are often monitored, this is a fact
and whether you believe this or not, I know this to be true.

Why do we believe C. Columbus found America by stumbling upon it?


.
In 1929 the Piri Reis map was found when the Topkapi Serai Palace was
being converted into a museum at Constantinople.

Page 143
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Turkish admiral Piri Reis said he drew a map in 1513 from older maps
including the ones Columbus made post his ‘stumble’ across America in 1492,
and from twenty older charts and eight planispheres. Eight of these older
charts are said to have been created in the time of Alexander (400BC-
100AD).
The Piri Reis map includes the East coast of America, and it shows the layout
of the land under the ice of Antarctica and this has recently been proved to be
very accurate. Antarctica was supposedly not discovered until 1820.

According to many mystery enthusiasts, these maps were either based on


ancient representations, perhaps dating as far back as the mythical Atlantis,
or were drawn from pictures taken from the sky, by satellites, aircrafts or
spaceships. The knowledge available in the 16th century cannot explain such
stunning correspondence with reality.

According to Charles Hapgood, author of ‘Maps of the Ancient Sea Kings:


Evidence of Advanced Civilization in the Ice Age,’ and Graham Hancock,
author of ‘Fingerprints of the Gods,’ this map contains a precise
representation of Antarctica as it was before the last ice age.

The Waldseemuller map of 1507 has an enlargement of the portion of South


America explored by Amerigo Vespucci, who reached as far south as 50°
parallel. This map could have formed the basis of much of the Piri Reis' map
along with Columbus’ map and other maps.
In the Waldseemuller map the newly discovered continent is referred to as
‘America,’ a name the author chose in honour of Amerigo Vespucci, but
maybe the Americas where found long before as the word ‘America’ was an
ancient Breton word (from aryan-welsh-cornish) meaning ‘Land facing the
sea?’

It is alleged that in the early 14th Century Prince Henry the navigator (who
was involved in a secret society called the knights of Christ) had access to
ancient maps, a famous sea captain close to him was the father-in-law of
Christopher Columbus. It is also worth nothing too that the De Mici family
(mentioned in the previous section) where the sponsors for Columbus journey.

Did Columbus and his paymasters plan to find America? Did they already
have the maps? Was this the time to head to America as they now they had
much control of Europe? Did Columbus really ‘stumble’ across America?
How come just a handful of years after Columbus found America, John Cabott
discovered North America? Why do we not get taught this stuff in school?

Ancient maps of the world existed prior to Columbus, and in my opinion, if


anyone would of had this information it would be the secret societies and
bloodline dynasties who where close to Columbus.

Why do so many ancient sites know and track the precession of the
equinox, plus the solstices and equinoxes?

Page 144
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

It is a great mystery. Most probably it was so the ancients could track the
passing of the years but the procession of the equinox measures a near
26,000 year cycle, why be so fascinated with this? The Earth has a tilted axis
of twenty three degrees therefore all parts of the pole from north to south are
usually at different distances to the sun, except on an equinox.

An equinox is when the northern and southern poles of the earth are exactly
the same distance from sun giving a day and night of equal length. This
happens twice in a year in spring and autumn.

The Summer solstice is when the Northern pole (hemisphere) is at its nearest
point to the sun in a given year.

The Winter solstice is when the Northern pole (hemisphere) is at its furthest
point to the sun in a given year.

The precession of the equinoxes is caused by earths titled wobbling axis,


(think of a spinning top wobbling near the end of its spin). A full wobble
(circular) takes near 26,000 years. Each spring equinox the stars behind the
sunrise appear to have moved (72 years = 1 degree) and give the appearance
of us moving backward through the zodiac as the wobble is the opposite
direction to earths spin. This phenomenon means we spend approximately
2160 years within each zodiac sign and this is where the ages and epochs
come from. We are currently moving out of Pisces and into the age of
Aquarius, though there is no fixed date on this and it could be said it is a fifty
or even hundred year transition.
The precession means that the blanket of stars moves about in a circular shift
if looking up from the northern hemisphere over a long period of time,
therefore at different dates different stars will align with markers on earth.

Page 145
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Stonehenge, Stone Circles, Anchor Wot, The Pyramids, Maya sites and many
others around the world all measure one or more of these. Why? Why so
many? Many people say it was just so they could track the passing of the
years but for that you could just put two smallish stones in the ground and line
them up with the sunrise once a year. Why such grandeur? Are we being
sent a message from our ancestors?

The mathematics related to precession has many numbers related and this is
shown at many of these ancient sites. Anchor Wot for example has 72
temples and has a causeway 0.75 degrees offset from due east. 72 is the
amount of years it takes for 1 degree and 0.75 of a degree is 54 years. The
number 54, along with other processional numbers are riddled throughout
Anchor Wot and the nearby Anchor Tom. Some Hindu sculptures within
Anchor Wot show ‘The Churning of the Milky Ocean’ and many believe this
symbolises the pushing and pulling of both poles of the Earth, e.g. the
precession.

The Temple of the seven dolls Maya site and Anchor Wot are both shown
below and are just two of many sites that measure one or more of the
following; The equinox, the solstice and precession. Why so many and why at
so many different and varied locations? And why does school not teach us
about this in history?

Page 146
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Why is linked evidence pointing towards an advanced race that existed


pre-10,500BC unknown by the masses?

This knowledge is suppressed and ridiculed but there is a puzzle here that we
should look at.
Even though a majority of Anchor Wot in Cambodia was built in the last 2,000
years, it has an amazing link with 10,500BC, the Main temple area and the 9
other nearby temples line up perfectly with the Draco star constellation on the
Spring Equinox sunset in 10,500BC.

The pyramids in Giza line up with Orion (the opposite constellation to Draco)
in 10,500BC when Orion is at exactly 45 degrees to the pyramids on Earth. It
is worth noting here that in 10,500BC Orion was at its lowest point in the
procession and that the Nile also lined up with the Milky way. The pyramids
are highly likely to be older than the 2500BC date that official Egyptologists
state. Some state that some of the great pyramid could be 70,000 years old!

The Sphinx faces and lines up with the sunrise on each spring Equinox. In
10.500BC the sphinx faced Leo. It is worth noting that in 2500BC when many
Egyptologist state this was built, the sphinx lined up with the unrelated Taurus
(the bull).

Page 147
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Another link between these sites are the cardinal points. In 10,500BC Anchor
Wot lined up with Draco exactly due north, the pyramids with Orion exactly
due south and the sphinx exactly due east. Does the massive ancient site
recently found under the ocean near Japan constitute the western direction?

Anchor Wot and Giza are separated by exactly 72 degrees longitude


(processional number), and Easter Island (the remotest spot in the world
where large ancient human statues are to be seen) is exactly 144 degrees,
exactly in the middle of Giza and Anchor Wot, and 144 divided by 2 is 72.
Coincidences I think not.

Page 148
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Another related link is found at the Nazka lines in Peru, these are shapes on
the ground in the desert that can only be viewed from the air. In the two
hundred square miles of nothingness lies the shape of the spider, which also
lines up with Orion and plots Orions movement through the precession of the
equinox. There are also remains of pyramids near the Nazka lines too. The
Nazka lines are said to date back to only 350BC but this is very hard to prove
and they could be much earlier.
It is worth noting here too that the 5000 year old chalk white horse at Effington
in England lines up with Taurus in 3200BC and Stonehenge (where the
orthodox origin date of 5000BC is arguable) has recently had carbon dating
back to 10,000 years ago.

What are we being told by the ancients? How did they spread this
information?
Was there a group of survivors from a super advanced race like Atlantis that
existed before the great flood?

Why do people believe primitive man built the pyramids with ropes,
pivots and pulleys?

This is pure folly. At school I was taught that primitive man built the pyramids
by pulling stones up a ramp with rope. Let us look at some hard facts about
the great pyramid, there are thousands but let us look at a few that are backed
up by scholars Graham Hancock, Robert Bauval and some by Flinders Petrie.

• The great pyramid was the first ever pyramid built and by far the most
impressive, why was the first attempt better than all the others following
it?
• If the ramp and rope theory is to be believed, using the laws of physics,
the ramp had to of been a 10 degrees gradient or less, making the

Page 149
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

ramp 10km long, therefore the ramp would of been a bigger building
project than the pyramid itself.
• The great pyramid lines up with cardinal points more precisely than
almost any other building in existence. It faces North with only 3/60th
of a degree of error. The position of the North Pole moves over time
and the pyramid was probably exactly aligned at one time.
• There were no hieroglyphics or writings in the great pyramid done by
the constructors. The ones found where added much later in time.
• Nowhere in Egypt were hieroglyphics or writings found regarding
construction techniques but there are many on harvest techniques.
• The centre point at the base and at the capstone (which is thought by
many to have always been absent) align with a discrepancy of only
centremetres.
• The lidless coffer (we are told this the actual Khufu Tomb) was built to
measurements that could only be achieved by gouging out granite
using large jewel studded saws and tools, and by using 4 inch drills that
required a ton or more of punch. In 1995, Christipher Dunn, a high
tech aerospace manufacturer could not measure a single deviation and
called it “space age precision.”
• There’s over two and a half a million stones in the great pyramid:
o Most are between 2-30 Tons.
o There are 44,745 casing stones that weighed 40 tons each
before the face angle was cut, these are polished and flat to an
accuracy of 1/100th of an inch and are near perfect right angles.
o The average casing stone on the lowest level was 5 ft. long by 5
ft. high by 6 ft. deep and weighed 15 tons. The casing stones
weighing as much as 20 tons were placed with an accuracy of
5/1000ths of an inch, and an intentional gap of about 2/100ths of
an inch for mortar.
o Some of the mortar used is of an unknown origin. It has been
analysed and its chemical composition is known but it can't be
reproduced. It is still holding strong today.
o The cornerstone foundations of the pyramid have ball and
socket construction capable of dealing with heat expansion and
earthquakes. The four corner sockets are at different heights.
o 100 blocks in the kings chamber that weigh 70 tons each that
came from quarries 500 miles south of Giza at Aswan.
• The pyramid is a map of the northern hemisphere at a scale of
1:42,300 and this is accepted as accidental by many people. The
relationship of the base (equator) to the apex (north pole) is near
exactly 2pi, it is near exact as the equator has a bulge, and the error is
only 0.75 of 1%.
• Golden Ratio (described in more depth later on) is found when one
divides the slant length by half the base length.
• The pyramids are a near scale ground map of Orion’s belt (it is worth
noting too that Orions belt was linked to the sun god Osiris).

Page 150
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

• Out of all the pyramids, the great pyramid is the only one with air
shafts:
o The southern shaft in the King's Chamber pointed to the star Al
Nitak (Zeta Orionis) in the constellation Orion in 2450BC.
o The northern shaft in the King's Chamber pointed to the star
Alpha Draconis, in 2450BC.
o The southern shaft in the Queen's Chamber pointed to the star
Sirius in 2450BC.
o The northern shaft in the Queen's Chamber pointed to the star
Ursa Minor in 2450BC.

• The great pyramid also measures within its construction:


o The average earth temperature in the Queens Chamber.
o The calendar year of 365.24 days.
o The Mean distance to the sun.
o Earths circumference.
o Earths radius.
o Precession of the equinoxes.

Not too bad for a first attempt by a bunch of primitives using ropes, pivot and
pulley systems. Please, this theory insults our intelligence. A technology or

Page 151
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

altered state of consciousness that we do not understand must of been used


but most scientists and historians will not listen to such theories.

Much of the above information is deemed as coincidental by many official


Egyptologists, this picture becomes clearer when we see how they block
scientists from investigations:

• In the King's Chamber all of the stone joints are very tight except in the
lower left-hand corner of the west wall. Here the joints are larger than
normal and covered by mortar. This is a strong indication of an
opening to another chamber or passage. The Egyptian government
has refused requests for further exploration.
• In 1986 a French team using microgravimeter equipment detected
small hidden cavities behind the west wall of the horizontal passage to
the Queen's Chamber. They were permitted to bore a 1" diameter hole
and found a cavity filled with sand. They were not permitted to dig or
tunnel for further investigation.
• About 70 feet along the north side of the great pyramid from the
northeast corner is a 4x10 ft stone sunk into the foundation at an angle.
The joints are very precise and this is the only stone in the foundation
perimeter not at a right angle to the normal construction. It would have
been covered by the mantle but is now accessible since the mantle is
gone. It is very likely an entrance. No further investigation has been
done.

Do the Egyptologists like the tourist trade as it is? Do they not want the boat
rocked? Are there more powerful people behind them pulling the strings and
making their decisions? It is not as if there are some stories out there of the
elite raiding tombs with agents......hmmm, maybe we should remember back
to the Egyptian portion of the bloodline section.

The builders knew the world was round and also knew many solar
measurements, how was this built and with what knowledge?

Why do people believe the great pyramids where built to be tombs?

Page 152
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Khufu, Khafre and Menkaure where pharaohs from the 4th dynasty (2575-
2467BC). The pyramids have been attributed to being their tombs since
Greek Historian Herodotus stated this in his oldest surviving written
description about the monuments.
The Egyptologists say the tombs where raided and that is why they were
found empty.

Let us look at some evidence against this flat tomb theory that is peddled as
fact to thousands every day and being taught in scores of schools now at this
very moment in time:

• In 1837 Howard Vyse broke into a chamber and found a coffin lid and
some bones, but these where dated to be from the early Christian era.
• The bodies of Khafu and the other two in question have never been
found by anyone.
• No mummy has ever been found in a pyramid at Giza, mummies have
always come from Mastabas or tombs in the Valley of the Kings.
• If I built a tomb of such grandeur for myself I would put my name
somewhere in the tomb, Khafu and the other two did not. Also all other
proven burial places of Egyptian monarchs are fully decorated and
painted. Saying this, in 1837 Vyse did find the name Khufu at the end
of another expensive dig but this story is riddled with forgery claims.
• In the 9th Century the Muslim governor of Cairo arranged a search of
the great pyramid. They cut through many walls and plugs (never done
before) and they found nothing.
• But there was an apparent hidden entrance to the shaft that the
governors crew did not find, so the question remains on whether there
were people who had come in and robbed the pyramid of its treasures
and knowledge or whether it was empty from the beginning. If it was
robbed the people took everything, but surely some of the items would
of been too big to get out, like the large shrines and statues found in
Tutankhamen’s tomb much later.
• The coffer in the kings chamber when struck emits a sound that has no
counterpart in the musical scale.

When all the evidence is looked at it is hard to know when the pyramids where
built and by whom and for what, but the Egyptologists stand firm on the tombs
only theory for the big three pyramids.

It is likely the great pyramid was built long before Khufu was monarch by a
more advanced civilisation. Let us look at a the relevant theories as to what
the pyramids were, now let us remember the story about man pulling ropes is
a little far out too:

Thoth came from Atlantis and built (or orchestrated) the great pyramid using a
science we cannot comprehend.

The book ‘Pyramid Energy: The Philosophy of God, The Science of Man’
states that they were an interplanetary-interdimensional communication

Page 153
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

system within a world wide network of pyramids and that the ark of the
covenant was the main control panel. It also states that entities helped with
the building of the pyramids by teaching manipulation of magnetic energy
fields via the mind to make blocks levitate. It also states the sphinx marked
the entrance to mystery schools that where housed in the pyramids.

In the channelled recordings that became the book ‘The Ra Material,’ Ra


(vibrating memory complex, not physical like you and I) state they made
contact with the Egyptians (amongst others) and built the pyramids under the
forces of ‘one’ by manipulating atoms and energy with thought only. Ra also
state that the Pyramids where an interdimensional communication system.

Edgar Cayce and Peter Lemusier both claim the Pyramid is a giant timeline
and marks historical events from 4000 years ago up until present day
representing time by to scale steps, ceiling heights, passageways, scored
lines and intersections.

Pyramids were a capacity unit in the earth grid, being communication


antennas controlled through the Ark of the Covenant. They created vortex
energy and affecting energy to control mass (alchemy).
It must be noted that the Giza plateau is said to be at the exact north pole of
the Earth grid and that the pyramids and sphinx seem to perfectly fit to the Phi
spiral (Phi explained later on).

These theories are far out I know, but if you do not believe in pyramid energy
put a loaf of bread into a normal bread bin and another in a pyramid shaped
bin and see which one last longer, also build a small pyramid structure over a
plant and see the effects against a similar plant without.

I lived in a small pyramid for over a month (as one does) and I am definitely
awake to the fact pyramids have a unique energy, In agreement with me is the
Scientific Manufacturing Union, Gidrometpribor in Russia, directed by A.A.
Golod. They stated that:

• Water does not freeze in a pyramid unless it is disturbed.


• Columns of unknown energy appears above pyramids.
• Oil wells are more productive under a pyramid.

Page 154
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

• In Russia thousands of prison inmates were secretly fed pyramid


energy induced salt and pepper and within months the crime inside the
prison almost disappeared.

In 1979 Kirlian photography took the following photo of pyramid energy (vortex
energy).

The first thing to understand is that a vortex is a centre of spiralling energy.


We see this in the motion of our Milky Way galaxy. This spinning wheel of
stars is one of billions of galaxies all spiralling through space. As above so
below, the macrocosm is mirrored in the microcosm. Our solar system is a
spiralling vortex with the planets spinning around our sun. Our earth and
moon spiral through space as a planetary vortex that sustains all life as we
know it. And the atom as a vortex also spirals like a miniature solar system.
The vortex is a basic law of creation, everything is moving in it. Wheels within
wheels within wheels.

The vortex was understood in the ancient oriental mind as the Tao and was
represented by the symbol composed of the yin and yang energies. This
interplay of opposites; of light and dark, conscious and unconscious, positive
and negative, day and night, showed itself as the wheel of life with its
unfolding cycles of interaction. The Mayan symbol the Hunab Ku is also a
symbol of the vortex that is our Milky Way Galaxy and it speaks of the
movement and measure at play in the dance of creation. The Medicine Wheel
of the plains Indians also was an expression of this understanding as its
teachings embrace everything in the circle of life.

Is the stubborn consistent claim the pyramids where built to be tombs believed
because it is constantly repeated?

Page 155
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Why do Egyptologists believe the Sphinx is related to Khufu, and not


built earlier?

This is what we are told to believe again by mainstream Egyptologists


regarding the largest single sculpture in the world.

Egyptologists state the Sphinx is attributed to Khufu and was built in 2500BC.
They state it was used for purifying and rebirth rituals related to the funeral of
the Pharaoh but there are no inscriptions to confirm any of this.
Dr Mark Lehner, the Director of the Giza Mapping Project said, “There is no
way to date the Sphinx itself, because the sphinx is carved right out of natural
rock.”

John Anthony West and geologist Prof Robert Schoch show that the sphinx
has evidence of weathering from thousands of years of heavy rainfall. In
2500BC Egypt was as dry as it is today, but the time in which this area was
green and rainy was in fact 7000BC and before. The time of the floods of the
Nile from the melting of the ice age can be put as far back as 15,000BC.

Dr Zahi Hawaas, the influential Egyptian chef inspector of antiquities at Giza


did not like these findings, and said to Graham Hancock in an interview taking
place on top of the Sphinx, “If you gave permission to everyone with a theory
to investigate, it would be a riot” and “what kind of civilisation can do a Sphinx
in that time?” Not to an intelligent argument put forward by Hawaas in my
opinion and let us not forget the Taurus and Leo link too.

The rear wall of the Sphinx temple also suffers the same erosion and this wall
is built from 50 ton blocks. Why the use of such big blocks and how did the
builders handle these blocks? Are super human conscious states involved?

The Sphinx appears to predate the Egyptian civilisation and most probably the
pyramids too as it has different weathering evidence, this is backed up by
many non-official Egyptologists, and professional Archaeologists and
Geologists.

Also the Egyptian civilisation and society looks like it just appeared fully
functional as there is no evidence of a period of development which is
strange.

The riddle of the sphinx also has links to the myth of Atlantis which we will
look at later in the theories sections.

Why are there links between the pyramids in Central America and those
in Giza?

Many pyramids in Central America from the Mayans and Aztecs are similar in
structure to those found in Giza, these pyramids are also obsessed with
astronomy.

Page 156
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Let us look at the largest pyramid site in Central America, Teotihuacan, which
is said to be date back to anything between 4000BC and 1AD depending on
who you ask. Let us look at some links to Giza in terms of obsession with
measurements:

• The base length of the pyramid of the sun has exactly the same base
length as the great pyramid at Giza.
• The pyramid of the sun also uses Pi and maps the northern
hemisphere, but uses 4pi as appose to 2pi seen in Giza (because the
angles to the apex are different).
• The pyramid of the sun lined up with the Pleiades constellation in
150BC.
• Using a measurement that is only used at Teotihuacan, Hugh
Harleston found that the measurements of the citadel actually map the
circumference of the earth at 1:100,000, and that the radius of the earth
is also measured at the same scale.
• Harleston also shows evidence that Teotihuacan maps out the solar
system, including Neptune and Pluto.
• On every single Equinox a shadow to light process takes place in the
western facade, this always takes exactly 66.6 seconds.
• Pyramids in Mexico and Egypt where said by many to be able to ‘turn
men into gods’ or ‘transform the soul after death.’

In 1906 a thick layer of Mica was found sandwiched between two of the upper
levels in the Pyramid of the Sun. More recently mica was also found at one of
the nearby temples under the floorboards of heavy rock slabs.
It is said the type of Mica found at the site comes from Brazil 2000 miles
away. Mica is not used for flooring anywhere in the world and in modern
industry it is used for thermal, nuclear and electrical purposes!

Due to some poorly skilled and corrupt restorations and excavations, much
knowledge about the history at Teotihuacan will never be known.

Page 157
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

The intelligence and knowledge that built the pyramids in Giza and Mexico
was linked, there is no way it could not of been. Was it the same people and
were they sea-fearers? Did Atlanteans, when knowing of an impending
natural disaster spread out across the world, and with them, their knowledge?
Was this pyramid system linked somehow?

Why do we use the error riddled Gregorian calendar when the Mayan
calendar is so much more accurate and relates to many more natural
cycles?

Throughout history many calendar systems have been used, some good,
others not so good, but the past fifty years or so the Catholic originated
Gregorian calendar has stamped its mark on the world via the business and
electronic vehicles.

So what is the Gregorian calendar? Let us have a look at it and its history.

• In 45BC Julius Caesar replaced the messy Roman Calendar with the
(similar to the Egyptian) Julian Calendar, it had a leap year every four
years to compensate for the fact that we orbit the sun every 365 days 5
hours 48 minutes and 46 seconds. This calendar was in place for
centuries.
• The Julian calendar was 11 minutes too long so every 128 years, the
calendar had an ‘extra day,’ this was obviously an issue.
• In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII corrected this problem with some improved
mathematics related to leap years, this calendar only has a
discrepancy of 26 seconds a year so we need over 3000 years for a
‘new day’ to appear.
• The Gregorian calendar was thus born but not without problems,
Britain, America and other protestant countries would not accept it and
when they did many days where skipped on more than one occasion to
‘catch up’ with the Gregorian calendar.
• Leap years don't really have 366 days and non-leap years are not 365
days, they are all 365.24 days. A person born on January 1st in a leap
year has the next actual anniversary of their birth occur on December
31st of the same year.
• An anniversary and a date are not necessarily the same thing when the
mathematics are looked at.
• The Gregorian calendar, which we all use today only measures the
earth around the sun, nothing more, nothing less and does not even do
that too well.

There are many other calendars that link us to more natural cycles other than
the Gregorian; these include the Greek, Chinese, Indian, Tibetan, Aztec and
Mayan calendars.

The Gregorian calendar keeps us away from moon cycles and even has
equinoxes and solstices on different dates within different years. There is

Page 158
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

nothing more accurate than measuring and dividing up a solar year than the
equinox and solstices but this calendar keeps us away from these natural
occurrences.

The most mathematically complex calendar in human history (if it was human)
and the calendar linked to the most natural cycles is the Mayan Calendar. Let
us note it was the Catholics that destroyed nearly all of the history and texts
about the Mayans during the Spanish inquisition and killed millions and forced
millions to use their Catholic calendar. I suppose the Catholics just went to
confession and god forgave these sins (I hope the publisher removes such
slander).

Let us have an introductory look at the Mayan calendar as it will be referred to


again later.

The Mayans still live happily today in parts of Mexico and Guatemala, they
reigned as a race between 300AD and 900AD within the advanced cities,
pyramids and temples they built. The Mayans included priests, scholars,
healers, shaman and astronomers but Hollywood via Mel Gibson’s
Apocoloypto wish you to believe they where just barbarian warriors. By
1200AD much of their civilisation had collapsed due to reasons unknown and
the Catholic invaders often found empty cities in the 1500’s. According to
Hollywood, it was mad barbarian warriors that built the amazing mathematical
and solar linked perfect pyramids like the seventh wonder of the world at
Chichen Itza, and the glyph, pictorial style of writing.

In July 1562AD, when evidence of human sacrifice was found in a cave


containing sacred Maya statues, a bout of religious self-righteousness saw
Diego de Landa order the destruction of five thousand idols. He decided that
their books were the devil's work and saw to it that they were burned. Only a
handful books survived (including the Popul Vuh which is known as the sacred
book of the Mayas) and consequently the majority of Mayan knowledge and
history was lost.....or hidden.

Page 159
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

It is said by many historians that the Mayan calendar was actually inherited
from the earlier Olmec race, also in Central America.

The Calendar measures:

• The moon cycles accurately at 29.5302 days.


• Venus Cycles.
• Solar Eclipses.
• Earths motion around the sun and the motion of the sun through the
galaxy.
• Planetary conjunctions.
• Precession of the Equinoxes.
• Sun cycles.
• Millions of years using the long count (base 20) system.

And also many claim it measures (but many of you will not buy into these
straight off the bat):

• Earth and Human evolution via cycles.


• Prophecies (mainly centred around the ‘5th day of the ‘great cycles’).
• The intention and aspect of creation of each day.
• Complex astrology for individuals through the readings of shaman.

Just to give a marker of its accuracy and brilliance, the calendar measured a
recent solar eclipse over Mexico City and was only a few seconds out and its
mapping of Venus is accurate to within 2 hours for every 500 years.

The two smaller cogs make up the sacred tzolkin calendar that’s made up of
13 numbers (intentions) x 20 days (aspects of creation) to make a 260 day
unique cycle. The Maya believe we choose the day we where born and
therefore know our purpose here via the days intention and more importantly,
the aspect of creation (energy associated). Everyone’s first name was named
after the aspect of creation (shown on the outer rim below).

Page 160
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

To digress, many physiologists state that many people in prison and in mental
institutions are there because they do not know why they are here or their
purpose.

The largest cog is known as the Tun and measures a 360 day year, thought to
be used as planets spin 360-degrees, It has 20 days in 18 months (plus 5
unlucky days are added on to make the 365 day Ha’ab calendar). We know
that a solar year is not exactly 365 days and the Mayans knew this too, using
some hardcore mathematics the Mayans knew the solar year was 365.242036
which is much more accurate than the Gregorian calendar we use today.

Every 52 years (or 18,980 days) all three cogs go back to repeating their
cycle, this was a special time for the Mayans and was measured as ‘a tun’
and was the divine or prophetic calendar.

Mayans divided a day into 13 hours, then what we would call 13 minutes, then
that by 13 and so on indefinitely. They also included the number 0 (zero) in
complex mathematics centuries before Europeans and Asians used this
number in any complexity. The Mayans also have a long count calendar
which is made up by using a glyph for each measurement of time, and allows
for any day in time to be uniquely dated using their ‘base 20’ system. The
measurements are as follows:

1 uinal = 20 kin = 20 days


1 tun = 18 uinal = 360 days = approximately 1 year
1 katun = 20 tun = 7,200 days = approximately 20 years
1 baktun = 20 katun = 144,000 days = approximately 394 years
1 pictun = 20 baktun = 2,880,000 days = approximately 7885 years
1 calabtun = 20 pictun = 57,600,000 days = approximately 158,000 years
1 kinchiltun = 20 calabtun = 1,152,000,000 days = approximately 3 million
years
1 alautun measures the ‘great = 20 kinchiltun = 23,040,000,000 days =
approximately 63 million years

Page 161
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

The long count also measures what they called sun cycles, these are over
5000 years long and the 4th sun cycle started in 3114BC.

Their abilities in Astronomy, Cosmology, Physics, Astrophysics and


Mathematics were far in advances of much we see today, they were (or are) a
shamanic culture and many believe they made extensive use of mind-
expanding substances known as ‘entheogens’ in order to attain altered states
of consciousness, enabling access to the inner realms of life.

I had a reading from a Mayan shaman based on the calendar and it was very
accurate and complex, you may think that this is me just associating things to
my life but then many months later the other side of the world an Indian
palmist gave me a read and it was almost exactly the same as the Mayan
reading, strange but true. The past year of my life the people who I have had
an instant strong connection with have been my ‘like minded’ glyph from the
Mayan astrology system based on the calendar, and I only found this out after
these human connections were established.

Hopefully this has gained some interest in the Maya calendar and we will look
at its long count calendar and its prophecies later on in the theories section,
for now just ask yourself why were the Catholics so hell bent on destroying
this calendar and this ancient knowledge? How very spiritual of them.
Did Pope Gregory XIII learn mathematics from a plastic abacus free in a box
of coco pops or was and is there intent on keeping the masses away from
natural cycles?

Why do we have breaks in humanities ancient knowledge?

There are two main breaks in humanities ancient knowledge, the first being at
‘The Great Library of Alexandria.’ This library was created by Emperor Tolomi
I and included ancient Phoenician, Egyptian, Hebrew and Greek texts and
was destroyed by fire (three fires according to some) from civil war in 48BC
(or 51BC), but rumours exist of this being sacked before the fire and of
information being taken to Rome were it sits today.
Roman historian Calamachos catalogued what was in the library before the
fire and he stated there were four hundred thousand mixed authored scrolls,
ninety thousand single authored scrolls and forty two thousand un-authored
scrolls. Manly P. Hall, in his book, ‘The Secret Teachings of all Ages’ states
that some of forty-two books of Hermes escaped the fire and are now only
known to few initiates within secret societies. HP. Blavatsky in his book, ‘Isis
Unveiled,’ wrote that many of the most precious scrolls were saved by the
librarians and hundreds of slaves as the fire embraced nearby buildings.

The second main break was with the creation of the bible in the 4th century.
In 325AD the western bible did not exist, It was an assemblage of documents
and it is said that at least forty-five entire books where left out and others
where condensed and re-arranged. Many were stored beneath the Vatican,
and many such as ‘The Secrets of Enoch’ where reserved for scholars only.

Page 162
Wayki Wayki ANCIENT HISTORY

Other ancient texts were found in 1946 known as ‘The Dead Sea Scrolls.’
These where created by the sect known as the Essenes in approximately
500BC and only seven scholars were allowed the job of piecing together the
twenty five thousand fragments of scrolls found in enclosed vases in eleven
caves. The prayerful Essenes were an order of three degrees from early
Syria and taught the immortality of the soul (according to early Jewish
historian, Josephus) and believed their purpose was to heal the sick in mind,
body and soul. Manly P. Hall wrote in 1926 that the Essenes had studied
Kabbalah and were a mystery school.

The seven scholars created the nine hundred scrolls from these fragments
and are known as the oldest original books and source of the Hebrew Old
Testament and The Torah. Why where these kept from the public until 1991?
Also worth noting is that near Jerusalem you can see some of the scrolls but
only one of them is protected against nuclear attack and natural disasters, this
scroll was found fully intact.
This is the Isaiah scroll and it states that Isaiah saw a time in the future when
the foundation of earth would shake and would be blackened from a
cataclysm and few will remain alive. He also saw a vision of a new earth with
peace and joy with the past not being remembered. Why make such a song
and dance about one single scroll? The scroll in question links to the Mayan
long count and we will look at that link later.

***

The bloodline story is one of humanities biggest kept secrets and it also looks
more and more like these bloodlines keep ancient wisdoms, technologies and
knowledge all for themselves.
Schools drum into us that the ancient civilisations where primitive but when
one looks into it for oneself, the evidence of a super advanced civilisation that
existed and got mostly wiped out between 12,500-10,000BC adds up. Just
because we have electricity, toasters and TV does not make us the smartest
inhabitants to have ever been on the earth, the way we are destroying it
proves we are probably the most stupid. The ice age and great flood
(reported in many ancient texts) may of wiped out nearly all evidence of this
super advanced civilisation but the pyramids, the sphinx and the Mayan
calendar amongst other evidence points towards survivors from its existence.

Page 163
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

SCIENCE
After making History fun, we will attempt to do the same with science. None
of what we look at in this chapter is within any school curriculum.

"The most important thing in science is not so much to obtain new facts as to
discover new ways of thinking about them."
Sir William Bragg

.
Why do scientists claim that nearly all of DNA is junk DNA?

They state this simply because they do not understand what this is or what it
does. Depending on which band of scientists you listen to, the figure of junk
DNA ranges from 80% to 97%.

Firstly, lets explain in as least boring terms as possible what DNA actually is:

• DNA stands for deoxyribonucleic acid and is found in all living things
And is ‘the blueprint for life.’
• DNA is a double helix molecule and the structure can be likened to a
twisted ladder.
• Almost all the cells in our body have DNA with the exception of red
blood cells.
• Living Organisms have a DNA sequence called a genome, it is made
up of a long code using a combination of only four letters; C,G, A and
T. These are in groups of three and are ‘read’ by a translation ‘program’
in a cell to determine the sequence of twenty different types of amino
acids to be incorporated into proteins.
• Over 99% of our DNA sequence is the same as other humans and is
97% the same as chimps, the difference between humans and all life
(e.g. a plant, a mouse) is how these four letters are sequenced
together.
• There’s an estimated 3 billion DNA bases in our genome.
• There's an estimated 20,000-25,000 genes in our genome.

Page 164
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

• A genome is made up from all the genetic information it contains and is


divided up into chromosomes.
• In 2004 only 30,000 genomes were found in man when 100,000 or
more were expected from the research. This is only 300 more than a
mouse.
• Changes in the DNA sequence are called mutations, many thing can
cause mutations, including UV irradiation from the sun, chemicals and
drugs.
• The environment affects DNA too, environmental factors can turn
genes on and off.
• We eat DNA every day.
• Genetically modified crops have DNA from another organism inserted.
On this note, considering how little we know about DNA is it not a little
silly and dangerous of humanity to be genetically modifying the
genome of crops and other organisms for the profit and power of
corporations?

Junk DNA actually refers to the content of a genome that does not contain
coding (or sequence) so a more accurate term to use is ‘noncoding DNA.’
To use an analogy, think of Junk DNA as being lots of pages of garbled text in
a book between articles. It is worth noting that there is Junk DNA within
genes and also between genes too.

Many alternative scientists are now stating DNA is a decoder receiver,


transmitter and storage unit for the vibrating frequencies around us. It has all
the characteristics to be a good ‘antenna’; it is a wound double helix, it is
elongated and from above it has the form of a ring.

Richard Deem from godandscience.org stated that there are links between the
patterns in the DNA non-coding language and the patterns seen in all human
vocal languages and Dr Karl from the ‘Great Moments in Science’ website
claims that according to the linguists, all human languages obey Zipf's Law
and that there seems to be some sort of language buried in the so-called junk
DNA.

Page 165
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

The San Francisco chronicle stated, “DNA is a universal software code. From
bacteria to humans, the basic instructions for life are written with the same
language” and Bill Gates said, "DNA is like a software program, only much
more complex than anything we've ever devised."

Let us have a look at a relatively unpublicised unrelated experiments that


were done with DNA in the early 1990’s:

• Russian quantum biologist, Dr Vladimir Poponin took a sealed glass


tube and created a vacuum. Even though ‘nothing’ was within the tube
small particles of light called ‘photons’ were evident (as they are
everywhere), in the vacuum the ‘photons’ where randomly scattered as
Pulponon had expected. When some DNA (via cell tissue) was
inserted into the vacuum, all the photons aligned along the axis of the
DNA. When the DNA was removed from the tube the photons stayed
in the shape of the DNA and acted as though the DNA was still there.
This became known as ‘The DNA Phantom Effect.’
• In 1993 the a body within the US military known as the Intelligence and
Security Command (NSCOM) performed an experiment and this was
reported in the Treat Five Conference in Santa Fe. They took some
human DNA from a donors mouth and placed the DNA in a device to
measure changes in the DNA under certain conditions. The donor was
placed in another room in the same building and was exposed to war,
humerous and erotic videos, what happened was that the lone DNA
was having exactly the same peaks and troughs and behaviour as the
DNA within the Donor at exactly the same time with no time lag.
The military did the same experiement with the donor being 50 miles
away and exactly the same results occured.
Dr. Cleve Backster did a similar test with a lie detector test and took a
skin cell ten kilometres away from the subject, the cells all acted the
same with no time lag. Baxtor, who authored ‘The Secret Life of
Plants’ in 1974, also worked with polygraph technology within the
military during the Second World War. Baxtor hooked up a polygraph to
some plants one day and when Baxtor went to kill a spider during a
lunch break (he did not raise his hand, just had the intention) the plants
started going haywire on the polygraph. The above military
experiments were born from Baxtors work and Baxtor claims that at
three hundred miles the donor and the extracted DNA has the same
effects with no lag time.
• In 1993, the Heart Math institute realesed a paper showing results of
an experiment. This instition back up the facts that the heart is formed
before the brain in the womb and that the heart has brain tissue and
even a memory. Glenn Ryan and Roland Mcrady wrote the paper for a
physchotronics conference in Milwalkee and they found that a
measurable electromagnetic energy field surrounds the heart (not
prana, aura or chakra though may be linked) and goes out for 5 to 8
feet. Roland stated that, “It stops at 8 feet as this is the limitation of our
instruments and probably goes out many miles on the quantum level,
our hearts effect the world around us.” They took some Human

Page 166
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

placenta DNA (prestine brand new DNA) and found out that gratitude,
love and compassion relaxed the DNA and when they continued the
experiment for a longer time, the DNA got so relaxed that it started to
untwine itself.

The paper went on to say, “Human emotion produces effects that defy
conventional laws of electro magnetism and its relationship to space
and time” and, “We communicate with DNA using a non local form of
energy,” in other words we are using an energy field that already exist.
The most amazing part of the lab notes was the quote “Individuals
trained in feelings of deep love and appreciated where able to
intentionally change the shape of DNA,”

Do these experiments mean that our DNA and emotions effects the ‘stuff’ our
world is made of, and that the world and its events effect our DNA too via
effecting our emotions and feelings? Do these experiments explain why
organ transplant patients take on personality trates of the donor? Do these
experiments explain why distance, past and future healing can occur within
Reiki healing?

Dr Pjoty Garjajev from the Russian Academy of Sciences, created a paper


with others titled, 'The DNA wave Biocomputer' and stated that DNA is an
intelligent apparatus that can store and retreive data and that all of the billions
of cells in our body are in instananoues communication with each other.

Did someone or something in our ancient past turn off some of our DNA?
Sound crazy? Well how come humans, bats, apes and gunea pigs are the
only mammals that no longer self produce Vitamin C? We have all the codes
for this in our DNA but these are shut off and how come we only use fifteen
percent of our brains? How come humans have twenty three different genes
not found in any other mammal or primate? Why have all these brains and
DNA if we only use a portion? What is the rest for? Just because we cannot
see or understand something does this make it nonsense, ‘junk’ or unused?
Are the bloodlines we have talked about so obsessed with protecting their
DNA because they have some special abilities within their DNA coding? Can
they tap into frequencies we can’t? Does Junk DNA allow for flexibility in
genetic alteration? These questions are all silly to rule out .....even though
they sound silly at first hearing.

In July 2008, two students were ritualistically tortured and murdered in


London. They were in the second year of a three-year Master's degree in
bioengineering in France, and had been selected to take part in a three-month
research project into DNA at London's Imperial College. Had these two found
something out or was this just a ritualistic murdering madman that picked on
these two by chance?

Page 167
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

Why is Darwin’s theory of evolution starting to look incorrect as more


and more evidence is going against it?

Darwinian evolution is taught in all schools today and is peddled by the


education system and mainstream media and science as fact, but it all attacks
the left side of the brain and we have covered that in the education chapter.

Darwinism was really just a doctrine of natural selection and physical


evolution, a theory, no more and no less.

Back in Darwin's day, when his book ‘On the Origin of Species’ was published
in 1859, life appeared much simpler. Viewed through the primitive
microscopes of the day, the cell appeared to be a simple blob of jelly or
uncomplicated protoplasm. Now, almost one hundred and fifty years later,
that view has changed dramatically as science has discovered a virtual
universe inside the cell. Darwin named a simple cell ‘a homogeneous globule
of protoplasm’ and did not know about DNA and he never even attempted to
explained how life forms appeared on the planet 530 million years ago or how
whole universes were created via natural selection.

Just recently, one of the world's most famous atheists, Professor Antony Flew,
admitted he couldn't explain how DNA was created and developed through
evolution. He now accepts the need for an intelligent source to have been
involved in the making of the DNA code.
Let us look at some quotes from some people who know more than I do about
DNA and evolution, it must be mentioned though that mainstream media does
not shout about it when these people make their comments:

“DNA could not come about by evolution, it is just too complicated.”


Francis Crikk, Nobel prize winner for work on DNA

“If you took all the carbon in the universe and put it on the face of the earth, allowed
it to chemically react at the most rapid rate possible, and left it for a billion years, the
odds of creating just one functional protein molecule would be one chance in a 10
with 60 zeros after it. In other words, the odds for all practical purposes are zero.
That's why even though some people who aren't educated in [molecular science
and DNA research] still believe life emerged by chance, scientists simple don't
believe it anymore.”
Walter L. Bradley, The Mystery of Life's Origin

"Each cell in the human body contains more information than in all thirty volumes of
the Encyclopaedia Britannica. It's certainly reasonable to make the inference that
this isn't the random product of unguided nature, but it's the unmistakable sign of an
Intelligent Designe.”
Walter L. Bradley, The Mystery of Life's Origin

"The conclusion of intelligent design flows naturally from the data itself—not from
sacred books or sectarian beliefs . . . The reluctance of science to embrace the
conclusion of intelligent design . . . has no justifiable foundation . . . . Most people,

Page 168
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

including many important and well-respected scientists, just don't want there to be
anything beyond nature.”
Michael Behe, molecular scientist from Lehigh University
Darwin's Black Box: The Biochemical Challenge to Evolution, 1996

“I am sorry to say, freedom of inquiry in science is being suppressed. Under a new


anti-religious dogmatism, scientists and educators are not allowed to even think
thoughts that involve an intelligent creator. They cannot even mention the possibility
that, as Newton or Galileo believed, these laws were created by god or a higher
being. They could get fired, lose tenure, have their grants cut off. This can happen.
It has happened.”
Ben Stein, author, film-maker. EXPELLED: No Intelligence Allowed

"Evolution is unproved and improvable."


Sir Arthur Keith, foreword to the 100th edition of Origin of the Species

"Scientists who go about teaching that evolution is a fact of life are great con-men,
and the story they are telling may be the greatest hoax ever."
Dr. T. N. Tahmisian, Atomic Energy Commission, USA
Sorry to interrupt here but I would disagree, greater hoaxes include 9/11, 7/7, the
war on terror, political parties in the UK and US being on opposite teams and the
lending of money that does not exist at interest.

"Evolution is a fairy tale for grown-ups. This theory has helped nothing in the
progress of science. It is useless."
Professor Louis Bounoure, Director of Research,
National Center of Scientific Research.

"[Evolutionary theory] is still, as it was in Darwin's time, a highly speculative


hypothesis entirely without direct factual support."
Michael Denton, Molecular Biologist

“So to believe that the genetic code gradually evolved in Darwinian style would
break all the known rules of how matter, energy and the laws of nature work. In fact,
there has not been found in nature any example of one information system inside the
cell gradually evolving into another functional information program”
Mario Seiglie, The Good News website
.
“Neanderthal did not contribute mitochondrial DNA to modern humans;
Neanderthals are not our ancestors.”
Chris Knight and Robert Lomas’ Uriels machine

“Most evolutionists believe that it (life), was generated long ago but perhaps it never
was....perhaps the earth was infected from elsewhere.”
John A Ball, Harvard University

“Darwin himself admitted at times that mankind fitted in small ways fitted his
evolutionary theory least of all creatures. Alfred Wallace, his contemporary
formulator of the theory of evolution, was even more emphatic, and forthrightly said
that man was an exception to the orderly operation of biological laws, and that

Page 169
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

natural selection could not have operated in this case. What the true answer was he
hazarded no guess.”
Clifford Wilson, The Chariots Still Crash

“Most controversial is the evolutionary question. I have done a great deal of work on
Darwin and can say with some assurance that Darwin did not derive his theory from
nature but rather superimposed a certain philosophical world-view on nature and
then spent 20 years trying to gather the facts to make it stick.”
Immanuel Vetkovsky, who wrote four books with facts and theories against
Darwinism

“Homo Sapiens has acquired a modern anatomy language capability, and a


sophisticated brain (well beyond the needs of its everyday existence) apparently in
defiance of the laws of Darwinism. There is a number of possible explanations for
this anomaly. One is that mankind evolved in the sea, and that crucial fossil
evidence is thus missing. Another is that Darwinian theory itself has a missing link.
And a third explanation is that the genes for modern man were suddenly implanted
by an intelligent extraterrestrial species who colonised earth.”
Alan Alford, Writer

“Some intelligent power has guided or determined the development of man”


Alfred A Wallace, who discovered ‘natural selection’ previous to Darwin, and with
Darwin founded the Evolutionist theory. But after reviewing the theory he realised
man was an exception to the rules of evolution.”

“The probability that human consciousness and out infinitely complex universe
could of come into existence through random interactions of inert matter has aptly
been compared to that of a tornado blowing through a junkyard and accidentally
assembling a 747 Jumbo jet.”
Stanislav Grof, The Holotropic mind

“Molybdenum, a very rare metal plays an important role as a trace element in


physiology of all earth creatures. It is surprising, therefore, that life so dependant on
a rare metal should arise on a molybdenum-poor world like ours.
The disappearance of Neanderthal Man and the advent of Cro Magnon at
approximately the same time is one of the truly big stumbling blocks to the evolution
theory, for they are non sequitur species. Neanderthal most decidedly could not be
the direct ancestor of Cro Magnon, for they were two distinctly different types of
human, physically and even skeletally.....
....appeared with a mysteriously improved skeletal characteristics and with a cranial
capacity that is amazingly in excess by 100 cubic centremetres of that of modern
man. A similarly large degree of brain expansion occurred in absolutely no other
species on earth in all the ages of the past, not has any genius shown evidence of
brain mutation of a comparable magnitude since antiquity.”
Otto O. Binder and Max H. Flinft, Mankind – child of the Stars

“The change in the size of the brain from erectus to sapiens seems to have occurred
in an evolutionary instant.....the human brain’s major design modification [one third
increase in size] occurred primarily in the frontal lobes – the part of the brain that
control such uniquely human behaviour as speech, long-range planning, delayed
gratification, and complex puzzle solving.”

Page 170
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

Leonard Schlain, Sex, time and power

Issue 41 of the magazine ‘Atlantis rising’ follows Michael A. Cremo’s invitation


to speak to the department of anthropology of the Academy of Sciences in
Moscow following his book ‘The Hidden History of the Human Race.’ Michael
spoke against Darwinism and about the knowledge filtration process in the
world of science and this did not go down too well. He was accused of being
‘a non specialist.’
I went on a bit there with quotes but felt it was required as we are constantly
fed Darwinism, and yes I admit, there is an ‘argument’ for evolution and one
could insert many quotes in a book that supports Darwinism, but as each day
passes more and more scientists are unable to explain parts of DNA through
Darwinism and many of the quotes above are from experts in this field.
Darwinism is accepted because schools and the mainstream media keep
repeating it to the masses, just like the way many other things are repeated.
Are the elite powers using Darwinism and a ‘science filtration process’ to
distract us from truths? I need to stop these flippant ungrounded comments, I
am full of slander today.
How come it appears that since 200,000BC Neanderthal man was pretty
dumb and then all of a sudden in around 40,000BC man could be creative?
Cro-Magnon man seemingly appeared, doing cave art, showing beliefs in life
after death, and having improved hunter efficiency? It is like a light was
switched on. How could evolution of caused this sudden change? What
happened to Neanderthal man?
Darwinism simply states that Australopithecines evolved into Early Homos,
then the Early Homos evolved into Humans, what it leaves out is much more
important than it depicts. We now have 5-6 million years of fossils with small
brains, heavy brow ridges, wide flat noses, projecting snouts and no chins,
replaced overnight around 200,000 years ago with creatures showing the
opposite traits. Science recognises this but keeps this relatively quiet and the
official line is “we are looking into this.”

Let us note the ‘genomics.energy.gov’ website too that states that the genetic
difference between Neanderthals and modern humans is on average about

Page 171
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

three times greater than the genetic difference between any two modern
humans.
The four theories currently doing the rounds are:

• We arrived from somewhere else and wiped our Neanderthal men.


They could not cope ecologically or economically with the new arrivals
(us) and became extinct.
• Intervention theory: Neanderthal man was genetically modified.
• Intervention and hybridisation theory: Neanderthal man was genetically
modified and the mated with.
• A natural sudden human evolution due to cosmic or divine forces.
• Let us add in Darwin’s theory that Neanderthal evolved naturally into
Cro-Magnon man practically overnight.

Hybridisation theories sound crazy due to the single fact that Darwinism is
constantly repeated to us from a young age as being fact. For me, Darwinism
does nothing more than de-spiritualise people and we have to ask is this
premeditated. We must also ask why we evolved a brain we don't fully use?
Why did we evolve DNA that is just junk? Why do we have over 4000 genetic
deformities and defects when chimps and gorillas have a lot less? Where
these mistakes made during the cut and splice techniques used during the
genetic engineering of us?

Lloyd Pye is an author that fully believes that not only were we genetically
modified, but cheetahs and other animal and plant life were too. The cheetah
is great at hunting alone, worldwide is genetically identical, has dogs feet with
hard pads and no retractable claws and can have diseases open to cats and
dogs. Pye asks questions about the origin of the cheetah along with that of
wheat and cotton amongst others. Bananas, wheat and bees are three other
items that science struggles to find the origins for, some ancient mystics state
these came from Venus millions of years ago!

Pye states that science links chimps to be our common ancestor simply
because our chromosomes are only three percent different. But those and
other primates have forty eight chromosomes (twenty four from mum and
twenty four from dad) and humans (the only primate on earth I must add) have
forty six (twenty three from mum and twenty three from dad).
This raises the question of what happened to these two of the chromosomes?
How do you lose two whole chromosomes? The answer is that the two
chromosomes that are missing aren’t really missing, if we lay down the
second and third chromosome from a chimp and lay down the humans
second chromosome then we would see our second one is a perfect
combination of the primates second and third, they have been fused together
end to end seamlessly. The same function but takes up one place instead of
two. Now how does evolution do that? How does mother-nature and random
chaos fuse together chromosomes? Why does science keep this fact rather
quiet? This could be construed as someone wanting to mate with us but
needing us to have 46 chromosomes in order for hybridisation to be possible?

Page 172
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

Genetic modification theories sound crazy but today us humans are


genetically modify fruit and vegetables and can even clone a sheep. We think
things are crazy because we are not used to hearing them.

Pye buys into the genetic modification by the Annunaki and the12th Planet
theories, both of which we will look into later on.

It is also a fact that our DNA is closer to dolphins than that of primates and we
must look at the work by Mathematician Fred Hoyle, he stated that for a blind
man to solve the rubiks cube by chance with one turn per second, it would
take 126 billion years. How can us intelligent, perfect biological complex
beings occur by chance in less than one percent of that time? Think about it
that.

If science stated that modern day humans are not naturally from here, people
would go crazy and the UFO and alien world would have to open up. The
elite, governments and religions really do not want that can of worms on their
plate. Darwin never explained the skulls found in Peru either.

So if we are not a product of evolution, were we created or genetically


modified? We will look deeply into some theories later and mention what the
relevant modern scholars and ancient texts state.

Why do many not people know of Francis Crikk?

Francis Crikk was the mainstream scientist who won the Nobel Prize for his
pioneering find of the double helix DNA structure in 1962.

Just eight days before his death in 2004 it was revealed, and admitted by
Crikk that during his work he was taking LSD weekly, and that it was on one of
his ‘trips’ that he first saw the double helix DNA pattern. This is backed up by
a report in the Mail on Sunday in August 2004 by Alun Rees among many
others.
In his 1981 book ‘Life Itself’ Crikk showed how complex DNA’s ability to
manage proteins was, and claimed it was far too complex to come from

Page 173
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

random evolution. Let us note that mainstream scientists today claim DNA
comes from the random colliding together of molecules and chemicals.

Crikk did not believe DNA evolved on this planet!

His theory stated that an alien civilisation billions of years older than us had
evolved and had realised that their culture was doomed by a cosmic event.
They then took their life forms, DNA and bacteria and froze it and sent it all off
into the universe in different directions to preserve life.
This is a theory of a Nobel Prize winner, and without this man, humanity would
probably be decades behind in DNA technology.

Graham Hancock talked of Crikk in an Interview in late 2006 on the


impressive free thinking Coast to Coast radio station in the US. He stated that
maybe these life forms, bacteria and DNA from Crikk’s theory contained
genetically engineered DNA that stored all the information of our ancestors.
The debate went on to ask whether we could actually be storage or teaching
machines for a long lost story someone or something wants to keep alive in
the universe? Let us remember most of our DNA we do not understand and
modern science can now currently store information on DNA.

Hancock also posed the thought that Crikk’s alien race could be from a
different dimension instead of from another other planet.

All pretty far out, but then again, so is Darwinism. We call things far out due
to having lived many years without knowing something, it is new, our brain is
not familiar with it, therefore it is ‘far out.’

Why is it that we think that what we actually see and perceive is all there
is to see and perceive?

Page 174
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

How many times do we hear “I have to see it to believe it,” well once the
science of this is looked into, that comment seems a little narrow minded.
Humans can only see and experience five percent of the electromagnetic
spectrum (many other animals can see more), and the electromagnetic
spectrum makes up only a thousandth of a percent of the estimated mass in
the universe.
In the early twentieth century scientists like John keely and Nickola Tesla
stacked electromagnetic spectrums on top of each other (think of octaves on a
piano) and created amazing effects with super fast vibrating energy (we will
look at Tesla later).
We think what we see is all there is to see, but we can only see a small
frequency range of what is actually possible. This a bit like a radio being
tuned to BBC radio one and thinking it that this is the only radio station that
exists (heaven forbid).

It is scientifically proven that everything is energy vibrating at a different


frequency, a rock vibrates at a very slow and low frequency, where as a
human full of good thoughts and calm emotions vibrates at a faster high
frequency. Zero point energy means we live in a sea of energy and
contemporary science says matter is simply the focal point of vibration in an
energy sea called ether.

Hang on a minute, a rock? A rock vibrates? Yes, did you think a rock was
solid? We can explain this one in a single paragraph.
Everything is made up of a collection of vibrating atoms and atoms are just
empty space. Atoms contain space within the nucleus itself and between the
nucleus and the group of (space filled) electrons and neutrons that spin
around it. Think of the nucleus as a hollow football in the centre of a football
pitch and think of the electrons as a crowd in the stands of the football
stadium and that is roughly the correct scale of empty space.
Science actually goes a lot smaller than this with string theory; this is the
theory that everything is made up of tiny strings, either with loose ends or one-
dimension closed loops, each creating different notes or vibrations e.g. a
different type of particle. The size of one of these strings (in ratio) is the size
of an atom if an atom was the size of the earth, now that is small.

Page 175
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

In 1917 noble prize winner, quantum theorist Max Planck stated in his speech,
"There is no matter, our world is not solid, what we see as matter only exist
only by virtue of a force, we must assume behind this force the existence of a
conscience and intelligent mind, this mind is the matrix of what we see as
matter" ...the audience and his peers where shocked by these comments and
deemed him loopy.
Maybe our much of our DNA is decoding the atoms and vibrating frequencies
into something that appears solid to our brains? The ‘hundredth monkey
syndrome’ lends itself to the idea that DNA is a receiver and transmitter of
frequencies in a field of energy too.
To go a step further, all parts of our body are within our feet and ears, this is
proven by reflexology therapy, and also our DNA code is within every cell,
because of these facts we have to recognise the similarities to a hologram
where all parts are within the single. Dr. Karl Lashley, a psychologist and
behaviorist well-remembered for his influential contributions to the study of
learning and memory, found that our memory is actually dispersed all over the
brain and that each part of the brain seems to contain the whole memory,
again, this is another example of all parts being within the single like a
hologram.

When two people speak to each other psychologists have proven that when
humans repeat back what was said up to fifty percent is edited as we add and
edit things to fit with our perception of the person speaking or the information
received, basically, we take in what we want based on our perceived reality.

It is scientifically proven we actually see within the brain and feel pain within
the brain, the eyes and the source of pain just send electronic messages to
the brain, this just proves on another level how we perceive things that are not
true. To take things a step further, the colour green for instance does not
actually exist, it is a translation from our senses to our brain, it is a
representative that makes sense to you, but in reality it is a subjective
frequency, amplitude and phase.

Our limited perception comes a box with five openings (the senses) and we
mostly all live in this box. From the five openings known as senses comes our
perception, isolation and fleeting pleasures. However, these senses are not
really openings, but filters and these sensors (retina/taste bud/nerve etc) give
us interpreted information limited by the way that the sensor is programmed
by its predefined rules. If the eye uses an electron microscope or the Hubble
space telescope it still follows the rules of the programme and gives our brain
subjective information based on the programme. This programme is egoism;
the will to receive, self concern and the I. The box is a machine, the input
being a programme and the output being our reality, it is not real but just how
it appears to the ego. If one lives outside of this box with a different
perception (e.g. by knowing that due to its impermanence and non placement,
the ‘self’ is an illusion) then you have a different programme, this programme
has no emphasis on self concern and this sustains and guides and is lasting
pleasure. To live out of the box one must have a need and wish to get out
though. We should call the world of our five senses, the one percent. One
percent means that all we really perceive is one percent of total reality. Just

Page 176
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

the branches. Only the effects. We fail to observe the remaining ninety nine
percent realm in which all the seeds and causes dwell.

“If the doors of perception were cleansed, everything would appear to man as it is,
infinite. For man has closed himself up, till he sees all things thru' narrow chinks of
his cavern."
William Blake

“We see things not as they are, but as we are.”


H.M. Tomlinson

“How can consciousness be from the physical world, when of the physical world by
grace of the collapse of the quantum wave requires consciousness observation?”
Amit Goswami
Why does crystallized water change shape to something beautiful or
ugly dependent on the energy or intention sent to it?

Masaru Emoto, author of ‘The hidden messages in Water’ did some


experiments with water. He labelled different sources of water with comments
such as “I love you” or “I hate you” and then took photos of the samples after
the water was frozen and crystallised.

The crystals in water labelled with the words (and the vibration from the
human thought form) ‘beauty,’ ‘Angel,’ ‘Mother Teresa’ and ‘I Love You’ are
intricately and gracefully formed.
Water samples labelled with ‘Dirty,’ ‘Demon,’ ‘Adolph Hitler’ and ‘I Hate You’
do not even form proper crystalline shapes and are chaotic in structure.

“You make me sick” “Thank you” “Spring water” “Polluted water”

“The science of quantum physics generally acknowledges that substance is


nothing more than vibration,” states Dr. Emoto.

As we are over seventy five percent water and all water reacts to its
environment intelligently, maybe we should be more careful of the water we
drink, the food we induce and the thoughts we have and recieve?

Page 177
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

Why is modern science starting to embrace the laws of attraction?

The laws of nature function every moment of every day with utmost precision.
It is a bit clever really because mainstream science states everything comes
from chaos. Let us look closer.

“Energy attracts like energy, our thoughts are energy.”

Our universe contains atomic and sub-atomic particles not visible to the naked
eye, and sometimes not even visible with sophisticated instruments. It also
contains planets, stars and huge galaxies spanning hundreds of thousands of
light-years across space, some of which are so far from earth that they appear
as mere specks in the sky. The laws of nature are so complex that they
support millions of forms of life on our planet while maintaining the integrity of
the cosmos as a whole.

One of the most compelling discoveries of quantum physics is that all matter
can behave like a particle or a wave. A particle is solid matter, it is limited to
being in one place at a time, and you can always identify its location. A wave,
however, is not a finite point; light and sound are examples of waves. Light
can also be a wave or a particle and this is known as a photon.

Now what quantum physics recently discovered is that when firing very small
particles of electrons through two slits, if observation was made of the
electrons while going through the slits, then they acted as particles. Each
electron picked one slit randomly, went through it, and hit the screen at the
back as particles.

However, if the electrons were not observed while going through the slits, they
created a large interference pattern on the screen behind, which is the pattern
caused by the behaviour of a wave. Additionally, the pattern displayed
interference from the slits, which further proved that the electrons passed
through the slits as a wave, and not as solid particles.

So what does that mean for us?

When observed - particle state.


When not observed - pure energy wave state.

Page 178
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

When you consider the fact that electrons and other small particles are what
our entire world is created from, the implications are enormous. An observer
actually modifies objective events on a subatomic level.

More amazingly than probably anything else in this whole book is that when
scientists made attempts to watch these electrons and decided with intent
where they would go, they found that wherever the observer anticipated and
intended it would show up is where it showed up e.g. What slit they would go
through.

To go a little deeper and to explain this another way; a particle is like a wave
when not observed, when observed the quantum state of the particle
collapses, the superposition of all possibilities is said to collapse into one
physical state, one physical reality. In other words the particle does not
exist in the real world before the observer observes it! Before observation it
exits in the realms of multiple possibilities. Physical reality is subjective,
the observer plays an active role in what nature is manifesting. In the
quantum realm of sub atomic particles we are the co-creators of our own
reality.

Surely this means our observation, expectations, thoughts, intents and beliefs
literally form the world around us on a subatomic scale. Wow.

So if we influence the quantum field with every thought and feeling we have
then surely we are always manifesting the future whether we like it or not?

While we are down in the deep and dirty swamp of quantum physics, we
should do one tiny easy to read paragraph on non-locality as this is
astounding and not talked about much either.
Physicists now agree that this physical dimension alone cannot explain our
reality due to the concept of quantum non-locality. This is, in essence, the
realisation that the same atom can exist in two locations at the same moment
(faster than the speed of light), and that when it does so duplicate its own
existence, everything which defines one localized manifestation defines the
other e.g. they are identical. Due to nothing being able to travel faster than
the speed of light in our dimension, many scientists believe in multiple
dimensions (especially string theorists). Even chaos theory explains there is a
deeper level of order behind seemingly random chaos.

"I’m not sure the moon is still there when I turn my head.”
Einstein

Ok, back to the laws of attraction before we all start scratching our heads.
There are many books and documentaries presenting the theory of what we
manifest creates our reality, none more famous that than ‘The Secret’ or
‘What the bleep do we know.’

Most often however, we manifest what we don’t want and then blame it on the
Law of Attraction failing.

Page 179
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

Much literature supports the theory that the laws of attraction do not care for
negatives, for example, manifesting ‘I hate being ill,’ ‘I don’t want to be late’
and ‘I’m stressed about my finances’ should be manifested as ‘I am healthy,’ ‘I
will be on time,’ and ‘my finances are great.’

There is yet another caveat of our manifesting one’s own personal reality. If
one focuses on the ‘wanting’ of something, the universe will only provide more
opportunities for us to continue to want, e.g. not have. The universe is simply
being literal in noting how much energy we spend on desiring something, and
assumes that what we desire is the opportunity to want something.

Following what is wanted as being already possessed essentially keeps your


attention on the wanted thing, and off of the fact that you don't have it yet, this
keeps your vibrating signal oriented in the right direction, and allows you to
rendezvous with the people and resources that match up with you. By not
resisting the wanted thing you allow the law of 'like attracts like' to work in your
favour. Whatever you place your attention on positively you get more of.

The web site ‘The Library of Halexandria’ states, “Simply put, the best way to
predict the future is to create it. Our thoughts determine the present and
future of what is contained within our lives. It’s all about our choices. How
and what we choose, upon what we focus, concentrate, or direct our attention,
and where we spend our mental and emotional energies, this is precisely what
we will attract or draw to ourselves. And the universe always provides.
You are at cause over everything that happens in your life, whether you were
conscious of it or not.”

Does it not seem that the people who moan about having no job end up
having no job and those who deem themselves unlucky are always unlucky?
If someone is walking on a slippery path and is in fear or is in dread of missing
a train the inevitable usually happens, many call this in the UK ‘sods law,’ but
is this the law of attraction and modern science?
When you go out and are angry then angry experiences occur but when you
are happy everyone else seems happy. When you drive home and think
negatively about your wife being an argumentative pain in the arse, that
evening it is near guaranteed she will be an argumentative pain in the arse.
Once you start playing with the laws of attraction you can change your life in
more ways than one.

Most people go about life not realizing their true potential and many people
die without ever realizing a purpose. Maybe manifesting what you desire
using the laws of attraction can help? Think it is nonsense? Then think hard
about the experiment done at a particle level.

My view, and one shared by others, is that if you are manifesting something
that is not congruent with the divine plan or for want of better words, for your
greater good, then it will not come to pass no matter how much you manifest
correctly.

Page 180
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

“All the things you see in your life are the children of your thoughts.”

Why is contemporary science starting to embrace ‘sacred geometry?

What is sacred geometry?

Sacred geometry was taught secretly in ancient mystery schools but areas of
modern molecular and quantum science are embracing it more and more. It
is an ancient science that explores and explains the energy patterns that
create and unify all things and reveals the precise way that the energy of
creation organizes itself. On every scale, every natural pattern of growth or
movement conforms inevitably to one or more geometric shapes.

As you enter the world of Sacred Geometry you begin to see as never before
the wonderfully patterned beauty of Creation. The molecules of our DNA, the
cornea of our eye, snow flakes, pine cones, flower petals, diamond crystals,
the branching of trees, crop circles, a nautilus shell, the star we spin around,
the galaxy we spiral within, the air we breathe, and all life forms as we know
them emerge out of timeless geometric codes. Viewing and contemplating
these codes allow us to gaze directly at the lines on the face of deep wisdom
and offers up a glimpse into the inner workings of the Universe itself. It is
claimed that to the ancients, the ‘sacred’ had particular significance involving
consciousness and the profound mystery of awareness ….. the ultimate
sacred wonder.

Sacred Geometry can be traced back to Egypt and some say it even comes
from the mythical Atlantis, what is fact though is that sacred geometry has left
its traces in cultures such as in the gothic architecture of European Churches
and Cathedrals, the Parthenon in Athens, paintings by Leonardo Da Vinci
(member of the Priory of Sion) and in Hindu classical dance. Sacred
geometry has also been preserved in circles of Freemasonry and other secret
societies in utmost secrecy.

Page 181
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

We will go into Freemasonry later but for now just know that the above
Freemasonic symbol shows a carpenter’s square and a compass, the only
two instruments needed to create all sacred geometry, the symbol is also said
to represent the macrocosm and the microcosm.

The Flower of Life shown above can be found in all major religions and is
seen all around the ancient world. It is said to contain the patterns of creation
as they emerged from the ‘Great Void.’ It links back to the creation story from
the right eye of Horus mystery school and the Temple of Osiris at Abydos in
Egypt contains the oldest Flower of Life example, it is carved in granite and
may possibly represent the Eye of Ra. Other examples can be found in
Phoenician, Assyrian, Indian, Asian, Middle Eastern, and medieval art.
This structure forms the basis for music, as the distances between the
spheres are identical to the distances between the tones and the half tones in
music. It is also identical to the cellular structure of the third embryonic
division (The first cell divides into two cells, then to four cells then to eight).
This same structure as it is further developed, creates the human body and all
of the energy systems. If we continue creating more and more spheres we will
end up with the structure called the Flower of Life. The flower of life holds
within it, a secret symbol called the Fruit of Life and from this the Cube of
Metatron can be created. The Flower of Life also contains the Kabbalistic
Tree of Life amongst many other links of interest.

Page 182
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

Other prominent examples of sacred geometry are the shown below.

The platonic solids (once describe by Plato around 350BC) shown below are
representations of waveforms in three-dimensions and are everywhere (at a
sub-molecular level). To be a platonic sold a shape has to fit into a sphere
perfectly, have the same shape on each face and every line must be of the
same length. Each of the Platonic Solids can be found within the Cube of
Metatron.

Only relatively recently has science discovered the geometrical and


fractal patterns described by sacred geometry within our physical universe;
within the gravitational and electromagnetic energy fields of the Earth, the
structure of the atom and the energy fields of the human body. We should
note that repetitive patterns of the platonic solids that fit into each other are
fractals, and a fractal is a repetitive pattern that can be scaled but holds its
ratio. There are many scientific theories out there that state fractals are at the
source of much of creation and that the universe itself is a fractal. Examples
of fractals are shown below.

Page 183
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

If one puts two tetrahedrons together, with one flipped, you end up with a
Merkaba, known to many ancients as ‘the vehicle for ascension.’

Mer, refers to a specific kind of light that was understood in Egypt, Ka refers to
the individual spirit of a person and Ba refers to the spirit's interpretation of its
particular reality. In the human reality, Ba is usually defined as the body or
physical reality. This shape is what the Egyptians called the energy body and
they believed that the spinning light of this shape could enable someone to go
to another dimension, in other words, the Merkaba is a counter-rotating field of
light generated from the spinning of specific geometric forms that
simultaneously affects one's spirit and body. It is a vehicle that can aid mind,
body and spirit to access and experience other planes of reality or potentials

Page 184
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

of life. The Merkaba makes appearances in the Book of Ezekiel, Islamic Sufi
mysticism and in modern spiritual and sacred geometry research circles.
Researcher Daniel Gleason has even found the Merkaba hidden in the Bible
using a complex code involving numerology.

Leonardo Fibonacci (1175 AD), a great mathematician of the Middle Ages


discovered the Fibonacci sequence by studying nature. He studied the
growth of rabbit populations and the growth of leaves and petals and
discovered a well-defined mathematical sequence in all of this:

1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, 89, 144 etc.

Each number in the sequence is the sum of the two preceding numbers
starting with the root number 1. The Fibonacci sequence progresses towards
the Golden Mean if we divide two successive numbers in the sequence.
1/1 =1
2/1 = 2.0
3/2 = 1.5
5/3 = 1.667
8/5 = 1.60

144/89 = 1.618 (Golden Mean)

The Golden Mean, Golden Section, Golden Ratio or Divine Proportion


(whichever you wish to call it) is a ratio or proportion defined by the number
Phi (named after the Greek Phidias, 490-430BC and not be confused with
Pie), 1.618033988749895. It is actually a never ending number (known as a
non terminating decimal and is seen everywhere in nature. To notice this
phenomenon, the ratio of a segments size to the previous segment is 1.618...

Page 185
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

Golden mean is everywhere, all over the human body too (for example in
ratios between bones) and has been known and used by many for thousands
of years. Even DNA from a top down view has a dodecahedron shape and
phi spirals.

But the fascination with the Golden Ratio is not confined just to
mathematicians, biologists, artists, musicians, historians, architects,
psychologists, and even mystics have pondered and debated the basis of its
ubiquity and appeal. In fact, it is probably fair to say that the Golden Ratio has
inspired thinkers of all disciplines like no other number in the history of
mathematics.

Is the secret of sacred geometry, as many contemporary quantum scientists


are starting to believe, not just about geometry, but about vibrations that take
on geometrical patterns? Did the Egyptians and other ancient civilisations get
the sacred geometry knowledge from Atlantis as Plato stated? Is the
Universe a self aware hologram? Am I going completely nuts? Let us move
on..quickly!

Why do some people still not believe in Auras even when its now
possible to actually take a photo of it?

A few years ago I would of laughed at much of this book, none more so than
this section.
Every living thing has an aura. An aura is an energy field around someone or
something alive, it comes in different colours and shapes and can change
quickly or slowly. For instance someone in a bad mood will be likely to have a

Page 186
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

spiky aura with dark colours and someone in a good, care free mood will have
a smooth curvy aura with bright colours.

There are many people who claim to be able to see or feel another person’s
aura and there are many healing techniques were a person’s aura can be
cleansed. Sound silly? Then how come one can take a photo of an aura?

Kirlian photography (named after Semyon Kirlian, who accidentally discovered


the phenomenon in 1939) was the name originally given to the method of
subjecting a strong electric field to create an image. Kirlian proposed and
promoted the idea that the resulting images of living objects were a physical
proof of the life force or aura that surrounds all living beings. This claim was
supported by experiment that involved cutting part of a leaf off and then the
Kirlian images of the leaves still showed the leaves as whole, as though the
cutting had never happened. The Aura still existed.

Maybe our auras come from our DNA? Back in the 1980’s it was being shown
that the cells of living matter were emitting photons at around one hundred
units per second per square centimetre, and that DNA was the source of this.
Two scientists that back up the fact that light emission comes from DNA is the
work of M.Rattemeyer in 1981 and Biologist Fritz-Albert Popp in 1986.

Mainstream science still does not accept this, nor will many people reading
this.

Why was nano technology all over the media for a month or so in the
mid 1990’s and then relatively disappear to this very day?

We will be looking into super technology later and what some whistleblowers
currently have to say, but where did nano technology go? Did they realised
one of the most groundbreaking technological breakthroughs in mankind was
pretty rubbish after all and not worth looking at?

Nano technology is the ability to build intelligent organic machines and


organisms by using atoms as building blocks. Nano-bots are tiny devices that
can perform an intelligent task, or even create replicas of themselves by
manipulating atoms. The benefits (or cons) of all this could be in medicine,
manufacturing and many other industries including the military.

In 2001 Ian Sample from the new scientist wrote an article about nano
technology, ”[Carlo] Montemagno has already constructed a working bio
molecular motor less than one-fifth the size of a red blood cell. The key
components are a protein from the bacterium escherichia coli attached to a
nickel spindle and propeller a few nanometres across. Its power comes from
ATP, the biological fuel found in every living cell. The motor is just one step
on the road to realising an ambitious long-term vision. Next in line is a motor
that can self-assemble inside a cell. "We want to get seamless integration
between machinery and living systems," Montemagno says.

Page 187
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

Smart implants that deliver drugs precisely when they're needed are already
near to hitting the market. Also on the way are electronic devices that tell
cells to make specific hormones when your body needs them, and electricity
generators that assemble themselves inside a cell and then tap into the cell's
own energy source for the power to run. In 2004 Dan Gunderson spoke of
nano-technology for Minnesota Public Radio, ”The Red River Valley is best
known for growing wheat and sugar beets. But North Dakota officials hope to
produce a bumper crop of high tech jobs in the next decade.

NDSU's corporate partner, a company called Alien Technology, is building a


manufacturing plant near their campus. Alien will create three hundred new
jobs and anticipates expanding to a thousand within ten years.
Alien Technology is the world leader in radio frequency identification tags,
known as RFID tags. The tags will soon start replacing the barcode on
consumer products and they will hold more information and will be much
easier to scan. Because they use radio frequencies, the tags can be scanned
from a distance, and many can be scanned at the same time. The heart of
the RFID tag is a tiny computer chip." Some of the ones Alien is using are
about .08 of a millimetre, or 800 microns, and when there's a vial full of them
they look like pepper flakes," says Dean Grier.

The U.S. Department of Defence is already using the new generation of


identification tags. Alien Technology expects to produce billions of the tags
each year at its Fargo plant.

Alien Technology is in Fargo largely because of U.S. Sen. Byron Dorgan, D-


N.D. He steered more than one hundred million dollars in federal research
contracts here in the past two years. That helped convince Alien Technology
to move its production plant from California to Fargo. “

It is firmly safe to believe that there are a few billion RFID chips smaller than
half a millimetre in existence today plus intelligent nano-bots that can invade
the body. It is worth noting that it is easy for a base computer to communicate
to RFID chips from any distance using telemetry.

***

It seems from the experiments we have discussed in this chapter that our
emotions, thoughts and feelings are vibrations and they interact with the world
and creates our experiences, and the greater the emotions in desiring any
given reality, the greater the likelihood of that reality occurring.
The world is made of vibration and geometry, and all one trillion cells in each
of us vibrate, plus all the water in us is affected by the patterns we hold in our
bodies too. Our vibration is affected by our mood and what we have ingested
via the five senses, this was know to the ancients and is known to secret
societies but only recently has fringe science started looking into this.

My view is that that thought and imagination has little power on its own as
when we think its just an image, but if we are to fuel it with emotion then we
create a feeling, and this is what attracts and creates.

Page 188
Wayki Wayki SCIENCE

Einstein said E (pure energy) is equal to M (mass) C2 (velocity of light times


itself), is he not saying that as energy and matter are interchangeable, feeling
(energy) and experience (matter) are interchangeable too?

Gregg Bradon states that the DHEA (dehydroepiandrostene) levels in our


brains are increased and decreased by what we are feeling in our hearts and
that quartersole (known as the stress hormone) increases if we start to feel
hate or jealousy.

Science regularly states that if it cannot see or measure something then its
not interested and claims it does not exist, this is surely very limiting. Many
scientists are afraid to lift their heads out of the box due to the possibility of
having funds cut or being ridiculed, but modern fringe contemporary brave
science is starting to point towards the idea that the physical body is just a
computer for the life force to experience this reality in. It is to be fulfilled but
not identifiable to who we are, which takes us all the way back to ancient
spirituality.

"Everything in the universe resonates at it’s own frequency, yet they all relate on a
harmonic scale to each other... Understanding my work means understanding the
key to the universe; resonance."
Nikola Tesla

"I am a firm believer in the people. If given the truth, they can be depended upon to
meet any national crisis. The great point is to bring them to the real facts."
Abraham Lincoln

"Just look at us. Everything is backwards. Everything is upside down. Doctors


destroy health, lawyers destroy justice, universities destroy knowledge,
governments destroy freedom, the major media destroy information, and religion
destroys spirituality."
Michael Ellner

Page 189
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN


FACTS

“The more you educate yourself, the more you understand where things come from,
the more obvious things become and you begin to see lies everywhere, you have to
know the truth, and seek the truth, and the truth will set you free.”
Zeitgeist, The Movie

Throughout this chapter you will have much of your belief system really
tugged at. All of the chapters thus far have been a prerequisite for this
chapter. The prior chapters were all needed or this chapter would not have
been entertained by many of you and if you have got this far then you are
definitely ready, many jump off the journey at the education chapter as their
beliefs are being tampered with. The foundations have all been laid for what
is about to be shared.

Have you ever heard the story about the turtle who told the fish about the dry
land and the air breathing walking animals? Well, the fish would not believe a
word of it because the story did not fit with what he knew or had experienced
(e.g. his belief system and perception of his world). This Buddhist story
shows how we reject information we are not comfortable or familiar with.

This chapter was going to be named 'Conspiracy Theories' but the word
'conspiracy' is not correct for much of this chapter. When used, the word
'conspiracy' automatically closes people’s minds. It is as if any theory that is
not delivered from the mainstream media is automatically considered
nonsense or a ‘conspiracy’ due to people thinking, “Surely we would know
about this,” and, “If that were true, we would have been told.” If you still bear
these characteristics you get issued a straight red card and you are sent back
to page one and advised to concentrate a little more.

There are many people that only believe what is fed to them from mainstream
media and, even worse, many humans' only link to what is going on in the
world is the television. In my opinion, as you may have guessed by now, this
is a dangerous place to be.

The word 'conspiracy' refers to an over zealous description of something


without much evidence. This does not fit the bill within this chapter for many
of the topics mentioned. The word 'conspiracy' comes from the Latin ‘con
spire,’ which literally means simply ‘with breath’ or ‘breathing with.’

However, some topics in this chapter do fit into the ‘theories’ category.
They are there to make you do nothing more than think (possibly laugh)
and be aware of theories that currently exist. I will present these
theories with earnest, no matter how incredulous and crazy they may
appear.

Page 190
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Just take what feels right to you in this chapter, if something is too far out,
leave it and move on but please don’t disregard what you have read up to that
point.

A multitude of books, web sites and intelligent people support and contribute
to each of these theories, hidden agendas and rarely known facts. That may
make many think; “Well you read too much rubbish on the internet,” but why
are there so many thousands of sites and books? And why are so many
intelligent, open minded people buying into these or at least having a good
look?

The mainstream media would not allow anything in this chapter to be


presented on television and the Internet is just a form of media that is hard for
the elite to control. Many of the related Internet sites are removed from the
Internet for no reason known to the publishers and many sites shelving
disinformation are published to confuse and dilute many of these theories.
People known as trolls invade certain sites posing as a normal, interested
member of the public. Their job is to peddle disinformation and to find out
who is saying what. This area of information really is a game of cat and
mouse, but I feel that I have evaded the slow fat cat and got stacks of posh
cheese and even gone to the toilet in the cats food bowl.

To label someone as 'unpatriotic,’ an 'anarchist' or a 'conspiracy nut' for the


sole reason that he or she is looking at evidenced and supported theories that
are not delivered from mainstream media is to have a very closed mind. After
finding out that the elite happily blew up people in London, I am forever open
to listening to just about anything.

What is more important than the truth, which can also be construed as
honesty? Not much. Do you not demand the truth from your family and loved
ones? Is the truth not important to you?

“I do not mind being called a conspiracy theorist by those who don’t mind being
called ‘coincidence theorists.”
John Judge

Why are the following not known by many people, even when each have
a large amount of information backing them up? And why are more and
more intelligent people are buying into and supporting these theories,
hidden agendas and rarely known facts?

I aim to be neutral here (but severely doubt I can sustain my neutrality on


some of these). I wish in most of these cases to only give an explanation as
to what these are, you can then research any of these in depth for yourself if
you get tickled by any of them or you can laugh and move on to the next.

Page 191
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

“You should never have your best trousers on when you go out to fight for freedom
and truth.”
Henrik Ibsen, An Enemy of the People

“Those who danced were thought quite insane by those who could not hear the
music."
Angela Monet

9/11 Was An Inside Job

Many people I have spoken to just close their minds to this theory and look at
me as unpatriotic to the western world. People also close their minds to the
9/11 truth, as the reality of the disaster actually being an inside job impedes
too much on the comfort zone of people’s lives. I understand this, but
sometimes we have to be bold. What I will do is give a list of facts, some of
which are officially backed up by science, mainstream media and relevant
official experts.

• Jet fuel burns at between 800° F and 1500° F, whereas steel requires
temperatures of over 2750° F to melt and, from what I saw, most of the
main explosions took place outside the buildings. Fire is still the official
reason given for the three (yes, three) buildings that collapsed.
• If structural damage and fire caused the collapse, as alleged, how did
the four main vertical columns of the building just vaporise, especially
when the building's design team stated it was designed to withstand
several 767 Jets flying into it?
• The whole buildings, including computers and phones, all just
vaporised to dust shortly after the planes hit (except for the passport of
one of the alleged ‘terrorists’...who, according to the Daily Telegraph, is
still alive). Does the following look like a natural occurrence due to fire
or explosions?

Page 192
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Many witnesses in the building, including fireman and 'hero-janitor' William


Rodriguez, talk of hearing and feeling bomb explosions in the basement just
before the collapse.
• How come the building collapsed at free fall speed if the 'pancake
effect' - when one floor's weight makes the next floor below collapse -
is to be believed?
• The WTC (World Trade Centre) Building 7, a forty-seven story
skyscraper, was the third building to collapse that day even though it
was not hit by a plane and had only a small fire on three of the floors. It
collapsed late in the afternoon and police cleared the area of people
from 1pm.
• No steel building before or since 9/11 has ever collapsed solely due to
fire. Perhaps mission control for the whole operation was in that
building and the evidence needed to be destroyed..? It is either that or
an insurance job but as the owner didn’t need the money I back my
former theory.
• The BBC and CNN both reported the Building 7 collapse almost half an
hour before it actually collapsed. The BBC cut their live link to New
York during this report stating ‘technical difficulties.’ Was this because
they realised their mistake? The BBC's head of world news, Richard
Porter, stated in response, "We no longer have the original tapes of our
9/11 coverage for reasons of cock-up, not conspiracy," and, "If we
reported the building had collapsed before it had done so, it would have
been an error, no more than that." Oh thanks Dicky boy, thanks for
clearing that up, I have full piece of mind now, sorry to be inquisitive.
• All three collapses have the hallmarks of controlled demolition, this is
backed up by many demolition experts.
• Is it a coincidence that a military exercise, including hijacked planes,
took place that very morning and that Norad (air defence) failed four
times in a day when it had not failed once in recent years?
• Why does the data recorder from Flight 77 show a flight path in a
different place than the one released by the 9/11 commission team?
• How come with all of the planes in question, the black boxes were
destroyed?
• Six weeks before 9/11, Larry Silverstein purchased the WTC complex
including an insurance policy that specified against a terrorist attack.
• The company in charge of security at the WTC complex was Stratesec,
which included Marvin Bush, George’s brother, as a principal owner.
• Why have over eighty CCTV videos near and around the Pentagon

Page 193
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

never been released by the FBI, and how come the bodies of Flight 77
were identified when sixty tons of metal supposedly vaporised?

• Why has what caused so much steel to turn into molten metal at the
WTC site never been explained?
• Why was Dick Cheney in control of NORAD on 9/11?
• New York's Port Authority states that all buildings in New York must be
able to collapse onto their own footprint.
• Why did Bush and Cheney meet with the 9/11 commission report team
together, not under oath, and this meeting never had a recording or
transcript.
• Why did the 9/11 commission report not even mention Building 7 and
why was the commission headed up by a friend of Condaleeza Rice,
who was the same man that had helped the Bush Administration
before?
• Post the ‘attack,’ a private jet with eleven members of the Bin Laden
family left Boston for Saudi Arabia.
• Michael Meacher served for decades in UK parliament and was a
Labour front bencher. He made many comments about the 9/11 'truth'
including, “Was this [9/11] inaction simply the result of key people
disregarding or being ignorant of the evidence? Or could US air
security operations have been deliberately stood down on September
11th? If so, why? And on whose authority?” Meacher lost his standing
in the government and the media gave his exit little attention.
• How come 10,000 pages of new legislation that were written so quickly
post 9/11, weren't written before?

To actually believe someone in a cave did all this is ludicrous but because this
was repeated and repeated every day in the media people who never
question the media bought it. Sucked in, hook, line and sinker. Before 9/11,
the US public did not want any type of war, after 9/11 most of the public's
opinion had changed and what followed was the gung-ho “lets go get 'em”
mentality.

The US slowly changed Bin Laden to Saddam Hussein via the media, it was
slow, seamless and clever. “Iraq is harbouring terrorists” was the tagline used
but Senator Barbara Boxer in July 2002. However the 'Network of terror'

Page 194
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

document, published a month after 9/11, did not show Iraq as one of the
countries even linked to Al Qaeda.

Hollywood joined in and made a film called ‘United 93,’ a supposedly true
account of the heroic American passengers fighting the Muslims on the plane
that allegedly crash landed in Shanksville. Strange how no plane or any
bodies where actually found there don’t you think? The Somerset county
coroner Willy Miller said, “It looked like someone took a scrap truck, dug a ten
foot ditch and dumped trash into it” and, “I stopped being coroner after about
twenty minutes, because there were no bodies there” plus, “I have not, to this
day, seen a single drop of blood, not a drop.”
This is the power of Hollywood. Millions saw this film in the cinemas
and people cried at the heroic actions of the American passengers when, in
fact, there is more chance that American agents executed the passengers in
an aircraft hanger. Everyone loves Hollywood due to glitz and celebrity but
Hollywood does this sort of thing all the time (if you know what to look out for).

The official story also told us stupid stories about phone calls that took place
from the planes too. The transcripts from the calls made from Mark Bingham,
Jeremy Glick, Sandy Bradshaw, CeeCee Lyles and Honor Wainio are so
staged and laughable it is untrue, most are about hero passengers about to
break into the cockpit and read as though they are very scripted.

There is a fairly new theory regarding 9/11 that I will go into in a little bit as I
wish to share this with you. The 'no planes' theory is gaining some
momentum and I had a little look into it. First, let us look at the north tower
and what we will use here (unless stated otherwise) is the only quality footage
known that exists for the strike on the north tower. It was shot by the ‘just so
happened to be filming in the area’ Naudet brothers.

On impact of what looks like a tiny missile, thirty percent of the tower is all fine
and dandy and no evidence of a plane is apparent.

A Boeing 767 has a wing span of 160ft and if you watch the Naudet brothers
footage zoomed in, slowed down and in greyscale you can clearly see a black
gash that has been ‘painted in’ over a few frames to fix this problem...
seriously.

Page 195
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

We have a nice 160ft cut in the north side of the north tower, we are in the
clear, but wait...oops, no one remembered to tell CBS or ABC...”Damn, I knew
there was something, where is that post-it note again?” Here are the frames
from CBS and ABC fifteen and eleven minutes post impact respectively.

Page 196
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Nope, I still cannot see anything to do with a plane and the hole in the side of
the building is not wide or high enough for a 767.

Now for the south tower:

Why does the south building appear to rebuild itself when the plane first
enters the building and, furthermore, no wings or debris fall from the plane?
If you do not believe this, the picture below is the actual official CNN footage.

How come the footage shown is said to be from ground level at Battery Park,
but if you actually go there, the viewing angle shows it could not have been
shot there at ground level? Why is it that the alleged cameraman who is said
to have taken this footage is not allowed to speak about it, and defers all
correspondence to CNN, who in turn, will not speak about it?

Page 197
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

In the above photo on the right we can see the planes nose coming through
the other side! Now I’m not sure how this gets through all those steel
columns, or why CNN covered this and why another channel, ‘Chopper 4,’
showed no plane at all, just an explosion.

Look at the 'no planes' theory for yourself, especially if you are questioning the
frames and footage. I love watching people’s faces when I tell them there is a
'no planes theory,’ they look at me as though I need to be carted off in a
straight jacket. Funnily enough these are the people that believe someone in
a cave was to blame because the media told them that was the case. So
many things are back to front.

“But what about the people who saw the planes?” I only saw five or six
people on the news state that they saw planes, they each had far too much
information plus each were very animated and had a ‘matter of fact’ manner.

There is a little more to this theory too.

Dean Warwick was an alternative energy engineer pioneer and researcher-


turned-whistleblower. Dean was an insider in his time and recently talked with
growing audiences with an air of authority. One of his talks was titled
‘Mankind, monkey’s in a cage,’ nice.

Dean was also in the military and claimed to have been taught infrasound
weapon technology known by the US and the eastern block militaries in the
1950s and 1960s. When Dean first saw the footage of the second plane
hitting the north tower, he immediately saw all the characteristics of an
infrasound attack from a satellite. He also claimed that a nearby building that
had three of its floors at its corner torn apart in a curve supported all the
hallmarks too.

Dean Warwick collapsed and died whilst beginning to address a packed


auditorium in Blackpool in 2006. Significantly however, he said he felt a
‘beam’ or ‘burning’ at the side of his head shortly before beginning his talk. At
this talk, Dean had promised to make some momentous announcements at
the conference, such as who killed JFK, underground bases researching
technology that we could only imagine and missing children. According to
those who last spoke to him before he began his talk, Dean said he thought
he was going to be “bumped off.”

If an energy weapon of some kind was not used, then how come the two
tallest buildings on the planet vaporised to dust? No one even found a

Page 198
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

doorknob! This is not the behaviour of a building suffering from fires or the
behaviour of a ‘conventional’ controlled demolition.

Since 9/11, US military spending has increased by hundreds of billions of


dollars per year and nearly all of the Bill of Rights has been subverted. The
Patriot Act has been brought in to give America's Homeland Security
extraordinary powers and two pre-emptive illegal wars killing nearly one
million civilians have been waged. That is seriously quite staggering.

I believe you would only need around fifty people to carry out 9/11 covertly,
people at the very top of government, military, media, FBI and other
intelligence agencies. Do not think for one minute that these people care
about five thousand lives, look at what has been gained; support for the war in
Iraq and the removal of civil liberties with public acceptance.

If the media and government's funny stories all match and get repeated
enough times with no mention of any other stories, they soon stick in your
head. This how the human mind works. For instance, if you brought up a
child to believe “1 + 1 = 3” and then their school continued this repetition, the
child would believe “1 + 1 = 3”. We also like to trust and believe the collective
story, as it means we then fit in. This is in our nature.

There is a much more sinister theory linked to 9/11 which is not really in the
scope of this book, but I will briefly brush upon a tiny slither of it.

“Because it is sometimes so unbelievable; the truth escapes becoming known.”


Heracleitus, 500 BC

When the detonations in the buildings where going off, G. W. Bush was in a
classroom holding the book ‘The Pet Goat’ upside down for the entire time.

Page 199
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Now, the black occult loves reverse symbolism (upside down pentagram etc).
When his aids came into the room and whispered in his ear he continued to sit
there until the children had finished their song, which, when listened to, is
more of a mantra. The kids chanted the following:

“A girl got a pet goat, she liked to go running with her pet goat, she played
with her goat in her house, she played with her goat in her yard, but the goat
did some things that made the girl’s dad mad, the goat ate things, he ate cans
and he ate canes, he are pans and he ate panes, he even ate capes and
caps. One day her dad said, "That goat must go. he eats too many things."
The girl said, "Dad, if you let the goat stay with us, I will see that he stops
eating all those things." Her dad said, "We will try it." So the goat stayed and
the girl made him stop eating cans and canes and caps and capes. But one
day a car robber came to the girl's house. He saw a big red car near the
house and said, "I will steal that car."

Now, the goat in black occult circles is linked to Baphomet. The name
Baphomet first appeared during the inquisition of the Knights Templar secret
society in the 1300s and certain sacred geometry fits into his appearance too.
Our friend Baphomet is shown below right, though he does not really look too
friendly does he, maybe he just needs a big hug? The ‘riding of the goat’ is a
symbol that is rife within Freemasonry and goes back to Alexander the Great,
the Romans and ancient Paganism. It has been said to represent ‘the raising
of the devil,’ ‘the sun riding Capricorn on December 25th,’ and even the
‘ascension of the human spirit.’

Aleister Crowley, famous (or infamous depending on what you know of him)
occultist once stated, “The devil is the serpent, Satan, he is life and love. He
is light, and his zodiacal image is Capricorn, the leaping goat, the god head.”

The official White House story stated it was at the moment pictured above that
Georgy boy learned about the ’the second plane hitting and that the US was
under attack.’ However, three months later Georgy boy said, “I was sitting
outside the classroom waiting to go in and I saw an airplane hit the tower.
You know the TV was obviously on and I used to fly myself and I said there is
one terrible pilot and I said it must of been a horrible accident but I was
whisked off there and then.” So George is saying here that he saw the first
plane hit but this is impossible as no one saw the first plane hit on September

Page 200
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

11th because the video evidence (more likely computer generated nonsense)
did not surface until the next day (I wonder why). If he did see this then why
did he then go into a classroom and listen to a chant about a goat? If he was
told about the second plane in the picture, as the official story goes, why did
he stay in the classroom and finish listening to the ‘song’? How often do you
see Georgy boy in a classroom with chanting kids anyway? Georgy boy has
never been involved with rituals before has he? Three words, ‘skull and
bones.’

Make out of this what you will, I am not expecting one of you to buy into the
theory of 9/11 being a ritual in any way (well not at this stage of the book
anyway). It is a theory that has support, no more and no less and I have only
shared less than a quarter of the related information, as it is a bridge too far
for where we are in this book at present. What we should note here is that
black magic is not a fundamental art; it is the misuse of an art. Therefore it
has no symbols of its own, it merely takes the symbols of white magic, and
inverts, reversing and distorts them. We are led to believe that rituals are
something only done by crazy witches, in reality, rituals are devised to receive
and send energy, and can be done by anyone with a little knowledge.

Many people will have read this 9/11 section and thought, “I don’t need to
know this sort of information, it will make me question everything and it was
ages ago and I cannot do anything anyway,” and this book will be put down
(these people would have put this book down a long time ago anyway). This
is a defence mechanism. This behaviour is akin to not wanting to find out that
a nice comfy blanket is in fact full of nasty bugs and was urinated on a week
ago. We like to feel safe and we like to believe people. We do not want the
comfortable boat rocked and we do not want our belief systems played with. I
understand all of this but the truth is the truth, and the facts are the facts. It
really is wayki wayki time.

“And let us not entertain crazy conspiracy theories.”


George W Bush post 9/11

What, like the one your peddling Georgy boy?

We could also go into the 1995 Oklahoma and the 1993 WTC bombings but
these are just too easy and I need tougher nuts to crack. We will just examine
one comment from someone who should know what’s what regarding these
two and then move on.

“What the CIA has done to us is unbelievable, look at the terrorist acts that have
occurred, the CIA are behind most, if not all of them....we had the WTC in
1993.....unfortunately for them only six people were killed, not enough to pass the
[anti-terror] legislation, so what happened is two years later April 1995 down comes
Oklahoma City building, one hundred and sixty eight killed, one year later the Anti-
Terror legislation which takes away many of our constitutional rights and civil
liberties is passed.”
Ted Gunderson, Former FBI Chief of Dallas and Memphis Operations

Page 201
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

7/7 Was an Inside Job

Many people are open to some alternative views on 9/11 but there are
relatively few people who know the truth about 7/7 or will open their ears to
any theory other than the official one. “BBC news showed me a CCTV still of
some Muslims in London wearing backpacks,” or, “The Daily Mail told me it
was those Muslim terrorists, that’s enough for me” are the main views shared
from the people of the UK. Sigh, here we go again, strap yourselves in.

On the 16th May 2004, more than a year before the 7/7 bombings, the BBC’s
Panorama aired a programme with a mock terrorist attack. This constituted of
three bombs on tube stations and one within a road vehicle. The programme
stated that the government cold take over the BBC and reserve the power to
broadcast whatever they wanted if this occurred, as this was within the
broadcasting act. Michael Portillo on the very same programme said “we
should certainly be talking to the broadcasters about the way in which the
coverage is going to be organized.” I did not like the way he said, “Is going to
be.” To me, this stated that the government would write the script for the
media if such an event where to take place post 2004, there is no other way to
take this comment.

In March 2004, David Blunkett said, “We cannot guarantee there will never be
an attack, it is quite likely they are planning one now.” Throughout the months
leading up to the actual bombings there where many hoaxes, including those
in Nottingham and Sheffield. These created grid lock and some panic. Were
these to prepare the public for an attack or to make the public think any real
ones where hoaxes or hoaxes where real ones? I don’t know but one of the
three.

Peter Power worked on the Panorama programme too and, at the time of the
bombings, he was a crisis management specialist and government advisor.
He also runs Visor Consulting, and was formerly a senior officer in the
Metropolitan Police (to be a senior officer in the Metropolitan Police one is
nearly always a Freemason).

It is mainstream knowledge that our friend Pete created the mock terrorist
drills in London involving one thousand people on the very same day as the
actual bombings. The mock drills he created were exactly the same as what
actually happened; three underground tube bombings and one over ground
vehicle bomb scenario, at exactly the same locations at exactly the same time
as when they occurred!

Stop right there! Timeout! Lets think about that for a minute before moving
on. What are the odds of that actually happening by chance? Think about it,
just what are odds?

Well, I found out:

Probability of the 7/7 Drill and Attack coinciding without being planned in a
given ten year period (I have put ten years into the equation to be generous to

Page 202
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Pete):

London Underground Stations: 274


RELATED:
Explosions In London
Probability of one attack by hour (5yr mean): One chance in 9,474,920
Open Hours per Day: 19
Probability of 3 station terror hit (5yr mean): One chance in
850,602,500,906,920,000,000
Open Days a Year: 364
Mean Sample frequent (yrs): 5.
Probability of one attack by hour (10yr mean): One chance in 18,949,840
Mean Sample frequent (yrs): 10.
Probability of 3 station terror hit (10yr mean): One chance in
6,804,820,007,255,360,000,000

Same Time 3
London Underground Stations: 274
Probability of drill on 1 stations per hour: One chance in 817,342
Open Hours per Day: 19
Probability of drill on 3 stations per hour: One chance in
546,023,643,432,766,000

PROBABILITY OF DRILL AND TERROR ATTACKS COINCIDING BY


CHANCE (10yr mean):
One chance in 3,715,592,613,265,750,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000...
and as I write, no one is, or has, or is planning to, investigate this
‘coincidence.’

I am told this number is much greater than the total of all the grains of sand in
the world, but although I am partial to the odd beach and desert I will skip on
checking that one out.

In a TV interview on the day of the bombings, Peter Power clearly stated


(whilst smirking at the coincidence of it all I hasten to add), “Our customer
(Visor Consulting) helped to choose the exact scenario.” To this very day
Peter has refused to identify the client under pressure from information
warriors and has never been investigated. Again, mainstream media all
completely agree on the official government story. Are then any real
journalists left in the UK?

It is obvious that the client (let me have a wild stab and guess that the client
was elite powers within and behind the government) wanted emergency anti-
terror staff handy so that the public would think, “We live in a good country
with such good services, how lucky we are to have such a good government.”
It is all pretty clever when you think about it.

Other points of note to think about regarding 7/7:

Page 203
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

• No CCTV real time footage of the suspected Muslims has ever been
released of them boarding any tube trains. “The cameras were not
working” the Israeli company Verint Systems stated.
• Surely, as part of a one thousand person terrorist exercise, four
terrorist actors had to be included? Is this not why they brought return
tickets from Luton and did not talk to anyone about the event?
• No one has yet to come forward and claim they carried out the London
bombings.
• At the time of the bombings Tony Blair was suffering low popularity and
the public did not want British troops out in the Middle East. Blair
needed something and, at the time of the bombings, it just so
happened that he was in Gleneagles with Bush and the other G8
(Bilderberger) cronies. Their talk on world poverty conveniently turned
into a talk on a war against global terror. They are not as stupid as
they appear.
• Mohammed Sidique Kahn (one of the alleged bombers) was, prior to
the bombings, befriended by police in Leeds and he helped them sort
out gang rivalry problems. He was trusted by the police, and was even
taken on a tour of the House of Commons. Would he have been ideal
to be used as a patsy or is this the image of an anti-British terrorist?
• Why was the CCTV footage of the four men only in a one frame still
format? Why not a video? Is this because it had been faked? Was it
faked because the Muslims missed the train? Remember what Portillo
said on Panorama a year prior?
• The 07:40 train from Luton to Kings Cross, plus the next train on that
day, were actually cancelled, so three of the four Muslims would have
never made it to London in time for ‘their’ bombings. The next train
available to them was 07:56. The Home Office report to this very day
still states that the 07:40 train transported all four Muslims. One of
them however, on arrival at Kings Cross, still had time to get on his bus
so he split from the others. The other three must have heard about the
real bombs on the tubes they were supposed to get on and then did not
know where to go or what to do. They did not know anyone in London
and their phones where not working. They must of realised they were
now in serious danger. What would you do? Go to somewhere like a
newspaper company or an airport? Well, Canary Wharf fits the bill;
many newspapers are located there and it is a stones throw from
London City airport.
• It was reported on the TV news that morning (only once and never
again repeated in any of the media) that three terrorists where killed at
Canary Wharf, shot by the anti-terrorist squad. How could they be
blowing up tubes and themselves and be at Canary Wharf? The fourth
backpacker, eighteen year old ‘gentle giant’ Hasib Hussein (who was
blamed for the bus bombing) was reported to (after eating a big mac at
McDonalds, as you do just before blowing yourself up) have made a
failed attempt to call his three associates at 08:55 at Euston Road.
What happened to him? The official version states got the 91 bus from
Kings Cross to Euston station, then got the 30 bus back from Euston to
Kings Cross. Why would he do this unless he was following a script?

Page 204
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

It is totally illogical. The bus never got back to Kings cross as it got
diverted down Tavistock square but if he actually wanted to go to
Tavistock square he could of just stayed on the 91 bus as that is where
it actually goes.
• Later on in this book we will look a little into symbolism but for now just
look at the sign on the side of the bus.

• Is it a coincidence that the panorama programme in 2004 also had the


vehicle blow up after the tube train explosions?
• Why was a Kingstar vehicle, which is a company that works with
controlled demolitions and rail engineering firms seen near the bus?

• All CCTVs at the four bomb spots that day where not working and no
one can place Hasib Hussein on that bus except for Richard Jones.
Richard was on the bus and made comments in daily newspapers such
as, “I didn’t see his face but he was becoming more and more anxious,”
plus, “He was standing next to me with a bag at his feet and he kept
dipping into his bag and fiddling with something.” The Mail on Sunday
reported Richard Jones himself served an apprenticeship for an
explosives company in Ayrshire. In the 8th July 2005 edition of The
Sun, it also stated, “Richard stepped off the bus at his destination,” how
is this the case because it was diverted from its normal route? If this
was his destination then was he part of the whole set-up?
• The official story claims identifications for the four Muslims were found

Page 205
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

at the bomb locations. Are these the same style fireproof passports
that existed at 9/11? Where can we get these? Please, it is all
insulting our intelligence at this point. But unfortunately many people's
intelligence is so low that you could feed them the fact that four pink
hedgehogs did the bombings as they where not happy about a
hedgehog congestion charge for their new non-spiky hedgehogmobiles
and they would still believe it.
• Haroon Aswat, the alleged mastermind behind all the bombings, was
an MI6 asset. The CIA were upset because they wanted to arrest
Aswat a few weeks before the bombings and were denied by the UK
government.
• Richmal Oates-Whitehead worked for an office in Tavistock Square.
She helped people who were injured and she stated she heard two
explosions from the bus. She died unexpectedly soon afterwards.
• Many testimonies from witnesses on the trains stated that no bags
were on the train carriage and that the floor of the trains blew upwards,
this points towards a bomb being planted underneath. Who had
access to the trains when they are not running?
• The Israeli Finance Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, says he was warned
by Scotland Yard not to leave his hotel room that morning. They deny
this. Two weeks later, the head of Mossad (Israeli Intelligence Agency)
General Maya Degan said he warned Benjamin at 08:40 on 7/7, ten
minutes before the first bomb. How did he know if Scotland Yard did
not warn him?

Disclaimer Part I: Just because I mentioned an Israeli does not make me


an anti-semite. A fact is a fact. The actual term anti-semite does nothing
more than create more division. If someone is bad they are bad, their
birthplace and religion are irrelevent. Phew, that’s that one out of the way.

Disclaimer Part II: While I am at it, I will make a point here of saying that
this book will not talk of Zionism too much. This is not to say it does not
exist but that, as I am not the grand master of choosing words carefully, I
will give it all a miss. Zionism is more of a movement and not a ‘people’ or
‘race’ anyway.

Disclaimer part III: For the record I have some very good friends in Israel
and I also have an interest in Hebrew and Israel’s rich ancient history.

Disclaimer part IV: There is much evidence to suggest that the Zionist
movement came from a land known as Khazaria on the Caspain Sea.
King Bulan, King of the Khazars in the 8th Century, adopted the religion of
Judaism and the whole nation then did the same. They had nothing to do
with the land named Israel. The Khazarians are descendants of the
Sumerians, while we are at it, and were probably even caucasian.

Right, I better move on because the Zionism pit I am digging might get too
big to climb out of. Give me a hand out please... thanks. Right, where
were we?

Page 206
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

• Blair said on the very day, “We know this was done in the name of
Islam.” He had no proof whatsoever for this outrageous claim and to
cover this up the BBC changed his comment.
• Ifram Holevi wrote on the Jerusalem Post (oh no not again, Ifram, why
are you doing this to me) web site at 18:10 London time on 7/7, “There
was careful planning, intelligence gathering, and a sophisticated choice
of timing as well as near-perfect execution.” How did he know what was
the prefect execution? How did he know two days before the UK press
released the fact that the bombs all exploded near simultaneously?
Again, this was all removed from the web site when people asked
questions.
• Two weeks after the event a Brazilian electrical contractor was shot in
the head and face seven times very publicly. Was he used in the mock
terror attack? Lets remember that the first reports were of an electrical
power surge... Did he know something and needed to be silenced?
How come nobody was arrested for this innocent shooting if it was just
that, an innocent shooting? How could the intelligence get it so wrong?
• David Shayler, who used to work for MI5 talked, of the coincidence of
the drill and called 7/7 an inside job. He has recently been ridiculed in
the mainstream media.
• The first public insult from the government came with the first refusal to
hold a public inquiry, as refused by Tony Blair himself just three days
after the incidents. The second refusal of an independent public inquiry
and the offer of a mere 'narrative' to explain away fifty two deaths and
seven hundred injuries was issued via former Home Secretary Charles
Clarke on December 15th 2005. The publication of the official Home
Office 'narrative' told us no more than we already knew from the
mainstream media anyway. A strenuous third refusal of an
Independent Public Inquiry came from the new Home Secretary, John
Reid, despite the calls from survivors and their families and various
other sections of the community. Blair always claimed that a public
enquiry would prevent the police and the government from focusing on
future attacks.
• th
Just one month prior, on 7 June the Inquiries Act was passed. This
new act meant that any inquiry controlled by relevant government
ministers has the power to block public scrutiny of the government's
actions. It was condemned by Amnesty International amongst others.
• Bob Kiley was commissioner for Transport For London at the time and
previously worked high up within the CIA. At the time of the bombings,
he was also a member of the Council on Foreign Relations.
• Daniel Obachike was a passenger, survivor and witness of the bus
bombing. He was in many of the newspaper photos and when
interviewed by American 'information warrior’ Alex Jones he stated the
following:
o Straight after the bomb someone in plain clothes was co-
ordinating police who were already in the square.
o Only forty seconds after the bomb, Daniel saw someone fifty
metres up the road with a bandage on his head before the
paramedics had even arrived. This man was symbolically

Page 207
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

photographed for every newspaper but he has never been


interviewed and no one knows who he is.

o When the bus was on its way to Kings Cross down Euston
Road, a BMW and a Mercedes blocked its path. After a few
moments a police motorbike came up and had a word with the
bus driver, then it diverted down Tavistock Square, a route it
would never normally take.

It took Scotland yard seven months to interview Daniel, he tried to call


them but he felt he was being whitewashed and that it was made to
look like he was not even there. All they did when they finally
interviewed him was rushed through it as though what Daniel had to
say was not important, as the official story was already out in the public
domain. During the interview, Daniel was shown a diagram of the bus
and it was the completely wrong layout for the actual bus. Daniel
stated to The Mirror newspaper that he never saw Hasid Hussain or
any Asian men on the bus or any bags. He claims he was followed
many times and was even chased by people he believes where MI5 or
the Police to scare him. I listened to a recording of a phone call to
Daniel from West Yorkshire Police; it was blatantly trying to link him to
an illegal vehicle and was trying and intimidate him.

Daniel is heavily involved in the website www.the4thbomb.com, this


site is dedicated to finding the truth.

Once the penny drops and you actually realise with every cell in your body
that the elite used your hard earned money to blow up innocent people, you
will experience a very dark hour of thought. Don’t go with what you are fed!
Ask “why?”’ Because the difference between the truth and what we are told
my the media about so many things is a gaping chasm and this is their
greatest defence. If the elite can lie about this sort of thing, then there really
are no limits for their lies or what they will do. Anything fucking goes.

Page 208
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Also, is there a spin off reason for creating fear of public transport? Cars
create oil sales lets remember.

“What about the attempted attack at Glasgow airport then?” I just heard
someone at the back say. That staged bumbling pantomime was a cover for
Blair to go and sign another European Super State treaty which only received
small print in the newspapers at the time. It was also to make people believe
the terror threat was still real and that we should continue to be scared. I
have actually worked with baggage handlers at Glasgow and, nice as they
were, each were no Albert Einstein. I fully sympathise with the baggage
handler who still sees himself as a heroic terrorist thwarter.

I gave some people some compelling information that exposed much of the
truths behind the London Bombings, out of the six people I sent this
information to, not one looked at it. “Oh that Mr Night is sending me some
more of his crazy stuff” was the general response. No-one seems interested
that the elite shadow government blows up people to further its agendas but
when it comes to who made the semi-finals of 'X-Factor' everyone sits up and
listens. I just do not understand it. Name me a civilisation pre-mass media
that would act with such apathy towards such mass murder? There are none.

The apathy scares me more than the bombs themselves. Too many people
live in a box that is built for them and when someone looks outside the box
other people ridicule them and push them back in; humans self regulate and
keep each other in the cube, now that is fucking scary.

“This cannot happen!” You may still think, “staged events upon this scale are
just too big and would never work!” Some of you are a tough nut to crack
aren’t you? Close the doors, buckle up, we need to continue a little more for
the stragglers.

Let us list some events in recent history:

Pre-World War 1 > The Lusitania, the Germans even put an ad in a US paper
saying if you boarded you would probably get blown up.
Pre-World War 2 > Pearl Harbour, The Reichstag Parliament building.
Pre-Vietnam > The Lie about the US Destroyer being attacked by PT
boats in the Gulf of Tonkin.

Page 209
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Pre-Iraq / Pre-Afghanistan / Pre-new control legislations > 9/11, 7/7.

Can you see a pattern forming? There are whole books, documented facts
and declassified documents with regard to the above, so check it out for
yourself. And let us not forget that the big international network of bankers
love war as governments borrow large sums of money of them at interest.

Important: for the rest of this book, when you read some information that
immediately appears a little crazy to you, please think back to Peter Power
having not been investigated. There really is nothing more crazy than that
fact. I feel for the families of the bereaved and so should all of us. The elite
think nothing of murdering innocent people to further an agenda.

"The world is a dangerous place; not because of those who do evil,


but because of those who look on and do nothing."
Albert Einstein

“The people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All
you have to do is tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the peacemakers
for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any
country.”
Hermann Goering

“History cannot be permanently falsified; the myth cannot stand up to the scrutiny of
scientific research; the sinister web will be brought into the light and torn to pieces,
however artfully it has been spun.”
Dr. Jakob Ruchti

9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.
9/11 & 7/7 were inside jobs, the elite are the terrorists and control the media.

The above is exactly what the elite do, repeat and repeat stories until the
public buy it. You need to look through or above what you are fed and look to
the facts for yourself and think about who benefits from certain events and
stories. Much of what you see on your TV is a movie designed to control your
mind and shape the way you think. This is why there is so much
entertainment, celebrity and ego from all angles. It is to divert you away from
any free thinking.

Page 210
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Planned Assassinations

Many good people have been assassinated, or have died somewhat


unexpectedly, they always seem to be the ones that preach unity, love or are
whistleblowers exposing secrets others do not wish to be revealed. Some in
this list are Ghandi, Diana Princess of Wales, John Lennon, Martin Luther
King, JFK and David Kelly. The elite tell us in many cases it was an accident,
or that a madman heard voices in his head. When one knows about MKUltra
mind control, which we will discuss further in this chapter, the links start to join
up very quickly.

What we will do is have a very brief look into JFK and Princess Diana, as
these are both easy enough for anyone to grasp, and amazingly, there are
actually people who question these two anyway. There is hope, the candle is
not bright but there is a flame.

It has been shown that JFK had links to the mafia and to Marylyn Monroe, but
JFK had created his powerful enemies when he made the following speech
ten days before he was murdered.

“Ladies and gentleman, the very word secrecy is repugnant in a free and open
society, and we are as a people, are inherently and historically opposed to Secret
societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings, but we are opposed around
the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert
means for expanding its fear of influence, on infiltration instead of invasion, on
subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice. It is a system
which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a
tightly knit highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence,
economic, scientific and political operations. It’s preparations are concealed not
published, it’s mistakes are buried not headlined, its dissent is a silent not praise, no
expenditure is questioned, no secret is revealed, that is why the Athenian law make
us so, decreed it a crime for any citizen to shrink from controversy. I am asking your
help in the tremendous task of informing and alerting the American people,
confident that with your help, man will be what he was born to be, free and
independent”
JFK

Now, why would JFK, who had just become president of the USA make such
a speech? For a laugh? To scare the people of the USA? Or because he
knew of the secret societies' control and wanted to quash them? Please think
about it.

Now lets also look at a few of JFK’s policies which also riled the powerful elite:
• New Interest free money controlled by the government
• Withdrawal from Vietnam
• A break up of the CIA ‘into a thousand pieces’

JFK and his family trace back into the elite bloodlines but when one has
policies like the above, powerful enemies emerge.

Page 211
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Here is a list of some facts regarding JFK’s assassination:

• The assassination took place where the first Freemasonic temple in


Dallas was built, in Dealey Plaza
• The route the car took is of a pyramid with the capstone cut off, this is
an Illuminati symbol which we will look into later

• The security on the fated day was supplied by the CIA, whose local HQ
was in a Masonic temple
• Lyndon Johnson, a Freemason, appointed another Freemason, Earl
Warren, to investigate the death. The information given to the panel
was given mainly by Freemasons J Edgar Hoover and, former CIA
Director and fellow Freemason, Allen Dulles.
• The assassination took place near the 33rd parallel of the 33rd degree
of latitude (33rd degree is the highest order of Freemasonry)
• The day in question was exactly 656 years to the day when the
inquisition into purging the Knights Templar (secret society) began
• JFK’s car had no security guards but the car behind had ‘four plus two’
outriders
• Joseph Kennedy, John’s father, was involved with the mafia and got
rich and influential getting a franchise to import British alcohol from
Winston Churchill. Joseph had links to the Rothschilds too.

To choose between the belief of the elite secret societies killing JFK or Lee
Harvey Oswald, who lets remember was murdered publicly soon after JFK’s
death, is a really simple choice once the facts (or coincidences) are known.

Ok, now lets have a little delve into Lady Diana’s assassination.

Firstly, let us know that the Royal Family are related to the Bush family and
the Germans changed their name to Windsor to please the British people in
1917 from ‘The House of Saxe-Coburg-Gotha.’ The Spencers are a royal elite
bloodline too and the Spencers are distant cousins of the Rockefeller dynasty.

Lets first look at parts of an article written by Chester Stern, a Leading Crime
Writer.

Page 212
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

• They have ‘no idea’ about the movements of the chauffeur, Henri Paul,
in the crucial hours leading up to the crash which killed the Princess,
despite an extensive two-and-a-half-year inquiry
• French pathologist Professor Dominique Lecomte, who carried out an
autopsy on the body of Henri Paul, apparently partially embalmed
Diana's body before it was transported back to Britain for a post-
mortem examination. This is against the law and international forensic
practice because it contaminates body tissue and renders toxicological
tests meaningless. Did she do this to remove evidence of pregnancy
or traces of poisoning, drugs, or alcohol? Or is there an innocent
explanation?
• AT the time of Henri Paul’s death, Henri had thirteen separate bank
accounts held in four different banks containing a total of £120,000. In
one account five cash deposits totalling £4,000 each had been made in
the months leading up to the crash and further sums amounting to
£75,000 were allegedly transferred into his accounts mainly from British
banks over the same period yet his annual salary was around £20,000.
The team have been seeking an explanation for this unexpected
wealth.
• Four nights after the crash a photographer named Lionel Cherrault,
working for the French photographic agency SIPA, had his flat in North-
West London broken into. He had been acting as an agent, forwarding
pictures of the crash to publications around the world. The intruders
left all the valuables and took only two external computer hard disk
drives and a laptop computer. They left no fingerprints. The next day
Cherrault was told by detectives that he had “not been burgled” and
police made it clear that they neither could, nor would, take any action.
The clear implication was that the intruders had been members of an
official clandestine organisation trying to intercept pictures of the crash.
• The original French judicial inquiry into the crash was unable to see
CCTV footage of the crash scene or the progress of the Mercedes
because officials claimed that all seventeen cameras failed to work that
night. But one motorist received a speeding ticket after being captured
on a camera at the entrance to the Alma Tunnel fifteen minutes before
the crash.

Jeffrey Steinberg and Allen Douglas state the following two facts amongst
many others:

• A second autopsy revealed that Henri Paul had been also high on two
powerful prescription drugs, one of which, not coincidentally, was often
prescribed to chronic alcoholics. Several weeks later, a French ‘official’
reported that further testing showed that Henri Paul had been on a
drinking binge for several weeks, prior to the crash, according to tests
of his hair.
• Friends, co-workers, and relatives universally disputed the media
attempts to portray Paul as a sullen, depressed alcoholic. Paul had
gone for his annual physical exam to qualify for renewal of his pilot's
license forty-eight hours before the crash, he not only passed the

Page 213
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

physical exam according to the Doctor who administered it, but there
were also no signs of any damage to Paul's liver.
• It has been confirmed that in the two hours prior to 22:00, Paul drank
two glasses of Ricards and water at the Ritz Hotel bar. The alcohol
content of those drinks was very small, yet, for the blood alcohol tests
to have been accurate, Paul would have had to have gone through
three bottles of strong red wine, or a dozen glasses of alcohol earlier in
the day to have shown such strong alcohol presence in his blood at
00:25 on the morning of August 31st.

Other facts are:

• Trevor Rhyss Jones, the bodyguard, put his seat belt on just before
they entered the tunnel. Trevor says he does not remember why he
put his seatbelt on.
• The Scotsman and The People reported that the four mile ride to
hospital (not the nearest hospital either) stopped for ten minutes
outside the French History Museum.
• Why did Henri Paul go in a strange route to their destination and not
directly? He did not need to go into the Pont de l’Alma Tunnel at all.
• The Mirror in 2007 stated that former MI6 Richard Tomlinson (once
jailed for leaking secrets) told the Princess Diana inquest that he
believed Ritz hotel security chief Henri Paul met an MI6 handler on the
night she died.
• The Queen did not appear to care when Diana died and then read a
unemotional speech to the nation under pressure to do so.
• The site of Diana's death is an ancient site dating back to the time of
the Merovingian kings (500-751AD). In pre-Christian times the Pont de
l'Alma was a pagan sacrificial site and meant ‘Passage or Bridge of the
Moon Goddess,’ the ancient goddess Diana was and is a symbol of the
moon.
• The Merovingians were founded by Marivaeus, and he followed the
pagan cult of Diana. All European Royalty is descended from the
Merovingians and this includes the Spencers.
• Why was Diana kept in the Tunnel for more than an hour whilst she
was internally bleeding, why not rushed to hospital? Was this a ritual?
• Lakes and Islands appear in many of the stories of the goddess Diana
and where was Lady Diana buried? On an island in a lake with four
black swans. The black swan is symbolic of the negative (swan lake).
• The car crashed into the 13th pillar. This number re-occurs within
secret societies and occult symbolism, possibly from one being for the
sun and twelve for the signs of the zodiac. There was also there was
an inquisition against the Knights Templar on the 13th and this is where
the unlucky tag comes from.

Was Henri Paul under MKUltra mind control? Was this programming and/or
the inducement of drugs to make one feel drunk fine-tuned in the missing two
and a half hours? With MKUltra one can be drunk in one compartment of the

Page 214
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

mind and not in another. A key word can be created and that compartment
can come to the front of consciousness. We have a section on MKUltra later.

Above the tunnel now is a flame on a black pentagram (occult symbolism)


where flowers are still taken to this day. At the spot where JFK was killed
there is also a flame, but it is on top of an obelisk (Egyptian symbolism).
For me, there is symbolism, ritualism and secret society involvement in these
two assassinations and I have only touched upon a tiny slither of this for ease
of understanding. Again, believe what you will.

Freemasonry, Secret Societies and The Illuminati

Secret societies have been evident for hundreds of years and are shrouded in
mystery. A short list includes:

The Freemasons, The Knights Templar, Skull and Bones, The Rosicrucian
order (where the Tudor Rose comes from), The Knights of Malta (which came
from the Knights Hospitaller and the Order of St John of Jerusalem), The
Priory de Sion, Opus Dei, The Committee of 300 (through this old society,
near all banks are linked to the Rothschild's), The Jesuits and the OTO (Ordo
Templi Orientis).

Any member has a first loyalty to the order and his brotherhood and these
societies teach by passing on to initiates ancient secrets via ritual, when they
are deemed ready, binding them to secrecy.

It has been stated by many authors that the top levels of ‘the round table,’
education, banking and religious bodies also fit into this interwoven
hierarchical network that is commonly known as ‘The Illuminati.’

Page 215
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Many people are in more than one of the above gangs and some are in three
or even four of them.

Many members of many secret societies are low or medium level and are
good people in a nice little friendly brotherhood. It is only when you get to the
top echelons (e.g. 33rd degree Freemasonry) of these societies where there
is evidence of ancient hidden secrets and dark ritual. Illuminati members are
scattered throughout powerful and influential positions in politics, law,
business, religion and the media.

What we will do is have a brief look at a timeline of the Illuminati and its
largest secret society, the Freemasons, and how they seemingly evolved from
the Knights Templar. The Freemasons are the outgrowth of the secret
societies of the middle ages, and Freemasonry is permeated by the
symbolism and mysticism from the ancient and medieval worlds. We will
include other related events within this timeline too.

• 1095 – Jerusalem falls to the first crusade.


• 1118 – Knights Templar formed in Jerusalem to ‘ensure the safety of
the many Europeans who made the pilgrimage to Jerusalem after its
conquest, or this was the cover story.
• 1118 -1128 – Knights Templar excavated the ruins of Herod's Temple.
It is said by many that they found something and from this moment they
signed up aristocracy and powerful people from all over Europe
• 1127 – Hugh de Payens was granted the land for the first Temple
Church in Holborn, London.
• 1129 – Knights Templar were endorsed by the Catholic church and
became a favourable charity across Europe.
• 1146 – Knights Templar adopt the red cross logo.
• 1154 – The Grand Master of Knights Templar, André de Montbard,
took over the Masons in England and built their Temple in Fleet Street,
London.
• 1170 – Richard de Hastings, the Master of the English Templars,
attempted to reconcile the differences between King Henry II and
Thomas Becket. Their attempts to reconcile the two parties failed and
Thomas Becket was murdered in Canterbury Cathedral.
• 1307 – Philip IV of France seeks to destroy the Knights Templar for
witchcraft and heresies. All their wealth (mainly from Banking) was to
be siezed on Friday 13th and all Templars in Christian countries were
to be arrested.
Jacques de Molay, the 23rd Grand Master was imprisoned in the
Temple in Paris and a few years later he was burned at the stake.
On 11th October The Templars large fleet of ships left La Rochelle with
all of their knowledge and most of their wealth and headed for Western
Scotland.
• 1312 – The Medieval order of the Knights Templar become extinct
when the order was dissolved by the Council of Vienne.
• 1440 – Construction begins by Sir William St Clair (Sinclair) of Orkney

Page 216
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

on Rosslyn Chapel near Edinburgh with the ground plan a copy of


Herod's Temple (the 3rd temple which was destroyed by the Romans
in the 1st century). Facts about Rosslyn:
o William St Clair was the most powerful man in Scotland and was
a direct descent of William de St Clair, the last Templar Grand
Master of Scotland.
o He decided to build Rosslyn to house the treasures he had
inherited from the Templars and establish a seat of spiritual
authority to rival James II who was dabbling in English politics.
o William brought in Masons to build Rosslyn and built the town of
Roslin to house them.
o Masons were given the Mason word by William to preserve the
secrets of the Templars he was building Rosslyn to house
o In Gealic Rosslyin means ‘ancient knowledge handed down
through the generations.’
• 1483 – The burgh of Aberdeen is recorded as being involved in
settlement of a dispute between six ‘masons of the lurge.’ Masonry is
starting to spread out as lodges initiate candidates and give them the
'Mason Word.'
• 1599 – First Lodge records are written - Lodge Aitcheson's Haven near
Edinburgh, modern Freemasonry is about to begin.
• 1601 – James VI made a Mason at Lodge of Scoon and Perth
• 1602 – William Schaw sets up the modern lodge system in Scotland
following the instructions of James VI.
• 1603 – James VI takes Freemasonry to England were he becomes
James I of Britain.
• 1634 – First non-stonemasons join a stonemasons' Lodge, the Lodge
of Edinburgh at Mary's Chapel. If Freemasonry is defined by non-
stonemasons in a Lodge then modern Freemasonry begins here. If it is
defined by men (whether or not they are stonemasons) coming
together in Lodges then Freemasonry begins in 1599.
• 1641 – Sir Robert Moray becomes the first Mason recorded on English
Soil.
• 1646 – Earliest known Masonic Lodge to allow non-professional or
‘free’ Masons, in Warrington, England.
• 1715 – First Jacobite Rising, lodges begin to disclaim their Scottish
roots.
• 1717 – Founding of the Grand Lodge of London by Desaguliers.
• 1733 – First Masonic Lodge established in the United States in April.
• 1734 – Benjamin Franklin elected Grand Master of Pennsylvania.
• 1736 – Grand Lodge of Scotland formed as a counter measure to
London expansionism.
William St Clair of Roslin made First Grand Master Mason of Scotland
and signs away his hereditary rights in favour of elected officers.
• 1752 – George Washington was initiated into the Fredericksburg lodge.
• 1770 – Mayer Amschel Rothschild draws up plans for the creation of
the Illuminati and entrusts Ashkenazi Jew, Adam Weishaupt, a Crypto-
Jew who was outwardly Roman Catholic, with its organization and
development. The Illuminati is said by many to be based upon the

Page 217
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

teachings of the Talmud, which is in turn, the teachings of Rabbinical


Jews. It was to be called the Illuminati as this is a Luciferian term
which means, keepers of the light.
• 1776 – The Illuminati was founded in Bavaria by Adam Weisshaupt, he
was a student of the Jewish philosopher Mendelsohn, a former catholic
priest, and backed by the Rothschild family. Freemasonry and
Judaism have strong roots in the ancient Egyptian systems of religious
belief, and it was these very similarities which attracted the Illuminati to
Freemasonry. One year later Weishaupt joined the Munich Lodge of
the Order of Good Council. They later infiltrate the Freemasons.
• 1777 – A year after signing the 4th July American Independence,
Franklin travels to France to source money to help fund the war of
independence against the British, and joins the Nine sisters Lodge in
Paris while he's there.
• 1780 – The Council of Wihelmsbad unites the Illuminati and
Freemasonry.
• 1785 – The Bavarian government outlawed the Illuminati, and closed
the lodges of the Grand Orient. A year later they published all the
details of the conspiracy, the English title of that publication being ‘The
Original Writings of the Order and Sect of the Illuminati.’ Copies of the
entire conspiracy were sent to all the heads of Church and State in
Europe, but the power of the Illuminati was so great that this warning
was ignored. Nevertheless, ‘Illuminati’ became a dirty word, and it
went underground.
• 1789 – John Robinson, a high degree Mason, professor of natural
philosophy at Edinburgh University and secretary of The Royal Society
of Edinburgh learned of the Illuminati and its real goals. He published a
book entitled ‘Proof of a Conspiracy to Destroy All governments and
Religions,’ but his warnings were also ignored. Due to the European
ignorance of the Bavarian government's warning, the Illuminati's plan
for a French Revolution succeeded from this year to 1793. This
revolution was a bankers' dream, it established a new constitution and
passed laws that forbade the Roman Church from levying taxes and
also removed its exemption from taxation.
• 1801 – Scottish Rite of Freemasonry founded in the city of Charleston,
South Carolina with the idea being to link the 'craft' FreeMasonry
movement with that of the medieval order of the Knights Templar.
• 1837 – James Burnes writes a 'history' for the Masonic Knights
Templar of Scotland (adopted by modern writers as fact).
• 1881 – French author Leo Taxil, exposed the Satanic rituals of this
fraternity and named many senior politicians and clerics as being
involved. The ‘Leo Taxil Hoax,’ as it is know in Masonic circles, caused
much bad press for the Masons, and brought a wave of anti-Masonic
attacks from the general public and the Church.
• 1884 – Cornerstone for the Statue of Liberty placed in a ceremony
organised by the Masonic lodges of New York. The statue was
designed by French sculptor Bartholdi and built by French Engineer
Gustave Eiffel (both well-known Freemasons). It is said by some to
symbolise Queen Isis holding the eternal flame of Nimrod and nothing

Page 218
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

to do with liberty.
• 1933 – Franklyn Roosevelt (32nd degree of the Scottish Rite) sworn on
4th March in as President of the United States. His vice-president is
Harry Truman (33rd degree Mason). He encourages the creation of
the State of Israel.

Though it seems that Freemasonry came from the Knights Templar, Manly P.
Hall claims that Freemasonry is the bright and glorious son of a mysterious
and hidden father and that It cannot trace its parentage because that origin is
obscured by the veil of the super-physical and the mystical.

The Freemasons are the largest secret society on earth today with over
10,000 lodges (worth billions of dollars) and they already had a hundred and
fifty lodges in America prior to the American revolution. The Boston lodge
was based in the Green Dragon Tavern, remembered by many (including
Daniel Webster, an American statesman in the late 1800’s) as the
‘headquarters’ of the American Revolution. The Freemasons also designed
many of America’s cities including (which we will look at later) Washington
DC.

The Scottish Rite and the York Rite of Freemasonry are both similar but differ
in their rituals and that they both have different degrees, Scottish Rite degrees
are numbered four to thirty three with the 33rd degree being honorary, and the
York Rite has seven degrees. The York Rite has more emphasis on history
and Christianity and the Scottish Rite has more emphasis on philosophy.

Page 219
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Above and below are the steps of Freemasonry, these can differ slightly from
lodge to lodge. The ‘G’ is said to represent the all seeing eye, the Great
Architect, God, Geometry, Gnosis or Lucifer depending on the source (or level
of Freemasonry one is initiated to).

‘Ordo Ab Chao’ means ‘Order Out of Chaos’ and is a main Freemasonic motto
(the picture on the left looks extremely ‘Rothschild’ and the one on the right
very ‘police’), and if we think of 9/11, 7/7, certain assassinations, laws that

Page 220
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

have been passed and even the use of Christianity as a tool for control we
can start to see why this motto belongs to the Freemasons.

“Secret societies have a great motto, 'order out of chaos,' agendas are
formulated designed to give the powerful more power. Chaos is created and
media blitzed, then cries go out for the solution, laws are passed which could
never have been passed without the chaos. The order, has reigned through
deception of the masses, and the agenda is accomplished.”
James Arthur, 'Mushrooms and Mankind

The double headed eagle (or phoenix) has had a rich life and is one of the
main Freemasonic symbols. The phoenix was regarded as sacred to the sun
and to ancient mystics it was a symbol of immortality of the soul and was
linked to alchemical formulae. The phoenix symbolises transformation of
consciousness that comes from dying and being reborn, much like initiations
within secret societies.

In Manly P. Halls book, ‘The Phoenix: An Illustrated Review of Occultism and


Philosophy,’ he states that, "Among the ancients a fabulous bird called the
Phoenix is described by early writers ... in size and shape it resembles the
eagle, but with certain differences. The body of the Phoenix is one covered
with glossy purple feathers, and the plumes in its tail are alternately blue and
red. The head of the bird is light in colour, and about its neck is a circlet of
golden plumage. At the back of its back the Phoenix has a crest of feathers of
brilliant colour ... The Phoenix, it is said, lives for 500 years, and at its death
its body opens and the new born Phoenix emerges. Because of this
symbolism, the Phoenix is generally regarded as representing immortality and
resurrection ... The Phoenix is one sign of the secret orders of the ancient
world and of the initiate of those orders, for it was common to refer to one who
had been accepted into the temples as a man twice-born, or reborn. Wisdom
confers a new life, and those who become wise are born again."

Page 221
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

And in Barbara Walker’s occult book, ‘Now Is The Dawning,’ that states that
Egyptians believed that the Phoenix was the representative of a god who
"rose to heaven in the form of a morning star, like Lucifer, after his fire-
immolation of death and rebirth."

Jim Shaw, a former 33rd degree Freemason, wrote a book titled, ‘The Deadly
Deception: Freemasonry Exposed by One of Its Top Leaders,’ in which he
stated that many rituals where dark and included skulls, black gowns, and
much serpent symbolism within the Temples.
John Quincy Adams, the sixth president of the United States stated that
before a candidate was made aware of the secrets of the craft he was sworn
to keep them secret upon penalty of self-mutilation. The candidate, when he
took the oath was kept in total ignorance of what was contained in the secrets
of the craft, therefore he did not know the content or extent of the oaths he
took, “therefore he is sworn to keep secret what he does not know! Adams
also pointed out the Master Mason’s oath, "The Master Mason’s penalty is to
have his body severed in two in the midst, and divided to the north and south,
his bowels burnt to ashes in the centre, and the ashes scattered before the
four winds of heaven, that there might not the least track or trace of
remembrance remain among men or Masons of so vile and perjured a wretch,
as I should be.”

Ex-head of the Illuminati, Adam Weisshaupt passed on his mantle to the


Italian Guiseppe Mazzini who in turn passed it on to the American Albert Pike.
Albert Pike brought the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry into America.

So what is all this about dark ritual and Satanism within the top levels of
Freemasonry and the Illuminati? It is probable, and written that only the top
few percent of Freemasons are involved and that the Freemasonic symbols
are given different explanations as the ‘good’ initiate climbs the lower and
middle degrees.

“Masonry, like all the religions, all the mysteries, hermeticism, and alchemy,
conceals its secrets from all except adepts and sages, or the elect, and uses false
explanations and misinterpretations of its symbols to mislead those who deserve
only to be misled."
Albert Pike, Head of World Freemasonry, 1800’s.

Let us note first that ritual and ceremonial magic is the ancient art of invoking
and controlling spirits by using a scientific formula. From using the power
invested in certain words and symbols one can control invisible habitants of
the elements and astral worlds. Legend and myth state the black use of
magic started in Atlantis and carried on in Egypt.

“Freemasonry have been poured the irradiations of the mystical schools of antiquity.
Particularly is this so in the higher degrees of the Order, such as the Scottish Rite,

Page 222
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

where undeniable traces of Cabalism [Kabbalah], neo-Platonism, Rosicrucian’s, and


other mystical cults are plainly discernible. I do personally contend that
Freemasonry is the direct descendent of the Mysteries, but that our ritual makers of
the higher degrees have copied the ancient ceremonies of initiation so far as the
knowledge of those ceremonies exists.”
Henry R. Evans, A History of the York and Scottish Rites of Freemasonry

"To you, Sovereign Grand Instructors General, we say this, that you may repeat it to
the Brethren of the 32nd, 31st and 30th degrees: 'the Masonic Religion should be,
by all of us initiates of the high degrees, maintained in the purity of the Luciferian
Doctrine."
Albert Pike, addressing the 23 Supreme Councils of the world in 1889

"To you, Sovereign Instructors of Grade 33, we tell you: you have to repeat to the
brothers of inferior grades that we worship only one god to whom we pray without
superstition. It is we, Initiated in the Supreme Grade, that are to keep the real
Masonic religion preserving pure the Lucifer doctrine."
Albert Pike, Head of World Freemasonry, Late 1800’s

"I hereby promise the great spirit Lucifage, prince of demons, that each year I will
bring unto him a human soul to do with as it may please him, and in return Lucifage
promises to bestow upon me the treasures of the earth and fulfil my every desire for
the length of my natural life. If I fail to bring him each year the offering specified
above, then my own soul shall be forfeit to him. Signed [in blood]..........When the
Mason learns that the key to the warrior on the block is the proper application of the
dynamo of living power, he has learned the mystery of the craft. The seething
energies of Lucifer are in his hands and before he may step onward and upward, he
must prove his ability to properly apply energy,"
Manly P. Hall, The Lost Keys to Freemasonry

“Banded together in as order, Brothers of Darkness, they through the ages,


antagonists they to the children of men. Walked they always secret and hidden,
found yet not found by the children of men. Forever they walked and worked in
darkness, hiding from the light in the darkness of night. Silently, secretly, use they
their power, enslaving and binding the souls of men.”
The Emerald Tablets of Thoth, Chapter6

Al Dager, in the Media Spotlight Special Report, ‘A Masonic History of


America’ stated that as a Mason goes through the 33 degrees of the Scottish
rite he ends up adorning worship to every Egyptian pagan god, the gods of
Persia, gods of India, Greek gods, Babylonian gods, plus others. Also that as
you come to the 17th degree the Masons claim that they will give you the
password that will give him entrance at the judgment day to the Masonic deity,
the great architect of the universe. It is very interesting that this secret
password is "Abaddon."

Revelation 9:11 “They had a king over them, the angel of the Abyss, whose
name in Hebrew is Abaddon, and in Greek, Apollyon" (meaning destroyer).
The 'angel' of the Abyss (Hell) is really the chief demon whose name is
Abaddon. Masons claim then, that the deity they worship is Abaddon!”

Page 223
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Dager also states that ‘The Church of Jesu’ (the Jesuits are believed by some
to be the power behind Freemasonry), the headquarters of the Knights of
Malta, was founded in 1534 by Ignatius Loyola to combat the reformation and
propagate the faith. The Jesuit General and the other high Jesuit Generals
are sorcerers. They are Luciferian and they worship what they would call
Lucifer. They do not believe in Satan, they believe in Lucifer. This society is
the power behind the Presidents and the rest of the world. The Jesuits
obviously wrote the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion, because they
have carried out every protocol in that little handbook.

Now we must note that the ‘Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion’ is said to
be fake by many sources, but upon reading, and it is available easily, it might
as well exist because all content is being followed today in the way of control
and manipulation of the masses.

The material on the Illuminati and Freemasonry is near endless but certain
choice quotes really must be read:

"The great strength of our Order lies in its concealment; let it never appear in any
place in its own name, but always concealed by another name, and another
occupation. None is fitter than the three lower degrees of Freemasonry; the public is
accustomed to it, expects little from it."
John Robinson, Proofs of a Conspiracy, 1798, re-printed in 1967

“1776, Benjamin Franklin, born in Boston, was one of the diplomats chosen to
negotiate peace with Great Britain, and who helped draft the Declaration of
Independence, one of the 56 who signed this document, and was instrumental in
achieving the adoption of the U.S. Constitution. Was also a Mason. Franklin was the
Grand Master of the Grand Lodge of Pennsylvania and published the first Masonic
book in America. Was also a member of Sir Francis Dashwood's Hell Fire Club,
along with the Collins family of Satanists. Both Franklin and Thomas Jefferson were
members of this purely Satanic group who practiced Satanic sexual occult rituals.”
Fritz Springmeier, The Illuminati Bloodlines

"Fictions are necessary to the people, and the Truth becomes deadly to those who
are not strong enough to contemplate it in all its brilliance. In fact, what can there be
in common between the vile multitude and sublime wisdom? The truth must be kept
secret, and the masses need a teaching proportioned to their imperfect reason."
Albert Pike, Head of World Freemasonry

"Glory and Love for Lucifer! Hatred! Hatred! Hatred! to god accursed! accursed!
accursed!"
William Schnoebelen, Masonry: Beyond the Light, [During his initiation into
Palladium Masonry]

“I have been convinced that we, as an order, have come under the power of some
very evil occult, profoundly versed in science both occult and otherwise, though not
infallible, their methods being back magic, that is to say, electro-magnetic power,
hypnotism and powerful suggestion. We are convinced that the order is being

Page 224
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

controlled by some Sun Order, after the nature of the Illuminati, if not by that order
itself.”
The Duke of Brunswick, Grand Master of World Freemasonry

“When the Mason learns that the key to the warrior on the block is the proper
application of the dynamo of living power, he has learned the mystery of his Craft.
The seething energies of Lucifer are in his hands and before he may step onward
and upward, he must prove his ability to properly handle energy."
Manly P. Hall, The Lost Keys of Freemasonry

"A theory that a conspiracy has been working consciously for many centuries is not
very plausible unless one attributes to them a religious unity. That is tantamount to
regarding them as Satanists engaged in the worship and service of supernatural
evil. The directors of the conspiracy must see or otherwise directly perceive
manifestations which convince them of the existence and power of Lucifer. And
since subtle conspirators must be very shrewd men, not likely to be deceived by
auto-suggestion, hypnosis, or drugs, we should have to conclude that they probably
are in contact with a force of pure evil."
Prof. Revilo P. Oliver, Conspiracy or Degeneracy? USA

“There is sufficient evidence that a number of societies of the Illuminati have been
established in this land. They are doubtless striving to secretly undermine all our
ancient institutions, civil and sacred.”
Joseph Willard, Post his Presidency of Harvard University

"The idea was that those who direct the overall conspiracy could use the
differences in those two so-called ideologies [Marxism/Fascism,
Socialism/Capitalism, Republican/Democrat etc.] to enable them [the Illuminati] to
divide larger and larger portions of the human race into opposing camps so that
they could be armed and then brainwashed into fighting and destroying each other."
Myron Fagan

In the late 1960's, Myron Fagan explained how the Rothschild family, Adam
Weishaupt and the Illuminati had grown into a criminal network that had taken
over the banking system; created and financed communism; encouraged
fighting between races; sacrificed Jews; and had been installing their puppets
into our governments.

“I shall never cease to repeat that the French revolution has come from Masonry and
that it was made by writers and the Illuminati.”
Aljoy hoffmen, editor of the journal of Vienna

“The government of this country has not only governments, kings, and ministers but
also secret societies, elements which must be taken into account, which at the last
moment can bring our plans to nought, which have agents everywhere, who cab
incite assassinations and can if necessary lead a massacre.”
Benjamin D’Israeli, 19th Century English Prime Minister

"Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and
manufacture, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something. They know there is a

Page 225
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete,


so pervasive that they better not speak above their breath when they speak in
condemnation of it.”
President Woodrow Wilson, 1913

"It was not my intention to doubt that the doctrine of the Illuminati, the principles of
Jacobinism had not spread in the United States. On the contrary, no one is more
satisfied of this fact than I am."
George Washington, in a letter written to the Reverend G. W. Snyde, 1785

Stephen Knight, author of the anti-Masonic book, ‘The Botherhood, The


Secret World of Freemasons’ died at the age of thirty three shortly after it was
published. He stated that Masons favour other Masons when it comes to
employment and that Freemasonry contained Devil worship.

Leo Zagami, a self proclaimed Illuminati whistleblower and ex-33rd degree


Freemason also talks along similar lines to Knight. He claims that the
Illuminati, by using ritual and symbolism, invoke demonic entities and forces
that often take the form of reptilian manifestations. He states that Obama,
Blair and Brown are all high ranking Freemasons and that the Vatican are
highly involved with the Illuminati.

Only recently workmen dug up the remains of ten bodies hidden beneath the
former London home of Freemason Benjamin Franklin, a founding father of
American Independence. The remains of four adults and six children were
discovered during the restoration of Franklin's home at 36 Craven Street,
close to Trafalgar Square. Estimates were that the bones are about 200
years old and were buried at the time Franklin was living in the house, which
was his home from 1757 to 1762, and from 1764 to 1775. Most of the bones
show signs of having been dissected, sawn or cut. One skull has been drilled
with several holes. Paul Knapman, the Westminster coroner, said, "One
cannot totally discount the possibility of a crime. There is still a possibility that
I may have to hold an inquest.”

Some years ago, John Todd, a member of a family who were high level and
generational members of a druidic witchcraft cult, alleged that through his
occult contacts he was chosen to be initiated into a deep level Illuminati lodge.
The Rothschilds of London, he learned, were at the very heart of this
conspiracy, along with the Jesuits in Rome. The Rothschilds were considered
to be ‘human gods’ by many occultists and according to Mr. Todd, they were
in constant communication with ‘Lucifer,’ who they themselves considered to
be god. There are also indications that they were and are also in contact with
a serpent race as well (we have a section on this soon). John Todd later
became a Christian and spoke to various audiences around the UK until he
was later assassinated.

Stewart A. Swerdlow wrote an article about the Illuminati hierarchy and stated
(along with many other authors) that there are thirteen ruling bloodlines and
always one leader known as ‘Pindar,’ this leader at present is the head of the

Page 226
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Rothschilds family. The thirteen bloodlines are said to be Rothschild, Astor,


Bundy, Collins, Dupont, Freeman, Kennedy, Li, Onassis, Rockefeller, Russell,
Reynolds and Van Duyn bloodlines. Interconnected families include the
Merovingian bloodlines (European Royalty), Disney, Reynolds, Krupp and
Mcdonald.

At the top of the Illuminati it seems there are always links to Teutonic Zionism
and the Hanseatic League, in layman’s terms; dark Kabbalists and Nazis and
this is the group of people that have the real hand of power on this planet if
you care to open your eyes to it.

“They do not want you to think too much, that is why our country and our world is
proliferated with entertainments; mass media, television shows, amusement parks,
drugs, alcohol and every kind of entertainment to keep the human mind entertained
so you don’t get in the way of important people by doing too much thinking. You
had better wake up and understand that there are people who are guiding your life
and you don’t even know it.”
Jordan Maxwell

“Let me not pray to be sheltered from dangers, but to be fearless in facing them.”
Rabindranath Tagore

Bohemian Grove

I guess that many of you are on board with the existence of the secret
societies and bloodlines but the ritual side of things may be a little bit of a
bridge too far? Well have you ever heard of Bohemian Grove?
If not then you will find this one hard to swallow.
.
In Northern California there is a secluded and guarded forest of over two
thousand acres called Bohemian Grove. The elite of the US have been going
here in the summer for many years to ‘relax’ for a few days. Nice, no
problem.

Some business is conducted here and In 1957 Ronald Reagan and Richard
Nixons were here (both before their presidential terms). Other attendees have
included Eisenhower, Roosevelt, Joseph Kennedy, Kissinger and the
Rockefellers.

In 2000, American ‘truther’ Alex Jones snuck in to the forest and took a small
video camera with him and what he found was shocking. Next to the river a
ritual took place where people all donned gowns and held flames. A mock
effigy was floated up the river and then burned in front of a forty foot tall owl to
mass screams.
Now would the owl have anything to do with our Babylonian Queen?

Page 227
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

German Chancellor Helmut Shmitt in 1991

The ‘Cremation of Care’ Ritual

Logo of the Bohemian club

Page 228
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

In the photo above taken at Bohemian Grove, we see Regan, Nixon and the
inventor of plutonium. When this photo was taken Nixon was nobody, and
Regan was acting in B-movies but both became presidents.

Channel 4 even went into this a little bit (they bottled and lacked real courage
in my view though) in a documentary in 2001 but the Alex Jones video at
infowars.net must be seen if you do not believe any of this.

These are the people in power! You would not be happy if your postman
participated in this behaviour.

“Now, I have to ask you, what are ex-Presidents of the United States, such as Jimmy
Carter, Richard Nixon, Gerald Ford, Ronald Reagan, and George Bush doing there?
These are all living President’s, standing there in unison, the whole line of them, in
uniforms, looking like Ku Klux Clan members, in front of a great bonfire, worshipping
an owl.”
Jordan Maxwell, “Matrix of Power”

Symbolism

"Symbolism is the language of the Mysteries; in it is the language not only of


mysticism and philosophy but of all Nature, for every law and power active in
universal procedure is manifested to the limited sense perceptions of man through
the medium of symbol. Every form existing in the diversified sphere of being is
symbolic of the divine activity by which it is produced. By symbols men have ever
sought to communicate to each other those thoughts which transcend the limitations
of language. Rejecting man-conceived dialects as inadequate and unworthy to
perpetuate divine ideas, the Mysteries thus chose symbolism as a far more
ingenious and ideal method of preserving their transcendental knowledge. In a
single figure a symbol may both reveal and conceal, for to the wise the subject of
the symbol is obvious, while to the ignorant the figure remains inscrutable. He who
seeks to unveil the secret doctrine of antiquity must search for that doctrine not
upon the open pages of books which might fall into the hands of the unworthy but in
the place where it was originally concealed.”
Manly Palmer Hall, Author, 1928

Our brains sub consciously learn to recognize and interpret images and
meanings from symbols, we interpret these sometimes successfully and
sometimes not. The same is true with much corporate, Masonic, royal, occult
and Illuminati symbolism, the elite have crafted emblems of powerful arcane
secret societies and secret knowledge which have undergone hundreds of
years and in some cases, millions of dollars of refinement, and progression,
while still maintaining the important core elements. Symbols are modified to
fit a target audience, whether that audience be a small group of individuals
who recognize a secret sign, or a Coronation Street audience being drilled in
the head with the latest consumer branding.

Page 229
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Symbolism is and has been the language of mysticism, philosophy and


nature, symbols can reveal and also conceal and they are around us in the
modern world more than ever. There are symbols that are blatantly in our
faces today and if you get into this subject you will find that it goes very deep.
I will only skim the surface quickly, as again, a whole book could be written
and many have been, but It does not take you long to know what to look for
then much of the western world is seen in a different light.

Whether cryptography in literature and philosophy, logos with alternative


meanings, symbolism has been alive for centuries and has often been used to
conceal sacred truths from the uninitiated and revealing them to those
qualified to understand. In the middle ages secret alphabets and ciphers were
used in publications authored by the Illuminati, priests and members of secret
brotherhoods. The form of these have come in literal, pictorial (found in Egypt
and early religious art), acroamatic, numerical, musical and coded ciphers and
much of this still goes on to this very day. In the modern world, we seem to
think that many things that have gone on throughout history have just
stopped, but have not all civilisations called themselves modern?

There are many ancient cryptograms that remind us we should always be


looking out for concealed meanings and hidden allegories in numbers,
pictures and words when it comes to secret societies.

The problem in general with researching symbolism is with understanding


what a symbol actually means esoterically to the person(s) displaying or
carrying it. For example, the Pentagram (or five pointed star) has carried
many different meanings throughout history. To the Pythagoreans it was a
symbol of health and knowledge. To those living in the Middle Ages, the
pentagram was a symbol used to ward off nocturnal demonic entities and
stood for the alpha and omega, and sometimes even stood for Christ itself
and the five sacred wounds. To many others it was the symbol of Venus,
Saturn and Lucifer and in the Gnostic schools it was known as the Flaming
Star and it has also been the sign of magical power and influence.
If you were to ask any new age youngster involved in the 'Wicca' movement,
this would probably to them be a symbol of nature and positive magic but to
those involved in the darker black magic or even Satanism, the pentagram
has its own sinister meanings, particularly if distorted, stretched or turned up-
side down. The pentagram has been used by many ancients, groups and
secret and occult societies, these include Taoists, Persians, Shaman,
Witches, Magicians, Rosicrucian’s, Kabbalists, Pythagoreans, Gnostics,
Christians, Magicians, Wiccans, Satanists Freemasons and The Illuminati. It
must be noted that the pentagram itself is not good or bad, it is the intention
and what it is used for and by whom that gives the pentagram its power and
energy.

Albert Pike calls it the absolute sign of human intelligence and ‘The Magician’s
Dictionary’ states that In a general sense it the pentacle stands for all magical
symbols and talismans.

Page 230
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Military building, 'The Pentagon' takes not only the shape of the centre of
a pentagram, but is geographically upside down, less thirty-three degrees (as
in the thirty-three degrees of Freemasonry). Below are some examples of the
inverted pentagram.

The Sigil (a seal, stamp or signet) of Baphomet (above right) was adopted by
Anton LaVey as the symbol of’ The Church of Satan.’ The symbol evolved
from its first appearance in the 1897 book, ‘The Key of Black Magic’ written by
the French occultist Stanislas de Guaita. The symbol, also known as 'The
Goat of Mendes' traces its origins to the Egyptian gods Ptah and Ammon and
depictions of goat or ram headed gods are found as far back as Babylonian
times where they represented the givers of knowledge. Surrounding the
pentagram which represents all Satanic qualities and manifestations are the
Hebrew letters spelling the name Leviathan, the ancient, female, sea-dwelling
Dragon of the Abyss from the Old Testament. Enclosing and completing the
sigil is the snake swallowing its tail, the symbol of infinity.

Page 231
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Pentagram has also been used to represent man (two legs, two arms and
the head) and the five elements and what we must emphasise is that an
inverted and distorted pentagram is widely used by satanists, black magic and
the dark occult. These groups do not have many of their own symbols so they
use ones readily available and distort them. They misuse an art.

Too many flags of countries, corporate logos and military units all use the
pentagram far too much for its over use to be a non-premeditated
coincidence.

“The Goat was known in early Babylonian times as the god ‘Ea’ (Enki/Satan). Ea was
known as ‘He of vast intellect and Lord of the Sacred Eye’ protector of his people
and the bringer and giver of knowledge and civilization to humanity. Represented as
a snake, he ended up in the ‘Garden of Eden as the Snake in the tree of life,
encouraging learning and knowledge rather than blissful ignorance.’ Whenever Ea
roamed the Earth, he took the form of a goat. Ea was considered the Father of Light"
and his celebrations dating back to 15,000 B.C.E., were carried out wearing goat
skins."
New Larousse Encyclopedia of Mythology

Now we have a grounding in symbolism having looked at the pentagram we


can move on. If you look very closely at any one dollar bill you will also see a
tiny hidden owl. Anything to do with Bohemian Grove or Queen Samirimis by
chance?

Also on every one dollar bill is the Illuminati logo, also known as the great seal
of the US (the back side as the US has two great seals, both on the one dollar
bill). This logo of a thirteen-step pyramid has an ‘all seeing eye’ in place of
the missing capstone. The eye comes from Horus and Ra, which was said to
symbolise protection and power in Egypt. It’s also the symbol for a top-down
command and control system of compartmentalization. This logo was found
on letterheads of the Bavarian Illuminati in the 18th century and is commonly
known as the Illuminati’s logo to this very day. Albert Churchward, another
Masonic author states that the triangle pointing upward is a symbol for the
Egyptian Set (who fought with Horus), which is one of the Infernal Names for
Satan.

Page 232
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

At the bottom of the pyramid are roman numerals that translate to 1776, the
date the Illuminati were formed. The Latin (13 letters each) translates to
‘announcing conception’ at the top, and ‘a new order of the ages’ at the
bottom, to me, and others, this means ‘presenting the new world order.’
There are also 72 stones in 13 rows and If one draws an inverted pentagram
on the seal then the word Mason is evident and If you think I am adding one
and one and getting five the book, ‘The History of the Seal of the US’ also
states this is purely Masonic. Let us look at the logos for MI5, the CIA, and
the Facebook and Defence linked ‘Information Awareness Office’ plus a
letterhead from World Freemasonry to see similarities.

Logos in daily life that appear very ‘Illuminati’ include Starbucks, AOL, CBS
and there are too many more to cover in this book. Most relate to the all
seeing eye, the pyramid and illumination, this is explained below.

Page 233
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Many of these symbols we could go even further into, for example, corporate
globalist and Illuminati controlled Starbucks have a logo with Queen
Semiramis with the geometry matching the pyramid and all seeing eye.

Page 234
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Not many people are aware that corporations and advertising companies use
specific colours, numbers, and symbols in their logos, slogans, and products
that have a subversive or subliminal effect on the sub-conscious mind.
Corporate logos often link to astrology and if you know what to look for they
often symbolise the four cardinal points, cancer (or yin and yang), Aries,
saturn or the sunrise. Many corporate logos and media (far too often to be
natural) do something with the letter ‘e,’ this could be because esoterically this
is the fifth essence, and is in ancient Greek ‘epsilon,’ meaning spiritual power
of transcendence. Many words are spelt backwards such Evian (naive) and
Fila (alif, which could be construed as the Hebrew letter Alef or Aleph,
meaning life, prana, energy, therefore, reversed, one is wearing death). You
may not see any of this so you may think it does not matter, but it is the
intention placed into symbols that gives a symbol its power and your sub
conscious mind has only one defence; your conscious mind being aware.

Ones that need a little explanation include:

The double X in Exxon, the biggest company in the world relates to the
symbol for the ‘House of Lorraine’ from France, and the double cross which is
used in Satanism.

Page 235
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Arco gas logo has the red square which is a common Masonic symbol
and this logo also looks like a sky view of a pyramid with the capstone missing
from the top.
The ‘T’ in the Texaco company logo is ‘The Tao Cross’ and is also within the
ancient Greek and Hebrew alphabets. The prophet Ezekiel stated this was
the sign in which the Lord told the people of Jerusalem to place upon their
foreheads and was also used in Egyptian initiations. Texaco have placed in
the centre of a pentagram with the strong use of the colour red for a more
‘talismanic’ effect.
The BP logo has sacred geometry within it and is symbolic of the esoteric
thirty two petal rose.
Chevron gas logo is actually a picture of the Masonic ‘double cube’ or ‘double
ashlar,’ commonly used as an altar during rituals. The symbol is two
three-dimensional boxes (one on top of the other) with the higher box also
representing the secret societies ‘on top’ of and regulating civilization (the
lower box), the colours blue and red also reference the blue and red degrees
of Freemasonry. Blue and red is also seen in Pepsi and many other logos.
Chrysler logo has a pentagram inside a pentagon (both of which are occult
symbols) and the symbol along the bottom is also a replica of the winged disc
symbol of Horus.
The UN logo has thirty three sections within it.
The US flag on soldiers is reversed and it has a gold fringe which states they
are working under maritime law (a corporation) and not for the ‘country.’
The Nokia handshake, when seen on an actual phone in full animation you
can see the two hands come together into a normal handshake but then the
thumb moves forming what looks very much like the Freemasonic handshake.

In Freemasonry, you are a "square man" and you do things "by the square.” Is
it then any wonder that we find squares making up the logos of many very
powerful, wealthy and influential corporations like Gap, GM, Amex and scores
more?
Freemasonry also has black and white checkerboard floors in its lodges and
this is said to be a representation of the ground floor of King Solomon's
Temple. It has a tessellated border or skirting surrounding it often with the
Blazing Star in the centre of the floor. This Mosaic Pavement is emblematic of
human life, chequered with good and evil, the tessellated border symbolises
comforts and blessing surrounding us, and the blazing star is said to
symbolise a firm reliance on divine providence. This is also seen on
Policemen, on the floor in Westminster Abbey and in many other important
buildings in the UK and the US. There is a stargate/portal theory linked to the
Masonic checkerboard but it would take me thousands of words to explain
and none of you would buy into it so I will leave that one be.

Page 236
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

I also find that the symbols for Horus, Rothschilds coat of arms, Nazi
Germany the American Great Seal (the back seal) plus many others are far
too similar to be coincidental.

What crown is that the Barclays logo represents I wonder, and the Great Seal
has an eagle, thirteen pentagrams arranged in a hexagram pattern (six
pointed star), thirteen stripes and thirteen arrows, thirteen berries and leaves.

Page 237
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

It must be noted that in 1782 the Great Seal had what looked more like a
phoenix head and this changed to the former in 1902.

The phoenix in ancient times esoterically meant to conceal great truths, but it
also represented initiates, certain alchemical formulas and regeneration

The Pope and his friends look a little bit like Nimrod the Babylonian god and
why is the pope often seen with a bent crucifix, and also why is the Vatican
shaped as a massive key from the air?

The Queen uses the sceptres shown below, why is the Maltese cross from the
Knights of Malta used and also the dove which is a symbol of Queen
Semiramis and has nothing to even do with Royalty?

Also Prince Charles coat of arms contains ‘The Order of the Garter,’ this is
said by some to have links to Freemasonry. The Order of the Garter is the
most senior and the oldest British Order of Chivalry and was founded by
Edward III in 1348. Grailcode.net states that, "Twenty-four members, or
Knighted Companions, which are believed to be the absolute core leadership
of the Priory of Sion, the Knights Templar, Scottish Rite Freemasonry, the

Page 238
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Rosicrucians, as well as the powerful Committee of 300." It should be noted


too that Prince William became the thousandth Knight in the register, will call
himself King Arthur and was born on the summer solstice.

George Washington had on his gravestone that he was a Freemason and


President. The statue of him in America looks extremely like our old friend
Baphomet. Why show Washington topless and in the same pose?
Coincidence? For me, coincidences are illusions but this is just information
for you to decide.

The Freemasons designed many Cities in America post ‘independence,’


David Ovason, author of ‘The Secret Architecture of our nations Capitol’
wrote, “In the years following the revolution, the Masonic fraternities held
ceremonial layings for such new enterprises as bridges, locks, universities,
government buildings, statehouses, memorials and even churches. Such
buildings were aligned with the stars and with the spiritual beings who ruled
the stars.”

Let us look at Washington DC, due to is being the Capitol surely there we will
find some symbolism if it is evident anywhere and it is a fact George
Washington appointed fellow Freemason Pierre Charles L’Enfant to design
the city’s layout.

Page 239
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The mall is laid out very much like an owl for starters, and it appears to be
sitting on a pyramid with a capstone missing.

The boundaries of the city, established by George Washington in 1791, form a


square ten miles long on each side. The east-west diagonal of the square
crosses over the Capitol building and the north-south diagonal crosses over
the White House.
The length of the north-south and east-west diagonals is ten miles times the
square root of two, or 14.142 miles. This distance converts to 43,455 ancient
Egyptian royal cubits, the same figure as the ratio between the great pyramid
and the dimensions of the earth. We did not perform this mathematics in the
History chapter so lets have a look now.

• The height of the great pyramid is 481.13 feet, divided by


5,280 = .0911231 miles.

Page 240
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

• The mean radius of the earth is 3,960 miles, divided by


.0911231 = 43,457.
• The perimeter of the great pyramid is 3,023 feet, divided
by 5,280 = .5725 miles.
• The mean circumference of the earth is 24,880 miles,
divided by .5725 = 43,458.
• 3,960 miles (radius of the earth) / 14.142 miles = 280
(number of cubits in the height of the great pyramid).
• 24,880 miles (circumference of the earth) / 14.142 miles =
1,760 (cubits in the perimeter of the great pyramid).

The street design has an inverted pentagram, a Knights Templar Cross and a
hexagon all with the White house in a prominent position. If you think this is a
coincidence, have a look at your street map where you live, I guarantee you
this will not be evident.
How I went from reading ‘Living in a Fascist Country’ by Vernon Coleman to
looking at occult symbolism on a street map I will never know, but this rabbit
hole has many warrens with many twists and turns.

Page 241
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Washington Obelisk sits directly due south of the Masonic Temple by
thirteen blocks. The Masonic temple (notice the Sphinx’s) is the headquarters
of the Supreme Council of Scottish Rite of Freemasonry and is based on the
Mausoleum of Halicarnassus, one of the seven wonders of the ancient world
(each of these ancient wonders esoterically links up with one of the ancient
esoteric seven planets too). Notice the massive sun on the front of the
building too. The Obelisk is an Egyptian phallic symbol and the one in
Washington measures 666 inches each side and is 6,666 inched high.

Also in Washington is Capitol Hill, and this possibly links to a Temple in


Capitoline Hill back in Rome many centuries ago.

John White Parsons (high priest of the OTO), a friend of L. Ron Hubbard
(Scientology creator and science-fiction author, try saying that out loud and
not laughing) helped design the pentagon, which is what you get inside a
pentagram and the opening ceremony was performed for the pentagon on
September 11th 1941. This is where wars are planned, started, and
orchestrated, nice place.

In his book, Ovason documents the location of over twenty three zodiacs in
the federal district alone, the fact that Washinton DC is an occult design is
backed up by Graham Hancock and Robert Bauvals Talisman book too, in
which it states, “He would of been aware [Frank Roosevelt, Freemason], as
were all high ranking Scottish-Rite Masons who had Albert Pikes Morals and
Dogma [book], that the pentagonal shape, or pentacle, was associated by
Pike with the Masonic Blazing Star and, in turn, identified with the five pointed
star of ancient Egypt, Sirius.”
I just went outside to look at Sirius, and as I am 6000 feet up in the Himalayas
with a clear sky it serious-ly (sorry) appears to the eye as a five pointed star
more than any other star. Sirius is actually a combination of two stars, Sirius
A and B are only 26au’s distance apart but this is not able to be noticed with
the naked eye, high up or not.

Page 242
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Hieroglyph for Sirius in ancient Egypt was a five pointed star (The
Pentagon), an obelisk (Washington Monument) and an oval (The Oval Office).
Coincidence? Not for me. The obelisk in Washington casts a shadow right
into the Oval office in late afternoons (phallic to the oval is of pagan
symbolism too)?

Sirius was measured in Egypt for Dogon astronomy and an Osirian cycle of
sixty years is linked by the author of ‘Serpent in The Sky’ to the precession of
the equinox.’ There were also sixty stones in the outer circle at Stonehenge
which may or may not be related.

Moving on, the zodiac wheel shows the sun in the middle and two straight
lines showing the two Equinox’s and two Solstices, it also shows the four
seasons being made up of three months. This is a very ancient symbol and
possibly where the cross with the circle comes from. The last supper picture
is always shows the ‘son’ in the middle and four groups of three disciples, is
this the Sun, the months and the seasons being shown in symbolism?

Page 243
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Moving on, the word fascist comes from the word fasces, meaning bundle of
rods surrounded by an axe and in ancient Rome a lictor would walk with this
in front of a members of government and law to show power and authority.
The fasces was adopted by Mussolini and the word fascism was first used in
Italy in 1922. The symbol was then used by Nazi Germany and has been
used on coins in the US and is currently used in the Supreme Court and
Congress buildings in the US. Democracy anyone?

There were two designs of the American flag before the currently used stars
and stripes was used. I care little for the official story as to the stars and
stripes origins because for me it is taken from Nut giving birth to the sun in
ancient Egypt (see the stars and stripes). Allen Campbell in his book ‘Our
Flag’ talks of an old mysterious man high in the knowledge of ancient
manuscripts who was familiar with George Washington and Benjamin Franklin
(both Freemasons) and was given the task of helping with the design of the
flag. Mathew Dalooze, in his book The Stars are Falling, goes deeply into the
history of the flag and the Egyptian links.

The EU appear to symbolise the Tower of Babel when they can, why is this?

Page 244
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

And the EU sign looks very much like the twelve used in representations of
Mary from the Stella Maris symbolism from ‘The Immaculate Conception.’

“And there appeared a great wonder in Heaven, A woman clothed with the sun,
The moon under her feet. And upon her head, a crown of 12 stars.”
Revelation 12.1

I wonder who is really running Europe? The Jesuits? Let us note that the
Vatican is not even in Europe, It is a sovereign Nation.

The Illuminati love dates and numerology, this goes very deep but we shall
brush upon only a few things just to open this subject up a little. The numbers
3, 7, 9, 11, 13, 33, 39 and any multiples of 11 have special meaning to the
Illuminati and secret societies. Many abbreviations like CIA, AOL, MI6 and
many more all equate in simple numerology to 13 (A=1, B=2 etc). The original
number of states in the United States of America was 13 and the Constitution
has 7 articles and was signed by 39 members of the Constitutional
Convention. Reagan was shot on 3rd month of 30th day, 3+30=33, The
Queen mum died at 3.15, both hands on the 3 = 33. The bank of America has
a logo with 11 11 11 = 33, the Pentagon has angles of 33 degrees, the
murder of Pope John Paul I was after 33 days in power. NASA has one
runway at Kennedy Space Centre; runway 33 and the two launch platforms
are 39a and 39b. Americas day of ‘Independence’ is on 7/4 = 11, Hitler
burned the Reichstag on 2/27/33, 2+2+7=11 and then 7, then 33. Washington
DC sits on the 77th degree longitude and 39th degree latitude, Timothy Mcveigh
was convicted of Oklahoma on all 11 counts and was condemned by the Jury
on the 13th, he was executed on the 11th at 7am on the 39th degree Latitude.
9/11 numerology goes very deep but the flights numbers were 13, 11, 77, 93
and 175; 1+7+5=13. 9/11=9+1+1=11 was carried out when there were 111
days left of the year and the towers actually looked like an 11. Diana died on
8/31/1997, 8+31 = 39.

The Illuminati illuminated the New York sky on March 11, 2002 for 33 days
and even made an ‘11’ in the sky. Was this symbolising their success of the
event?

Page 245
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

All a coincidence? Make your own mind up but if you are about to disregard
numerology please look a little more into what Pythagoras taught about
numbers and how the occult have used numbers throughout history. These
numbers are everywhere the Illuminati are, and we could another do ten
pages on numerology alone.

Rik Clay from the Cosmic Mind Blog found that In UK Passports issued in
1998 there was a page entitled, "This page is reserved for official
observations,” followed by the French equivalent and then the number eleven
(all for no apparent reason). This page has many symbolic links to the
chakras plus two perfect inverted pentagrams can be drawn within the top and
bottom geometric shapes. There are also links on this page to the rose
symbol of the Rosicrucian order (or order of the rose cross), they were (are) a
philosophical and political secret society with links to the Freemasons who
used symbols of alchemy, astrology, kabbalah and magic. The Rosicrucian’s
claimed, in their ‘Confessio Fraternitatis,’ that the nature of man was a
supreme secret of theirs and only given to high adepts. The Rosicrucian
order used garland roses to signify chakras or spiritual vortices, and some say
these were referred to in the Bible as the seven lamps of the candlestick and
the seven churches of Isreal. Again, believe what you will.

Page 246
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Rik also looks into the 2012 Olympics symbolism.

It cannot be ignored that the logo for the UK Olympics looks very much like
the word Zion and this gets even stranger when one realises who branded the
Olympics. The brand was designed by Wolff Olins, a brand consultancy
based in London and New York that have been responsible for the brand
design work behind GE Capital, Sony Ericsson, Unilever and the much of the
corporate world since the 1960’s.
Wally Olins (co-founder) was born in 1930 and his Father Alfred Olins and
Mother Rachel Muskowicz were both born in London in 1896 into Jewish
immigrant families escaping pogroms in Eastern Europe in the 1880's and
90's. Wally has talked about his father persuading him to become a
Freemason.

Every single street around the London site has a biblical or occult name.

Page 247
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Strange things that are linked to the Olympics or Zion in England:

In the 18th Century Freemason with esoteric links, William Blake, wrote the
song/poem, Jerusalem, at the end of which it states, “I will not cease from
mental fight, nor shall my sword sleep in my hand, till we have built Jerusalem
In England's green and pleasant land.”
At the 1972 Olympics in Munich, World terror was born with 11 Isreali’s being
killed by the group ‘Black September.’
At the1984 Olympics in LA, the closing ceremony had a mock UFO land in
stadium with an alien getting out and stating he liked what he saw.

I will take this a step further and question whether this is all linked to ‘The
Apocalypse’ by St. John, which is by far the most important but least
understood of the Gnostic Christian writings.
He had a vision of a 'New Jerusalem' which would be heaven on earth or the
golden age, were illumined souls would be the builders of the new Jerusalem.
John’s vision is shown below and is an archetype of a perfect civilisation.
There is much symbolism but the upper left is Babylon and lower right is the
angel with a key binding Satan away for 1000 years. This links us to many
new-age and Mayan calendar based theories of 2012; bringing back or
commencing a golden age. We have a section on 2012 shortly.

So what does this look all like, the elite are all in a big brotherhood with acts of
dark magic and occult symbolism? This is pretty far from what we are fed,
what is else is there to help point towards this?

Anton LeVay (1930-1997) founded the Church of Satan, in his 'Satanic Bible,'
he gives the ‘El Diablo’ hand sign (Devil's Horns). Now why do we see so
many celebrities and political front men using this openly? Coincidence? You
decide. This hand signal moved into US rock music and then to the public as
a symbol of 'cool' and 'youthful rebellion.' Keep your eyes open as this is
seen everywhere amongst the elite.

Page 248
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Many people disregard symbolism as coincidence or as seeing and linking


things you are actively looking for, but if you have studied any occult or
esoteric teachings (which the Illuminati certainly have) then you will know how
important symbols and the relevant numbers are to them. Open up a
magazine or watch some adverts and see if you spot anything. We will look at
more symbolism when it is relevant as we continue.

Now you have a basic certificate in symbolism watch any of the following
films; Indiana Jones 4, V for Vendetta, National Treasure, Eagle Eye, Jumper
and I am Legend, and as is the rule with symbolism, look in the backgrounds
and in the subtle discreet areas.
These are just a handful amongst scores of films riddled with Illuminati
symbolism. The fact that most blockbusters are predictive programming is so
obvious when you think about them. The main purpose of entertainment
through fiction is to shut down the 'censor' part of the mind which stops certain
ideas getting through (suspension of disbelief). It's not that people are stupid
and consciously think what they are seeing is real and acceptable, it's planting
the idea in the subconscious that what is happening on the screen may one
day happen in real life, and if it does then the mind will accept it more readily.
There two ways of watching a movie, like a sheep or an initiate

“The man who understands a symbol not only opens himself to the objective world
but at the same time succeeds in emerging from his personal situation and reaching

Page 249
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

a comprehension of the universal...thanks to the symbol, the individual experience is


awoken and transmuted into a spiritual act.”
Mircea Eliade

“Signs and symbols control the world, not phases and laws.”
Confucius (551-479 BC)

MKUltra mind control and child abuse

If this sounds like nonsense to you there are many de-classified documents
on MKultra you can now get your hands on easily, MKUltra is a fact, the CIA
admit it, you can download all of the documents, it has been declassified.

I was having a little bit of a block with this part of the book when a gift arrived.
I was in northern India at a Belgium chip party a stones throw away from the
famous Buddha Tree when I met an MKUltra, NLP and Chinese brainwashing
expert. Things like this happened many times during these writings and each
time encouraged me to continue with renewed vigour. This is a good
example of manifestation and how your thoughts can attract to you what you
need, e.g. the laws of attraction we spoke of earlier.

We spoke about many things and met for lunch the next day and continued
our discussions. MKUltra is real and alive today folks, that is a fact and I do
not care one tiny bit if not one of you believes me.

In 1945 The U.S. State Department, Army intelligence and the CIA began
Operation Paperclip, offering Nazi scientists immunity and secret identities in
exchange for work on top-secret government projects in aerodynamics,
NASA, mind control and chemical warfare in the United States. The Nazis
had much funding from the British and American powers as we saw in the
Money chapter and no one seems to ask how Germany went from being in
economical turmoil to having a war machine ready to take on the world?

Let us digress briefly because we just mentioned NASA, the history of NASA
is riddled with Nazis and Freemasons and this is mainstream knowledge. No
one has yet explained how the sun cast shadows during ‘the moon landing’
and how their suits were able to withstand radiation and 285 degrees of heat
that was surrounded by a vacuum, the company who made the suits can’t
even divulge how this was possible either. The Apollo (pagan god) ‘13’
mission never went to the moon and was to get people to unite behind the US
as many protests over Vietnam and civil rights were going on. The moon
project also collected millions of dollars in tax which went elsewhere. There
are many who believe that the famous words “The Eagle Has Landed” were
actually linked to a Masonic apron Buzz Aldrin took on that ‘mission’ too. If
you wish to look into NASA for yourself and the truth about space, space
missions and their Masonic links, then look no further than ‘The Disclosure
Project,’ or the film ‘Secret Space.’

Page 250
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Back on track, In 1953 CIA Director Allen Dulles authorized the MKUltra
program to test ways in that humans could be mind controlled, this was fore-
fronted by Nazi scientists who were already meddling in this field during the
Second World War. MKUltra also became well known for its pioneering
studies with LSD (Lysergic Acid Diethylamide, a hallucinogenic first used by
the US military).

One form of MKUltra goes about creating different compartments or


personalities in the mind known as ‘alters’ with each one not knowing of the
other. This can be achieved by manipulating the amnesic barrier in the mind,
for instance, if you have a traumatic experience an amnesic barrier forms
around that memory and an MKUltra ‘handler’ can create many of these in a
honeycomb effect, then a word or signal from the ‘handler’ can bring any
chosen ‘alter’ to the front of consciousness.

Many children from an extremely young age are claimed to be bred and used
for MKUltra experiments, and these children are forced to watch only Disney
and The Wizard of Oz from the birth to the age of five.

The famous Cathy O’ Brien claims to of been an MKUltra victim who has
come through the other side following over a year of ‘de-programming,’ she
authors the famous book ‘Trance Formation of America’ and she tells all about
her life as a US government mind controlled slave. My associate has met with
her and is fully on board with all the says, let us remember my associates life
work is Chinese brainwashing, hypnosis, NLP and mind control techniques.

When she was young she was raped by her father and used in pornographic
films and when her father was caught she was handed over to the US
government and defence agencies in return for her fathers immunity to
prosecution.

Cathy has stated the following in her interviews and books, and once you see
an interview with Cathy you can really feel the emotion. If she was lying she
would be the best actress in the world, have a look for yourself and see what
you think.

• US Senator, Robert Byrd had a network of mind-controlled slaves


whom he would physically whip to near death.
• Cathy was raped and abused by famous people including Reagan,
Cheney and Clinton and she has even described Cheney’s office in the
White house.
• Bush, Cheney and others would play ‘a most dangerous game’ where
they would hunt government slaves in a fenced forest with guns, only to
rape or abuse the victims once caught.
• The Mount Shasta compound was the largest covert mind-control slave
camp she witnessed.
• Her first designed ‘controller’ (Wayne Cox in 1978) was involved in
ritual killings.

Page 251
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

• Another of her ‘controllers’ was Lt. Colonol Michael Aquino, a top man
in the Military Intelligence who was head of a ‘Satanic Church.’
• She attended a party with Senators and drug barons and they where all
using cocaine and Bill Clinton was a heavy user too.
• That Hilary Clinton sexually assaulted her and she has witnessed Bill
Clinton having homosexual sex.
• Hustler magazine uses electrically prodded mind control victims and
was linked to the US government.
• That she was used to pass messages between government officials as
her programming was so well done.
• Clinton and Bush were actually friends and on the same team (well we
know this from earlier). She heard conversations that stated with
laughter that as the people did not like the republic government at the
time Clinton would be brought in as a democrat to make people think
there was a change.
• When slaves outlived their usefulness or natural de-programming
began, they are murdered.
• That Country and Western music was used by the CIA to distribute
massive amounts of drugs, and that Country Music was using certain
harmonics to implement subliminal messages into people.
• She was taken to Bohemian Grove and was sexually assaulted, the
elite filmed each other having sex to protect themselves.
• Many of the elite she came into contact with were involved in the secret
society ‘The Order of the Rose’ (The Rosicrucian Order).

What has probably kept her alive is the constant public speaking and the
success of her book, surely if she were killed now it would heighten the truth
in her words and as she is left alone there is a good chance most people just
think she is crazy.

Arizona Wilder is another who claims to have been under mind control from
the elite. Since she escaped from her claimed mind controlled confinement,
she has dedicated her life to exposing mind control truths.
Wilder claimed that she conducted human sacrifice rituals for the Illuminati
elite for decades. These rituals included the British Royal Family, George
Bush, Henry Kissinger and a stream of other world famous names.

Fritz Springmeier authored, ‘The illuminati formula to create an undetectable


total mind control slave.’ If this book was not truth, then why was he and his
wife arrest by the FBI in the spring of 2001 with all their research material
confiscated? This book explains many of the methods used in mind control.

The US government will not talk about these subjects as they hide behind the
National Security Act that came to pass in1947. Why the secrecy?

In 1992 D C. Hammond (PhD) made the controversial ‘Greenbaum speech’


(which you can download) and it exposes the nuts and bolts of MKUltra and
other psycho-electronic successor programmes. It is very sickening and if you

Page 252
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

have any doubt to these techniques or whether they have actually been used,
then read this and then come back to me and say this is all nonsense.
The single most remarkable thing about this speech is how little anyone has
heard of it in the years since its original delivery. It is recommended that one
reads far enough at least until one finds why it's called ‘the Greenbaum
speech.’

The MKUltra expert I met told me with authority that anyone can learn the
basics of MKUltra techniques in less than a week, it is based on using words
that each person resonates with and is emotionally moved by, and that
English is the best language for this. He went on to say that someone could
be mind controlled by a ‘programmer’ in four or five days without the victim
even knowing it.

The events at WACO in the US are said by many to have been a mass mind
control project, it is easy to see if you look into it that the mass suicide story
does not add up. Also celebrities such as Britney Spears, Justin Timberlake,
Lindsey Lohan and Michael Jackson are all said to be under MKUltra type
mind control, if this were true I would not e surprised.

It is on public record that CIA Director Admiral Stansfield Turner admitted in


1977 to spending millions of dollars studying voodoo, witchcraft and psychic
phenomenon whilst researching MKUltra. In August 1977 a senate hearing
heard from Turner that the CIA had been conducting mind control on
countless numbers of unsuspecting victims for years.

There appears to be a link with the many ‘lone nutters’ carry out murders and
school shootings, these have all the characteristics of mind control in my view
and are known in the business as ‘dead eyes.’ This means a person is
programmed to live in a community with a ‘lone nutter’ character profile until
their time to be used comes. Sound crazy? One possible instance of MKUltra
being used among many is the Dunblane massacre.
Blair government insider Lord George Robertson (ex-UK Defence Secretary
and ex-Secretary General of Nato) threatened to sue Scotland's leading
independent newspaper over internet allegations that he not only used his
influence as a Freemason to procure a gun licence for child killer Thomas
Hamilton, but was also a member of a clandestine paedophile ring reportedly
set up by Hamilton for the British elite. In March 1996, Hamilton, armed with
four hand-guns, opened fire on a junior school class, killing sixteen children
and a teacher before turning a different gun on himself, Lord Robertson was
the referee on Thomas Hamilton's shotgun licence.

Gerard Seenan wrote in the Guardian in 2003, “Campaigners yesterday called


for a review of the hundred year secrecy rule imposed on some documents
seen by the inquiry into the Dunblane killings which were never made public.

We could go into the Columbine High school massacre too and its links to the
OTO secret society but we need to stay on track, just realise that these types
of murders seem to always take place in safe nice little towns and villages and
this has a massive effect on the collective psyche.

Page 253
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

If you think the people we see in government have nothing to do with child
abuse then think again. In 1999 an international investigation of child
pornographers and paedophiles run by the National Criminal Intelligence
Service, codenamed ‘Operation Ore,’ resulted in over seven thousand
suspects being identified in the UK and In 2003 many senior members of
Blairs government were on this list but Blair issued a ‘D-Notice’ which gagged
the press on publishing any details. The Sunday Times was reported to have
obtained an FBI list of Labour MPs who had used credit cards to pay for
Internet child pornography and Blairs important aide Phillip Lyon was even
arrested.

I could divulge much information on the elites links to child porn rings, but it is
so sick I only want to give it a few lines so you can get the idea and you can
research more for yourself. Again we must state that the media have a
blackout on this information, and prefer to fill their pages and air time with
dumbing down crap.

• Tory Party General election candidate, Michael Powell was convicted


and jailed for three years for downloading hardcore child porn.
• Tory Party Councillor (Wickbar, Bristol) Roger Talboys was convicted
and jailed for six years for multiple sex attacks on children (please do
not make a joke about his name though I must admit I found this a little
difficult but then got a grip of myself).
• Tory Party MP (Billericay) Harvey Proctor stood trial for sex offences of
a sado-masochistic nature against teenage boys, and was forced to
resign.
• Tory Party Councillor (Stratford-upon-Avon) Christopher Pilkington was
convicted of downloading hardcore child porn on his PC, then placed
on the sex offenders register and forced to resign.
• Labour Councillor (Newton Aycliffe) Martin Locklyn was convicted and
jailed for fifteen years for sexually abusing three fourteen year-old
boys.
• Labour Councillor (North Lincolnshire) David Spooner was convicted
and jailed for a year for masturbating in front of two young boys.
• Prominent Labour Party activist Mark Tann (who has met Tony and
Cherie at Party functions) recently received a fifteen year sentence for
raping a four year old girl on two separate occasions.
• Entire Labour Party conspired to conceal the activities of Labour Party
activist and serial child-molester Mark Trotter, who died from Aids
before he could be convicted.
• Lib-Dem Council candidate (Tower Hamlets), Justin Sillman was
convicted and jailed for two years for sexual abuse of young boys.

Ted Gunderson, who worked with the FBI for over twenty years told a mind
control conference in the US that he estimates that there are over three million
Satanists and between fifty and sixty thousand sacrifices a year in the US
alone. Why do we believe that sacrifices took place during ancient times but
completely rule out the idea that it goes on now? Because we have garages,
toasters, mobile phones and cable TV?

Page 254
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The elite are in control of much of the paedophile rings, and the sooner we
realise this the better, they paint themselves to be something they are not
because they have control of the media and people buy into it every day.

Unplug yourself from the matrix as soon as you can for your own good. You
only need two things; courage and the desire for freedom and you have them
both within you; you were born with these and these never leave you.

“They thought that they had left me with no place to run, but they were wrong, I’m
running right at them.”
Cathy O’Brien

“Thousands of government sponsored experiments did take place at hospitals,


universities and military bases around our nation, some were unethical not only by
today’s standards but by the standard of the day in which they were conducted.”
Bill Clinton

Super Technology

Before we disregard this section as nonsense, we must remind ourselves that


technology is and has always been many years ahead of what we actually see
in our daily lives. The essence of the V2 rocket was in development in the
1920’s plus the F14 Tomcat and the Internet were both in their late
development stages in the 1960’s. There is guaranteed to be technology now
that is far beyond what we can even imagine and history has proved this.

Page 255
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

We touched on microchipping earlier in the nano-tech section and as we have


now covered the necessary ground, I can share with you that the goal of the
Illuminati is to have everyone microchipped with all money, records and ID
within the chip.

Sound like sci-fi? Read on.

Nick Rockefeller once said to Aaron Russo (entertainment businessman),


“The ultimate goal is to get everyone chipped with an RFID chip and if anyone
wants to violate or protest what we do, we just turn off their chip.”

At present all new US and EU passports have an RFID tracking chip and at
present San Antonia airport in Mexico and The Baja beach club in Barcelona
already have chipped humans.
The London Times ran a piece recently asking whether children should be
microchipped in the wake of the ‘kidnapping’ of British toddler Madeleine
McCann, plus The Age Newspaper in Australia reported that within ten years
the chip will be as common as cell phones are today and that If the scheme
became commonplace then it is estimated that around seventy five percent of
the population would be mandated to take the chips.

The five steps of gradualism will probably be as follows:


Farm Animals and Livestock.
Household Pets.
Alzheimer's Patients, Prisoners, the Homeless and the Mentally Impaired.
New born Babies.
Total Adult Population.

We also know that certain waves and resonance can mess with the natura
human vibration, this happens via food and chemicals at the moment, but we
need to know that the technology currently available can send frequencies to
an RFID chip and can create many imbalances within a chipped human (and
even thoughts according to some). I for one will not accept the chip due to my
knowledge of the people behind the chip, but many will queue up and gladly
accept it due to manipulation via the media and the following of what others
do. Indoctrination regarding the chip is happening at a young age, kids in
various schools in the UK and many in the US are at present using fingerprint
scanners to pay for schools dinners, this is to train them ready for the
cashless society that is coming soon.

Page 256
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Granada forum in late 2006 was held in Los Angeles in California, this is
a forum that allows alternative media to be shared and presented.
Dr William Deagle was at the top of many chemistry, military, nuclear and
medicine fields and he stated that he had worked on the iridium satellite
project, space command, strategic defence and had taken care of people in
the most classified underground facilities on the planet.

Some of the claims he made regarding super technology at this forum:

• Quarter of a mile underground in Colorado is an underground city


shielded in steel with an anti-missile system with a quantum array of
Cray five computers (Seamore Cray, the inventor later died on a
freeway). The computers can do calculations in teraflops and are each
the equivalent of one hundred thousand Cray four computers. The
array has created a cybernetic model of all living things and with RFID
in pills, water, people and cars the whole world will be controlled, this is
ready now and is akin to a 'hive mind.'
• Chemtrails include silicon based nano life forms that are destroying the
immune systems of people deliberately for population control.
• Avian flu, Aids and sterility in vaccines are all man made. I will add
here that Dr Robert E Wilner authors the book 'The Deadly Deception,
The Proof That Sex and HIV Absolutely Do Not Cause Aids,' and many
other scientists believe that AZT (Azidothymidine, the treatment drug
for HIV) actually causes aids. Arnold Sauti Nyirenda even attempted to
sue as he believed AZT caused him to develop the conditions
diagnosed as Aids. AZT is coincidentally, believe it or not, surprise,
surprise owned by the Rockefellers. Other Doctors who question the
official line on Aids are Dr. Peter Duesberg and Dr. Charles Thomas.
• Up to a trillion dollars a year from the illegal drug industry (including the
CIA’s control of cocaine) is used on black ops projects, mainly for
underground bases. In the 1990’s laser based tunnelling machines
were tunnelling at seven miles a day and there are hundreds of
underground cities linked by mach two trains.

He claimed many other things that I won’t divulge as they are a bridge too far
for the targeted audience of this book. This book is an introduction and if you
gain an interest into anything mentioned then please go down the warren
yourself, take your torch, open mind and some courage though.

Let us look at some other information regarding underground bases.

In 1991 Ted Gup wrote about the ‘Mount Weather’ underground city near
Washington DC and claimed it was a ‘self contained facility.’
In April 1996, the New York Times reported on a mysterious military base
being constructed in Russia, it stated, “In a secret project reminiscent of the
chilliest days of the Cold War, Russia is building a mammoth underground
military complex in the Ural Mountains.”
In an article by Greg Szymanski, Greg talked to an Ex-Canadian Military
officer ‘Timothy’ who claimed there is over fifteen hundred underground bases
worldwide, ‘Timothy’ also spoke about the elites plans of population reduction

Page 257
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

and control via the UN (let us note here that Bill Gates donates lots of money
to UN vaccinations). ‘Timothy’ amazingly claimed, "Let us assume all North
American DUMBs (Deep Underground Military Bunkers) are connected below
by oxygenated magnetoleviton trains from Krupp, Germany, and are able to
reach Mach two by having the tunnels vacuumed of air to eliminate air
resistance,” and, "Let us assume that many of these bases are actually
underground cities for beings that in actuality have resided here for millennia.
Do you have the courage to believe this?"

In 2008 an article by F. William Engdahl explained what is happening just


hundreds of miles from the North Pole in the area of Svalbard. He stated the
Rockefeller Foundation, Monsanto Corporation (aspartame) and Bill Gates
(nice bunch of people) are investing tens of millions of dollars into a brand
new mountain base with metre thick steel reinforced walls, blast doors,
airlocks and motion sensors. The official press on this is that it is a seed vault
to protect humanity, but as we know what these people involved are really like
this is more than probable to be a lie. Engdahl stated, “The project I referred
to is the project of the Rockefeller Foundation and powerful financial interests
since the 1920’s to use eugenics, later renamed genetics, to justify creation of
a genetically-engineered Master Race. Hitler and the Nazis called it the Aryan
Master Race.”
Phil Schneider, an ex-government DUMB engineer, was murdered in 1996
just seven months after exposing information. He exposed that there were
over a hundred DUMBs in the US connected by Mach two trains over a mile
deep and that Aids was a man made bio-weapon and that the elite had a fully
working earthquake device based on Tesla and HAARP technology. Phil’s
speech is easy to get hold of and really must be read, though much of it first
appears ‘far out.’
In 1947 Secretary of the Navy James Forrestal sent a naval task force to the
Antarctic, including Admiral Nimitz, Admiral Krusen and Admiral Byrd, this was
called ‘Operation Highjump.’ It was touted to be an expedition to find coal
deposits and other valuable resources, but in actuality they were trying to find
the underground base of the Nazis (aryans) in Neuschwabenlandt. The Nazis
had done a very detailed study of the Antarctic and were alleged to have built
an underground base there. The task force included over forty ships,
including an aircraft carrier, an icebreaker and everything they could ever
need. Admiral Byrd's team of six R4-D aircraft were fitted with the super
secret ‘Trimetricon’ spy cameras looking for ‘hollow’ places under the ice and
on the last of many ‘mapping flights’ where all six planes went out, Admiral
Byrd's plane returned three hours late. It was stated that he had ‘lost an
engine’ and had had to throw everything overboard except the films
themselves and the results of the ‘Trimetricon’ readings in order to maintain
altitude long enough to return to the aircraft carrier. The task force came
steaming back with their data that then this operation became classified ‘top
secret.’ When Secretary of the Navy James Forrestal retired and started to
‘talk’ he was put in Bethesda Naval Hospital psychiatric ward where he was
prevented from seeing or talking to anyone, including his wife, and after a
short while he was thrown out the window whilst trying to hang himself with a
bedsheet. It was ruled a suicide, case closed. Was he telling people about
an underground aryan base?

Page 258
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Artists impression of the Gates and Rockefeller base being currently built.

I want to look into two technologies that unbelievably the masses do not know
much about......funnily enough when it comes to knowledge about The
Simpson’s, Friends or what band is playing at what festival this summer the
masses are all there, all full of knowledge and understanding. Sigh.

In 1899, Nikolas Tesla built a giant coil that produced ten million volts of
artificial lightning (as one does). He went on to create theories and
experiments with alternating current, electromagnetic waves and anti-gravity
and had visions and predictions of humans having free energy. It must be
noted that many of Teslas theories were the basis for hundreds of inventions
we see around us today in electronics and his experiments where funded by
the likes of JP Morgan, and later Morgan stopped his ‘free energy’ projects
and left Tesla penniless. Tesla was an adept of ancient Indian philosophies,
concepts of spirit and ether on his quest to understand quantum mechanics,
cosmology, resonance and the universe. Nikolas Tesla died in 1943.

Russia and America soon got their hands on many of the patents and free
energy was not on their minds, "We have a new weapon, just within the
portfolio of our scientists, so to speak, which is so powerful that, if
unrestrainedly used, it could wipe out all life on earth. It is a fantastic weapon"
Khrushchev said in Jan 1960, this was based on Tesla’s particle beam known
as the death ray. Nice.

In a John Jacobs article titled ‘Tesla Technology and the New Super
Weapons’ he stated, “On July 4, 1978, the United States conducted its own
Extreme Low Frequency weather experiment that created an enormous
downpour of rain over six counties of northern Wisconsin. This ELF
(Extrememly Low Frequency) generated storm generated winds of over
150mph and caused fifty million dollars worth of damage, and destroyed
thousands of acres of forest.”

US. Defence Secretary William Cohen warned about eco-terrorism using


scalar electromagnetic weapons, in his 1997 statement he stated, "Others are
engaging even in an eco-type of terrorism whereby they can alter the climate,

Page 259
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

set off earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic


waves.”

Tesla was the fundamental scientific and technical basis for what is now
HAARP (High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program), which is officially
a military research laboratory in Gakiona, Alaska. HAARP is a system of
powerful antenna that can stimulate the magnetic field of the earth by sending
complex energy wave forms into the ionosphere (the ionosphere is an active
electrical shield protecting the planet from the constant bombardment of high-
energy particles from space, It ranges between about forty to six hundred
miles above Earth's surface). HAARP can zap the upper atmosphere with a
focused and steerable electromagnetic beam. Put simply, the apparatus for
HAARP is a reversal of a radio telescope: antennas send out signals instead
of receiving.
HAARP can lift areas of the ionosphere by focusing a beam and heating those
areas, electromagnetic waves then bounce back onto Earth and penetrate
everything living and dead. HAARP publicity gives the impression that it is
mainly an academic project with the goal of changing the ionosphere to
improve communications for our own good. However, other U.S. military
documents put it more clearly: HAARP aims to learn how to "exploit the
ionosphere for Department of Defense purposes."

Much of HAARP is shrouded in mystery but we will look at some extracts from
an article by Tim R. Swartz.
“Bernard Eastlund explained in his patent application in the 1980’s that by
influencing the ionosphere, methods of communication disruption, missile
shielding and weather modification are possible. His second patent described
the reflection of a second signal, using a previously ‘heated’ ionospheric
bulge, to distant locations on the Earth's surface.

Radio operators who routinely monitor HAARP transmissions noted an


increase in RF output from the station right before hurricanes Katrina and Rita
grew into dangerous storms. There is much information to suggest there are
other HAARP bases, and writer Dan Eden, of the Viewzone website, recently
revealed that in 1998 he was shown a secret HAARP facility near Fairbanks,
Alaska by an ex-Navy officer ‘Dave’ and ‘Jonas.’ This area had a mile square
of over a thousand antennas and could emit billions of watts in power in a
narrow beam.

“HAARP in Gakona, about three hundred miles south of here, that's a fake
decoy for the public. Everyone knows about that," Dave told Eden. "They
even have a web site with one of those instant cam things and a few dozen
antennae. That's just a thing for show so they can say that it's all harmless
and open."
The two men explained that they had worked at the secret HAARP, Dave was
in the command centre of the heater. He worked with the primary transmitter
or generator. Jonas said that he mainly worked on the feeder lines on the
antenna farm. The two were both there when they "bumped the power up to
the max and let it blow," from thousands of watts to billions.
"They never used that much power before so they just did it to see what would

Page 260
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

happen," Jonas said. "And when they did it kind of multiplied the power and
then a huge chunk of Earth's atmosphere blew away, out into space.
Jonas pulled another graph from the box.
"Here. Look at the ultraviolet and radiation the came through right after they
did it. They blew away the shield and all the radiation just came right down
and zapped Earth. And look. It lasted for a long time!"
Eden asked if anyone had been hurt by these tests. The answer chilled him to
his bones.
"Shit, yes. Here in Alaska there were Eskimos that were all fried and like
whole herds of antelopes. But the holes also moved west and did their real
harm in Siberia. But it isn't just the people it killed. It made these people and
animals sick from the radiation that came from the Sun, the stuff that's usually
blocked by the atmosphere, and so there have been still births and cancers
and mutations. They are trying to keep it all real hushed. It's insane. And the
worst part is that they are going to use it again!"

Richard Williams, a physicist and consultant to the David Sarnoff laboratory in


Princeton alleges HAARP constitutes "an irresponsible act of global
vandalism." He and others fear a secret second stage where HAARP would
"beam much more energy into the ionosphere. That could produce a severe
disruption of the upper atmosphere at one location that may produce effects
that spread rapidly around the Earth for years."

Michel Chossudovsky, professor of economics at the University of Ottawa and


Director of the Centre for Research on Globalisation stated, "There are very
clear statements by the U.S. Air Force to the effect that weather modification
technology is available, HAARP is fully operational and could be used in
actually military situations. It is clear that weather warfare does constitute an
instrument of the Air Force, they even identify the scenarios of its use."

If we think controlling the weather is really that far out, how come many
scientists conceive that by heating up the upper atmosphere, changes in
weather patterns can ensue, and that Reuters in April 2008 stated the
following in a news article, “China is preparing an arsenal of rockets and
aircraft to protect the Olympics opening ceremony from rain, hoping to
disperse clouds before they can drench dignitaries at the roofless bird's nest
stadium. Staff at twenty one stations surrounding the city will have ten
minutes' notice to fire rockets or cannons containing silver iodide at
approaching clouds in the hope of making them rain before they reach the
stadium. Three aircraft will also be on stand-by to drop catalysts to unleash
rain from the clouds. "We've worked with neighbouring provinces on a
contingency plan for rainstorm and other weather risks during the
ceremonies," said Wang Yubin, the deputy chief of China's meteorological
service assigned to the Olympics.”
I for one hope it rains because due to Chinas persecution and genocide of the
Tibetans they should never of been allowed to hold the Olympics in the first
place. In China much of the Internet is blocked to the population and the
schooling system has a good attempt and killing off any free-thinking or
creativity. It is the land of the right side of the brain, left side uses of any
brains are extremely rare and discouraged.

Page 261
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

ARCO Power Technologies Incorporated (APTI), Atlantic Richfield Company


(oil), E-Systems (one of the biggest intelligence contractors in the world doing
work for the CIA) and Raytheon (one of the largest defence contractors in the
world) have all been heavily involved with HAARP.
Twelve patents are the backbone of the HAARP project, and are now buried
among the thousands of others held in the name of Raytheon.
One of the patents state:
"Weather modification is possible by, for example, altering upper-atmosphere
wind patterns by constructing one or more plumes of atmospheric particles
which will act as a lens or focusing device.......Molecular modifications of the
atmosphere can take place so that positive environmental effects can be
achieved.
U.S. Air Force documents revealed that a system had been developed for
manipulating and disrupting human mental processes through pulsed radio-
frequency radiation (the stuff of HAARP) over large geographical areas.
Surely HAARP could be used to make dry ground more fertile for crops or
help calm extreme weather in populous areas if this technology really can
affect the weather?

In May 2008, between ten and thirty minutes before the large earthquake in
China, colours where seen in the sky, could this linked to HAARP?

Page 262
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Sound crazy, well Benjamin Fulford last year asked the ex-Japanese finance
minister why he had handed over control of the Japanese finance system to
the European and US elite, the reply was that they were threatened with an
earthquake device! This sounds very James Bond I know but when Fulford
starting reporting this (on www.rense.com), Japans largest nuclear reactor
was the epicentre of a 6.8 magnitude earthquake. Fulford also reports that a
Taiwanese satellite detected a fifty percent drop in the Ionosphere (electric
energy within the ionosphere) just above the spot in China where the
Earthquake hit. Fulford also links up other political disputes and other so
called ‘natural disasters.’

Is Fulford the only man making such claims, not on your nelly, there are many
and Alfred Webre from exopolitics.com who has been working to prevent
weapons in space also makes similar claims. Webre states that the hurricane
in Myanmar in Burma that made over one million homeless, and killed over
one hundred thousand people was man made. In April 2008 it was predicted
that this very region would produce over eleven metric tons of rice, twice more
than normal and doubling its foreign sales and exports of rice, and just before
the hurricane the Secretary General of the UN, Ban Kee Moon and Henry
Kissinger (Bilderberg) had held secret meetings.
Webre states directed energy, tectonic and weather manipulation weapons
exist and that he has spoken to many whistleblowers and has been informed
of many of the projects. Webre also believes Katrina was man made.

"HAARP will not burn 'holes' in the ionosphere. That is a dangerous understatement
of what HAARP's giant gigawatt beam will do. Earth is spinning relative to thin
electric shells of the multi layer membrane of ionospheres that absorb and shield
Earth's surface from intense solar radiation, including charged-particle storms in
solar winds erupting from the Sun. Earth's axial spin means that HAARP in a burst
lasting more than a few minutes will slice through the ionosphere like a microwave
knife. This produces not a hole, but a long tear an incision."
David Yarrow, Researcher

“Political strategists are tempted to exploit research on the brain and human
behavior. Geophysicist Gordon J. F. MacDonald specialist in problems of warfare
says accurately timed, artificially excited electronic strokes 'could lead to a pattern
of oscillations that produce relatively high power levels over certain regions of the
Earth. . . . In this way, one could develop a system that would seriously impair the
brain performance of very large populations in selected regions over an extended
period. . . .' No matter how deeply disturbing the thought of using the environment to
manipulate behavior for national advantages, to some the technology permitting
such use will very probably develop within the next few decades.”
Zbigniew Brzezinski, 1970’s. Brzezinski was one of the agents being used by the
Rothschilds, Rockefellers, and other Illuminati families to bring in the world
government and he was one of the founders of the Trilateral Commission.

Page 263
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Let us look into the other technology we need to know about, tetra masts.

Tetra (Terrestrial Trunked Radio) is used for mobiles phones and now for the
new UK police communications network that is replacing the VHF system and
the masts do not even need local council approval.

The problem is that Tetra broadcasts microwaves on a similar frequency to


our brains and this, along with the radiation output, is not at all healthy for us.
Tetra masts are also built in populous areas under the excuse that they have
to send fast 3G data through buildings.

There are thousands of cases of sleep deprivation, nausea, headaches, ear


pressure and nosebleeds that stop when the Tetra exposure ends and there is
a famous case of Tetra effectively killing the fit and healthy Neil Dring, a police
officer in the Leicestershire constabulary with a rare form of cancer. There
has been no public enquiry....surprise surprise. My advice to you if you have
a Tetra mast near you is to knock it down or sabotage it in some way for the
good of your health.

Harlan Gerrard, America's leading mind control expert got hold of a leaked
document from the US Army War College named ‘The Mind has no Firewalls,’
a Tim Rifat was asked to comment on the document and stated the following,
“It is well known that microwave mind control using the TETRA system, based
on CIA mind control research, is in the process of turning the UK into matrix-
land. The 30,000 plus transmitters will zombify the population and police, and
dissidents can be terminated by implanting them with Digital Angel and using
computer controlled microwave weapons targeted on their home, street,
shopping mall, car, trains-to covertly kill all subversives.” Nice.

We mentioned free energy a few minutes back, therefore we should


mention the relatively unknown Stan Meyers. In the 1970's he started near
thirty years of research into free energy from water, he had a car (more of a
dune buggy really) running on water where the water molecules were broken
down and the hydrogen was extracted using cells. Stan also featured this
technology on the UK TV programme Equinox in 1995 within a show titled ‘It
Runs on Water.’

Page 264
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Stan had been threatened many times and was asked to sell out by large
companies but he wouldn't. Stan said he was offered a billion dollars from an
Arab to basically shelve his idea but he said, "No, this technology is for the
people."
Stan Meyer said he trusted in angels to protect him, but in 1996 he was
convicted of fraud by the system and in March 1998, Stan was poisoned and
died in the parking lot of a restaurant in his home town of Grove City, Ohio.
According to his brother Steve, the U.S. government came to Stan's home a
week after his murder and confiscated his car, which got a hundred miles per
gallon of water, and they stole all of his research equipment which he had
used to develop the new technology. Japanese company Genepax recently
presented its eco-friendly car that runs on nothing but water and other free
energy researchers include Robert A. Patterson and John Hutchison and we
need to know there are many whistleblowers that have spoken of the US
military having free energy technology. Imagine for just one minute what free
energy would do to governments, the economy, large corporations and the
greedy power hungry elite.

***

There is one more major super technology topic I have not included as it is a
little ‘too much’ for the scope of this book, but Project Bluebeam (linked to
NASA, satellites, ELF and holograms) has recently been removed from
Wikipedia and other sites, and that always raises an eyebrow. If you are on
board with the super technology described in this section then I implore you to
give Project Bluebeam and its related sub-projects a little research yourself.

“They listen to those who give them a sense of false security. The majority of
citizens are like children, who hide their heads under the blankets when they fear
danger. It should be remembered that pulling the bedclothes over one's head
never saved a person from an assassin, a rapist, or an exploding bomb.”
William Guy Carr, Pawns in the Game, 1958

Hybridisation, Genetic Intervention and the Reptilian Agenda

This is the point where many copies of this book will be flying across the room
towards a bin, or the red X at the top right of the screen will be clicked, Stop!

Surely with the way the western world is today we should be open to all
theories? I was going to skip the addition of this theory, but the room in my
guesthouse in Asia at the time of writing has a large Tibetan rug with serpents
on it and I saw this as a sign to add it in.

Before any of you think this is all silly (and lets all be honest, it does sound
silly but we must remember perceptions are based on ones reference points
from ones life experiences) I will make you a deal regarding this theory. If you
can present to me more evidence for Jesus having been the one and only son
of god (never stated once in the bible, and for that matter it never even states

Page 265
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

he died to erase humanities sins so we can enter heaven) than I can present
here for the ‘Hybridisation, Genetic Intervention and Reptilian Agenda being
valid then I will hold my hands up and dress up as a snake shouting “I’m a
reptilian who hybridised mankind,” ok? The gauntlet has been laid.

Let us remember that hundreds of millions of people believe Jesus is the one
and only son of god and we all accept this, but only a hundred thousand or so
buy into the Reptilian agenda, is that why it is so incredulous? Does collective
psyche add weight to something?

First off, where does the mentality come from that we are the only intelligent
beings when there are up to three hundred billion galaxies, if not more in the
universe? Let us also note that virtually every star in our own galaxy has a
planetary system and we must realise that our laws of physics in the third
dimension are not the only laws of physics working in the universe.

The theory of the reptilian race names them as the Annunaki, The Lizards,
Fallen Angles, Watchers, Serpent people or the Nephilim.

Let us do a bit of detective work around the ancient world to see what we can
find. “Excuse me sir, have you seen any reptilian fingerprints around here?”

The stone tablets found in what was Babylon, (widely known as the Sumerian
Tablets) describe physical gods who lived among the people called the
Annunaki (also transcribed as: Anunnaku, Ananaki) and that they were a
group of Sumerian (Su means snake) and Akkadian deities related to, and in
some cases overlapping with, the Annuna (the 'Fifty Great Gods') and the Igigi
(minor gods). The name is variously written ‘a-nuna,’ ‘a-nuna-ke-ne,’ or ‘a-
nun-na,’ meaning something to the effect of 'those of royal blood' or 'princely
offspring' or ‘heaven and earth.’ The Annunaki also appear in the Babylonian
creation myths.

Renowned historian, Hebrew scholar, author, speaker and archaeologist


Zecharia Sitchin was one of the translators of the Sumerian tablets and states
that this alien race millennia ago created a race of humans to work as slaves
in gold mines in Africa. This race was called the Anunnaki and Sitchin claims
that the ‘Black-headed’ people of Sumer were created by these beings by
mingling the ‘life-essences’ of man and beast. The Anglo-American
Corporation claims to have found evidence of gold mining in Africa going back
to at least 60,000BC.

The tablets state of the Annunaki, “They summoned the goddess, the widwife
of the gods, the wise birth-giver, to a creation of life, create workers! Create a
primitive worker, that he may bear the yoke! Let him bear the yoke assigned
by Enlil (chief of the Annunaki), let the worker carry the toil of the gods.”

The tablets also talk of how the Annunaki created bloodlines to rule humanity
on their behalf. Enki/Ea/Anu, one of the Annunaki gods is shown below.

Page 266
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The book ‘Legends of Babylon and Egypt in relation to Hebrew tradition’ by


Leonard W. King, M.A, translated many of the tablets in 1918 and told of
many dragon and serpent myths.
Early pre-Canaanite Phoenicians had a serpent god called the Basilisk and
was considered an early phallic god.

Below is a picture of a statue from 4000BC found in the Babylon area.

In Japanese legend there are tales that depict snakes and dragons with
supernatural powers. In ancient Japan the people believed in the snake-god
‘Orochi,’ who lived on the very top of mountains. The Buddhist religion in
Japan told of the dragon-god ‘Ryu’ who ruled the clouds, the rain, and the
water, and there was the dragon ‘Yasha,’ one of the demon-gods who
protected Buddhism. Also In Japan, ancient Emperors claimed to have
descended from dragon gods.

In Australia the aborigines teach of a reptilian race that lives under the earth
and governs over men and that they were descendants from dragon-humans.

China teaches of the serpent queen Nukua, and that she bred with man.

India claims of a reptilian race named the Nagas that were seated in royal
families. The word Naga is rooted in Sanskrit and means ’serpent’ and often
they manifested themselves with half-man, half serpent bodies. The Nagas
where first depicted in ancient Vedic Hindu mythology thousands of years

Page 267
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

before Christ and were deemed superior to humans with the main function of
being guardians.
Andrew Tomas in his book ‘On the Shores of Endless Worlds’ writes, "Even in
this jet-age every Hindu is familiar with and usually believes in the legend of
the Nagas, the ‘serpents’ which live in extensive underground palaces in the
rocky Himalayas. It is believed that these creatures are able to fly in space
and that they possess amazing magical powers and intelligence.”

There are enormous evidences of seals and seal impressions found from
ancient Indus towns to show that Indus Valley people used to worship a
serpent deity. In Rig Vedic account, there is a mention of Nagas or Ahi
(serpent) race.
In Atharva-Veda texts there are some hymns, which describe serpents named
Iligi and Viligi, and according to B S. Upadhyaya, these were names of father
and son in the genealogical table of Assyrian Kings.
In The Bhagavad-Gita, Chapter 11, Krishna tells Arjuna all about the 'divine'
serpents.

In yoga philosophy, kundalini energy has always been shown as the serpent
rising up the thirty three vertebrae. Below is an image of a Naga and some
Hindu deities.

Credo Mutwa, a famous African Zulu shaman, claims that the Zulu people
have known of a reptilian species called the ‘Chitauli’ for centuries. He is the
official historian of the Zulu people and he mentions amphibious beings from
Sirius in his book, ‘Song of the Stars.’ In parts of western Africa there is the
legend of the Rainbow Serpent, Da and in central Africa the stone-age dogan
people had a divine being called Lebel who lived as a serpent.

The Hopi Indians of Native America had many serpent mounds and believed
that sky gods came to Earth to breed with their women and refer to them as
their Snake Brothers, Sioux means snakes and Iroquois means serpents.
The Hopi culture mythical hero Tiyo also encounters serpent people In his
voyage across the ocean, In the underworld he entered a room where people
wore snake skins. He was initiated into strange ceremonials, after which, the

Page 268
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

young man was given a pair of maidens who sang to help corn grow, he
carried them home to the earth’s surface and the Snake Woman became his
wife, while the other became the ‘Bride of Flute Youth.’ Finally his wife gave
birth to reptiles, which caused Tiyo to leave his family and migrate to another
country.

In Hebrew, the Nephilim means ‘the fallen ones.’


Passages in many ancient texts originating from the Middle East can be
construed as another race interbreeding with humans, genetic hybridisation or
genetic manipulation.

“And they became pregnant, and they bore great giants... who consumed all the
acquisitions of men. And when men could no longer sustain them, the giants turned
against them and devoured mankind. And they began to sin against birds and
beasts, and reptiles, and fish, and to devour one another’s flesh and drink blood.
The Earth laid accusation against the lawless ones.”
The Book of Enoch 16

“1 When men began to increase in number on the earth and daughters were born to
them, 2 the sons of god saw that the daughters of men were beautiful, and they
married any of them they chose. 3 Then the LORD said, "My Spirit will not contend
with man forever, for he is mortal ; his days will be a hundred and twenty years." 4
The Nephilim were on the earth in those days—and also afterward—when the sons
of god went to the daughters of men and had children by them. They were the
heroes of old, men of renown. 5 The LORD saw how great man's wickedness on the
earth had become, and that every inclination of the thoughts of his heart was only
evil all the time. 6 The LORD was grieved that he had made man on the earth, and
his heart was filled with pain. 7 So the LORD said, "I will wipe mankind, whom I have
created, from the face of the earth—men and animals, and creatures that move
along the ground, and birds of the air—for I am grieved that I have made them.”
Genesis 6:1-7

"And there was war in heaven: Michael fought against the dragon; and the dragon
fought and his angels... and the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called
the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world."
The Book of Revelations, 12:7

Page 269
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

“And the great dragon was cast down, the old serpent, he that is called the devil
and satin, the deceiver of the whole world, he was cast down to earth and his angels
we cast down with him.”
The Book of Revelations

“They come from a far country from the end of heaven.....to destroy the whole land.”
The Book Of Isiah 13:3

“Let us (re)make man in ‘our' own image, after our likeness.”


The Book of Genesis 1:26, The correct Hebrew translation is ‘remake’

"Behold, I will send serpents, cockatrices among you, which will bite you, saith the
Lord."
Jeremiah 8:17. [The definition of a cockatrice is a reptilian bird-like creature or
winged-serpent, this could very well also represent the Phoenix, described in
Egyptian mythology].

The Book of Jubilees (7:21-25) states that ridding the Earth of these Nephilim
was one of god's purposes for flooding the Earth in Noah’s time.

The Old Testament states that Moses walked in the wilderness carrying a
‘Brazen Serpent’ and also that Moses erected the ‘Jehovah Nissi’ which
means ‘God of the Serpents.’

King David was a part of a Judaic tribe called the ‘Nashon,’ which means
‘serpent,’ is this where the word ‘Nation’ comes from?

Jesus said to his disciples in the Bible “Be ye as wise as serpents.”

Moving on, in ancient Greece, Cecrops I, the legendary first King of Athens
was said to have been half man, half snake. On a fresco on a temple in
Pergamum, depictions of the gigantomach and the giant Klyteios are shown
as huge serpents in place of legs. Apollo also slew the serpent ‘Python,’ a
women headed serpent who guarded the Oracle at Delphi.

In pre-Columbian mythology, Bachue (the primordial woman), transformed


into a big snake. She is also sometimes called the ‘Celestial Snake’
(Serpiente Celestial).

Many Mesoamerican cultures are known to have worshipped a feathered


serpent god, none more famous than Quetzcoatl, the feathered serpent. He
was worshipped for many centuries and is said to return one day. The reptile
shadow slithering down Chichen Itza on the equinox is symbolic of his return.

Page 270
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Mayan sites of Uxmul and Palenque (among others) are absolutely
riddled with reptlilian symbolism, I witnessed these first hand, and they just
would not of gone to this much trouble just because ‘they liked snakes,’ you
really have to see these sites to appreciate how much their lives were
entwined with the serpent, so much so, that many ancient reptile style masks
were recently found at Palenque.

The Celtics had art of snakes and serpents even though no snakes where
present in the Celtic lands. St Patrick also stated “Behold, I have cast out the
serpents from the land.”

Page 271
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

King Arthur’s surname was Pendragon, this means ‘the head of the dragons.’
A Megalithic site in Cornwall is known as ‘The Dragons Teeth’ and the Welsh
flag is of a dragon, plus, in Ireland, Tara is where the kings would meet and
word Tara in Gaelic means ‘Hill of the Serpents.’

The Egyptians called them the Neteru (Watchers) and said that they came to
Earth in heavenly boats.
There is much serpent symbolism on the ceiling of the Hypostyle Hall and in
Egypt, the Serpent priests were known as the DJedhi.
In 2000BC the Sumerian name for the great pyramid was ‘House of the
Serpent.’
‘Ka Ba La’ was translated as the three parts of the soul in ancient Egypt, the
kabbalistic tree of life is often shown with a serpent, and Egypt was known as
‘The land of the tree and the serpent.’
The upstanding cobra was used in all of the ‘Uraeus’ Pharaoh headgear and
represented divine fire which had crawled serpent like up the tree of life.

The Egyptian book of the dead has many serpent references and stories,
some of the most interesting of these are:
“Let me cackle like a goose, let me lay always like the serpent-goddess
Neheb-ka. Who are those who preside over their altars? Those who preside
over their altars are the similitude of the Eye of Ra, and the similitude of the
Eye of Horus.”

“Thou shalt find the Eye of Horus standing by thee like [the Watchers]. Hail, ye
gods who tow along the boat of the Lord of Millions of Years, who bring it over
the sky of the Tuat, who make it to journey over Nent, who make Ba-souls to
enter into their Spirit-bodies.”

Afu Ra (the sun god) entered the serpents tail and out through his mouth,
during this journey he was transformed into Khepera, the ancient god
associated with the creation of the world.

Egyptian Mythhology also mentions Nehebkau, a serpent with human arms


and legs who was tamed by Ra and became a faithful servant.

Egyptian messenger-god Thoth has the Emerald Tablets attributed to him,


these where claimed to be translated by Maurice Doreal in 1925, he was only
later ‘allowed’ for part of them to be published, a noticeable statement in the
tablets is, “In the form of man they move among us, but only to sight were
they as men. Serpent-headed when the glamour was lifted, but appearing to
man as men amongst men. Crept they into the councils......again as time
passes onward, shall they take the semblance of men.”

Page 272
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Egyptian winged disk has also been seen in ancient Babylon (right) and
in modern symbolism, it was seen on the gates of the Egyptian temples and
palaces and is said to represent Horus and many trinities; the wings to
Ammon, spirit, father, sunrise and growth, the orb to Ra, soul, son, noon and
maturity and the serpents to Osiris, body, holy ghost, sunset and decay. Now
does this winged disk also refer to the some alien visitors (see the artwork
above right from Babylon)?

“As I looked upon the living creatures, I saw four wings upon the ground.....The
appearance of the wheel and their colour was like that of shiny amber.....And when
the creatures went, the wheels went up with them; and when the living creatures
were lifted up from the earth, the wheels were lifted up.”
The Book Of Ezekiel

I do not wish to digress too much, but look at the Egyptian hieroglyphs below,
the one on the right simply means ’gods.’

How come in ancient Mesoamerica, China, Norse legends and Egypt the
ancient Uroboros symbol is almost identical, the Utoboros is also currently
used within Freemasonry and the Rosicrucian order. It originated in Egypt
and it is said to symbolise the sun, infinity, alchemy and the natural cycle.

Page 273
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Serpent deities and myths also derive from Norse, Inca, Paraguay, Caribbean
and many islands in Oceana.

Moving further into the hybridisation theory, below are ancient texts that lend
themselves to the possible support of this:

“Let us make him who shall nourish and sustain us. What shall we do to be invoked,
to be remembered on earth? We have tried with our first creatures, but we could not
make them venerate us. So then, let us try to make obedient, respectful beings,
who shall nourish and sustain us.”
The Popul Vuh, one of the only Mayan texts that survived the Catholic persecution

“With a similar vien to the Enuma Elish, one of the main ideals is to show why man
was created by the gods, it was so that they themselves need to not work on the
earth to produce their own food.”
The Epic of Atrahasis, approximately1630BC, found at the library of Nineveh

“And the lord god formed man of the dust of the ground and breathed into his
nostrils the breath of life, and man became a living soul.”
The Book of Genesis 2.7

"Let us make man (Adamu/Adam) in our own image after our own likeness.”
The Book of Genesis 1:26, [But originally from the Sumerian Tablets 1500 years
before Genesis was created].

We should note that the words “us” and “our” in the last quotation.

The tablets stated that the genetic modification occured around 200,000 to
250,000 years ago, precisely when our mitochondrial DNA, against all
expectations says we originate as a species. Pye states that it is a fact that
we did not exist before 250,000 years ago and that we’re genetically brand
new on this planet. We also need to note that an anonomys Genetisist told
Pye he is on the right track and that the human Female X chromosome is ape
like, but the Male Y chromosome is not. This would mean that the
hybridisation cross had to be with a female ape and an alien male as many
ancient texts suggest.

The Sumerians also wrote that there was finally seven successors between
seven females and seven males. This could be linked up with the book by
Brian Sykes, ‘The Seven Daughters of Eve,’ in which, Sykes looks at

Page 274
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

mitochondrial genetics and classifies that all modern Europeans can be traced
back into seven groups, the mitochondrial haplogroups. Each haplogroup is
defined by set of characteristic mutations on the mitochondrial genome, and
can be traced along a person's maternal line to a specific prehistoric woman.
Sykes refers to these women as ‘clan mothers’ though these women did not
all live concurrently, and indeed some "clan mothers" are descended from
others (although not maternally). All these women in turn shared a common
maternal ancestor, the mitochondrial Eve.
Now this in turn links up with the ancient writings of Thoth from Book two of
‘The Divine Pymander of Hermes Mercurius Trismegistus,’ this talks of man
having the power of the seven governors, and that these governors were the
seven races, species and wheels and they brought the sexes together. It
talks of seven men being generated and that man received life from the great
dragon. It talks of the seven rings that sit upon the Moon, Mercury, Venus,
the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn (hence where the seven day names of the
week come from). We could write a whole book about the esoteric, mythical
and religious links to the number seven so we stop here and bring us back to
present day.

We can all safely agree there is a large amount of consistent serpent


symbolism from ancient times scattered around our planet, plus many ancient
texts could be construed as human alteration. This does not mean that we can
add one and one and get three though, but the theories I would say, are
predominantly based on the information we have just looked at, and
information from mind control victims, astral travellers, alien abduction stories
and truth seekers.

Let us move on now to what the current theory actually is, though a little grey
due to dilution, the overriding theme is that a reptilian race bred with ancient
man and hybridised humanity by seeding women and is control of things from
behind the scenes to this very day.

The linked, and at times conflicting theories are:

• The symbol of the serpent means many things to shaman, spiritualists


and initiates of secret orders. The higher up the control pyramid you
go, the more likely you are to encounter individuals genetically
designed as walk-ins for certain spirit groups. These are what these
theorists currently call 'reptilians.'
• Fourth-dimensional reptilian entities work through the elite hybridised
bloodlines because they have a vibration compatible with each other
via DNA and / or they actually are the reptilian bloodline.
• Many of the elite bloodlines can shapeshift into reptilian form and many
of the reptilian entities can shift in and out of our electromagnetic
spectrum. This could be akin to ‘deity yoga’ that is carried out by high
level tantra experts where the characteristics of an invoked energy is
taken on.
• They are 8-10 feet tall, bipedal and have scaly green skin

Page 275
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

• Ritual is not just for ceremonial purposes or gratuitous horror. The


rituals are designed to rewire the energy fields and grids of the planet
and therefore to fundamentally affect human consciousness.
• They live or have lived in underground caves and cities.
• Only 200-500 of the entities were left on earth to ‘oversee.’

Conventional science has documented that the reptilian part of the human
brain (the R-complex) is the source of the following behaviour traits; an
obsession with ritual, cold blooded behaviour, territorialism and an obsession
with top-down hierarchical structures.

Zecharia Sitchin, in his 1976 book. ‘The 12th Planet,’ states that the Nephilim
(serpent race) reached the conclusion that they needed an intermediary
between themselves and the masses of humans (e.g. The elite).

Christine Fitzgerald, a confidante of Diana, Princess of Wales, claims that


Diana told her that the Royal Family were Reptilian aliens and not human.

Cathy O'Brien, claimed victim of CIA MKUltra mind-control, claims to have


seen George Bush shapeshift into a Reptilian being. In her book she repeats
comments the ex-president of Mexico Miguel de la Madrid had conveyed to
her; “Lizard-like aliens had descended upon the Mayans. The Mayan pyramid,
their advanced astronomical technology, including the sacrifice of virgins, was
supposedly inspired by the lizard aliens. He told me that when the aliens
interbred with the Mayans to produce a form of life they could inhabit, they
fluctuated between a human and iguana appearance through chameleon-like
abilities.”

According to Arizona Wilder (who also claims to be a former mind-controlled


subject of MKUltra) claimed she has seen shape-shifting reptilians at many
high-level functions attended by the world's elite.

Vibrani.com states unequivocally that cloning is how humans were created,


“The Anunnaki, or Elohim, did indeed create modern human by combining
[their] DNA with that of humonids in order to have continuation of [their]
civilization and to create a race to workers."

Paul Shockley, Patrick Bellringer, Sir Laurance Gardner, Stuart Wilde, Dr


Deagle and David Icke are just a few of the public people out of the many
thousands who buy into the theory of the reptilian agenda, many of this
number claim to have physically seen them.

So what symbolism is there for us to look at in today’s world to back this


theory up? There is much, but the theorists all look towards the following:

Page 276
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Alfa Romeo symbol is a thousand years old and comes from the Italian
Visconti family and has also been inked to the crusades. The serpent eating
the human used in this logo was first seen in ancient times.

The Estate of the Prime Minister Berlusconi of Italy and two of the many
‘reptiles’ in the Rothschilds ‘City of London.’

Symbolism is used in many large corporations advertising (notice the


pentagram on the Walmart cereal packet).

Time magazine is an Illuminati publication if ever there was one, it is owned


and managed by elements of the CFR and Skull and Bones, and digressing a

Page 277
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

little, why did the magazine have DNA associated with the Garden of Eden
and Adam and Eve In the days leading up to the Iraq war?

Let us note that the magazine above is titled ‘Solving the Mystery of DNA’ and
when the US first got to Baghdad they marched into the National Museum of
Antiquities and stole many of the items. Where they looking for something?
Stone slabs with ancient texts? This was the only place in the world where all
of the steps of the history of man was shown on tablets known as the
Hammurabis Code, which is claimed to be the worlds first system of laws.
This entire library of clay tablets had not yet been deciphered due to sanctions
placed upon Iraq by the US that restricted travel to Iraq. There is a linked
theory here to the Tower of Babel but that is not in the scope of this book.

“The raid on the building was planned in advance by people who knew exactly what
they were looking for among artefacts mainly unearthed during excavations between
the first and second world wars.”
Moayad Damerji of the Iraqi National Museum, The Spectrum, June 2003

While we are at it, why is it that near all symbolism in the Garden of Eden
(Earth, Babylon, Atlantis?) contains a Serpent? Could taking the ‘forbidden
fruit’ from the ‘tree of life’ be symbolic of a serpent race altering the DNA
(forbidden) of humans (life)?

Page 278
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Manly P. Hall states the Garden of Eden story is an allegory, and that it shows
that as humanity walks in a land of good and evil it will ultimately attain
completion and eat the fruit of the tree of life that grows in the midst of the
illusionary garden of worldly things, and by partaking of its fruit man then
attains immortality.

Medicine all around the modern world is shown as two serpents around the
pole, this goes back to ancient times to the Caduceus Rod of Thoth or the
Staff of Asclepius, a whole book could be written about this symbol to show
how deep the myths, esoteric and secret society links go. It is said that the
Caduceus Rod was originally a healing tool employed in the temples of
Atlantis and Egypt and that It had been brought into this realm by the
Illumined Master, Thoth. It also looks like a great example of the spiralling
inwards torsion wave within a vortex that is linked to quantum physics and
sacred geometry. As the Caduceus Rod additionally is symbolic of the DNA
helix, we must ask the question of whether the ancients knew of DNA?

Some movies with symbolism regarding this whole theory include; What Lies
Below, THX 1138, Hanger 18, V, The Andromeda Strain, They Live, The
Enemy Within, Moontrap, X-files, Beowulf and Stranded.
Computer games such as Tomb Raider: The Angel of darkness,
Shadowbane: Rise of chaos expansion pack, Resident Evil IV and Lineage II
have symbolism too regarding this theory.

Page 279
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

***

Was there a super advanced human race on earth once only to be genetically
modified by visitors into a slave race? Was Neanderthal man genetically
modified into an updated smarter model? It sounds far out only because it’s
so far away from what we normally think, but are these really questions that
are so far beyond the realms of possible reality?
Much of our DNA and our brains are not currently used and the theory of
Darwinism does not add up if you take the time to dissect it.

I am confused as to why school history lessons and the media hardly mention
these ancient stone tablets and texts, there is a definite puzzle there into our
past and what mainstream history tells us of our ancestral past just does not
add up for me. We are constantly bombarded with documentaries about
dinosaurs and that seems to keep us all happy and content.
Since I started looking into this myself (and who has the time or the interest to
do this?) I have realised that we just accept what we are fed as we do not
presume for a second that any historical facts would be left out from our
teachings. I am convinced that too many History teachers themselves just go
with the mainstream books and never push any boundaries.

Reptilians? Someone may think you are crazy for even contemplating it but it
was only a few thousand years ago when whole cultures embraced the idea
and where thousands of people spent years carving serpents into stone.
So the Illuminati are a serpent cult? This is the theory out there at the
moment and the one that is gaining momentum, if they are not a serpent cult
there is a whole host of coincidences and unanswered questions. Do with the
information what you will.

If any of you have got this far in the book and are eager to continue then I
applaud your curiosity and open mindedness.

I nearly forgot, did any of you conjure up a more evidential theory of Jesus
being the one and only son of god? Thought not, but that theory is accepted
in society solely because of the quantity of people believing it.

“There are numbers of these mystic brotherhoods which have naught to do with
‘civilised’ countries and it is in their unknown communities that are concealed the
skeletons of the past...These adepts could, if they chose, lay claim to strange
ancestry.”
Madame Selena Blavatsky, The Secret Doctrine, Vol 3

"Serpent worship takes us directly into hell itself, for Satan stands directly behind
this form of worship. This is the invisible fraternity of Freemasonry, and I bet you
never knew it existed, did you?"
The Hidden Gears of Freemasonry, Author Unkown

“We form an association of brothers in all points of the globe....yet there is one
unseen that can hardly be felt, yet it weighs on us. Whence comes it? Where is it?

Page 280
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

No one knows....or at least no one tells. This association is secret even to us in the
veterans of the secret societies.”
Guiseppe Mazzini, Former Illuminati Leader

Niburu, Tiamat or Planet X

The term ‘Nibiru’ comes from the Sumerian stone tablets and writings and
means ‘Planet of the crossing.’ The stone tablets talk of an extra planet that
orbits between Mars and Jupiter (note this is where the asteroid belt is), all of
the other planets in the tablets are spoken of accurately regarding colour and
distance.

In the early 1990's, calculations by the United States Naval Observatory


confirmed the orbital perturbation shown by Uranus and Neptune, Dr. Thomas
C Van Flandern, an astronomer at the observatory, said could be explained by
‘a single undiscovered planet.’ He and a colleague, Dr. Robert Harrington,
calculated that the planet should be two to five times more massive than Earth
and have a highly elliptical orbit that takes it some five billion miles beyond
that of Pluto.

In January 1983 The IRAS satellite was launched with infrared abilities and in
September 1984, US news and world report publication stated, "last year
IRAS detected an object of intense speculation.”

In 1992 NASA made a landmark press release stating, “Unexplained


deviations in the orbits of Uranus and Neptune point to a large outer solar
system body of four to eight earth masses on a highly tilted orbit, beyond
seven billion miles from the sun,” then Niburu (known as Planet X to NASA
and astronomers) practically disappeared from the media.

Page 281
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The main related theories out there at present are:

• The ocean planet Tiamat was hit by a large comet and this spun the
majority of it into a wild orbit (becoming Niburu) and also created the
asteroid belt containing over 1 million 1km long asteroids.
• The Annunaki were being chased and set up a decoy station on the
ocean planet of Tiamat but then came to earth, Tiamat was then
destroyed by the pursuers.
• The Annunaki left Niburu due to the decreasing atmosphere.
• Niburu collided with Tiamat, a planet that was between Mars and
Jupiter, Tiamat then became the Earth, the asteroid belt and the Moon
and Niburu then spun into a wild orbit.
• The tablets are wrong and the asteroid belt is from the big bang chaos
theory (this is the theory we are all comfortable with at present and the
one most of us deem as fact).

If the second or third theory is to be believed then is the reason many ancient
sites and calendars map the stars and procession of the equinox’s? So they
could find out were they were and for how long?

If any of the above theories are correct then there would of been a massive
sudden cataclysm on Earth, what do we know of this and what texts support
this whole theory?

“The gigantic worldwide tectonic disturbances of the late ‘Pleistocene’ times


occurred almost simultaneously on a near unimaginable scale, precisely what could
be expected from a powerful external influence but not from the ice age conditions
conventionally believed to exit then............In Europe immense herds of diverse
animals utterly vanished off the face of the earth for no obvious biological reason."
Allen and Delair, When the Earth Nearly Died.

Page 282
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

[Let us note here that Allen and Delair were top of their fields at Cambridge and
Oxford Universities].

"According to the harmic rule know as bode’s law, a planet should exist between
Mars and Jupiter."
Joan D'arc, The Late Great Planet Tiamat

“These asteroids are not ordinary pieces of rocks and clouds of dust that never
quite coalesced to become a legitimate planet. Another estimate is that the original
planet may have been fifteen times larger than earth.”
Chuck Missler, Expert in the Solar System and Cataclysms

"Ancient Mesopotamian texts repeatedly allude to the original 'watery' nature of


Tiamat...very large quantities of water were probably dispersed into space during
Tiamats destruction.”
Allen and Delair, Cataclysm

"Animals that had been native for millions of years disappeared under
circumstances that were suspicious sudden."
Paul S Martin, ‘who or what destroyed our mammoths?’

"At the end of the Pleistocene era about 10k years ago, there was an extinction even
that decimated the large terrestrial mammalian herbivores and carnivores of north
America, south America and Australia....the cause of this extinction is debatable."
RW Graham, ‘Evolution of new ecosystems at the end of the Pleistocene’

“And behold a star fell from heaven...and the earth began to cry aloud"
And I [Enoch] said unto him [Noah], tell me what it is that is falling upon the earth
that it is in such evil plight and shaken. "
The Book of Enoch

”And there fell a great star from heaven.”


The Book of Revelations, 8:10

Edward Bulwer Lytton, in his book ‘The Coming Race’ described the existence
of a utopian society who lived in tunnels and caverns beneath the surface of
earth known as the Ana, saying they were forced into the inner earth due to
earth changes, specifically a flood, which destroyed their civilisation
thousands of years before the Biblical cataclysm.
The Victorian Lytton was associated with the English Rosicrucian’s.

Zecharia Sitchin, the famous translator of the tablets, concluded the following
amazing timeline:

• 445,000BC, The Nefilim, led by Enki arrive on earth from Niburu.


• 300,000BC, There is a mutiny and man, the primitive worker was
created.
• 100,000BC, The sons of gods took the daughters of man as wives.

Page 283
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

• 13,000BC, The Nefilim, aware of an impeding tidal wave that would be


triggered by the nearing Niburu, vowed to let man perish.

Now that is all very far out but Sitchin is not the only one, Michael Brown, in
his book, ‘The Search for Eve,’ expanded on this idea, tracing Eve’s birthday
to between 140,000 and 290,000 years ago, and the origin and spreading out
of Africa of her descendants between 90,000 and 180,000 years ago.

I must inform you that the educated Michael S. Heiser slams Sitchin as being
a spreader of disinformation, this is for you to make your own mind up, I am
just sharing theories that are out there.

The Year 2012

There are a few theories and prophecies out there at present which talk of an
event coming in 2012, none more famous than that related to the ancient
Mayans.

When we spoke of the Mayan calendar before, I did not mention that the
whole calendar ends and just goes blank on 21st December 2012 (the winter
solstice).

This date is 13.0.0.0.0 (13 baktun, 0 katun, 0 tun, 0 unial, 0 kin), this is the
end of a Mayan ‘great cycle’ which is the fourth sun cycle (each sun cycle is
approximately a fifth of a precession of the equinox) that started on 0.0.0.0.0,
in 3114BC. They believed that on this date the world would enter a new
beginning or a rebirth of sorts.

1999 also measures the start of a thirteen year Mayan cycle regarded as ‘the
age of revealing’ where ‘the veil comes down,’ let us not forget how important
the number thirteen is to the Illuminati and that the great seal on the dollar bill
has a thirteen step pyramid.

The complexity of the Mayan prophecies are high, therefore I will simplify as
much as possible. The best work I have seen in this field is by the late Ian Xel
Lunghold, and I guarantee he will blow your mind if you witness any of his
lectures on this subject.

Page 284
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Mayans broke earth and consciousness evolution into the following:

Each cycle has thirteen phases of creation, broken down to seven days and
six nights (genesis link anyone?) but the actual length of time each of these
phases differs in each cycle as we can see above.

Many Mayan prophecies are based on the fifth day and fifth night of each of
these ‘cycles of creation.’ Each ‘cycle of creation’ runs twenty times faster
than the previous one. On the fifth day and fifth night many big events in our
history have occurred such as ancient man commencing art and carvings,
Rome falling, Einstein’s work being published and the start of the Second
World War.

Many authors and scholars claim that the Mayan calendar measures time
‘speeding up’ and that the calendars end date is when all ‘time’ is happening
at once, though Ian Xel Lunghold explained this as, “Time is not speeding up.
It is creation itself that is speeding up with more and more happening in less
and less time.” This sounds far out but let us digress a little and mention the
Schumann waves. These are natural electromagnetic waves that oscillate
between the Earth and certain layers of the atmosphere, they were first
identified in 1952 by Professor W.O. Schumann and he found that these
waves have almost the same frequency as brain waves and follow a similar
daily pattern. It has been suggested that these waves help regulate the
body's internal clock, thus affecting sleep patterns, hormonal secretions, the
menstrual cycle in women and so on.
These waves are known to be the heartbeat of the earth and they are said to
be speeding up, Greg Bradon and other scholars claim the Schumann
resonance was at 7.8 cycles per second for decades, but since 1983 some of
the resonance’s within the Schumann resonance are claimed to have curved

Page 285
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

up to what is now over 11 cycles per second and still climbing. The theory in
some circles state that we are only actually experiencing only 16 hours in
each day!
Richard Allen Miller and Iona Mille are two amongst many others that state the
ELF frequencies in this resonance is linked to our brain waves and that DNA
could be an antenna for this frequency.

The Mayans seemingly knew about a galactic alignment event coming in 2012
too. Many scholars point toward the sacred tree motifs at the amazing
Palenque site and the Mayan ball game as having rich symbolism of the
crossing point within the Milky Way.
How and why did they pinpoint a winter solstice thousands of years ago?
Why did they pick 2012 as the end of the cycle? What is going on? Is this
calendar human?

“The Mayan calendar is the only calendar known to be based on Galactic Cycles.
The Mayans claimed they created this calendar in order to monitor light coming from
the centre of the Galaxy and how it affected our DNA. We now know through the
work of Fritz Popp that DNA not only absorbs light but also emits light. Modern
science now realises that our DNA directly affects our consciousness, making it
possible for us to wilfully change our DNA.”
Steven Hanauer

Virgil Armstrong has stated that in 2012 the sun will overlap the intersect point
of the Milky Way and states that two other galaxies will line up too.

Let us delve into related galactic and cosmic theories linked to 2012.

The theory states our sun will line up and pass through the centre plane of the
Milky Way on 21st December 2012. Think of our galaxy as being like a plate
with our solar system currently ‘below’ the plate (galactic equator) and about
to move through it.

“It would be more accurate to say that the alignment occurs in the era of AD. 2012;
because precession is such a slow phenomenon, fifty years on either side might be
appropriate.”

Page 286
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

John Major Jenkins, Maya Cosmogenesis 2012

Jenkins also states that our galaxy has a centre in which all of the stars take
millions of years to revolve around, and that it is located in the starriest part of
the Milky Way as seen from Earth. On four occasions within the
approximately 26,000 year cycle, our galactic centre aligns with the sunrise of
a solstice or equinox. The last time it occurred was on an Autumn equinox
6450 years ago, approximately the dawn of Old World civilisations.
Another point of note is that we are coming out of the age of Pisces and into
the age of Aquarius, Aquarius has the archer always pointing his arrow
directly at the centre of the galaxy and coincidentally enough, the negative
traits of Pisces (the age we are in now) are deception and hidden agendas.
Now what do we have at the Galactic centre? A super massive black hole the
last time I looked, so is this theory based on the Mayans knowing about the
gravitational potential of a black hole? The galactic centre is so massive that
within it, time itself is suspended and the dimensions of space are reduced to
zero.

Another linked theory from the cosmos is that of the photon belt and the earth
being washed in what is the highest physical form of light, photon light.

"These excesses of photons are being emitted from the centre of our galaxy...our
solar system enters this area of our galaxy every 11,000 years and then passes
through for 2000 years while completing its [approximately] 26,000 year galactic
orbit."
Robert Stanley, 1991, quoted in Barbara H. Clow’s The Pladeian Agenda

Noel Hundley PhD from 2012.com stated that in the early 1990’s a radio
announcement in the US was made stating that our Solar System was going
to collide with an ‘electromagnetic cloud’ in the not too distant future caused
by the precession of the Solar System around the Celestial sun called
alcyone, located in the Pleiades. During this cycle there are two periods of
darkness and two periods of light with the periods of dark each being 10,500
years, and then emerging into 2000 years of light, which actually constitutes
the photon belt.

Below is how the Mayan great cycles relate to the photon belt theory.

Page 287
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Yet another cosmic theory is regarding pole shift, pole shift is where the South
Pole and North Pole effectively swap. Science reporter Bill Broad stated that
the Earth’s magnetic fields strength has waned ten to fifteen percent recently
and that this has accelerated of late. Nils Olsen, a geophysicist at the Danish
National stated, "What is so surprising is that rapid, almost sudden, changes
take place in the Earth's magnetic field," and Mioara Mandea, a scientist at
the German Research Centre for Geosciences in Potsdam said, “The
changes may suggest the possibility of an upcoming reversal of the
geomagnetic field."

Without our planet's magnetic field, earth would be subjected to more cosmic
radiation, the increase could knock out power grids, temporarily widen
atmospheric ozone holes, and generate more aurora activity. A number of
Earth's creatures, including some birds, turtles, and bees, rely on Earth's
magnetic field to navigate. The field is in constant flux scientists say, but even
without it, life on earth would continue researchers say.

Gary Glatzmaier, an earth scientist and magnetic field expert at the University
of California said, "The field has reversed many times in the past, and life
didn't stop."

"There are small fluctuations, which lead to nothing, and large ones, which we
know from the geologic record are associated with reversals," said Peter
Olson, a geophysicist at Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore, Maryland.

Charles Eserhut in his 1986 book, ‘Careen,’ estimated that this shift could
happen in a matter of just hours and would cause massive tsunamis. Many
scholars support the theory of a pole shift having happened before and also
the possibility of it happening again due to the electromagnetic field changes.

"It will look like the stars are falling down to earth."
The Popul Vuh, Holy book of the Mayans

Page 288
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Moving on, writer and philosopher Terrence McKenna came up with the
‘Novelty Theory’ in the 1970’s. He is known for his many speculations on the
use of psychedelic, plant-based hallucinogens, and subjects ranging from
shamanism to the development of human consciousness.

‘Novelty Theory’ predicts the ebb and flow of novelty in the universe as a
quality of time, and comes from a study of the King Wen sequence of the I-
Ching, ontology, entropy, and eschatology. The theory states that the
universe is an engine designed for the production and conservation of novelty.
Novelty, in this context, can be thought of as newness, or extropy (a term
coined by Max More meaning the opposite of entropy). According to
McKenna, when novelty is graphed over time, a fractal waveform known as
‘Timewave Zero’ results, the graph shows at what time periods, but never at
what locations, novelty increases or decreases. It is very complex
mathematics but basically it links to time and change speeding up, and then
‘change’ effectively eating itself.

Considered by some to represent a model of history's most important events,


this universal algorithm has also been said to be a model for future events.
McKenna admitted to the expectation of a ‘singularity of novelty’ and he and
his colleagues looked many hundreds of years into the future to find when this
singularity (runaway ‘newness’ or extropy) could occur. The graph had many
enormous fluctuations over the last 25,000 years, but amazingly, it hit an
asymptote at exactly December 21st on 2012. In other words entropy (or
habituation) no longer exists after that date. It is impossible to define that
state.

McKenna claimed to have no knowledge of the Mayan calendar, which ends


exactly the same day that the ‘Timewave Zero’ graph does: December 21st,
2012. In 1975 not too many people knew of the Mayan calendar and
McKenna does not even mention the Maya in his original 1975 version of the
book ‘The Invisible Landscape.’

Other points of note are:

The 1997 book ‘The Bible Code’ claims that, according to certain algorithms of
the Bible code, a meteor, asteroid or comet will collide with the Earth.

The book ‘The Nostradamus Code’ speaks of a series of natural disasters


caused by a comet (possibly as above) that will allow the third Antichrist to
disperse his troops around the globe under the guise of aid in preparation for
a possible nuclear war, although in the strictest sense it is unspecific as to
nuclear war or some other natural or man caused destruction.

The book ‘The Orion Prophecy’ claims that the Earth's magnetic field will
reverse.

The 2005 book ‘Beyond 2012: Catastrophe or Ecstasy’ by Geoff Stray reviews
several theories, prophecies and predictions concerning 2012 and finds where
authors have used faulty information or have bent the truth to fit their theories.

Page 289
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The 2006 book ‘2012: The Return of Quetzalcoatl’ by Daniel Pinchbeck


discusses theories of a possible global awakening to psychic connection by
the year 2012, creating a no-osphere.

The 2007 book ‘Apocalypse 2012: A Scientific Investigation into Civilization's


End’ by Lawrence Joseph does not make any specific new predictions, but it
reviews a number of 2012 predictions made by various sources, and presents
arguments for the possible existence of dangerous positive feedback loops
involving solar storms, Earth's magnetic field, cosmic rays, hurricanes, global
warming, earthquakes, and volcanoes that may be on the verge of erupting.

2012 theories are very interesting and some very intelligent people are
involved, let us remember too how the Illuminati love the number 11 too:

• September 11th, 1941, soil broken for the Pentagon building.


• September 11th, 1990, Bush Senior announces the ‘New World Order’
in a famous speech. Sunspot season.
• 11 years later, September 11th 2001, twin tower explosions. Sunspot
season.
• 11 years later, 2012, year of the Dragon, Venus transit and Sunspot
Season, new Freedom tower at Ground Zero ready and Olympics in
London.

We should also look here at Dr. S. V. Smelyakoc’s (vice president of the


Golden Fund of Cyclic Science in Russia) and Y. Karpenko’s (Astrological
Research Scoiety) 1999 paper, ‘The Auric Time Scale and the Mayan Factor.’
They suggest that the eleven year solar cycle, planetary revolutions and other
cycles in nature are all interconnected and synchronised by the Golden mean
number, Phi and the Fibonacci series.

It is worth us noting too that the Mayan Calendar stops at 11:11am and
Aquarius is the 11th sign and also that 21/12/2012=2+1+1+2+2+0+1+2=11.

So if any of us are to buy into any of these theories based around 2012 or
Niburu, we must think about what the elite are doing to prepare? It’s not as if
they are building multi million dollar underground bases is it? Hmmm.

“There is a river flowing now very fast. It is so great and swift that there are those
who will be afraid. They will try to hold on to the shore. They will feel they are being
torn apart and will suffer greatly. Know the river has its destination. The elders say
we must let go of the shore, push off into the middle of the river, keep our eyes
open, and our heads above the water. And I say, see who is in there with you and
celebrate. At this time in history, we are to take nothing personally. Least of all,
ourselves. For the moment that we do, our spiritual growth and journey comes to a
halt. The time of the lone wolf is over. Gather yourselves! Banish the word struggle
from your attitude and your vocabulary. All that we do now must be done in a
sacred manner and in celebration. We are the ones we’ve been waiting for.”
The Hopi People Prophecy

Page 290
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

DNA evolution and the theory of ascension

Due to the Mayan, Niburu and especially the 2012 theories, many new-age,
contemporary science and spiritual circles are looking forward to human
transcendence. Are these as far out as they sound at first listening?

The time for a positive theory is well overdue so let us have a look into this
one regardless of its immediate ‘this is nuts’ impact.

The theories out there include:

• Upgrade from 22 to 64 cordons in our DNA.


• Upgrade to a 3 Helix DNA.
• Upgrade to a 12 Helix DNA.
• Chakra system upgraded to 13 (the Hermetic chakra system is 13).
• Chakra system upgraded to 15.
• A dimension shift upgrade to 4th Density (non physical).
• A dimension split were only the ‘good guys’ will be upgraded.
• HAARP and other technologies attempting to prevent this.

Egyptian cosmology describes a zero time, or zep tepi, of 10,800BC during


which the gods reigned supreme and the foundations of Egyptian civilization
were laid. This period indicates the previous time that the solstice axis was
aligned with the galaxy. The ancient Vedic material, with its World Age
doctrine of the Yugas, also points to a time some 13,000 years ago that was a
Golden Age of light.

David Wilcock’s books and website claim an evolutionary event based on the
principle of intelligent design. He means that there is order and predictability
in the universe because it was created by an intelligence with intention. Much
of what Wilcock and others are claiming to discover is that the Galactic Centre
is emanating high levels of what scientists call torsion wave energy. They
believe that it can trigger a hyper dimensional jump from our 3D space-time
into a higher etheric density. We should note here that David Wilcock claims
Ra (the same entities that channelled ‘The Ra Material’) informed him he is
the reincarnation of Edgar Cayce. Before you laugh this off, note both have
made many prophecies that have come to pass.

2012.com.au states that a twelve strand RNA/DNA system will have replaced
our body’s current two stranded systems and that we will have increased our
seven chakra system body of energy vortexes to a thirteen chakra system.
We will also consciously use all of our brain and full consciousness will return
to us.

Steven Hanauer states, "We are heading towards something wonderful and
very significant during this critical time of humanity...we have an opportunity to
raise conscious vibration of humanity as a whole to a new high. He also says,
"He [Nick Fiorenza] believes there will be major earth changes as in the time

Page 291
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

of the sinking of Atlantis and the great flood, but with one addition, that being
a possible dimension shift.”

The dimension split theory is based on only those sufficiently Spiritually


evolved and prepared can metamorphose, with everyone else returning to
their inner origins where their higher self will continue the process either on
earth, if inhabitable, or on some other suitable planet somewhere in the
universe. I know of some good people who run a spiritual centre in Central
America and claim the whole centre and its criteria was channelled from ‘light
entities,’ upon the opening of this centre an eclipse took place and other
‘supernatural’ occurrences have taken place there on many occasions. These
good people also buy into the dimension split theory in a very matter of fact
manner.

Channelled books such as; The Ra Material, Bringers of the Dawn and others
from Barbara Hand Clow and Edgar Cayce all support the ascension theory
too.

This is all well and good and makes an interesting read but are there any
scientists backing this up?

Mr. Harris, with a degree in Political Science and history of working for
government agencies and governors of the white house wrote the following
article:
“In a study conducted by the University of Massachusetts called the Two-
Micron All Star Survey, it was concluded that our solar system was actually
born in a galaxy called the Sagittarius Dwarf. This small galaxy, some 10,000
times less dense than the Milky Way, was actually orbiting the much bigger
and stronger Milky Way. Over time, the power of the Milky Ways gravitational
force began to pull in and pull apart the dwarf. We were actually created in
that dwarf galaxy and have been sucked into the Milky Way. Ever wonder
why the Milky Way appears at right angles to the earth?
This finding solves the mystery. We actually are a part of the Sagittarius
System and rather than circling around the Milky Way we have been moving
somewhat perpendicular. But now our home system is so depleted and torn
apart it is near its end as the Milky Way consumes the stars.
If this is true then our entire way of thinking about our place in the Universe
must be revisited. We are not from where we think we were from. We have
been part of a different galaxy that has been trapped nearly destroyed by the
Milky Way. We are only just now settling into our new position that is aligned
with the ecliptic of the Milk Way and our solar system is being exposed to
massive amounts of new cosmic energy.
Are there implications for earth? The study says yes. Since we are now in a
more energetic system, our sun is burning hotter. Recent changes have been
observed on Pluto, new auroras have emerged on Saturn, Uranus and
Neptune have undergone polar shifts, Jupiter’s energy is growing, biosphere
quality is changing on Mars, and an early stage atmosphere is appearing on
our moon. Basically, energy shifts are occurring throughout the solar system
and we are not immune.
The study says that we of the Sagittarius Dwarf have only just now settled into

Page 292
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

the powerful arms of the Milky Way. We will experience higher energy levels
and do not rule out the current global warming as a partial consequence of
being adopted into our new home; all the more reason not to exacerbate the
problem with our polluting ways. It is even suggested that the Mayan
calendar may end in 2012 because they did not know the consequences of
entering into our new home. Is polarity shift possible? It has happened on two
other planets so there is no reason to think it could not happen here. Actually,
new NASA information has already picked a movement in the Earths poles.
Is all of this the End of Days? The answer has to be yes and no. It is the end
of days as a solar system in the Sagittarian Dwarf, but is the beginning of a
new day in the more energetic Milky Way. One cannot help but wonder why
this information is not getting more air time on the news. This is a happening
on a galactic scale but little seems to be in the news. What do they know that
we don’t? I would suggest that we all hold on to our hats as we may be in for
one hell of a galactic ride.”

A theory stated at the recent USPA (United States Psychotronics Association)


conference was that the photon belt heats up the planet and not the nonsense
fed to us from the Governments. They said that millennium dome in London
is a part of the antenna system linked of HAARP that is aimed at stopping
ascension!

Most of the people who feel that something is going to happen or are open to
the theories of something coming are usually people who live alternatively or
are natural healers, into permaculture, or do yoga or a spiritual practise of
sorts or something that is just not ultimately a life of ‘matrix.’ Usually
something related to chakras seems to be a common denominator too and
many of these people have not read that something may happen they often
state can just feel it in the collective consciousness. Disregard this as rubbish
if you wish, this is just for information.

“The great star will burn for seven days


The cloud will make double sun appear
The large mastiff will howl all night
When the great pontiff changes his abode.”
Nostradamus, The change of Popes

“We cannot emphasise enough to you that you must stop listening to society. This is
going to be the hardest task for you to do and the biggest break for you to
make.....let you intuitive self become your authority”
Entities from the Pleiades Star Constellation, Bringers of the Dawn

Page 293
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Crop Circles and the Maya

Let us first agree that over seventy percent, if not more of the thousands of
crop circles are hoaxes (or manmade artwork), but due to most people
needing logic and rationale behind everything, they are all believed to be
hoaxes by a majority of people, it is easier to disregard crop circles as rubbish
and continue on with life where everything makes sense in nice little boxes
that fit. Let me share some information that supports the theory that many
crop circles are from an unknown source:

• The base of the crop in a hoax circle is always broken on the section
that enters the ground, in the other type the base has been softened,
bent over and the re-hardened again and the crop continues to grow as
normal and can still be harvested.
• Many circles use complex mathematical formulas, fractals and sacred
geometry.
• Using sound equipment there is a noticeable interference recorded
near the centre of a circle, which dissipates the further away from the
centre one moves.
• Orbs can often be photographed within crop circles.

Page 294
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

• A study has been done into the cellular structure of the crops
comparing samples from inside the formation to those outside it. The
samples taken from outside the formation had cloudy crystals in an
erratic pattern and those from within the formation had clearer crystals
in a much more uniformed pattern.
• Bio-physicist, Dr W C. Levongood did many tests on crop circles. He
found that many storks were bent at ninety degrees but not snapped
and also that many of the crops post a circle germinated faster and
more completely plus even grew quicker.

Page 295
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Not bad for a group of loonies in pitch black with boards, string and feet.

So what are these? Man made circles? Circles made by inter-dimensional


forces and entities? Circles made by physical crafts (either man made or
alien)? Craft that move between dimensions? Signs and formation made by
earth consciousness?

And for what reasons? For a laugh? To balance the planets energy grid
system? To open other channels of the planet (inter-dimensional gateways)?
To leave messages and teachings for humans on the planet to figure out?
To remind people that there are other forces and entities operating within
reality, sharing the same planet, frequency, time and space? To
communicate back to some forces that created other ones?

Let us note that many crop circles are found near ancient sites and leylines
(which we will look into further in this chapter).

So what are the Mayan links?

The picture above from the circle at Etchilhampton Hill in August, 2006 looks
like the Maya glyph Lamat, which stands for love and compassion.

Page 296
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The 13-fold star on the left appeared at Wiltshire in July 2003. It is near
identical to a diagram by Jose Arguelles in ‘The Mayan Factor,’ which showed
the 13-baktun Mayan cycle.

The middle circle found at Wiltshire in 1995 shows the asteroid belt, Sun and
orbits of Mars and Venus. On 16th January 1998 this configuration occurred
during an inferior conjunction of Venus, or ‘Venus loop.’ This occurs every
584 days and was a cycle closely followed by the Maya (the Dresden Codex
contains Venus tables tracking this cycle). It also occurred in June 2004, also
during a Venus loop and 4 days before the Venus Transit. There are 65
asteroids in the belt and 65 is a Venus number.

The circle on the right appeared at Wiltshire, in 2002. The pentagram is the
figure traced out by Venus over 5 of its 584-day cycles. There are 13 scales
between each pair of arms, which make a total of 65. 65 of the Venus cycles
(of 584 days) equal one Venus Round in Mayan terms. 65 is also the number
of baktuns in the 26,000-tun cycle of precession.

The above circle got national press coverage in the UK and was found at
Wiltshire in August 2004. It has an abundance of Maya symbolism within it
including the double square spiral which is the Maya symbol for jaguar snouts,
indicating an entrance to the underworld. There is mass argument and
debate over the meaning of this circle, therefore I will quietly leave this one
and move on.

There are many more circles that relate to the Mayan special numbers or one
of their calendars in some way, far too many to be a coincidence in my
opinion. Shall we all plod along believing this is a group of farmers who have

Page 297
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

drunk too much cider and want some fun, or do some of us need to stick our
necks out, accept some ridicule and ask what is going on here?

In 1974, an encoded schematic was beamed towards the M13 star cluster by
scientists, including the late Carl Segan. In August 2001 in Chilboton,
England, a crop circle appeared to be a reply and also in the same field a
copy of the ‘mars face’ was found.

Atlantis

The legends are all the same ... a thriving, advanced culture that suddenly
manifested out of nowhere. The origins and downfall are linked to destruction
when this continent or island sank beneath the 'sea' due to natural cataclysm
and human imbalance.

The suggested locations of Atlantis are Indonesia, the Mediterranean, the


Atlantic ocean and the Caribbean, there are a cluster of conflicting books on
the location and it’s possible Atlantis had a capital with many colonies? We
will give the location argument a miss and look at what we can glean about
the civilisation itself.

There are only two references to Atlantis in ancient texts; these were
dialogues written by Plato and from his works 'Timaeus' and the never
finished 'Critias.’ The origin of these is written down as having come from
Egyptian priests. Plato was initiated by the Egyptians into the profoundness
of Hermetic Philosophy, and on the entrance to his Platonic school it stated
“let none ignorant of geometry enter here.”

The texts state many things regarding Atlantis:

• Traded with many foreign nations.


• Had numerous "great" temples, bridges, towers, walls and canals.
• Used red, black, and white stone for building.
• Had ceremonial harvest offerings.

Page 298
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

• Had two natural fountains, one cold and the other heated (implying
volcanic/thermal activity).
• Had many gods, but these were intermixed with humans and were
great men.
• The main plain was over three hundred miles long and over a hundred
miles wide.
• The mountains sheltered the main plain (location of the capitol, which
was on an island) across the northern side and ran into the ocean.
• The leaders wore ‘azure’ coloured robes during prayer, judicial
ceremonies.
• They inscribed their decisions on golden tablets.
• The gods thought little of possessions, possessed true and great
spirits.
• As the great ones bred with the humans and became more human, so
also did their tendencies act more with human nature.
• There occurred violent earthquakes and floods and Atlantis
disappeared into the sea.
• It existed up until the destruction in around 9600BC (this would help
answer the 10,500BC puzzle presented earlier).

If we look the old mythologies of the Norse, Celtic, Chinese, Indian, Native
American, African, and Pacific Islanders, they all have rich cultural heritage
with origin stories of ‘great visitors’ who were described as ‘white.’ Maybe if
the Atlanteans were as smart as the myth suggests they left Atlantis before
the cataclysm and set up the civilisations in Egypt, Peru and Tibet as well as
spreading out to other lands? There is also talk in many circles of the
Atlanteans being white bearded druids, many cultures talk of a white bearded
man coming with vast wisdoms of civilisation and society.
th
Edgar Cayce was the famous spirit channel of the 20 century, he channelled
that Atlantis was an ancient, highly evolved civilization, which had ships and
aircraft powered by a mysterious form of energy crystal and that it submerged
prior to 10,000BC. Cayce also stated that after building the Sphinx, the
remaining Atlantians who aided the Egyptians wrote of all their knowledge and
history and put them in archives under the sphinx and that this room is yet to
be discovered. He also states these records exist somewhere in Yucatan in
Mexico and also within the sunken Atlantis itself. The book, ‘The Message of
the the Sphinx’ by Graham Hancock and Robert Bauval covers many sources
that claim there is a hidden hall of records under the sphinx and states that
ideas such as these are kept alive in the doctrines of speculative
Freemasonry and in the teachings of esoteric schools like the AMORC
Rosicrucian’s (Ancient Mystical Order Rosae Crucis), the book also reports on
a project The Edgar Cayce Foundation funded in 1982. This project searched
for the Hall of Records and a Dr Mark Lehner was involved, after using
acoustic sounders, Mark stated that they found evidence of an empty space or
cavity under the Sphinx but on that day the project ended and this has never
been checked out to this day.

Page 299
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

It is worth us noting that in 10,500BC (remember that date from earlier?) if one
follows the cosmic ecliptic path, the vernal point lies underneath the sphinx,
and could be a ‘treasure map’ pointing to chamber about 100 feet below the
monument.

Another person who channelled information on Atlantis was Gordon-Michael


Scallion, he stated that Atlantis existed for almost 250,000 years from its first
age to its final days and they knew about earth changes every 13,000 years.
He stated they built the great pyramid in Giza to warn future generations of
this (via precession) and that the pyramid was convened by Ra, a priest from
the land of Dar, and engineered by Thoth (Hermes) from Atlantis.

From Plato’s writings, Desmond Lee translated the following in 1965,


“At the centre of the island, near the sea, was a plain, said to be the most
beautiful and fertile of all plains, and near the middle of this plain was a hill.
There were two rings of land and three of sea, like cartwheels, with the island
at their centre and equidistant from each other, in the centre was a shrine
sacred to Poseidon and Cleito, surrounded by a golden wall through which
entry was forbidden.”

So, is the story of Atlantis just a fable used by Plato to make a point? Or is
there some reason to think he was referring to a real place? Well, at
numerous points in the dialogues, Plato's characters refer to the story of
Atlantis as ‘genuine history’ and it being within ‘the realm of fact.’ Plato also
seems to put into the story a lot of detail about Atlantis that would be
unnecessary if he had intended to use it only as a literary device.
Should the 'Romans' ever open their libraries and vaults, granting access to
the brightest researchers from around the globe instead of just those who will

Page 300
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

swear loyalty and silence, then, many questions would be answered. Don’t
hold your breath.

There is also the myth of the Lemuria (Mu) continent or Island which pre or co
existed with Atlantis, which also fell to a flood.
The idea of the Lemurian continent first appeared in the works of Augustus Le
Plongeon, a 19th century researcher and writer who conducted investigations
of the Maya ruins in the Yucatan. He told the story of a continent of Mu which
was older than Atlantis, whose survivors founded the Maya civilization.

The Indian Tamil text ‘The Silappadikaran’ describes a lost continent in the
pacific and calls it Kumai Nadu or Kumari Kandum which means “draqon land
of the immortal serpents.”

James Churchward, an explorer wrote many books about Lumeria and in The
Lost Continent of Mu (1931), he wrote that the Motherland stretched from the
Hawaiian Islands to Fiji and from Easter Island to the Marianas.

Churchward’s findings were set down in the five main volumes of the Mu
series published in from 1926-1931. The basic premise was by studying
various ancient texts Churchward had discovered. The existence of a long
lost continent with an advanced civilization that approximately 60,000 years
earlier had sunk below the Pacific Ocean after a cataclysmic earthquake.
Sixty-four million people allegedly died. The Hawaiian Islands and the Pacific
Islands are the remaining mountain peaks of the lost continent.

The Lumeria myth also has input from many famous people who channelled
information such as Cayce and Gordon-Michael Scallion, they speak of
Lemurians as originally coming from a higher frequency and descending into
third dimension for a physical experience. The myth and stories also talk of
spiritual, non-physical beings who used telepathy to communicate and that
Lumeria was a utopian society.

Page 301
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

“In the year 6 Kan, on the 11th Mulac in the month Zac, there occurred terrible
earthquakes, which continued without interruption until the 13th Chuen. The country
of the hills of mud, the land of Mu, was sacrificed; being twice upheaved it suddenly
disappeared during one night, the basin being continually shaken by volcanic
forces. Being confined, these caused the land to sink and to rise several times in
various places. At last the surface gave way and ten countries were torn asunder
and scattered; unable to stand the force of the convulsion, they sank with their
64,000,000 inhabitants.”
The Mayan Troano Manuscript, The British Museum

Leylines

Leylines, or leys, are straight line networks which connect up ancient, sacred
and ceremonial sites, the theory states that these lines circle the earth and are
considered to be ‘lines of power’ that link different sites. They are thought to
follow lines of ‘cosmic energy’ in the earth and can be detected using dowsing
rods. Some say a Leyline is a straight fault line in the earth’s tectonic plates
that releases magnetic energy.

William Henry Black gave a talk titled ‘Boundaries and Landmarks’ to the
British Archaeological Association in Hereford in September 1870, here he
speculated that ‘Monuments exist marking grand geometrical lines which
cover the whole of Western Europe.’ In 1921 the theory of Leylines reached
the wider public when amateur archaeologist Alfred Watkins wrote the book,
‘The Old Straight Track’ and one afternoon in England Alfred saw ‘in a flash’ a
whole pattern of lines stretching across the landscape through various points
of interest.

The Leylines theory gathered momentum and according to Paul Devereux, it


was the occultist (and Kabbalist) Dion Fortune in her 1936 novel, ‘The Goat-
Foot God’ who had the idea that Leylines were 'lines of power' linking
prehistoric sites. This was not widely believed but two British dowsers,
Captain Robert Boothby and Reginald Smith of the British Museum linked the
appearance of Leylines with underground streams and magnetic currents.
Also, Guy Underwood has conducted various investigations and has claimed
that crossings of negative water lines and positive aquastats explain why
certain sites were chosen as Holy.

According to claims by many investigators of the Leyline theories, some points


along the lines possess higher magnetic energy than the average
geomagnetic intensity. These claims have been published in Paul Devereux’
book ‘Places of Power’ in 1990 and in ‘Lodestone Compass: Chinese or
Olmec Primacy?’ by John B. Carlson in 1975.

Many cultures use straight lines across their landscapes. In South America,
such lines often are directed towards mountain peaks; the Nazca lines are a
famous example of lengthy lines made by ancient cultures. Straight lines
connect ancient pyramids in Mexico and the Chaco culture of north eastern
New Mexico cut stairs into sandstone cliffs to facilitate keeping roads straight.

Page 302
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The Belinus Leyline is the longest Leyline in the UK, from South to North it
travels through St Catherine's Hill, a Naval Air Base, Titchfield Abbey,
Avebury, the Rollright stone circle in Oxfordshire, Brailes Hill, Meon Hill,
Biddulph Grange, the stone circle Long Meg and Her Daughters, Rosslyn
Chapel, Pitlochery, Culloden, Lairg and Inverhope in Scotland. Many of
these sites were sacred and used for ritual and ceremony.

The other Leyline in the UK covers many stone circle sites in the South West,
and as we follow it east, it includes Glastonbury, Stonehenge, Avebury and
many Castles, Abbeys and ancient towns. As we can see both major
Leyline’s go through Avebury and there are many military bases near there, is
this a coincidence?

Page 303
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

After a study by Xavier Guichard, the tiny French village of Alaise was found
to be at the centre of a line system that radiated out to include dozens of sites,
villages and towns of a similar name through many neighbouring countries
over distances that spanned an area of many thousands of square miles.

In his book ‘Signs of the Gods’ author Erich Von Daniken mentions the
existence of an intricate network of ancient Greek sites, connected not just
through straight alignment, but also in the relationship of the ratio of their
distances to one another involving the famous Golden Section. Here are a
few examples:
The distance between Delphi and Thebes corresponds to the longer segment
of the golden section of the distance between Delphi and Athens namely sixty
two per cent. The distance from Sparta to Olympia corresponds to the longer
segment of the Golden section of the distance from Sparta to Athens namely
sixty two per cent. The distance from Epidaurus to Sparta corresponds to the
longer segment of the golden section of the distance from Epidaurus to
Olympia namely sixty two per cent again. Daniken said, “So how can we
explain the mathematical perfectionism? How can we reconcile it with the
standard of mathematical knowledge we attribute to prehistoric people? How
did they know at what precise point they had to build?”

Washington DC, Philadelphia, New York and Boston are all on the same
Leyline and we need to ask why is there a huge, expensive monument located
in the tiny town of Elberton, Georgia, with a population of only a few
thousand? Once you look into it you find that it is on one of the Leylines, was
considered ‘sacred’ to Native Americans and was called “the centre of the
world” by the Cherokee.

Avebury, Ayers Rock, Easter Island, Machu Picchu amongst many others are
said to be located on major energy points of the Earth and the scientific
community acknowledges unexplainable biochemical changes that occur

Page 304
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

when a person is at one of these sites and the fact that the energy centres
and paths are all heavily charged with negative ions. On Ilkley Moor in the
north of the England, Many of the people who have visited the stones there
have felt positive energy’s surging through their bodies and others have
suffered with pain walking up to the stone, only for the pain to rescind a few
hours later.

The oddity about using science and technology to determine what happens at
these energy centres is that the technology to make this determination already
exists within each and every individual. Every person relates and reacts
differently to a different energy location and these personal reactions cannot
be measured categorized by technology. I have a friend who did a pilgrimage
to many of the stone circles in South West England, he knew not of Leylines
but he told me about the good and bad energies he felt at the different sites.

Some Leyline theorists and new-agers believe the Leyline system exists as an
independent circuitry with the capacity to affect consciousness and is a part of
the Earth's energy system. Maybe, but I have been to many ancient sites
and if you have too, you will probably agree that at many you feel a positive
energy and at others a negative energy. How come the great pyramids,
Anchor Wot and many Mayan sites are all surrounded by Towns or Cities that
are generally poverty stricken and in a low vibration?

Did the ancients know the paths of the Leylines and how to amplify or
manipulate the abundant energy that seems to exist within these locations?

Many modern elite buildings such as government houses, monuments and


supreme courts are placed upon Leylines, do the Illuminati know about these
energies and how to manipulate them?

Do we think this all coincidental and nonsense because this is what we are
told to believe?

The code breakers

In the theory genre there are many, many people reaching conclusions from
piecing together information and solving puzzles, out of these (and believe
me, I have studied many of them) I deem there are only two that are worth
your awareness. I will put these in order of the merit I associate with them,
but what you divulge from these, like the rest of the book, is completely up to
you. I will attempt to summarise the main points of each because whole
books and web sites are attributed to each.

The first theory is from author of ‘The Hidden Records’ Wayne Herschel
regarding the Key of Solomon. Let us note that SOL-OM-ON means supreme
light in three languages and is also known to symbolise light, glory and truth
(not a symbolic of Tony Blair then that’s for sure). We should not get diverted
by Dan Browns upcoming new book about this key which will most probably
once again grab a few decent facts and put them in a blender with some

Page 305
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

imagination all for profit. Dan can divert us by doing this and this does not
help us find out about what we need to know, but he gets people interested
and that can’t be all bad.

Since the time when the Solomon Key was supposedly discovered in the
Middle East, the secret of Solomon has remained surrounded by mysticism.
Throughout history it appears once again that religious figureheads have tried
to keep its details a tightly guarded secret.

From the Clavicula Manuscript (kept secret for years), Wayne determines that
these ancient Hebrew icons are the key of Solomon, with the key on the left
unlocking its counterpart on the right. Look at them for a few seconds before
moving on.

The talisman on the left is known as the ‘Chi Ro’ symbol (X and P in Greek,
and was also Constantine’s insignia).

Wayne states that the talisman on the right links to an ancient Egyptian mural,
in which a narrator is pointing to a star, look at the red dot next to the bull
which signifies Taurus, and remember that the Pleiades constellation is in
Taurus.

Page 306
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

The seal of Solomon is shown on the right and Wayne states (as so many
occultists do too) that this is two triangles signifying ‘as above (in the
heavens), so below (on the ground),’ and could also be symbolic of the
Merkaba. We must note that this phrase is heavily linked to Thoth, Hermes
and alchemy too.
The Biblical King Solomon was the son of King David and Wayne believes this
seal is where the term ‘Star of David’ came from, other theorists believe the
Star of David symbol signifies the Pyramids in Egypt.

The theory continues on and states that the sacred cross, evolved from the
symbol on the left to the one on the right.

The cross is Orion and is pointing towards the Pleiades constellation, it so


happens that the arrow of Orion is pointing towards the bull of Taurus and that
the Pleiades constellation is in Taurus. Many ancient civilisations had bull
worship too and we touched on this earlier. Why the obsession with this area
of the sky?

Wayne believes this is all a key to our human origins with the Bible stating that
the three Magi (astronomical bodies) follow (three in a row alignment) from the
east to find the star (Bethlehem star) associated with the birth (origin).

Let us note that the Egyptians, Maya, Cambodians at Anchor Wot and the
people who built Stonehenge all celebrated the constellation known as the
Pleiades too.

Going back to the Bible, Jesus said to Judas after the last supper that his time
on earth has passed and he will reveal to him the ultimate secret for him to
carry forth. He points to the heavens and says, "This star is also your star.”
Is he saying humanity came from another star? Judas was found dead the
next day hanging from a tree, did the Romans steal some knowledge?

The theory is based around the larger Talisman with Orions belt showing the
way to a sun-like star containing planets near the ecliptic and the Pleiades.
The beam of light is suggesting beings originate from here (possibly us).

Page 307
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Now, for me, this seems to be a star map of some kind pointing to an area in
or around the Pleiades, and three stars in this area have similar attributes to
our star. The star Wayne is looking at is HD 28327 and he believes this could
be where we came from, or where our creators come from.

So is Wayne a one-man band? The Freemasons (though we covered some


of their doings earlier) believe in a creator and architect and they also have a
‘tracing board’ (once a guarded secret) that looks like the following:

Page 308
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

Wayne states that the three large stars in this image relate to the three stars
he talks of and also points towards the grail and a key coming down the steps
as being symbolic of the great secret. The Illuminati symbol of the pyramid
and the all seeing eye / Horus / Ra (sun gods) eye at the top could also be
symbolic of this too. We could go completely crazy and link this to the so-
called Mars face and pyramid.

Stonehenge also has links to the key too, with the shape being very similar
with the causeway being the beam of light or ladder.

Page 309
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

There is a link to the Jacobs Ladder story in Genesis, where it speaks of


Jacob having marked the place in the heavens from where the ladder came
from.

Other links apart from Judas, Jacob, the Freemasons, the Egyptian Mural,
Bethlehem and the Star of David are that many ancient civilisations show this
pattern too, the Sumerian tablets, Anchor Wot in Cambodia, the Mayans Tikal
in Guatemala and the fact that the Sphinx faced this star over 5000 years ago.

The temple of Jupiter at Baalbek is made from largest blocks ever used by
ancient man. Wayne asks whether the Balbeek ruins are of a man holding a
key, like the statue of St Peter in the Vatican, and the Vatican itself?

For me, there are many decent links here and this theory lends itself to the
idea that the Illuminati are sun god worshippers. It is worth noting here that
many new-age and spiritual circles believe that many spiritual guides come
from the Pleiades, this leads onto the ‘starseeds’ and ‘lightworkers’ theories
which states that starseeds are those people who either have been awakened
to spirit or have bloodlines from ancient days which connects them to visitors
from the stars.

The second code breaker worth note is an American named Jay Weidner. Jay
read a copy of ‘The Mystery of the Cathedrals’ which was written in 1926 by a
mysterious self-confessed member of the ‘Priory of Sion,’ Fulcanelli. Jay

Page 310
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

found a puzzle due to a new chapter called ‘The Cyclic Cross of Hendaye’ that
was inserted into a reprinted edition in 1957 (the first edition was just a few
hundred copies and for ‘certain people’). This new chapter was a cryptic look
at a cross at a Cathedral at a French South Westerly town named Hendaye.

What Jay found out is that Master Masons built this cross in the 17th century
and the pictures on three of the sides of the base link to the Tarot; an eight
pointed star, a fairytale moon and an angry sun. Those that know the tarot
know that the next card sequentially is ‘judgement’ and funnily enough the last
side of the monument shows the Masonic ‘A’ and a cross which links to the
cross on the Judgement tarot card. Fulcanelli points out in the newly inserted
chapter that the four ‘A’ symbols link to a ‘day of judgement’ too.

The deliberately error ridden Latin on the actual cross, along with other
information imbedded into the monument was painstakingly decrypted by Jay
and he presents clearly that it looks at the ages and the precessions of the
equinox. Jay shows that the Latin, when decrypted also points towards a
similar cross in Peru, at Urcos, a small town near Cusco. Jay visited this
cross in Peru and found that it had been replaced some fifty years ago, about
the same time of the reprinted book. The base of the cross in Peru was still
original and was deemed to have been centuries old. It is worth noting that
near Urcos there is a massive complex of underground caves that have had
their entrances blocked by the Peruvian government.

The inserted chapter also talks of a double catastrophe, and Jay concluded
(once he found processional numbers and other symbolism in the puzzle) that

Page 311
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

every 13,000 years or so (half a great age of precession) a great galactic


cross occurs were the equinox axis is at a right angle to our galaxies ecliptic
centre. This is when the double catastrophe repeatedly takes place and the
galactic centre explodes and then smothers our sun in synchrotron radiation
making it appear blue (in line with a Hopi prophecy). Jay states that iridium
and cosmic dust has been found on earth before and this is a deep space
element caused from this cyclic event and that most quasars are actually
galactic centres exploding. There is science to backup that all galactic
centres go through a cycle of explosion periodically, and that at present, our
solar system is heating up year on year.

Paul La Violette PhD, a starburst researcher, also believes our Galaxy Centre
explosions occur exactly in the intervals that the Earth makes half of its
precession, approximately every 13,000 years.

According to Jay, this will happen again when we enter the age of Aquarius
(any time before 2050) and a safe place to be will be in the caves in Peru.

Is this why the ancients pointed Sagittarius arrow and Scorpio’s stinging tail at
the galactic centre?

"If you have the same ideas as everybody else but have them one week earlier than
everyone else then you will be hailed as a visionary. But if you have them five years
earlier you will be named a lunatic."
Barry Jones

Project Bluebeam

This is the craziest theory around today, bar none! I have added it for humour
reasons and so that you are aware of all major theories around today.

Recently Project Bluebeam has been removed from many websites and this
raised an eyebrow (not by much though), the project has stages to its
supposed plan orchestrated by the elite:

Page 312
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

• The break down of all archaeological knowledge. With the set up of


earthquakes at certain precise locations of the planet where
supposedly new discoveries will finally explain the wrong meaning of all
major religions and basic doctrines. This is the psychological
preparation by destabilisation.
• Huge holograms in the sky via satellites and HAARP making us believe
a ‘show’ of sorts, and then beaming multi language messages from a
‘new messiah‘ creating a new one world religion led by the one world
government.

This crazy theory, the pinnacle of crazy theories, is fuelled by texts such as,
"beware the coming of the beast,” "Even the most malignant be deceived,"
"All eyes will see," and "The elected members themselves will be tempted".

If you think beaming messages into ones mind is nonsense, then read the de-
classified documents on MKUltra or look to a recent article from scientist
David Pescovitz that stated, “MEDUSA (Mob Excess Deterrent Using Silent
Audio) is a device that uses microwave pulses to beam sound directly into
someone's head. In development by the Sierra Nevada Corporation originally
under a US Navy contract, MEDUSA can apparently fill your head with
incapacitating shockwaves or possibly even whispered messages.”

Ok, lets move on before this chapter gets even crazier.

***

A few years ago I would of laughed at much of what was in this chapter but
when I started to see lies everywhere on issues of governments, terrorism and
assassinations I felt the need to pursue where these lies came from. The path
to the truth twists, turns, leads up blind alleys, dead ends, into crazy theories
and ends up in some very strange murky waters. Believe what you will but
there is more to what has gone on in our past and what is going on now than
what you are fed from the TV, the elite know this and are laughing.

The theory that some form of change is coming in the next ten years or so
‘feels’ right to me; look at the weather and the state of much of the planet.
Often with information you just need to see how you ‘feel’ about it, how does
this information ‘feel’ to you? Do we always need to have oodles of logic
behind all we believe? Every day we take on or disregard information from
people based on our gut feelings and maybe we need to use our intuition and
inner knowing a little more even though western society is set up in so many
ways to prevent this.

Are the 2012 theories manufactured by the elite? The elite are very smart and
are master manipulators and strategists, and it cannot be ruled out that the
Mayan calendar decoding and many other of the 2012 related theories have
been created by the elite. It is possible that an event could come to pass that
reduces earths population and this event could appear to be natural when in
reality it could be secretly man made, this train of thought is enough to turn

Page 313
Wayki Wayki THEORIES, HIDDEN AGENDAS AND RARELY KNOWN FACTS

the most hardened theorist insane, but it is still a point that must be raised.
This train of thought can also be pursued into thinking that the likes of David
Icke, Michael Tsarion, Alex Jones et al are all agents for the elite spreading
disinformation or preparing us for the new world order, this train of thought
though can lead to an internal psychological maze so go easy on yourself.

“It is perfectly possible for a man to be out of prison, and yet not be free – to be
under no physical constraint and yet to be a psychological captive, compelled to
think, feel and act as the representatives of the national state, or of some private
interest within the nation, wants him to think, feel and act.....The nature of
psychological compulsion is such that those who act under constraint remain under
the impression that they are acting on their own initiative. The victim of mind
manipulation does not know that he is a victim. To him the walls of his prison are
invisible, and he believes himself to be free. That is he is not free is apparent only to
other people. His servitude is strictly subjective.”
Audlus Huxley, Brave New World Revisited

Page 314
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

Why are so many un-spiritual behaviours performed under the guise of


religion?

“It is now some years since I detected how many were the false beliefs that I had
from my earliest youth accepted as true, and how doubtful was everything I had
since constructed on this basis. From that time I was convinced that I must once
and for all seriously undertake to rid myself of all the opinions which I had
formerly accepted, and commence to build anew from the foundation if I wanted
to establish any firm and permanent structure.”
Rene Descartes

Many religions are amazingly colourful and give people faith, devotion and
feelings of love, this cannot be condoned in any single anyway.
But, currently, some religions at times can control, and can be a social and
political way of life and also help to divide nations and people. There is also
some history of dogma, lies and un-spiritual actions, some of which we will list
below:

• Christianity has a list of ten rules that if you do not follow you will burn
in hell forever, surely this is nothing but the generation of fear.
• Many priests within the Catholic Church have sexually abused children,
un-proportionate to the amount of fireman or postman for instance.
• Catholicism performed the Spanish inquisition and the purging of other
civilisations and beliefs.
• Many people believe god is separate, controls all and that we are at the
mercy of ‘him,’ surely this does nothing but make people feel
powerless?
• The Catholic Church supports children being baptized to wash off the
sins of the parents that were committed during conception.
• The Vatican has a collection of ancient knowledge hidden from the
world in its archives and libraries. Though shou not steal or bear false
witness?
• Why does the Catholic Church insist Jesus is the son of god, when
Jesus called himself ‘the son of man?’
• Why does Catholicism spend millions of pounds on churches when
people are starving?
• Why do so many Christians and Catholics not know of Constantine and
the council of Nicea in the early 4th century?
• How did Father Jeremy Davies (who works for Cardinal Cormac
Murphy O’Connor) come up with the theory that yoga, massage and
Reiki can open people up to evil spirits and to, “Beware of any therapy
with its roots in the East” (Daily Mail, May 2008).
• Many people go to church once a week and feel their obligation is
fulfilled and then act un-spiritually the rest of the week.

Page 315
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

• Why does Islam in some countries treat women so unequally?


• Many Islam followers believe that only from living by the Koran can one
escape god’s punishment. That is living in fear in my opinion.
• In parts of Indonesia and Nepal I have had buses stopped by ropes
being pulled up across the roads, and then been forced to donate
money to a Mosque or a Hindu festival.
• Suicide bombings are carried out under the guise of religion.
• Love not being allowed to flourish because two people are from
different religions is common in many countries.
• How come Christianity and Islam are religions that allow anyone in, and
both state god will welcome those with open arms, but Judaism is a
religion for a race and it believes god has a preference for a particular
race. There are many who follow Judaism that believe they are chosen
people, is this not a form of racism, elitism and indoctrination?
• Joseph Smith, founder of the Mormon religion was a Freemason, as
were the three first presidents of the Mormon Church. Temple
ordinances of the Mormon temple ceremony are also suspiciously
close to the ceremony used in Freemasonry. Signs, grips, oaths and
tokens used in Mormonism are so close it's almost certain that Joseph
Smith borrowed these Masonic practices. Pentagrams are everywhere
within the Mormon Church too, and there are many who claim
Satanism is carried out within the highest levels of the church.
Mormonism is a million dollar corporation that has lawyers and people
in high places everywhere just like the Freemasons. This is hard to
digest as many Mormons are wonderful people and their lives do
initially appear very idealistic.
Below on the right is Joseph in a photo and the other two are paintings
of how the church wishes him to be seen.

• Brainwashing techniques of Scientology do not appear to be spiritual


either, many members write to their families breaking off contact and
are also forced to donate large sums of money to Scientology to step
up a level. Let us note again Scientology was created by a science
fiction writer and turned itself into a religion to escape tax and legal
proceedings, plus it is also a million dollar corporation that has lawyers
and people in high places. In late 2007 an article by Tony Paterson in
Berlin stated Germany announced plans to ban the American-based
Church of Scientology because it thought the organisation was into the
total suppression of the individual and was incompatible with the

Page 316
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

country's constitution.” Those who try to expose the truths within


scientology or leave the cult often get followed, hunted down and
threatened.....time to move on.
• In many countries parents bring their children up to adopt the same
religion as them, now surely this is a good thing as the parents can give
their children guidelines on what is good and how to live well. But in
many cases the offspring are not taught of other religions and are not
encouraged to make their own spiritual choices when in their late
teens. So where one is born decides ones religion?
• There are many cases of murder when a Muslim or Hindu woman has
refused an arranged marriage or does not follow strict religious rules
imposed upon her, often by relatives too!
• Hundreds of millions of people alive today believe that the man below,
often seen with a twisted and upside down cross, a former nazi, and
someone who calls homosexuality evil, is the holiest man on the planet
and closer to god than them. How can anyone be closer to god than
anyone else? The bible does not mention the word ‘Pope’ once. I
don’t know about you but when I look into his eyes I don’t see a very
friendly face. Also, If you look at the Vatican from above it is in the
shape of a massive key, what does this symbolise? The key to all their
secrets and lies? Solomons key? The key being under the mat at the
back door? I better stop this slander or I will have agents of Opus Dei
hunting me down, how very spiritual. Note the pope apparently sun
worshipping in one of the presented pictures.

I struggle with the Church at times, they have many living in ignorance and
fear, they make people afraid to think for themselves, they fill people with guilt
and the feeling of inadequate unworthiness. Do we really think that a priest is
somehow more pure or more loved by god than the beggar in the street?
Has this has been done to subdue us? Do the churches help the elite to
maintain the status quo? Is the Church interested in prophets or just profits?

Page 317
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

“I love the pope, I love seeing him in his pope-mobile, his three feet of bullet proof
plexi-glass. Thats faith inaction folks! You know he’s got god on his side.”
Bill Hicks

Much of Christianity comes from astrotheology and from the religions of


Egypt. The halo came from ancient sun deities, Easter comes from the
equinox, and all the ancient and modern religious trinities are highly likely to
come from the rising, midday, and setting sun trinity.

Acharya S, in his book, ‘The Christ Conspiracy’ covers much information that
is hard to argu with, he states clearly that Gnosticism was around long before
orthodox Christianity and the earliest Gnostic-Christians were not even aware
of claims that the Christ incarnated in Jesus.

The word ‘Gnostic,’ came from the Greek term gnosis, which means factual
knowledge, specifically knowledge about the logos/logic of God. Gnostic
Christianity is not about Jesus' public teachings; it is about the gnosis, or
practical knowledge, that Jesus taught in private. Many occultists believe
Christ was taught in many schools, including the cults of Isis and that Mary
Magdalen's daughter Sarah was the originator, along with her husband, of the
Knight Templars.

The Christian assault on astrology was furious and motivated by a desire for
dominance and the replacement of the Pagan astrotheology with that of
Christianity, with an eye to covering up the latter's own astrotheological roots.
The Christian fathers eventually were responsible for vicious persecution of
‘astrologers,’ like the chaldeans and others who were priests of Pagan faiths.
Arabic and Jewish universities and scholars kept astrology alive throughout
the Middle Ages, despite continued persecution by Christians. As time went
on, this ‘false doctrine,’ which never disappeared from Europe but was
condemned on the one hand and embraced on the other by Church
authorities, began to resurface more overtly. Indeed, numerous emperors and
popes ‘became masters of astrology,’ including Charles IV and V, and Popes
Sixtus IV, Julius II, Leo X, and Paul III," as related by the Catholic
Encyclopaedia.

Let us note a few of the many ‘similarities’ between the Egyptian deity, Horus,
and the Christian archetype, sorry, messiah, Jesus.

• Horus is the Father seen in the son. Jesus said he was the way, the
truth and the life.
• Horus claims to be the light of the world represented by the symbolic
eye, the sign of salvation. Jesus stated that he is the light of the world.
• Horus said that he was the way, the truth, the life. Jesus said he was
the way, the truth and the life.
• Horus was the plant, the shoot. Jesus says "I am the true vine."
• Horus baptized with water by Anup. Jesus baptized with water by John
the Baptist.

Page 318
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

• Horus born in Annu, the place of bread. Jesus Born in Bethlehem, the
house of bread.
• Horus the good shepherd with the crook on his shoulders. Jesus the
good shepherd with a lamb on his shoulders.
• Horus Seven on board the boat with him. Jesus Seven fishermen on
board the boat with Jesus.
• Horus Depicted as the Lamb Jesus depicted as the lamb.
• Horus identified with the Tat or cross. Jesus identified with the cross.
• Horus the KRST. Jesus the Christ.
• Horus the manifesting son of God. Jesus the manifesting son of God.
• Horus the star was the announcer of the child Horus. Jesus the Star in
the East indicated the birth-place of Jesus.
• Horus as Har-Khutti has twelve followers. Jesus has twelve disciples.
• Horus The morning star. Jesus The morning star.

In Aleister Crowleys book, ‘Liber 777’ (777 is an occult number often meaning
‘divine,’ ask yourself why fruit machines have 777 as the winning reels) he
systemises ancient and modern religions by linking up symbolism, mystical
and mythological information in tables of correspondence. This lends itself
very well towards the idea that all religions and theology come from the same
root source and spread out across the world into the differences we see
today. It seems to me (and this is just an opinion) that Jesus, Shiva, Buddha,
Allah and all other deities are just archetypes and images for people to focus
on to get to the same source. But the elite have manipulated this and formed
strict, controlling rules and created ‘religions.’ The archetypes through
manipulation are now taken literally and as being ‘real.’ You can make an
altar in your toilet and put a smelly sock on it and make it sacred, to make
something sacred you just make and treat it sacred and intend and invoke the
sacredness. Walking through a forest can be sacred, you do not need anyone
to tell you what is and what isn’t sacred.

I was in northern Guatemala once and got talking to two people at a


restaurant by the beautiful lake in Flores, they turned out to be missionaries
spreading the word of Jesus and they were wonderful people and seriously I
don’t think they had a bad bone in their bodies between them. However, after
becoming friendly I asked them why are there so many other deities with the
twelve disciples, resurrection and the December birth stories, and how come
many of these took place before Christ (e.g. Horus, Mythra etc)? They looked
at me with confused looks as if I was blaspheming and told me that god
worked in mysterious ways.

I do not ‘do’ religion as I do not like or accept dogma or many rules in my life
but I admire many parts of ancient wisdoms like as Buddhism, Taoism,
Shamanism and Kabbalah, plus I enjoy Indian Vedic texts. All of this lumped
together does not fit into any box, it is a ‘pick and mix’ and is individual to me.
This is odd to the masses, and one example of this was when at a Japanese
Buddhist Monastery one of the monks told me I was a Christian simply
because I was born in England.

Page 319
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

Does religion try to steal what we are? Does it put us in boxes? Does it not
face the reality of what we are as a being? Many religions state god or the
creator is ‘out there’ and separate, are we not ‘all one,’ all part of the creator
and the creator is part of all?
Beliefs and faiths are each persons choices to make, but do certain religions
generate fear and regimented thinking? Where do the roots of dogmatic
beliefs come from and for what purpose?

There seems to be a gaping chasm between being religious and being


spiritual in many cases, and surely being spiritual is a personal individual thing
solely between you and your creator?
In order to be more spiritual, surely one must raise their vibration, awareness
and consciousness, and let go of materialism and the ego?
Most things in Western society appears to be aimed at the degeneration of
this by attacking the human mind, body and soul. Why are the elite so hell
bent on making people spiritual retards? In my opinion, it is to make people
easier to control.

There is really only one solution to the elite problem and the suffering in the
3rd dimension, and the solution is spiritual. It is what you see, perceive and
experience that is true for you. When you enlighten people around you by
showing them how the 3rd dimension ‘reality’ is constructed, and by pointing
out the way to get out of it, you really do the best you can. Some people will
listen and find their own path, similar or dissimilar to yours, others will not and
will stay in the reality they are in, at least for now. Don't try to force your
reality upon others, let each of us find our own journey. Just tell them what
you know and perceive, as an inspiration. The 3rd dimension will always exist
as long as there are souls keeping it in place. The way to change things is to
change yourself from within. When you see things change around you to the
better, it is actually you that is changing. If one day you notice that the elite is
no longer around it is because you changed, not the environment. The elite at
that point still exists, but not on the spiritual level you are. When this
happens, you have done all you can, and the people you see around you in
the ‘New World’ without the elite, are the people who followed a similar path.

“Don’t be attached to my philosophy and doctrine. Attachment to any religion is


simply another form of mental illness.”
Lord Buddha

“We are not humans on a spiritual journey. We are spiritual beings on a human
journey.”
Stephen Covey

”If you can name what you believe, you are in a prison.”
David Icke

“People ask me what my ‘spiritual practice’ is? It is this: Firstly, paying

Page 320
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

attention to how I am feeling in each moment without trying to change how I am


feeling. Secondly, and simultaneously, paying attention to the nature of the
world around me in any given moment without any attempt to change what I
perceive unfolding. When I honour these two intents a third experience arises. I will
not tell you about this. This unspoken resonance is the magical consequence of this
simple two-fold practice. If I tell you about the consequences you will focus on
that and not the practice. You will enter destination-consciousness and not
journey-consciousness. This two-fold practice is all-encompassing and so are the
consequences. So, the practice I share here is not ‘a doing’; it is a ‘not-
doing’, an undoing.”

Why do many of us disregard energy fields such as the energy of the


moon, chakras and meridians?

Many people disregard energy fields as nonsense but science and nature
back this up pretty well in some instances. The moon effects the oceans of
the earth and therefore effects water, now as we are made up of over eighty
percent water the moon must have an affect on us. I used to know a nightclub
owner in the UK and every full moon I was told there was more trouble and
chaos than any other night of the month and if people looked at the pattern of
the moon they would also see that dreams and sleep are affected too.

Moving on, the word chakra comes the ancient Sanskrit word meaning “wheel
of light” and it is believed the energy around our bodies is linked by seven
major chakras and other meridians points and lines. The chakras cannot be
physically located as they are within the spiritual body (or aura) and it is
believed that they link to glands, the pancreas and the reproductive system.
The seven major chakras each link to different characteristics too such as
communication, intuition, will, emotion, intellect, sincerity and many others but
many people do not believe in chakras because mainstream science cannot
physically find them.

But you should know by now that this book does not follow mainstream
science and nor does Dr Hiroshi Motoyama (recognised in 1974 by UNESCO,
the United Nations Organisation for Education, Science and Cultural
Organisation, as one of the worlds top ten parapsychologists). Motoyama
stated, “We may define the chakra as an energy centre which spins like a
wheel and opens like a flower. Metaphysical concepts, however, do not
belong purely to the world of spiritual experience; scientific enquiry has in
many cases confirmed age-old beliefs.”
This sounds like my sort of scientist so lets continue with our Japanese friend.

He developed a chakra Instrument which was designed to detect minute


electrical, magnetic and optical changes which occur in the immediate
environment of the experimental subject. The subject sat in an
electrostatically secure room which was internally lined with aluminium
sheeting and shielded by lead sheeting embedded in the walls. A round
copper electrode and photo-electric cell were placed in front of the body, level
with the location of a supposed chakra. During one test on the centres of the

Page 321
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

stomach and heart, the subject was monitored for a period of three minutes at
each of the two locations. Separate readings were taken one minute before a
state of concentration, during concentration, and one minute after
concentration.
When an advanced yoga practitioner was tested, the two centres gave quite
different results. The stomach centre showed no change in measurable
activity during the three-minute monitoring period. However, the heart centre
showed a considerable intensification of measurable activity during the period
of concentration. This difference corresponded to the subject's regular
spiritual practice. He regularly meditated on the heart centre during
meditation. The subject did not as a rule use the solar plexus chakra as a
focal point for meditation as he suffered from a serious digestive disorder. It
was experiments like these that were conducted with a hundred subjects that
led Motoyama to conclude, “Mental concentration on a chakra activates it” and
this is what Indian gurus used to, and still do teach.

Valerie Hunt, a professor of kinesiology also recorded radiations emanating


from the body at the sites traditionally associated with the chakras. Through
her research she made the startling discovery that certain types of
consciousness were related to certain frequencies. She found that when the
focus of a person's consciousness was anchored in the physical world, their
energy field registered the frequencies in the range of 250cps (cycles per
second). This is close to the body's own biological frequency. Active
psychics and healers, however, registered in a band between 400 and
800cps. Trance specialists and people who performed channelling registered
in a narrow field of 800-900cps, but from 900cps onwards Hunt correlated
what she termed 'mystical personalities' who had a firm sense of the cosmic
interconnections between everything. In a Paris hospital acupuncture points
were injected with a die that was able to be photographed, the die spread on
its own to the meridians. The photo of the meridians and pictures of the
chakras are shown below.

Page 322
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

The chakra and meridian network is where ones energy flows and when the
energy flows slowly in certain places there is usually a stored blockage due to
upheaval in one of the chakras associated characteristics and this is when
people can get ill or run down. Many of the ancient healing techniques from
Japan, Indian (including yoga) and China are all based around the chakras
and meridians, and more and more people are now looking to the health of
their chakras as the basis of their all round well being. Try telling your local
Doctor to give you advice on healing your chakras and you will be laughed at
and given some chemical pills from a large profit-making corporation instead.
But the state of the physical body is in many times a reflection of the condition
of a particular chakra. For example if a person has a heart condition many
times a damaged heart chakra is the cause. Not that a real physical condition
does not exist, for it most certainly may; however keep in mind that the state
of your chakra will be reflected in the body. In theory, if you repair the
damaged heart chakra, in time the physical condition would clear as well... or,
in the least, after medical treatment, a repaired heart chakra will guarantee
that the physical problem does not reoccur.

Other examples of energy we all experience are:

• The energy from our sun affects everything on our planet, but the
majority of people do not believe other stars affect us in any way.
These people seem to have a distance limit regarding energy, so a star
149,600,000km close to us (the sun) affects us massively, but a star
over nine light years does not at all? Where is the cut off in miles one
should ask these people? I am not stating that the horoscopes in
magazines are plausible, but certain star signs at birth do follow
patterns of characteristics and certain energies do seem present during
different cosmic scenarios.
• When entering a house or a room after an argument has taken place
you can often feel it in the air without anyone telling you.
• In a city for a big rival football match, you can feel tension in the air
even if no opposing football fans are close together.
• After a week or so of being with a lover you can tune in to their
thoughts and feelings without any verbal communication or eye
contact.
• If you go out in a bad angry mood and are silent the energy around you
is different to that if you were happy and silent.
• Before an electrical storm you can feel it in the air.

The calendar we use keeps us away from the moon cycles and western
medicine keeps us away from chakras and meridians, why?

Why do most people laugh when told about the influx of Indigo
children?

It is sounds ludicrous, so therefore it is laughed at, but there are actually some
measurable ways of finding these people. In the book by the

Page 323
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

parapsychologist Pamala Oslie named ‘Life Colours’ and the 1982 book
‘Understanding Your Life Through Colour,’ by Nancy Ann, one can fill out
questions based on emotions, character attributes, attitudes, likes and
feelings and the results of this matrix put each person into one of twelve
colour types (linked to a persons base aura colour). Since the 1970’s the
percentage of Indigo children being born has increased massively and over
ninety percent of all children born since 1990 is an ‘indigo child.’ If you do not
believe this then do the measurable matrix on your own children and then see
for yourself, the matrix is also free to do online.

Some of the characteristics of an Indigo child are:

• Have difficulty with authority and discipline and are non conformists.
• Cannot dissociate from feelings.
• Find it torture to waiting in lines, lack patience.
• Get frustrated by ritual-oriented systems that require little creativity.
• Do not respond to guilt trips, want good reasons.
• Develop abstract thinking very young.
• Get bored rather easily with assigned tasks.
• Are easily distractible, can do many things at once.
• Strong intuition.
• Have strong empathy for others or none at all.
• Psychic or telepathic skills.
• Strong self confidence.
• Right brain orientated, so more likely to be into art, music, and crafts.
• Seem antisocial unless they are with their own kind.
• Are very sensitive to the environment, (can include food and additives),
energy fields, electrical currents, as well as emotional sensitivity to
what is happening around them.
• Are strong willed and have a determination about them, often ‘warrior-
like’ in their personality.
• Are very technologically oriented and are usually whizzes at computers
or other gadgetry.
• Have a strong need to help others, individually or globally.
• Often do not talk much until the age of 3 or even 4.

Because these extraordinary children have traits that do not fit the paradigms
of past generations of children, they have created challenges for parents,
schools, culture, medical science and institutions. Many Indigo children have
been labelled as behaviour problems and are often mislabelled with
psychiatric diagnoses of ADHD (Attention Deficit with Hyperactivity Disorder)
or ADD (Attention Deficit Disorder). Sadly, when they are then medicated, the
Indigos often lose their beautiful sensitivity, spiritual gifts and creative energy.

If you have or know a child with diagnosed ADHD or ADD then you should
really look into this subject matter.

Page 324
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

Why are alternative spiritual teachings growing in popularity?

Since the mid 1990’s there has been a steady rise in westerners young and
old studying alternative and spiritual teachings, these include:

• Holistic therapies, treatments and remedies from all around the world.
• Yoga practise, ashrams and retreats.
• Palates.
• Tai-Chi.
• Meditation techniques.
• Spiritual and shaman retreats and teachings.
• Buddhism (fastest growing practise in the western world).
• Vipassana retreats.
• Pagan practises.
• Shamanic retreats.

Why is this? There are courses in India, China, Japan and South America full
of westerners seeking growth from these ancient wisdoms.
More and more people are also living in the intuition and following signs that
come into their lives as appose to living in logic and planning everything, very
un-western society, what is going on? Is this all linked to the Indigo children
phenomenon or the 2012 theories?

This spirituality and personal growth is all a bunch of nonsense for lost people
I hear some of you say, usually the people saying this are ones who get drunk
out of their minds every week and work in jobs they do not love, is that not
being lost? But let us not get into an argument at this late stage of the book
and look at an experiment that took place in 1972. Gregg Bradon revealed
that twenty four cities where chosen and individuals were placed around these
cities and trained to feel feelings of peace and calm. What happened is that
measurable reductions in crime and accidents occurred and it was deemed
that only one percent of ‘calm’ feeling people were needed to make an effect.

The Orm Johnson Alexandra Davies Chandler Larimore study named ‘the
international peace project’ was published in ‘the journal of conflict resolution’
in December 1988 (volume 32, number 4, page 778.), this shows that during
the Israeli and Lebanese conflict, the same results were shown. This study
states that the number of people generating peace and calm required to make
a difference is only the square root of one percent of the population.

In 1998 the Global Consciousness Project (GCP run from the Boundary
Institute) was conducted by scientists at Princetown University in the US,
Dean Raydon and Roger Nelson wanted to see that if there is a field of
consciousness whether they could able to detect and effect it.
They built forty small devices that measured electronics that they claim are
affected by consciousness (outstations that reported back to a server
computer at Princetown). They placed the devices around the world and
looked for an electronic change when we entered the new millennium, their
results claimed to show a noticeable blip as the date line swept across the

Page 325
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

globe as we entered the year 2000. These devices were still in place recently
and the researchers (including Dean Radin and his team at the Institute of
Noetic Sciences) also state that a full day and a half before 9/11 the
measurable electronic data started to increase. Why was this? Is there a
collective psyche of sub-conscious that knows about large imminent events?
There are currently many International group meditations arranged via the
Internet (such as ‘Fire in the Grid’) and looking at some of the data this does
appear to have a positive effect.

Are spirituality and science just two different view points to explain the
universe?

One alternative spiritual practise I participated in was a professionally led


three-day ayahuasca ceremony. Ayahuasca is a sacred drink that has been
consumed for thousands of years by the indigenous people living in the Upper
Amazon area of South America. People consume the drink for divination,
medicinal, religious, and other shamanic purposes. The word ayahuasca can
be translated to English as vine of the soul and it is made from two natural
plants, one to add DMT (dimethyltryptamine, naturally created by every
humans pineal gland) and one to allow and increase the amount of DMT
absorbed by the human body.
Hallucinations and deep personal visions are possible if enough ayahuasca is
consumed, visions induced by the drink often include birds, dead ancestors,
demons, fractals, geometric patterns, gods, jaguars, jungle scenes, plants,
snakes, spirit helpers, waves of colour, and wild animals. Ayahuasca has
been known to heal drug addicts, smokers, illnesses and emotional blockages
too and is know as a medicine that many entities and spirits have given
messages through. Dr Rick Strassman in 2001 published the book 'DMT, the
Spirit Molecule' in which he conducted experiments with DMT and discovered
that nearly all people reported seeing same beings in the same setting and
that they wanted to communicate information to them.

Many may think ayahuasa is a weird or crazy thing to do, but to a tribe in the
Amazon it is a normal shamanic practice and going to a high street shopping
for things you don’t need is weird to them. It is only ones perception that
makes things weird and there is actually no 'weirdness' inherent in anything, it
is only a projection onto something due to your life experiences and
conditioning thus far. The high street shopper is not more or less special than
the shamanic tribesman, simply both are beings experiencing different things.

I saw fractals create universes, ultra violet lights of mass magnitude, a cheeky
humorous all knowing beautiful goddess / feminine entity that sat me down
and told me things about life, the universe and myself, I saw what I can only
describe as ancient astronauts (and we learned to communicate via our DNA)
from far away that told me about earth being a problem planet. The message
I was constantly given was that we are all just oneness love energy in an
illusion of separation and when we are born a veil from the truth is placed
upon us. On top of all this, I felt a physical healing and an internal health
realignment of mass magnitude being carried out.

Page 326
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

After being in a pyramid studying Kabbalah, in Varanassi with Guru’s and


Yogis and in the Himalayas with Tibetan Buddhist Monks this experience was
a shortcut of mass magnitude and was akin to going to a truth website I was
not really allowed to go to and just clicking ‘download all’ at lightning speed. It
was ‘work’ though, to get in control of this astral super fast mega cosmic roller
coaster and listen and be able to learn was like learning to drive a formula one
racing car whilst in the middle of a race. You may think this is all crazy and
that this is just a drug, but if you perform just five minutes research on
ayahuasca, I believe you will find this to be something just a little bit different.

"The all creates in its Infinite Mind countless Universes, which all exist for aeons of
Time, and yet, to THE ALL, the creation, development, decline,and death of a million
Universes is as the time of the twinkling of an eye."
The Kybalion, Hermetic Philosophy

This tea is illegal to take in our own homes, but on the other hand we are
allowed altered states of consciousness via prozac or the TV, surely our
consciousness is the one thing left that is still ours? Apparently not. Illuminati
companies are currently chopping the trees down that create ayahuasca at a
reported rate of acres per hour and only eleven thousand tribal people still
exist in the Amazon rain forest after millions existed in the early 1970’s.

Page 327
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

Why do we rarely discuss or study what we actually are or work on


ourselves through self-enquiry?

Many people spend years and years working, but rarely take time to work on
themselves to improve their relationship to their own mind or soul.

Self-enquiry is rarely done, but when one looks at ones own life and where
one is at and where one wishes to be, one can make changes and
improvements. Often in the western world when people are not happy with
their lives they look to external sources for help in the way of alcohol, material
gain, shrinks, tablets and clinics but the only place changes can come from is
within oneself.
There are many who settle for their ‘rut’ but if you always do what you've
always done then you'll always get what you've always got. The simple
answer to being in a rut is to do some self-enquiry and see deep inside what
you want to be and what you want to do and make some changes. For
instance, many people state they are uncreative, this is nonsense, creativity is
just a choice, it’s simple, when people say they aren’t creative they are
deciding they are not. Everyone is creative, you just need to believe you are
and then tap into it.

Many people define what they actually are by what they do, for instance, “I am
a doctor,” “I am a cricket player,” “I am a cricketer,” “I am a computer gamer,”
and people protect the story of who they think they are. Ones status is not
what one is, we are none of these things as these are simply things one does.
It is safe, a definition, a mask.
A selection of people know their profession is a sham but go along with it for
the material security it brings, but one day self realisation and self judgement
is going to come along and ask some questions, and it will not budge until it
gets some answers.
Other people identify themselves with how they look or by their body, our
physical body is just a coat we don’t take off, our body can change and die,
therefore we are not our body either.
The truth of who you are is not a story either, but many people identify
themselves by their stories, these are just stories and they are not the
authentic you, to go from phoney you to authentic you is a very fun ride and it
is free, but one has to let go a little.

The following two quotes will help us progress this train of thought:

“I think I spent the first thirty years of my life trying to become something, I wanted to
become good at things, I wanted to become good at tennis, at school and great and
everything I kind of do in that perspective but not ok with the way I am. I realised I
had the game wrong because the game was to find out what I already was.”
Zeitgeist, The Movie

"Freedom is who you are, not what you have named yourself; your name appears
and disappears. Not who you have imagined yourself to be; that changes with time.
Not who you feel yourself to be; that feeling comes and goes. Freedom is always

Page 328
Wayki Wayki ENERGY AND SPIRITUALITY

here, and there is no end to it. Freedom is the essential nature of consciousness
and consciousness is the source of individual awareness."
Gangaji, The Diamond in Your Pocket

We are eternal awareness and consciousness that animates the body with
separation being our experience so we therefore think it’s our reality.
Perception can be conditioned from family, social groups and schools but
often, who you think you are is not true, you are the source from where your
thoughts come from, the gap between your thoughts. Rest in your awareness
and you will be....the authentic you. Stories, thought constructs, emotions and
points of view are not you either, sink into awareness and be fluid with the
natural ebb and flow of life and live in that beauty that exists in everything
natural.

“All matter is merely energy condensed to a slow vibration; we’re all one
consciousness experiencing itself subjectively; there’s no such thing as death; life is
just a dream; and we are the imagination of ourselves.”
Bill Hicks

“But he who declares physical life to be all-important and elevates it to the position
of supreme reality, such a one is ignorant of his own ignorance..........The great
institution of materiality has failed. The false civilisation built by man has turned, and
like the monster of Frankenstein, is destroying its creator. Religion wanders
aimlessly in the maze of theological speculation. Science batters itself impotently
against the barriers of the unknown. Only transcendental philosophy knows the
path.”
Manly P. Hall, The Secret Teachings of All Ages

“A human being is part of a whole, called by us the 'Universe,’ a part limited in time
and space. He experiences himself, his thoughts and feelings, as something
separated from the rest, a kind of optical delusion of his consciousness. This
delusion is a kind of prison for us, restricting us to our personal desires and to
affection for a few persons nearest us.
Our task must be to free ourselves from this prison by widening our circles of
compassion to embrace all living creatures and the whole of nature in its
beauty.”
Albert Einstein

“You have long been trapped in the snare of identification with the body. Sever it
with the knife of knowledge that I am awareness, and be happy my son.”
1.14, Sage Ashtavakra, Ancient Sanskrit Texts

Page 329
Wayki Wayki FINAL WORD

FINAL WORD
All this book has attempted to do is to get us all to step back and be more
inquisitive and not to accept ‘official’ information blindly or to ridicule
information blindly. We are told lies from the elite every day and from a
multitude of different angles. Lies are everywhere and truths and theories are
concealed and deliberately confused.

We can now tap into new alternative scholars and due to advancements in
technology we now have new means of finding out about things. With the use
of the Internet we can study history and events from many sources plus we
can email experts and really find out about things in ways that we could not of
done a few years ago. We no longer have to accept official stories because
we can become investigators ourselves into any single topic of our choice.

People think that many of the issues presented in this book may make me live
in fear or paranoia, but it is quite the contrary. I live in freedom, I don’t fight
the system, I ignore it, I have never been on a protest in my life and I never
get angry towards the elite and their ways. I don’t get affected because the
lies in the western world are just not a part of my daily life, but I want to help
as we are heading towards a pivotal point pretty soon and some people will
not know what hit them when it arrives.

Some people have also told me not to get too much into some of this ‘stuff,’
but why? This is not “stuff,” it is not like a hobby or interest, it is the truth of
what is going on in the world, what else is there to ‘get into’ that is more
important? Golf? Pop-Idol? Comics? It’s just like me saying “don’t get too
much into this stuff” to people who play lots of pool, watch the cartoons or go
flying kites is it not? If you ignore the actual truth of what is going on your
children are going to live in a pretty shitty world, but that is not important, no?

What has this book concluded?

There’s an elite grouping of ancient sun god worshipping bloodlines


that head up the linked secret societies, they rule much of this planet
politically and socially via think tanks behind and within the banking,
media, religious, governmental and educational systems. They use
energy, symbolism and suppressed ancient knowledge in their quest for
power and control and they paint a movie via the media to keep people
locked into the five senses within a struggle bubble.

There are also puzzle pieces to our past origins in ancient sites, DNA,
genetics and ancient advanced civilisations. Darwinism just does not
add up to be fact, nor does the idea that primitive man built the ancient
astrological sites and calendars.

At present people are waking up to the existence of the elite in their


droves, and as the elite know this too they are implementing more and
more control measures and using more and more lies and dumbing

Page 330
Wayki Wayki FINAL WORD

down techniques to keep people in their pens and away from their true
power. The worst thing the elite did was the bodge the creation of their
fabricated story behind 9/11, it was so stupid and full of holes (possibly
deliberately) that tens of thousands starting looking into it and ended up
further down the rabbit hole than they first expected.

Our structure of civilization is all mainly disinformation:

Religion : with the intent to divide and create conflict.


Government : with the intent to create an illusion of freedom.
Education : with the intent to create an illusion of knowledge & wisdom.
Economy : with the intent to create an illusion of personal success.
Media : with the intent to propagandise even further all the above.

I know how crazy this all sounds as it is so far from the conventional collective
norm, but this in turn, is the elites greatest defence. It took me a month of
solid reading, researching and walking around a Spanish City in a complete
isolated daze just to even begin to initially get my head around it, and this
book is only an introduction to truths the majority of the public do not
commonly know. The secret agendas, the scams, the lies, the symbolism and
the way we are forced to live in constant struggle is the reason more and
more people are looking at their daily lives in the UK and the West and
wondering, “Is this really what it’s all about?” Well it’s not, fact.
A problem in the UK is that the rich don’t care, the poor are too busy
struggling and looking for glimpses of happiness and the middle class are too
busy trying to become rich. Apathy reigns supreme along with egotistic self-
cherishing, and the solution to that one is far beyond me. Most people want to
live in the matrix, even if they do know the truths, it is safe, a comfort blanket,
the road is paved for them, it is the known.

Chemicals in food, debt slavery on money that does not exist, media lies, the
controlling world government, forcing people in western society to worry about
tomorrow and live in entertainment and the ego are all about generating fear
and to make people vibrate at a low frequency. Living in fear and struggle
comes from reptilian part of brain, though this part of the brain is useful for our
actual survival instincts, we are pushed into this area too much, and this is a
low vibration, and a low vibrating human is easy to control.

Someone once said to me “I could not live like you, you’re sceptical about
everything and how do you know what to believe?” My reply was the
following:

“Believe nothing, no matter where you read it, or who said it, no matter if I have said
it, unless it agrees with your own reason and your own common sense.”
Siddhartha Buddha

Page 331
Wayki Wayki FINAL WORD

Is it not more dangerous to believe what you are told to believe? I’m not so
much sceptical, more that I am curious and that I think for myself with no care
for ridicule or if I’m in a minority (often the case).
So, because I don't agree with a society that stacks lard onto peoples arses,
murders children, frames the innocent, blows up its own people, bombs stone
age countries and feeds me fashion, entertainment and a life of ego I must be
suffering a bout of mental illness? Yeah right, get real. There is far more to
this world than taught in our schools, shown in the media, or proclaimed by
the church and state. Most of mankind lives in a hypnotic trance, taking to be
reality what is instead a twisted simulacrum of reality, a collective dream in
which values are inverted, lies are taken as truth, and tyranny is accepted as
security. People enjoy their ignorance and cling tightly to anything that gives
them identity.

Now, we do need to realise that as live in a world of yin and yang, polarity and
karma, everything is pretty much as it is meant to be and as there divine
perfection in the world, the lies and the way the world is at the moment is
possibly as it is meant to be too, and probably this book is meant to be too,
just as you going to make a cup of tea in a minute is also meant to be.
This much we need to possibly accept, but at this time in history things are
going to come to a head; more people are waking up (the amount of people
now into truth seeking, healing, permaculture, small communities and
alternative living is on a steep rise) and the elite are controlling more and
more.

This will all come to a head and a big change is going to happen in the world
within five years from late 2012 and this could be a natural catastrophe, a man
made catastrophe, a massive economic crash, population reduction via a man
made epidemic, a form of human evolution, the lies becoming known (the
unmasking of the veil as the Mayans prophesised) or something coming from
somewhere else naturally, or planned by the elite to appear natural. At
present there is a planned economic depression in the US and in the UK that
is beginning right now, Europeans are being constantly indoctrinated with a
“those Americans sigh” type attitude so little empathy will be evident when the
US suffers.

I meet people in the UK, and on occasion when I look deep into their eyes,
deep into their souls, I see nothing going on but a media created person that
conforms to all there is to conform to, living in the ego, locked down into the
matrix, with all their views having come from their parents, the education
system and the media. It is sad, a plague of media created organic robots, it
is time to break free, wayki wayki.

So what can one do? One can slope back to the collective ‘reality’ and obtain
the attitude of, “I would rather not know about this crazy stuff” like most do, or
one can think about what to do to have an affect. One can grab some
courage, turn off the TV, question rules and the mainstream media, get ones
vibration in good shape by looking at what is ingested into the body and mind,
and then do what is good for oneself by making choices that are not on based
upon fear and based upon the future of humanity. If you think about being

Page 332
Wayki Wayki FINAL WORD

trapped or are in fear, then shackles appear, if you free your mind then the
shackles disappear, it is simple.

“Happiness depends on being free, and freedom depends on being courageous.”


Thucydides 455-400BC, History of the Peloponnesian War

Knowledge is the key to unlocking our potential. It gives us the self-


determination, responsibility, and power necessary to cast off the chains of
covert oppression. Knowledge is therefore the greatest protector, for it also
gives us foresight handle the challenges of life.

Another required step is to gain a degree of lucidity, a measure of self-


awareness. At any moment you can turn your attention inward and observe
yourself, placing your attention firmly in the present moment. You can notice
your thoughts, analyse your feelings, pay attention to the sensations in your
body, feel your breath.

The elite are afraid of people that are aware, knowledgable, thinking and
asking questions as this is what our whole society is geared up to prevent.
Do you want to be sixty years old and look back at a life where you worked
nine to five in a job you did not have a heart filled passion for, and then
wasted most of your spare time watching TV and being entertained? If the
answer is yes or you feel this has been true for much of your life, then ask
yourself deeply if this is what you really want. If you feel circumstance has
forced this upon you, manifest a change and focus upon the change because
your thoughts create your reality.

The world is a wonderful place. You attract what you put out and what you
are internally. A hostile person lives in a hostile world. A loving person lives
in a loving world.
Everyone and every experience drawn into your life is a mirror of you and is
there to teach you things you need learn, these are the fundamental laws of
cause and effect, attraction and karma.
As Ghandi said, be the change you want to see in the world, and we shouldn’t
worry about what other people are doing, we just need to worry about
ourselves and raise our own vibration, live in integrity, be compassionate and
true to ourselves and all those we meet. This is enough, and then we can sit
back and enjoy the ride in this exciting historic time. Choose freedom or fear,
it really is that simple.

Page 333
Wayki Wayki FINAL WORD

"The most important kind of freedom is to be what you really are. You trade in your
reality for a role. You trade in your sense for an act. You give up your ability to feel,
and in exchange, put on a mask. There can't be any large-scale revolution until
there's a personal revolution, on an individual level. It's got to happen inside first."
Jim Morrison

There is much more information in my arsenal I have refrained from including


in this book for many reasons, but if this book has enough interest then
another will be written, but that will only be for the supreme warriors.

The seed for this book was created at the Volcanic Lake Atitlan in the
Highlands of Guatemala and was near completed at the Himalayan Mountain
Lake Fewla in Nepal, neither of these locations where planned in any way,
and these two places are near exact opposite sides of the planet and are
arguably the two most beautiful lakes in the world. In and between these
places I became friends with some of the most amazing, free, aware and
beautiful people. There are many other wonderful, magical and mystical
stories that are linked to the journey of this book but that is all for another
time.

“Be who you are and say what you feel, because those who mind don't matter and
those who matter don't mind.”
Dr. Seuss

“Our lives begin to end the day we become silent about things that matter.”
Martin Luther King

“But I love being in the matrix, I even love agent Smith even through he doesn't love
me back. That is ok, we are one being two for now and in time he will see that we
are stuck with each other in this make believe world for some unknown reason.
When he is ready I shall give my hollow body over to him so we can reach a higher
level in the matrix and someday will come and we will understand what has brought
us here. But maybe the answer is always with us, love.”

Freedom, Truth & Our World

Page 334
Wayki Wayki SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY

SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY
Many sources have already been mentioned, but many comments, theories,
facts, ideas and thought constructs came from the following:

Books and eBooks:

Everything You Know is Wrong, Lloyd Pye


The Secret Teachings of All Ages, Manly P. Hall
A Journey Through the Pentagon's Scientific Underworld, Sharon Weinberger
Race and the Human Genome, Ari Patrinos
What We Do and Don't Know About Race, Ethnicity, Genetics and Health at
the Dawn of the Genome Era, Francis S. Collins
Nagas: The Ancient Rulers of India, Their Origin and History, Naval Viyogi
History of the Supreme Council 33, Ray Baker Harris
The History of Freemasonry of South Carolina, Albert A. Mackey, M.D.
Chakras for Beginners, Naomi Ozaniec
The 12th Planet, Zecharia Sitchin
Fundamentals of Buddhism, Dr Peter D. Santina
The Tibetan Book of Living and Dying, Sogyal Rinpoch
Kabbalah, Ann Williams-Heller
The Indigo Children: The New Kids Have Arrived, Jan Tober and Lee Carroll
Souls of Distortion: Awakening, Jan Wicherink
Living in a Fascist Country, Vernon Coleman (Banned)
The Indigo Survival Guide, Olena Gill
Illuminism, The Occult Force behind Globalisation, Wes Penre
Atlantis, Alien Visitation and Genetic Manipulation, Michael Tsarion
Sefer Yetzirach, ancient text
Ramayana, ancient text
The Kybalion, The Three Initiates
The Tao Te Ching, ancient text
Global Freemasonry, Harun Yahya
The Divine Serpent in Myth and Legend, Robert T. Mason, PhD
The Diamond in your pocket, Gangaji
The Ra Material, The Ra Memory Complex
The Healing Power of Illness, Thorwald Dethlefsen
Fingerprints of the Gods, Graham Hancock
The Library of Knowledge - Occult Magic, The Preacher
I am me, I am free, the Robots Guide to Freedom, David Icke
The Biggest Secret, David Icke
Handbook of the Navigator, Eric J. Pepin
Gods Gladiators, Stuart Wilde
The Children of The Law of One and The Lost Teachings of Atlantis, Edgar
Cayce
Bringers of the Dawn, Barbara Marciniak
Siddhartha, Hermann Hesse
Angels Don't Play this HAARP: Advances in Tesla Technology, Dr. Nick
Begich and Jeane Manning

Page 335
Wayki Wayki SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY

The Book Your Church Doesn’t Want You to Read, Jim C. Leedom

Documentaries:

Zeitgeist – The Movie


Endgame – Alex Jones
Terrorstorm – Alex Jones
Secrets Behind Bohemium Grove – Alex Jones
Secrets of Alchemy – Jay Weidner
HashemFilms – (The first 19 Hours)
Quest for the Lost Civilisation – Graham Hancock
What the Bleep Do We Know
The Missing Secrets of Nicolas Tesla
Star Dream Crop Circles
Niburu, The 12th Planet
7/7 Ripple Effect
Redicecreation.com must see clips

Video Lectures:

Oracles and Origins – Michael Tsarion


Use of Occult Symbolism in Western Media – Michael Tsarion
The Granada Forum – Dr Bill Deagle
Freedom or Fascism – David Icke
Freedom Road – David Icke
The Maya Calendar Comes North – Ian Xel Lunghold
Sacred Geometry – Drunvalo Melchizedek
Various Manly P Hall lectures

Interviews:

Multiple radio interviews including those with:


Jordan Maxwell
Alex Jones
Michael Tsarion
Rik Clay
Graham Hancock
David Icke

Audio Books:

Stuart Wilde – The Journey Beyond Enlightenment


Stuart Wilde – Live in Copenhagen
Stuart Wilde – Taoism, Reclaiming Your Infinate Self
Shambala – The Path of the Sacred Warrior
Greg Braddon – Speaking the Lost Language of God

Page 336
Wayki Wayki SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY

Articles:

Infowars.net
abovetopsecret.com
wearechange.co.uk
crystalinks.com
iamthewitness.com
redicecreations.com
kabbalah.info
thecosmicmindblogspot.com
mindpowernews.com
tpuc.org
illuminatiarchives.org
arcticbeacon.com
sacred-texts.com
educate-yourself.org
exopolitics.org.uk
templeofsakkara.com
truthbeknown.com
davidicke.com
Various documents obtained on Masonic Lodges in Charleston from the
1700’-1800’s by Josh Silver-Liberian
The How and Why of the Mayan End Date in 2012AD, John Major Jenkins
Masonic Occult Numerology, Duke
Kabbalah – The Banned Lectures, Aleister Crowley
Thirteen Techniques for Truth Suppression, David Martin
Twenty-Five Rules of Disinformation

People:

Thanks to the warriors that are Jamie, Jerry, Jim, Aronminta, Liz, Ninon, Max,
Joey, Jenny, Lilach and all who created the artwork. Personal courage was
sourced from special words from Beth and Caroline.

Page 337
Wayki Wayki
The Author, a world roaming ‘information warrior’ who snuck out of the system
looks back into our current place in the Western World and shows that right
now many of us should really be stepping back and asking ‘why’ about a
multitude of different things.

Hundreds of ‘why’ statements are put forward and answered rapidly on


subjects including the media, social norms, what is behind the political
puppets, the mayans, history, money, secret societies, media, bloodlines,
spirituality, conformity, DNA, rarely known facts and incredulous theories out
there that are starting to look more and more valid by the day.

Hilarious at times, and seriously petrifying and shocking at others, we are


taken on a journey where some of our belief systems will be blasted to
smithereens and were we are encouraged to look at many things very
differently with newly opened eyes.

I warn the reader that some of the information within this book is not for the
feint hearted or weak minded. I was, and am still very shocked, and all I can
now think about is what to do!